diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'include/media')
186 files changed, 21608 insertions, 9441 deletions
diff --git a/include/media/ad9389b.h b/include/media/ad9389b.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5ba9af869b8b..000000000000 --- a/include/media/ad9389b.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Analog Devices AD9389B/AD9889B video encoder driver header - * - * Copyright 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - * - * This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS - * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN - * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE - * SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifndef AD9389B_H -#define AD9389B_H - -enum ad9389b_tmds_pll_gear { - AD9389B_TMDS_PLL_GEAR_AUTOMATIC, - AD9389B_TMDS_PLL_GEAR_SEMI_AUTOMATIC, -}; - -/* Platform dependent definitions */ -struct ad9389b_platform_data { - enum ad9389b_tmds_pll_gear tmds_pll_gear ; - /* Differential Data/Clock Output Drive Strength (reg. 0xa2/0xa3) */ - u8 diff_data_drive_strength; - u8 diff_clk_drive_strength; -}; - -/* notify events */ -#define AD9389B_MONITOR_DETECT 0 -#define AD9389B_EDID_DETECT 1 - -struct ad9389b_monitor_detect { - int present; -}; - -struct ad9389b_edid_detect { - int present; - int segment; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/adv7393.h b/include/media/adv7393.h deleted file mode 100644 index b28edf351842..000000000000 --- a/include/media/adv7393.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -/* - * ADV7393 header file - * - * Copyright (C) 2010-2012 ADVANSEE - http://www.advansee.com/ - * Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com> - * - * Based on ADV7343 driver, - * - * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/ - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - * published by the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed .as is. WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any - * kind, whether express or implied; without even the implied warranty - * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - */ - -#ifndef ADV7393_H -#define ADV7393_H - -#define ADV7393_COMPOSITE_ID (0) -#define ADV7393_COMPONENT_ID (1) -#define ADV7393_SVIDEO_ID (2) - -#endif /* End of #ifndef ADV7393_H */ diff --git a/include/media/adv7604.h b/include/media/adv7604.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc004bc926c9..000000000000 --- a/include/media/adv7604.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -/* - * adv7604 - Analog Devices ADV7604 video decoder driver - * - * Copyright 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - * - * This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS - * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN - * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE - * SOFTWARE. - * - */ - -#ifndef _ADV7604_ -#define _ADV7604_ - -/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */ -enum adv7604_ain_sel { - ADV7604_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0, - ADV7604_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1, - ADV7604_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2, - ADV7604_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3, - ADV7604_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4, -}; - -/* Bus rotation and reordering (IO register 0x04, [7:5]) */ -enum adv7604_op_ch_sel { - ADV7604_OP_CH_SEL_GBR = 0, - ADV7604_OP_CH_SEL_GRB = 1, - ADV7604_OP_CH_SEL_BGR = 2, - ADV7604_OP_CH_SEL_RGB = 3, - ADV7604_OP_CH_SEL_BRG = 4, - ADV7604_OP_CH_SEL_RBG = 5, -}; - -/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */ -enum adv7604_inp_color_space { - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7, - ADV7604_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf, -}; - -/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [7:0]) */ -enum adv7604_op_format_sel { - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_8 = 0x00, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_10 = 0x01, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_12_MODE0 = 0x02, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_12_MODE1 = 0x06, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_12_MODE2 = 0x0a, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_422_8 = 0x20, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_422_10 = 0x21, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_422_12_MODE0 = 0x22, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_422_12_MODE1 = 0x23, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_422_12_MODE2 = 0x24, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_444_24 = 0x40, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_444_30 = 0x41, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_444_36_MODE0 = 0x42, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_444_24 = 0x60, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_444_30 = 0x61, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_DDR_444_36 = 0x62, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_16 = 0x80, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_20 = 0x81, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_24_MODE0 = 0x82, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_24_MODE1 = 0x86, - ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_SEL_SDR_ITU656_24_MODE2 = 0x8a, -}; - -/* Platform dependent definition */ -struct adv7604_platform_data { - /* connector - HDMI or DVI? */ - unsigned connector_hdmi:1; - - /* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */ - unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1; - - /* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */ - unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1; - - /* Analog input muxing mode */ - enum adv7604_ain_sel ain_sel; - - /* Bus rotation and reordering */ - enum adv7604_op_ch_sel op_ch_sel; - - /* Select output format */ - enum adv7604_op_format_sel op_format_sel; - - /* IO register 0x02 */ - unsigned alt_gamma:1; - unsigned op_656_range:1; - unsigned rgb_out:1; - unsigned alt_data_sat:1; - - /* IO register 0x05 */ - unsigned blank_data:1; - unsigned insert_av_codes:1; - unsigned replicate_av_codes:1; - unsigned invert_cbcr:1; - - /* IO register 0x30 */ - unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1; - - /* Free run */ - unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode; - - /* i2c addresses: 0 == use default */ - u8 i2c_avlink; - u8 i2c_cec; - u8 i2c_infoframe; - u8 i2c_esdp; - u8 i2c_dpp; - u8 i2c_afe; - u8 i2c_repeater; - u8 i2c_edid; - u8 i2c_hdmi; - u8 i2c_test; - u8 i2c_cp; - u8 i2c_vdp; -}; - -/* - * Mode of operation. - * This is used as the input argument of the s_routing video op. - */ -enum adv7604_mode { - ADV7604_MODE_COMP, - ADV7604_MODE_GR, - ADV7604_MODE_HDMI, -}; - -#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000) -#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001) -#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002) - -/* notify events */ -#define ADV7604_HOTPLUG 1 -#define ADV7604_FMT_CHANGE 2 - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/as3645a.h b/include/media/as3645a.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5075496d2c9e..000000000000 --- a/include/media/as3645a.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/media/as3645a.h - * - * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Nokia Corporation - * - * Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA - * - */ - -#ifndef __AS3645A_H__ -#define __AS3645A_H__ - -#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> - -#define AS3645A_NAME "as3645a" -#define AS3645A_I2C_ADDR (0x60 >> 1) /* W:0x60, R:0x61 */ - -#define AS3645A_FLASH_TIMEOUT_MIN 100000 /* us */ -#define AS3645A_FLASH_TIMEOUT_MAX 850000 -#define AS3645A_FLASH_TIMEOUT_STEP 50000 - -#define AS3645A_FLASH_INTENSITY_MIN 200 /* mA */ -#define AS3645A_FLASH_INTENSITY_MAX_1LED 500 -#define AS3645A_FLASH_INTENSITY_MAX_2LEDS 400 -#define AS3645A_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP 20 - -#define AS3645A_TORCH_INTENSITY_MIN 20 /* mA */ -#define AS3645A_TORCH_INTENSITY_MAX 160 -#define AS3645A_TORCH_INTENSITY_STEP 20 - -#define AS3645A_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_MIN 0 /* uA */ -#define AS3645A_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_MAX 10000 -#define AS3645A_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP 2500 - -/* - * as3645a_platform_data - Flash controller platform data - * @set_power: Set power callback - * @vref: VREF offset (0=0V, 1=+0.3V, 2=-0.3V, 3=+0.6V) - * @peak: Inductor peak current limit (0=1.25A, 1=1.5A, 2=1.75A, 3=2.0A) - * @ext_strobe: True if external flash strobe can be used - * @flash_max_current: Max flash current (mA, <= AS3645A_FLASH_INTENSITY_MAX) - * @torch_max_current: Max torch current (mA, >= AS3645A_TORCH_INTENSITY_MAX) - * @timeout_max: Max flash timeout (us, <= AS3645A_FLASH_TIMEOUT_MAX) - */ -struct as3645a_platform_data { - int (*set_power)(struct v4l2_subdev *subdev, int on); - unsigned int vref; - unsigned int peak; - bool ext_strobe; - - /* Flash and torch currents and timeout limits */ - unsigned int flash_max_current; - unsigned int torch_max_current; - unsigned int timeout_max; -}; - -#endif /* __AS3645A_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/atmel-isi.h b/include/media/atmel-isi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 656823075709..000000000000 --- a/include/media/atmel-isi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Register definitions for the Atmel Image Sensor Interface. - * - * Copyright (C) 2011 Atmel Corporation - * Josh Wu, <josh.wu@atmel.com> - * - * Based on previous work by Lars Haring, <lars.haring@atmel.com> - * and Sedji Gaouaou - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ -#ifndef __ATMEL_ISI_H__ -#define __ATMEL_ISI_H__ - -#include <linux/types.h> - -/* ISI_V2 register offsets */ -#define ISI_CFG1 0x0000 -#define ISI_CFG2 0x0004 -#define ISI_PSIZE 0x0008 -#define ISI_PDECF 0x000c -#define ISI_Y2R_SET0 0x0010 -#define ISI_Y2R_SET1 0x0014 -#define ISI_R2Y_SET0 0x0018 -#define ISI_R2Y_SET1 0x001C -#define ISI_R2Y_SET2 0x0020 -#define ISI_CTRL 0x0024 -#define ISI_STATUS 0x0028 -#define ISI_INTEN 0x002C -#define ISI_INTDIS 0x0030 -#define ISI_INTMASK 0x0034 -#define ISI_DMA_CHER 0x0038 -#define ISI_DMA_CHDR 0x003C -#define ISI_DMA_CHSR 0x0040 -#define ISI_DMA_P_ADDR 0x0044 -#define ISI_DMA_P_CTRL 0x0048 -#define ISI_DMA_P_DSCR 0x004C -#define ISI_DMA_C_ADDR 0x0050 -#define ISI_DMA_C_CTRL 0x0054 -#define ISI_DMA_C_DSCR 0x0058 - -/* Bitfields in CFG1 */ -#define ISI_CFG1_HSYNC_POL_ACTIVE_LOW (1 << 2) -#define ISI_CFG1_VSYNC_POL_ACTIVE_LOW (1 << 3) -#define ISI_CFG1_PIXCLK_POL_ACTIVE_FALLING (1 << 4) -#define ISI_CFG1_EMB_SYNC (1 << 6) -#define ISI_CFG1_CRC_SYNC (1 << 7) -/* Constants for FRATE(ISI_V2) */ -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_CAPTURE_ALL (0 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_2 (1 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_3 (2 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_4 (3 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_5 (4 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_6 (5 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_7 (6 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_FRATE_DIV_8 (7 << 8) -#define ISI_CFG1_DISCR (1 << 11) -#define ISI_CFG1_FULL_MODE (1 << 12) - -/* Bitfields in CFG2 */ -#define ISI_CFG2_GRAYSCALE (1 << 13) -/* Constants for YCC_SWAP(ISI_V2) */ -#define ISI_CFG2_YCC_SWAP_DEFAULT (0 << 28) -#define ISI_CFG2_YCC_SWAP_MODE_1 (1 << 28) -#define ISI_CFG2_YCC_SWAP_MODE_2 (2 << 28) -#define ISI_CFG2_YCC_SWAP_MODE_3 (3 << 28) -#define ISI_CFG2_IM_VSIZE_OFFSET 0 -#define ISI_CFG2_IM_HSIZE_OFFSET 16 -#define ISI_CFG2_IM_VSIZE_MASK (0x7FF << ISI_CFG2_IM_VSIZE_OFFSET) -#define ISI_CFG2_IM_HSIZE_MASK (0x7FF << ISI_CFG2_IM_HSIZE_OFFSET) - -/* Bitfields in CTRL */ -/* Also using in SR(ISI_V2) */ -#define ISI_CTRL_EN (1 << 0) -#define ISI_CTRL_CDC (1 << 8) -/* Also using in SR/IER/IDR/IMR(ISI_V2) */ -#define ISI_CTRL_DIS (1 << 1) -#define ISI_CTRL_SRST (1 << 2) - -/* Bitfields in SR */ -#define ISI_SR_SIP (1 << 19) -/* Also using in SR/IER/IDR/IMR */ -#define ISI_SR_VSYNC (1 << 10) -#define ISI_SR_PXFR_DONE (1 << 16) -#define ISI_SR_CXFR_DONE (1 << 17) -#define ISI_SR_P_OVR (1 << 24) -#define ISI_SR_C_OVR (1 << 25) -#define ISI_SR_CRC_ERR (1 << 26) -#define ISI_SR_FR_OVR (1 << 27) - -/* Bitfields in DMA_C_CTRL & in DMA_P_CTRL */ -#define ISI_DMA_CTRL_FETCH (1 << 0) -#define ISI_DMA_CTRL_WB (1 << 1) -#define ISI_DMA_CTRL_IEN (1 << 2) -#define ISI_DMA_CTRL_DONE (1 << 3) - -/* Bitfields in DMA_CHSR/CHER/CHDR */ -#define ISI_DMA_CHSR_P_CH (1 << 0) -#define ISI_DMA_CHSR_C_CH (1 << 1) - -/* Definition for isi_platform_data */ -#define ISI_DATAWIDTH_8 0x01 -#define ISI_DATAWIDTH_10 0x02 - -struct isi_platform_data { - u8 has_emb_sync; - u8 emb_crc_sync; - u8 hsync_act_low; - u8 vsync_act_low; - u8 pclk_act_falling; - u8 full_mode; - u32 data_width_flags; - /* Using for ISI_CFG1 */ - u32 frate; - /* Using for ISI_MCK */ - u32 mck_hz; -}; - -#endif /* __ATMEL_ISI_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/blackfin/bfin_capture.h b/include/media/blackfin/bfin_capture.h deleted file mode 100644 index 56b9ce4472fc..000000000000 --- a/include/media/blackfin/bfin_capture.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _BFIN_CAPTURE_H_ -#define _BFIN_CAPTURE_H_ - -#include <linux/i2c.h> - -struct v4l2_input; -struct ppi_info; - -struct bcap_route { - u32 input; - u32 output; - u32 ppi_control; -}; - -struct bfin_capture_config { - /* card name */ - char *card_name; - /* inputs available at the sub device */ - struct v4l2_input *inputs; - /* number of inputs supported */ - int num_inputs; - /* routing information for each input */ - struct bcap_route *routes; - /* i2c bus adapter no */ - int i2c_adapter_id; - /* i2c subdevice board info */ - struct i2c_board_info board_info; - /* ppi board info */ - const struct ppi_info *ppi_info; - /* ppi control */ - unsigned long ppi_control; - /* ppi interrupt mask */ - u32 int_mask; - /* horizontal blanking pixels */ - int blank_pixels; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/blackfin/ppi.h b/include/media/blackfin/ppi.h deleted file mode 100644 index d0697f4edf87..000000000000 --- a/include/media/blackfin/ppi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Analog Devices PPI header file - * - * Copyright (c) 2011 Analog Devices Inc. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - */ - -#ifndef _PPI_H_ -#define _PPI_H_ - -#include <linux/interrupt.h> -#include <asm/blackfin.h> -#include <asm/bfin_ppi.h> - -/* EPPI */ -#ifdef EPPI_EN -#define PORT_EN EPPI_EN -#define PORT_DIR EPPI_DIR -#define DMA32 0 -#define PACK_EN PACKEN -#endif - -/* EPPI3 */ -#ifdef EPPI0_CTL2 -#define PORT_EN EPPI_CTL_EN -#define PORT_DIR EPPI_CTL_DIR -#define PACK_EN EPPI_CTL_PACKEN -#define DMA32 0 -#define DLEN_8 EPPI_CTL_DLEN08 -#define DLEN_16 EPPI_CTL_DLEN16 -#endif - -struct ppi_if; - -struct ppi_params { - u32 width; /* width in pixels */ - u32 height; /* height in lines */ - u32 hdelay; /* delay after the HSYNC in pixels */ - u32 vdelay; /* delay after the VSYNC in lines */ - u32 line; /* total pixels per line */ - u32 frame; /* total lines per frame */ - u32 hsync; /* HSYNC length in pixels */ - u32 vsync; /* VSYNC length in lines */ - int bpp; /* bits per pixel */ - int dlen; /* data length for ppi in bits */ - u32 ppi_control; /* ppi configuration */ - u32 int_mask; /* interrupt mask */ -}; - -struct ppi_ops { - int (*attach_irq)(struct ppi_if *ppi, irq_handler_t handler); - void (*detach_irq)(struct ppi_if *ppi); - int (*start)(struct ppi_if *ppi); - int (*stop)(struct ppi_if *ppi); - int (*set_params)(struct ppi_if *ppi, struct ppi_params *params); - void (*update_addr)(struct ppi_if *ppi, unsigned long addr); -}; - -enum ppi_type { - PPI_TYPE_PPI, - PPI_TYPE_EPPI, - PPI_TYPE_EPPI3, -}; - -struct ppi_info { - enum ppi_type type; - int dma_ch; - int irq_err; - void __iomem *base; - const unsigned short *pin_req; -}; - -struct ppi_if { - unsigned long ppi_control; - const struct ppi_ops *ops; - const struct ppi_info *info; - bool err_int; /* if we need request error interrupt */ - bool err; /* if ppi has fifo error */ - void *priv; -}; - -struct ppi_if *ppi_create_instance(const struct ppi_info *info); -void ppi_delete_instance(struct ppi_if *ppi); -#endif diff --git a/include/media/bt819.h b/include/media/bt819.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8025f4bc2bb6..000000000000 --- a/include/media/bt819.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -/* - bt819.h - bt819 notifications - - Copyright (C) 2009 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _BT819_H_ -#define _BT819_H_ - -#include <linux/ioctl.h> - -/* v4l2_device notifications. */ - -/* Needed to reset the FIFO buffer when changing the input - or the video standard. - - Note: these ioctls that internal to the kernel and are never called - from userspace. */ -#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_LOW _IO('b', 0) -#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_HIGH _IO('b', 1) - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/cadence/cdns-csi2rx.h b/include/media/cadence/cdns-csi2rx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..782d03fc36d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/cadence/cdns-csi2rx.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */ +#ifndef _CDNS_CSI2RX_H +#define _CDNS_CSI2RX_H + +#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> + +/** + * cdns_csi2rx_negotiate_ppc - Negotiate pixel-per-clock on output interface + * + * @subdev: point to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @pad: pad number of the source pad + * @ppc: pointer to requested pixel-per-clock value + * + * Returns 0 on success, negative error code otherwise. + */ +int cdns_csi2rx_negotiate_ppc(struct v4l2_subdev *subdev, unsigned int pad, + u8 *ppc); + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/cec-notifier.h b/include/media/cec-notifier.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b1c839734124 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/cec-notifier.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * cec-notifier.h - notify CEC drivers of physical address changes + * + * Copyright 2016 Russell King. + * Copyright 2016-2017 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef LINUX_CEC_NOTIFIER_H +#define LINUX_CEC_NOTIFIER_H + +#include <linux/err.h> +#include <media/cec.h> + +struct device; +struct edid; +struct cec_adapter; +struct cec_notifier; + +#if IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_CEC_CORE) && IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CEC_NOTIFIER) + +/** + * cec_notifier_conn_register - find or create a new cec_notifier for the given + * HDMI device and connector tuple. + * @hdmi_dev: HDMI device that sends the events. + * @port_name: the connector name from which the event occurs. May be NULL + * if there is always only one HDMI connector created by the HDMI device. + * @conn_info: the connector info from which the event occurs (may be NULL) + * + * If a notifier for device @dev and connector @port_name already exists, then + * increase the refcount and return that notifier. + * + * If it doesn't exist, then allocate a new notifier struct and return a + * pointer to that new struct. + * + * Return NULL if the memory could not be allocated. + */ +struct cec_notifier * +cec_notifier_conn_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name, + const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info); + +/** + * cec_notifier_conn_unregister - decrease refcount and delete when the + * refcount reaches 0. + * @n: notifier. If NULL, then this function does nothing. + */ +void cec_notifier_conn_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n); + +/** + * cec_notifier_cec_adap_register - find or create a new cec_notifier for the + * given device. + * @hdmi_dev: HDMI device that sends the events. + * @port_name: the connector name from which the event occurs. May be NULL + * if there is always only one HDMI connector created by the HDMI device. + * @adap: the cec adapter that registered this notifier. + * + * If a notifier for device @dev and connector @port_name already exists, then + * increase the refcount and return that notifier. + * + * If it doesn't exist, then allocate a new notifier struct and return a + * pointer to that new struct. + * + * Return NULL if the memory could not be allocated. + */ +struct cec_notifier * +cec_notifier_cec_adap_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name, + struct cec_adapter *adap); + +/** + * cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister - decrease refcount and delete when the + * refcount reaches 0. + * @n: notifier. If NULL, then this function does nothing. + * @adap: the cec adapter that registered this notifier. + */ +void cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n, + struct cec_adapter *adap); + +/** + * cec_notifier_set_phys_addr - set a new physical address. + * @n: the CEC notifier + * @pa: the CEC physical address + * + * Set a new CEC physical address. + * Does nothing if @n == NULL. + */ +void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(struct cec_notifier *n, u16 pa); + +/** + * cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid - set parse the PA from the EDID. + * @n: the CEC notifier + * @edid: the struct edid pointer + * + * Parses the EDID to obtain the new CEC physical address and set it. + * Does nothing if @n == NULL. + */ +void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_notifier *n, + const struct edid *edid); + +/** + * cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle - find the hdmi device from "hdmi-phandle" + * @dev: the device with the "hdmi-phandle" device tree property + * + * Returns the device pointer referenced by the "hdmi-phandle" property. + * Note that the refcount of the returned device is not incremented. + * This device pointer is only used as a key value in the notifier + * list, but it is never accessed by the CEC driver. + */ +struct device *cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle(struct device *dev); + +#else + +static inline struct cec_notifier * +cec_notifier_conn_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name, + const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info) +{ + /* A non-NULL pointer is expected on success */ + return (struct cec_notifier *)0xdeadfeed; +} + +static inline void cec_notifier_conn_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n) +{ +} + +static inline struct cec_notifier * +cec_notifier_cec_adap_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name, + struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + /* A non-NULL pointer is expected on success */ + return (struct cec_notifier *)0xdeadfeed; +} + +static inline void cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n, + struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ +} + +static inline void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(struct cec_notifier *n, u16 pa) +{ +} + +static inline void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_notifier *n, + const struct edid *edid) +{ +} + +static inline struct device *cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle(struct device *dev) +{ + return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV); +} + +#endif + +/** + * cec_notifier_phys_addr_invalidate() - set the physical address to INVALID + * + * @n: the CEC notifier + * + * This is a simple helper function to invalidate the physical + * address. Does nothing if @n == NULL. + */ +static inline void cec_notifier_phys_addr_invalidate(struct cec_notifier *n) +{ + cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(n, CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID); +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/cec-pin.h b/include/media/cec-pin.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..483bc4769fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/cec-pin.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * cec-pin.h - low-level CEC pin control + * + * Copyright 2017 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef LINUX_CEC_PIN_H +#define LINUX_CEC_PIN_H + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <media/cec.h> + +/** + * struct cec_pin_ops - low-level CEC pin operations + * @read: read the CEC pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low, or an error + * if negative. + * @low: drive the CEC pin low. + * @high: stop driving the CEC pin. The pull-up will drive the pin + * high, unless someone else is driving the pin low. + * @enable_irq: optional, enable the interrupt to detect pin voltage changes. + * @disable_irq: optional, disable the interrupt. + * @free: optional. Free any allocated resources. Called when the + * adapter is deleted. + * @status: optional, log status information. + * @read_hpd: optional. Read the HPD pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low or + * an error if negative. + * @read_5v: optional. Read the 5V pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low or + * an error if negative. + * @received: optional. High-level CEC message callback. Allows the driver + * to process CEC messages. + * + * These operations (except for the @received op) are used by the + * cec pin framework to manipulate the CEC pin. + */ +struct cec_pin_ops { + int (*read)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + void (*low)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + void (*high)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + bool (*enable_irq)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + void (*disable_irq)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + void (*free)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + void (*status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file); + int (*read_hpd)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + int (*read_5v)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + + /* High-level CEC message callback */ + int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg); +}; + +/** + * cec_pin_changed() - update pin state from interrupt + * + * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter + * @value: when true the pin is high, otherwise it is low + * + * If changes of the CEC voltage are detected via an interrupt, then + * cec_pin_changed is called from the interrupt with the new value. + */ +void cec_pin_changed(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool value); + +/** + * cec_pin_allocate_adapter() - allocate a pin-based cec adapter + * + * @pin_ops: low-level pin operations + * @priv: will be stored in adap->priv and can be used by the adapter ops. + * Use cec_get_drvdata(adap) to get the priv pointer. + * @name: the name of the CEC adapter. Note: this name will be copied. + * @caps: capabilities of the CEC adapter. This will be ORed with + * CEC_CAP_MONITOR_ALL and CEC_CAP_MONITOR_PIN. + * + * Allocate a cec adapter using the cec pin framework. + * + * Return: a pointer to the cec adapter or an error pointer + */ +struct cec_adapter *cec_pin_allocate_adapter(const struct cec_pin_ops *pin_ops, + void *priv, const char *name, u32 caps); + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/cec.h b/include/media/cec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0c8e86115b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/cec.h @@ -0,0 +1,597 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * cec - HDMI Consumer Electronics Control support header + * + * Copyright 2016 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef _MEDIA_CEC_H +#define _MEDIA_CEC_H + +#include <linux/poll.h> +#include <linux/fs.h> +#include <linux/device.h> +#include <linux/cdev.h> +#include <linux/kthread.h> +#include <linux/timer.h> +#include <linux/cec-funcs.h> +#include <media/rc-core.h> + +#define CEC_CAP_DEFAULTS (CEC_CAP_LOG_ADDRS | CEC_CAP_TRANSMIT | \ + CEC_CAP_PASSTHROUGH | CEC_CAP_RC) + +/** + * struct cec_devnode - cec device node + * @dev: cec device + * @cdev: cec character device + * @minor: device node minor number + * @lock: lock to serialize open/release and registration + * @registered: the device was correctly registered + * @unregistered: the device was unregistered + * @lock_fhs: lock to control access to @fhs + * @fhs: the list of open filehandles (cec_fh) + * + * This structure represents a cec-related device node. + * + * To add or remove filehandles from @fhs the @lock must be taken first, + * followed by @lock_fhs. It is safe to access @fhs if either lock is held. + * + * The @parent is a physical device. It must be set by core or device drivers + * before registering the node. + */ +struct cec_devnode { + /* sysfs */ + struct device dev; + struct cdev cdev; + + /* device info */ + int minor; + /* serialize open/release and registration */ + struct mutex lock; + bool registered; + bool unregistered; + /* protect access to fhs */ + struct mutex lock_fhs; + struct list_head fhs; +}; + +struct cec_adapter; +struct cec_data; +struct cec_pin; +struct cec_notifier; + +struct cec_data { + struct list_head list; + struct list_head xfer_list; + struct cec_adapter *adap; + struct cec_msg msg; + u8 match_len; + u8 match_reply[5]; + struct cec_fh *fh; + struct delayed_work work; + struct completion c; + u8 attempts; + bool blocking; + bool completed; +}; + +struct cec_msg_entry { + struct list_head list; + struct cec_msg msg; +}; + +struct cec_event_entry { + struct list_head list; + struct cec_event ev; +}; + +#define CEC_NUM_CORE_EVENTS 2 +#define CEC_NUM_EVENTS CEC_EVENT_PIN_5V_HIGH + +struct cec_fh { + struct list_head list; + struct list_head xfer_list; + struct cec_adapter *adap; + u8 mode_initiator; + u8 mode_follower; + + /* Events */ + wait_queue_head_t wait; + struct mutex lock; + struct list_head events[CEC_NUM_EVENTS]; /* queued events */ + u16 queued_events[CEC_NUM_EVENTS]; + unsigned int total_queued_events; + struct cec_event_entry core_events[CEC_NUM_CORE_EVENTS]; + struct list_head msgs; /* queued messages */ + unsigned int queued_msgs; +}; + +#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_RETRY 3 +#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_NEW_INITIATOR 5 +#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_NEXT_XFER 7 + +/* The nominal data bit period is 2.4 ms */ +#define CEC_FREE_TIME_TO_USEC(ft) ((ft) * 2400) + +struct cec_adap_ops { + /* Low-level callbacks, called with adap->lock held */ + int (*adap_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable); + int (*adap_monitor_all_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable); + int (*adap_monitor_pin_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable); + int (*adap_log_addr)(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 logical_addr); + void (*adap_unconfigured)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + int (*adap_transmit)(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 attempts, + u32 signal_free_time, struct cec_msg *msg); + void (*adap_nb_transmit_canceled)(struct cec_adapter *adap, + const struct cec_msg *msg); + void (*adap_status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file); + void (*adap_free)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + + /* Error injection callbacks, called without adap->lock held */ + int (*error_inj_show)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *sf); + bool (*error_inj_parse_line)(struct cec_adapter *adap, char *line); + + /* High-level CEC message callback, called without adap->lock held */ + void (*configured)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg); +}; + +/* + * The minimum message length you can receive (excepting poll messages) is 2. + * With a transfer rate of at most 36 bytes per second this makes 18 messages + * per second worst case. + * + * We queue at most 3 seconds worth of received messages. The CEC specification + * requires that messages are replied to within a second, so 3 seconds should + * give more than enough margin. Since most messages are actually more than 2 + * bytes, this is in practice a lot more than 3 seconds. + */ +#define CEC_MAX_MSG_RX_QUEUE_SZ (18 * 3) + +/* + * The transmit queue is limited to 1 second worth of messages (worst case). + * Messages can be transmitted by userspace and kernel space. But for both it + * makes no sense to have a lot of messages queued up. One second seems + * reasonable. + */ +#define CEC_MAX_MSG_TX_QUEUE_SZ (18 * 1) + +/** + * struct cec_adapter - cec adapter structure + * @owner: module owner + * @name: name of the CEC adapter + * @devnode: device node for the /dev/cecX device + * @lock: mutex controlling access to this structure + * @rc: remote control device + * @transmit_queue: queue of pending transmits + * @transmit_queue_sz: number of pending transmits + * @wait_queue: queue of transmits waiting for a reply + * @transmitting: CEC messages currently being transmitted + * @transmit_in_progress: true if a transmit is in progress + * @transmit_in_progress_aborted: true if a transmit is in progress is to be + * aborted. This happens if the logical address is + * invalidated while the transmit is ongoing. In that + * case the transmit will finish, but will not retransmit + * and be marked as ABORTED. + * @xfer_timeout_ms: the transfer timeout in ms. + * If 0, then timeout after 2100 ms. + * @kthread_config: kthread used to configure a CEC adapter + * @config_completion: used to signal completion of the config kthread + * @kthread: main CEC processing thread + * @kthread_waitq: main CEC processing wait_queue + * @ops: cec adapter ops + * @priv: cec driver's private data + * @capabilities: cec adapter capabilities + * @available_log_addrs: maximum number of available logical addresses + * @phys_addr: the current physical address + * @needs_hpd: if true, then the HDMI HotPlug Detect pin must be high + * in order to transmit or receive CEC messages. This is usually a HW + * limitation. + * @is_enabled: the CEC adapter is enabled + * @is_claiming_log_addrs: true if cec_claim_log_addrs() is running + * @is_configuring: the CEC adapter is configuring (i.e. claiming LAs) + * @must_reconfigure: while configuring, the PA changed, so reclaim LAs + * @is_configured: the CEC adapter is configured (i.e. has claimed LAs) + * @cec_pin_is_high: if true then the CEC pin is high. Only used with the + * CEC pin framework. + * @adap_controls_phys_addr: if true, then the CEC adapter controls the + * physical address, i.e. the CEC hardware can detect HPD changes and + * read the EDID and is not dependent on an external HDMI driver. + * Drivers that need this can set this field to true after the + * cec_allocate_adapter() call. + * @last_initiator: the initiator of the last transmitted message. + * @monitor_all_cnt: number of filehandles monitoring all msgs + * @monitor_pin_cnt: number of filehandles monitoring pin changes + * @follower_cnt: number of filehandles in follower mode + * @cec_follower: filehandle of the exclusive follower + * @cec_initiator: filehandle of the exclusive initiator + * @passthrough: if true, then the exclusive follower is in + * passthrough mode. + * @log_addrs: current logical addresses + * @conn_info: current connector info + * @tx_timeout_cnt: count the number of Timed Out transmits. + * Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status(). + * @tx_low_drive_cnt: count the number of Low Drive transmits. + * Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status(). + * @tx_error_cnt: count the number of Error transmits. + * Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status(). + * @tx_arb_lost_cnt: count the number of Arb Lost transmits. + * Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status(). + * @tx_low_drive_log_cnt: number of logged Low Drive transmits since the + * adapter was enabled. Used to avoid flooding the kernel + * log if this happens a lot. + * @tx_error_log_cnt: number of logged Error transmits since the adapter was + * enabled. Used to avoid flooding the kernel log if this + * happens a lot. + * @notifier: CEC notifier + * @pin: CEC pin status struct + * @cec_dir: debugfs cec directory + * @sequence: transmit sequence counter + * @input_phys: remote control input_phys name + * + * This structure represents a cec adapter. + */ +struct cec_adapter { + struct module *owner; + char name[32]; + struct cec_devnode devnode; + struct mutex lock; + struct rc_dev *rc; + + struct list_head transmit_queue; + unsigned int transmit_queue_sz; + struct list_head wait_queue; + struct cec_data *transmitting; + bool transmit_in_progress; + bool transmit_in_progress_aborted; + unsigned int xfer_timeout_ms; + + struct task_struct *kthread_config; + struct completion config_completion; + + struct task_struct *kthread; + wait_queue_head_t kthread_waitq; + + const struct cec_adap_ops *ops; + void *priv; + u32 capabilities; + u8 available_log_addrs; + + u16 phys_addr; + bool needs_hpd; + bool is_enabled; + bool is_claiming_log_addrs; + bool is_configuring; + bool must_reconfigure; + bool is_configured; + bool cec_pin_is_high; + bool adap_controls_phys_addr; + u8 last_initiator; + u32 monitor_all_cnt; + u32 monitor_pin_cnt; + u32 follower_cnt; + struct cec_fh *cec_follower; + struct cec_fh *cec_initiator; + bool passthrough; + struct cec_log_addrs log_addrs; + struct cec_connector_info conn_info; + + u32 tx_timeout_cnt; + u32 tx_low_drive_cnt; + u32 tx_error_cnt; + u32 tx_arb_lost_cnt; + u32 tx_low_drive_log_cnt; + u32 tx_error_log_cnt; + +#ifdef CONFIG_CEC_NOTIFIER + struct cec_notifier *notifier; +#endif +#ifdef CONFIG_CEC_PIN + struct cec_pin *pin; +#endif + + struct dentry *cec_dir; + + u32 sequence; + + char input_phys[40]; +}; + +static inline int cec_get_device(struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + struct cec_devnode *devnode = &adap->devnode; + + /* + * Check if the cec device is available. This needs to be done with + * the devnode->lock held to prevent an open/unregister race: + * without the lock, the device could be unregistered and freed between + * the devnode->registered check and get_device() calls, leading to + * a crash. + */ + mutex_lock(&devnode->lock); + /* + * return ENODEV if the cec device has been removed + * already or if it is not registered anymore. + */ + if (!devnode->registered) { + mutex_unlock(&devnode->lock); + return -ENODEV; + } + /* and increase the device refcount */ + get_device(&devnode->dev); + mutex_unlock(&devnode->lock); + return 0; +} + +static inline void cec_put_device(struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + put_device(&adap->devnode.dev); +} + +static inline void *cec_get_drvdata(const struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + return adap->priv; +} + +static inline bool cec_has_log_addr(const struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 log_addr) +{ + return adap->log_addrs.log_addr_mask & (1 << log_addr); +} + +static inline bool cec_is_sink(const struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + return adap->phys_addr == 0; +} + +/** + * cec_is_registered() - is the CEC adapter registered? + * + * @adap: the CEC adapter, may be NULL. + * + * Return: true if the adapter is registered, false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool cec_is_registered(const struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + return adap && adap->devnode.registered; +} + +#define cec_phys_addr_exp(pa) \ + ((pa) >> 12), ((pa) >> 8) & 0xf, ((pa) >> 4) & 0xf, (pa) & 0xf + +struct edid; +struct drm_connector; + +#if IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_CEC_CORE) +struct cec_adapter *cec_allocate_adapter(const struct cec_adap_ops *ops, + void *priv, const char *name, u32 caps, u8 available_las); +int cec_register_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct device *parent); +void cec_unregister_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap); +void cec_delete_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap); + +int cec_s_log_addrs(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_log_addrs *log_addrs, + bool block); +void cec_s_phys_addr(struct cec_adapter *adap, u16 phys_addr, + bool block); +void cec_s_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_adapter *adap, + const struct edid *edid); +void cec_s_conn_info(struct cec_adapter *adap, + const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info); +int cec_transmit_msg(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg, + bool block); + +/* Called by the adapter */ +void cec_transmit_done_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 status, + u8 arb_lost_cnt, u8 nack_cnt, u8 low_drive_cnt, + u8 error_cnt, ktime_t ts); + +static inline void cec_transmit_done(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 status, + u8 arb_lost_cnt, u8 nack_cnt, + u8 low_drive_cnt, u8 error_cnt) +{ + cec_transmit_done_ts(adap, status, arb_lost_cnt, nack_cnt, + low_drive_cnt, error_cnt, ktime_get()); +} +/* + * Simplified version of cec_transmit_done for hardware that doesn't retry + * failed transmits. So this is always just one attempt in which case + * the status is sufficient. + */ +void cec_transmit_attempt_done_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap, + u8 status, ktime_t ts); + +static inline void cec_transmit_attempt_done(struct cec_adapter *adap, + u8 status) +{ + cec_transmit_attempt_done_ts(adap, status, ktime_get()); +} + +void cec_received_msg_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap, + struct cec_msg *msg, ktime_t ts); + +static inline void cec_received_msg(struct cec_adapter *adap, + struct cec_msg *msg) +{ + cec_received_msg_ts(adap, msg, ktime_get()); +} + +/** + * cec_queue_pin_cec_event() - queue a CEC pin event with a given timestamp. + * + * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter + * @is_high: when true the CEC pin is high, otherwise it is low + * @dropped_events: when true some events were dropped + * @ts: the timestamp for this event + * + */ +void cec_queue_pin_cec_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, + bool dropped_events, ktime_t ts); + +/** + * cec_queue_pin_hpd_event() - queue a pin event with a given timestamp. + * + * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter + * @is_high: when true the HPD pin is high, otherwise it is low + * @ts: the timestamp for this event + * + */ +void cec_queue_pin_hpd_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, ktime_t ts); + +/** + * cec_queue_pin_5v_event() - queue a pin event with a given timestamp. + * + * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter + * @is_high: when true the 5V pin is high, otherwise it is low + * @ts: the timestamp for this event + * + */ +void cec_queue_pin_5v_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, ktime_t ts); + +/** + * cec_get_edid_phys_addr() - find and return the physical address + * + * @edid: pointer to the EDID data + * @size: size in bytes of the EDID data + * @offset: If not %NULL then the location of the physical address + * bytes in the EDID will be returned here. This is set to 0 + * if there is no physical address found. + * + * Return: the physical address or CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID if there is none. + */ +u16 cec_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size, + unsigned int *offset); + +void cec_fill_conn_info_from_drm(struct cec_connector_info *conn_info, + const struct drm_connector *connector); + +#else + +static inline int cec_register_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap, + struct device *parent) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline void cec_unregister_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ +} + +static inline void cec_delete_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ +} + +static inline void cec_s_phys_addr(struct cec_adapter *adap, u16 phys_addr, + bool block) +{ +} + +static inline void cec_s_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_adapter *adap, + const struct edid *edid) +{ +} + +static inline u16 cec_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size, + unsigned int *offset) +{ + if (offset) + *offset = 0; + return CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID; +} + +static inline void cec_s_conn_info(struct cec_adapter *adap, + const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info) +{ +} + +static inline void +cec_fill_conn_info_from_drm(struct cec_connector_info *conn_info, + const struct drm_connector *connector) +{ + memset(conn_info, 0, sizeof(*conn_info)); +} + +#endif + +/** + * cec_phys_addr_invalidate() - set the physical address to INVALID + * + * @adap: the CEC adapter + * + * This is a simple helper function to invalidate the physical + * address. + */ +static inline void cec_phys_addr_invalidate(struct cec_adapter *adap) +{ + cec_s_phys_addr(adap, CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID, false); +} + +/** + * cec_get_edid_spa_location() - find location of the Source Physical Address + * + * @edid: the EDID + * @size: the size of the EDID + * + * This EDID is expected to be a CEA-861 compliant, which means that there are + * at least two blocks and one or more of the extensions blocks are CEA-861 + * blocks. + * + * The returned location is guaranteed to be <= size-2. + * + * This is an inline function since it is used by both CEC and V4L2. + * Ideally this would go in a module shared by both, but it is overkill to do + * that for just a single function. + */ +static inline unsigned int cec_get_edid_spa_location(const u8 *edid, + unsigned int size) +{ + unsigned int blocks = size / 128; + unsigned int block; + u8 d; + + /* Sanity check: at least 2 blocks and a multiple of the block size */ + if (blocks < 2 || size % 128) + return 0; + + /* + * If there are fewer extension blocks than the size, then update + * 'blocks'. It is allowed to have more extension blocks than the size, + * since some hardware can only read e.g. 256 bytes of the EDID, even + * though more blocks are present. The first CEA-861 extension block + * should normally be in block 1 anyway. + */ + if (edid[0x7e] + 1 < blocks) + blocks = edid[0x7e] + 1; + + for (block = 1; block < blocks; block++) { + unsigned int offset = block * 128; + + /* Skip any non-CEA-861 extension blocks */ + if (edid[offset] != 0x02 || edid[offset + 1] != 0x03) + continue; + + /* search Vendor Specific Data Block (tag 3) */ + d = edid[offset + 2] & 0x7f; + /* Check if there are Data Blocks */ + if (d <= 4) + continue; + if (d > 4) { + unsigned int i = offset + 4; + unsigned int end = offset + d; + + /* Note: 'end' is always < 'size' */ + do { + u8 tag = edid[i] >> 5; + u8 len = edid[i] & 0x1f; + + if (tag == 3 && len >= 5 && i + len <= end && + edid[i + 1] == 0x03 && + edid[i + 2] == 0x0c && + edid[i + 3] == 0x00) + return i + 4; + i += len + 1; + } while (i < end); + } + } + return 0; +} + +#endif /* _MEDIA_CEC_H */ diff --git a/include/media/cs5345.h b/include/media/cs5345.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6ccae24e65ed..000000000000 --- a/include/media/cs5345.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -/* - cs5345.h - definition for cs5345 inputs and outputs - - Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _CS5345_H_ -#define _CS5345_H_ - -/* CS5345 HW inputs */ -#define CS5345_IN_MIC 0 -#define CS5345_IN_1 1 -#define CS5345_IN_2 2 -#define CS5345_IN_3 3 -#define CS5345_IN_4 4 -#define CS5345_IN_5 5 -#define CS5345_IN_6 6 - -#define CS5345_MCLK_1 0x00 -#define CS5345_MCLK_1_5 0x10 -#define CS5345_MCLK_2 0x20 -#define CS5345_MCLK_3 0x30 -#define CS5345_MCLK_4 0x40 - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/cs53l32a.h b/include/media/cs53l32a.h deleted file mode 100644 index bf76197d3790..000000000000 --- a/include/media/cs53l32a.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -/* - cs53l32a.h - definition for cs53l32a inputs and outputs - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _CS53L32A_H_ -#define _CS53L32A_H_ - -/* There are 2 physical inputs, but the second input can be - placed in two modes, the first mode bypasses the PGA (gain), - the second goes through the PGA. Hence there are three - possible inputs to choose from. */ - -/* CS53L32A HW inputs */ -#define CS53L32A_IN0 0 -#define CS53L32A_IN1 1 -#define CS53L32A_IN2 2 - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/cx25840.h b/include/media/cx25840.h deleted file mode 100644 index 783c5bdd63eb..000000000000 --- a/include/media/cx25840.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -/* - cx25840.h - definition for cx25840/1/2/3 inputs - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _CX25840_H_ -#define _CX25840_H_ - -/* Note that the cx25840 driver requires that the bridge driver calls the - v4l2_subdev's init operation in order to load the driver's firmware. - Without this the audio standard detection will fail and you will - only get mono. - - Since loading the firmware is often problematic when the driver is - compiled into the kernel I recommend postponing calling this function - until the first open of the video device. Another reason for - postponing it is that loading this firmware takes a long time (seconds) - due to the slow i2c bus speed. So it will speed up the boot process if - you can avoid loading the fw as long as the video device isn't used. */ - -enum cx25840_video_input { - /* Composite video inputs In1-In8 */ - CX25840_COMPOSITE1 = 1, - CX25840_COMPOSITE2, - CX25840_COMPOSITE3, - CX25840_COMPOSITE4, - CX25840_COMPOSITE5, - CX25840_COMPOSITE6, - CX25840_COMPOSITE7, - CX25840_COMPOSITE8, - - /* S-Video inputs consist of one luma input (In1-In8) ORed with one - chroma input (In5-In8) */ - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA1 = 0x10, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA2 = 0x20, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA3 = 0x30, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA4 = 0x40, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA5 = 0x50, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA6 = 0x60, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA7 = 0x70, - CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA8 = 0x80, - CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA4 = 0x400, - CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA5 = 0x500, - CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA6 = 0x600, - CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA7 = 0x700, - CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA8 = 0x800, - - /* S-Video aliases for common luma/chroma combinations */ - CX25840_SVIDEO1 = 0x510, - CX25840_SVIDEO2 = 0x620, - CX25840_SVIDEO3 = 0x730, - CX25840_SVIDEO4 = 0x840, - - /* Allow frames to specify specific input configurations */ - CX25840_VIN1_CH1 = 0x80000000, - CX25840_VIN2_CH1 = 0x80000001, - CX25840_VIN3_CH1 = 0x80000002, - CX25840_VIN4_CH1 = 0x80000003, - CX25840_VIN5_CH1 = 0x80000004, - CX25840_VIN6_CH1 = 0x80000005, - CX25840_VIN7_CH1 = 0x80000006, - CX25840_VIN8_CH1 = 0x80000007, - CX25840_VIN4_CH2 = 0x80000000, - CX25840_VIN5_CH2 = 0x80000010, - CX25840_VIN6_CH2 = 0x80000020, - CX25840_NONE_CH2 = 0x80000030, - CX25840_VIN7_CH3 = 0x80000000, - CX25840_VIN8_CH3 = 0x80000040, - CX25840_NONE0_CH3 = 0x80000080, - CX25840_NONE1_CH3 = 0x800000c0, - CX25840_SVIDEO_ON = 0x80000100, - CX25840_COMPONENT_ON = 0x80000200, - CX25840_DIF_ON = 0x80000400, -}; - -enum cx25840_audio_input { - /* Audio inputs: serial or In4-In8 */ - CX25840_AUDIO_SERIAL, - CX25840_AUDIO4 = 4, - CX25840_AUDIO5, - CX25840_AUDIO6, - CX25840_AUDIO7, - CX25840_AUDIO8, -}; - -enum cx25840_io_pin { - CX25840_PIN_DVALID_PRGM0 = 0, - CX25840_PIN_FIELD_PRGM1, - CX25840_PIN_HRESET_PRGM2, - CX25840_PIN_VRESET_HCTL_PRGM3, - CX25840_PIN_IRQ_N_PRGM4, - CX25840_PIN_IR_TX_PRGM6, - CX25840_PIN_IR_RX_PRGM5, - CX25840_PIN_GPIO0_PRGM8, - CX25840_PIN_GPIO1_PRGM9, - CX25840_PIN_SA_SDIN, /* Alternate GP Input only */ - CX25840_PIN_SA_SDOUT, /* Alternate GP Input only */ - CX25840_PIN_PLL_CLK_PRGM7, - CX25840_PIN_CHIP_SEL_VIPCLK, /* Output only */ -}; - -enum cx25840_io_pad { - /* Output pads */ - CX25840_PAD_DEFAULT = 0, - CX25840_PAD_ACTIVE, - CX25840_PAD_VACTIVE, - CX25840_PAD_CBFLAG, - CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT0, - CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT1, - CX25840_PAD_GPO0, - CX25840_PAD_GPO1, - CX25840_PAD_GPO2, - CX25840_PAD_GPO3, - CX25840_PAD_IRQ_N, - CX25840_PAD_AC_SYNC, - CX25840_PAD_AC_SDOUT, - CX25840_PAD_PLL_CLK, - CX25840_PAD_VRESET, - CX25840_PAD_RESERVED, - /* Pads for PLL_CLK output only */ - CX25840_PAD_XTI_X5_DLL, - CX25840_PAD_AUX_PLL, - CX25840_PAD_VID_PLL, - CX25840_PAD_XTI, - /* Input Pads */ - CX25840_PAD_GPI0, - CX25840_PAD_GPI1, - CX25840_PAD_GPI2, - CX25840_PAD_GPI3, -}; - -enum cx25840_io_pin_strength { - CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_MEDIUM = 0, - CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_SLOW, - CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_FAST, -}; - -enum cx23885_io_pin { - CX23885_PIN_IR_RX_GPIO19, - CX23885_PIN_IR_TX_GPIO20, - CX23885_PIN_I2S_SDAT_GPIO21, - CX23885_PIN_I2S_WCLK_GPIO22, - CX23885_PIN_I2S_BCLK_GPIO23, - CX23885_PIN_IRQ_N_GPIO16, -}; - -enum cx23885_io_pad { - CX23885_PAD_IR_RX, - CX23885_PAD_GPIO19, - CX23885_PAD_IR_TX, - CX23885_PAD_GPIO20, - CX23885_PAD_I2S_SDAT, - CX23885_PAD_GPIO21, - CX23885_PAD_I2S_WCLK, - CX23885_PAD_GPIO22, - CX23885_PAD_I2S_BCLK, - CX23885_PAD_GPIO23, - CX23885_PAD_IRQ_N, - CX23885_PAD_GPIO16, -}; - -/* pvr150_workaround activates a workaround for a hardware bug that is - present in Hauppauge PVR-150 (and possibly PVR-500) cards that have - certain NTSC tuners (tveeprom tuner model numbers 85, 99 and 112). The - audio autodetect fails on some channels for these models and the workaround - is to select the audio standard explicitly. Many thanks to Hauppauge for - providing this information. - This platform data only needs to be supplied by the ivtv driver. */ -struct cx25840_platform_data { - int pvr150_workaround; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h b/include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5773874bf266..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - * - **************************************************************************/ -#ifndef _CCDC_TYPES_H -#define _CCDC_TYPES_H -enum ccdc_pixfmt { - CCDC_PIXFMT_RAW, - CCDC_PIXFMT_YCBCR_16BIT, - CCDC_PIXFMT_YCBCR_8BIT -}; - -enum ccdc_frmfmt { - CCDC_FRMFMT_PROGRESSIVE, - CCDC_FRMFMT_INTERLACED -}; - -/* PIXEL ORDER IN MEMORY from LSB to MSB */ -/* only applicable for 8-bit input mode */ -enum ccdc_pixorder { - CCDC_PIXORDER_YCBYCR, - CCDC_PIXORDER_CBYCRY, -}; - -enum ccdc_buftype { - CCDC_BUFTYPE_FLD_INTERLEAVED, - CCDC_BUFTYPE_FLD_SEPARATED -}; -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/dm355_ccdc.h b/include/media/davinci/dm355_ccdc.h deleted file mode 100644 index c669a9fb75e5..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/dm355_ccdc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,321 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ -#ifndef _DM355_CCDC_H -#define _DM355_CCDC_H -#include <media/davinci/ccdc_types.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpfe_types.h> - -/* enum for No of pixel per line to be avg. in Black Clamping */ -enum ccdc_sample_length { - CCDC_SAMPLE_1PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_2PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_4PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_8PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_16PIXELS -}; - -/* enum for No of lines in Black Clamping */ -enum ccdc_sample_line { - CCDC_SAMPLE_1LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_2LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_4LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_8LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_16LINES -}; - -/* enum for Alaw gamma width */ -enum ccdc_gamma_width { - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_13_4, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_12_3, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_11_2, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_10_1, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_09_0 -}; - -enum ccdc_colpats { - CCDC_RED, - CCDC_GREEN_RED, - CCDC_GREEN_BLUE, - CCDC_BLUE -}; - -struct ccdc_col_pat { - enum ccdc_colpats olop; - enum ccdc_colpats olep; - enum ccdc_colpats elop; - enum ccdc_colpats elep; -}; - -enum ccdc_datasft { - CCDC_DATA_NO_SHIFT, - CCDC_DATA_SHIFT_1BIT, - CCDC_DATA_SHIFT_2BIT, - CCDC_DATA_SHIFT_3BIT, - CCDC_DATA_SHIFT_4BIT, - CCDC_DATA_SHIFT_5BIT, - CCDC_DATA_SHIFT_6BIT -}; - -enum ccdc_data_size { - CCDC_DATA_16BITS, - CCDC_DATA_15BITS, - CCDC_DATA_14BITS, - CCDC_DATA_13BITS, - CCDC_DATA_12BITS, - CCDC_DATA_11BITS, - CCDC_DATA_10BITS, - CCDC_DATA_8BITS -}; -enum ccdc_mfilt1 { - CCDC_NO_MEDIAN_FILTER1, - CCDC_AVERAGE_FILTER1, - CCDC_MEDIAN_FILTER1 -}; - -enum ccdc_mfilt2 { - CCDC_NO_MEDIAN_FILTER2, - CCDC_AVERAGE_FILTER2, - CCDC_MEDIAN_FILTER2 -}; - -/* structure for ALaw */ -struct ccdc_a_law { - /* Enable/disable A-Law */ - unsigned char enable; - /* Gamma Width Input */ - enum ccdc_gamma_width gamma_wd; -}; - -/* structure for Black Clamping */ -struct ccdc_black_clamp { - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - unsigned char b_clamp_enable; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - enum ccdc_sample_length sample_pixel; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - enum ccdc_sample_line sample_ln; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - unsigned short start_pixel; - /* only if bClampEnable is FALSE */ - unsigned short sgain; - unsigned short dc_sub; -}; - -/* structure for Black Level Compensation */ -struct ccdc_black_compensation { - /* Constant value to subtract from Red component */ - unsigned char r; - /* Constant value to subtract from Gr component */ - unsigned char gr; - /* Constant value to subtract from Blue component */ - unsigned char b; - /* Constant value to subtract from Gb component */ - unsigned char gb; -}; - -struct ccdc_float { - int integer; - unsigned int decimal; -}; - -#define CCDC_CSC_COEFF_TABLE_SIZE 16 -/* structure for color space converter */ -struct ccdc_csc { - unsigned char enable; - /* - * S8Q5. Use 2 decimal precision, user values range from -3.00 to 3.99. - * example - to use 1.03, set integer part as 1, and decimal part as 3 - * to use -1.03, set integer part as -1 and decimal part as 3 - */ - struct ccdc_float coeff[CCDC_CSC_COEFF_TABLE_SIZE]; -}; - -/* Structures for Vertical Defect Correction*/ -enum ccdc_vdf_csl { - CCDC_VDF_NORMAL, - CCDC_VDF_HORZ_INTERPOL_SAT, - CCDC_VDF_HORZ_INTERPOL -}; - -enum ccdc_vdf_cuda { - CCDC_VDF_WHOLE_LINE_CORRECT, - CCDC_VDF_UPPER_DISABLE -}; - -enum ccdc_dfc_mwr { - CCDC_DFC_MWR_WRITE_COMPLETE, - CCDC_DFC_WRITE_REG -}; - -enum ccdc_dfc_mrd { - CCDC_DFC_READ_COMPLETE, - CCDC_DFC_READ_REG -}; - -enum ccdc_dfc_ma_rst { - CCDC_DFC_INCR_ADDR, - CCDC_DFC_CLR_ADDR -}; - -enum ccdc_dfc_mclr { - CCDC_DFC_CLEAR_COMPLETE, - CCDC_DFC_CLEAR -}; - -struct ccdc_dft_corr_ctl { - enum ccdc_vdf_csl vdfcsl; - enum ccdc_vdf_cuda vdfcuda; - unsigned int vdflsft; -}; - -struct ccdc_dft_corr_mem_ctl { - enum ccdc_dfc_mwr dfcmwr; - enum ccdc_dfc_mrd dfcmrd; - enum ccdc_dfc_ma_rst dfcmarst; - enum ccdc_dfc_mclr dfcmclr; -}; - -#define CCDC_DFT_TABLE_SIZE 16 -/* - * Main Structure for vertical defect correction. Vertical defect - * correction can correct up to 16 defects if defects less than 16 - * then pad the rest with 0 - */ -struct ccdc_vertical_dft { - unsigned char ver_dft_en; - unsigned char gen_dft_en; - unsigned int saturation_ctl; - struct ccdc_dft_corr_ctl dft_corr_ctl; - struct ccdc_dft_corr_mem_ctl dft_corr_mem_ctl; - int table_size; - unsigned int dft_corr_horz[CCDC_DFT_TABLE_SIZE]; - unsigned int dft_corr_vert[CCDC_DFT_TABLE_SIZE]; - unsigned int dft_corr_sub1[CCDC_DFT_TABLE_SIZE]; - unsigned int dft_corr_sub2[CCDC_DFT_TABLE_SIZE]; - unsigned int dft_corr_sub3[CCDC_DFT_TABLE_SIZE]; -}; - -struct ccdc_data_offset { - unsigned char horz_offset; - unsigned char vert_offset; -}; - -/* - * Structure for CCDC configuration parameters for raw capture mode passed - * by application - */ -struct ccdc_config_params_raw { - /* data shift to be applied before storing */ - enum ccdc_datasft datasft; - /* data size value from 8 to 16 bits */ - enum ccdc_data_size data_sz; - /* median filter for sdram */ - enum ccdc_mfilt1 mfilt1; - enum ccdc_mfilt2 mfilt2; - /* low pass filter enable/disable */ - unsigned char lpf_enable; - /* Threshold of median filter */ - int med_filt_thres; - /* - * horz and vertical data offset. Appliable for defect correction - * and lsc - */ - struct ccdc_data_offset data_offset; - /* Structure for Optional A-Law */ - struct ccdc_a_law alaw; - /* Structure for Optical Black Clamp */ - struct ccdc_black_clamp blk_clamp; - /* Structure for Black Compensation */ - struct ccdc_black_compensation blk_comp; - /* struture for vertical Defect Correction Module Configuration */ - struct ccdc_vertical_dft vertical_dft; - /* structure for color space converter Module Configuration */ - struct ccdc_csc csc; - /* color patters for bayer capture */ - struct ccdc_col_pat col_pat_field0; - struct ccdc_col_pat col_pat_field1; -}; - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -#include <linux/io.h> - -#define CCDC_WIN_PAL {0, 0, 720, 576} -#define CCDC_WIN_VGA {0, 0, 640, 480} - -struct ccdc_params_ycbcr { - /* pixel format */ - enum ccdc_pixfmt pix_fmt; - /* progressive or interlaced frame */ - enum ccdc_frmfmt frm_fmt; - /* video window */ - struct v4l2_rect win; - /* field id polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol fid_pol; - /* vertical sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol vd_pol; - /* horizontal sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol hd_pol; - /* enable BT.656 embedded sync mode */ - int bt656_enable; - /* cb:y:cr:y or y:cb:y:cr in memory */ - enum ccdc_pixorder pix_order; - /* interleaved or separated fields */ - enum ccdc_buftype buf_type; -}; - -/* Gain applied to Raw Bayer data */ -struct ccdc_gain { - unsigned short r_ye; - unsigned short gr_cy; - unsigned short gb_g; - unsigned short b_mg; -}; - -/* Structure for CCDC configuration parameters for raw capture mode */ -struct ccdc_params_raw { - /* pixel format */ - enum ccdc_pixfmt pix_fmt; - /* progressive or interlaced frame */ - enum ccdc_frmfmt frm_fmt; - /* video window */ - struct v4l2_rect win; - /* field id polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol fid_pol; - /* vertical sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol vd_pol; - /* horizontal sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol hd_pol; - /* interleaved or separated fields */ - enum ccdc_buftype buf_type; - /* Gain values */ - struct ccdc_gain gain; - /* offset */ - unsigned int ccdc_offset; - /* horizontal flip enable */ - unsigned char horz_flip_enable; - /* - * enable to store the image in inverse order in memory - * (bottom to top) - */ - unsigned char image_invert_enable; - /* Configurable part of raw data */ - struct ccdc_config_params_raw config_params; -}; - -#endif -#endif /* DM355_CCDC_H */ diff --git a/include/media/davinci/dm644x_ccdc.h b/include/media/davinci/dm644x_ccdc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 852e96c4bb46..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/dm644x_ccdc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ -#ifndef _DM644X_CCDC_H -#define _DM644X_CCDC_H -#include <media/davinci/ccdc_types.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpfe_types.h> - -/* enum for No of pixel per line to be avg. in Black Clamping*/ -enum ccdc_sample_length { - CCDC_SAMPLE_1PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_2PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_4PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_8PIXELS, - CCDC_SAMPLE_16PIXELS -}; - -/* enum for No of lines in Black Clamping */ -enum ccdc_sample_line { - CCDC_SAMPLE_1LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_2LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_4LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_8LINES, - CCDC_SAMPLE_16LINES -}; - -/* enum for Alaw gamma width */ -enum ccdc_gamma_width { - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_15_6, /* use bits 15-6 for gamma */ - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_14_5, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_13_4, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_12_3, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_11_2, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_10_1, - CCDC_GAMMA_BITS_09_0 /* use bits 9-0 for gamma */ -}; - -/* returns the highest bit used for the gamma */ -static inline u8 ccdc_gamma_width_max_bit(enum ccdc_gamma_width width) -{ - return 15 - width; -} - -enum ccdc_data_size { - CCDC_DATA_16BITS, - CCDC_DATA_15BITS, - CCDC_DATA_14BITS, - CCDC_DATA_13BITS, - CCDC_DATA_12BITS, - CCDC_DATA_11BITS, - CCDC_DATA_10BITS, - CCDC_DATA_8BITS -}; - -/* returns the highest bit used for this data size */ -static inline u8 ccdc_data_size_max_bit(enum ccdc_data_size sz) -{ - return sz == CCDC_DATA_8BITS ? 7 : 15 - sz; -} - -/* structure for ALaw */ -struct ccdc_a_law { - /* Enable/disable A-Law */ - unsigned char enable; - /* Gamma Width Input */ - enum ccdc_gamma_width gamma_wd; -}; - -/* structure for Black Clamping */ -struct ccdc_black_clamp { - unsigned char enable; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - enum ccdc_sample_length sample_pixel; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - enum ccdc_sample_line sample_ln; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - unsigned short start_pixel; - /* only if bClampEnable is TRUE */ - unsigned short sgain; - /* only if bClampEnable is FALSE */ - unsigned short dc_sub; -}; - -/* structure for Black Level Compensation */ -struct ccdc_black_compensation { - /* Constant value to subtract from Red component */ - char r; - /* Constant value to subtract from Gr component */ - char gr; - /* Constant value to subtract from Blue component */ - char b; - /* Constant value to subtract from Gb component */ - char gb; -}; - -/* structure for fault pixel correction */ -struct ccdc_fault_pixel { - /* Enable or Disable fault pixel correction */ - unsigned char enable; - /* Number of fault pixel */ - unsigned short fp_num; - /* Address of fault pixel table */ - unsigned int fpc_table_addr; -}; - -/* Structure for CCDC configuration parameters for raw capture mode passed - * by application - */ -struct ccdc_config_params_raw { - /* data size value from 8 to 16 bits */ - enum ccdc_data_size data_sz; - /* Structure for Optional A-Law */ - struct ccdc_a_law alaw; - /* Structure for Optical Black Clamp */ - struct ccdc_black_clamp blk_clamp; - /* Structure for Black Compensation */ - struct ccdc_black_compensation blk_comp; - /* Structure for Fault Pixel Module Configuration */ - struct ccdc_fault_pixel fault_pxl; -}; - - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -#include <linux/io.h> -/* Define to enable/disable video port */ -#define FP_NUM_BYTES 4 -/* Define for extra pixel/line and extra lines/frame */ -#define NUM_EXTRAPIXELS 8 -#define NUM_EXTRALINES 8 - -/* settings for commonly used video formats */ -#define CCDC_WIN_PAL {0, 0, 720, 576} -/* ntsc square pixel */ -#define CCDC_WIN_VGA {0, 0, (640 + NUM_EXTRAPIXELS), (480 + NUM_EXTRALINES)} - -/* Structure for CCDC configuration parameters for raw capture mode */ -struct ccdc_params_raw { - /* pixel format */ - enum ccdc_pixfmt pix_fmt; - /* progressive or interlaced frame */ - enum ccdc_frmfmt frm_fmt; - /* video window */ - struct v4l2_rect win; - /* field id polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol fid_pol; - /* vertical sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol vd_pol; - /* horizontal sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol hd_pol; - /* interleaved or separated fields */ - enum ccdc_buftype buf_type; - /* - * enable to store the image in inverse - * order in memory(bottom to top) - */ - unsigned char image_invert_enable; - /* configurable paramaters */ - struct ccdc_config_params_raw config_params; -}; - -struct ccdc_params_ycbcr { - /* pixel format */ - enum ccdc_pixfmt pix_fmt; - /* progressive or interlaced frame */ - enum ccdc_frmfmt frm_fmt; - /* video window */ - struct v4l2_rect win; - /* field id polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol fid_pol; - /* vertical sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol vd_pol; - /* horizontal sync polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol hd_pol; - /* enable BT.656 embedded sync mode */ - int bt656_enable; - /* cb:y:cr:y or y:cb:y:cr in memory */ - enum ccdc_pixorder pix_order; - /* interleaved or separated fields */ - enum ccdc_buftype buf_type; -}; -#endif -#endif /* _DM644X_CCDC_H */ diff --git a/include/media/davinci/isif.h b/include/media/davinci/isif.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7f3d76a4b9e3..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/isif.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - * - * isif header file - */ -#ifndef _ISIF_H -#define _ISIF_H - -#include <media/davinci/ccdc_types.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpfe_types.h> - -/* isif float type S8Q8/U8Q8 */ -struct isif_float_8 { - /* 8 bit integer part */ - __u8 integer; - /* 8 bit decimal part */ - __u8 decimal; -}; - -/* isif float type U16Q16/S16Q16 */ -struct isif_float_16 { - /* 16 bit integer part */ - __u16 integer; - /* 16 bit decimal part */ - __u16 decimal; -}; - -/************************************************************************ - * Vertical Defect Correction parameters - ***********************************************************************/ -/* Defect Correction (DFC) table entry */ -struct isif_vdfc_entry { - /* vertical position of defect */ - __u16 pos_vert; - /* horizontal position of defect */ - __u16 pos_horz; - /* - * Defect level of Vertical line defect position. This is subtracted - * from the data at the defect position - */ - __u8 level_at_pos; - /* - * Defect level of the pixels upper than the vertical line defect. - * This is subtracted from the data - */ - __u8 level_up_pixels; - /* - * Defect level of the pixels lower than the vertical line defect. - * This is subtracted from the data - */ - __u8 level_low_pixels; -}; - -#define ISIF_VDFC_TABLE_SIZE 8 -struct isif_dfc { - /* enable vertical defect correction */ - __u8 en; - /* Defect level subtraction. Just fed through if saturating */ -#define ISIF_VDFC_NORMAL 0 - /* - * Defect level subtraction. Horizontal interpolation ((i-2)+(i+2))/2 - * if data saturating - */ -#define ISIF_VDFC_HORZ_INTERPOL_IF_SAT 1 - /* Horizontal interpolation (((i-2)+(i+2))/2) */ -#define ISIF_VDFC_HORZ_INTERPOL 2 - /* one of the vertical defect correction modes above */ - __u8 corr_mode; - /* 0 - whole line corrected, 1 - not pixels upper than the defect */ - __u8 corr_whole_line; -#define ISIF_VDFC_NO_SHIFT 0 -#define ISIF_VDFC_SHIFT_1 1 -#define ISIF_VDFC_SHIFT_2 2 -#define ISIF_VDFC_SHIFT_3 3 -#define ISIF_VDFC_SHIFT_4 4 - /* - * defect level shift value. level_at_pos, level_upper_pos, - * and level_lower_pos can be shifted up by this value. Choose - * one of the values above - */ - __u8 def_level_shift; - /* defect saturation level */ - __u16 def_sat_level; - /* number of vertical defects. Max is ISIF_VDFC_TABLE_SIZE */ - __u16 num_vdefects; - /* VDFC table ptr */ - struct isif_vdfc_entry table[ISIF_VDFC_TABLE_SIZE]; -}; - -struct isif_horz_bclamp { - - /* Horizontal clamp disabled. Only vertical clamp value is subtracted */ -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_DISABLE 0 - /* - * Horizontal clamp value is calculated and subtracted from image data - * along with vertical clamp value - */ -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_CLAMP_CALC_ENABLED 1 - /* - * Horizontal clamp value calculated from previous image is subtracted - * from image data along with vertical clamp value. - */ -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_CLAMP_NOT_UPDATED 2 - /* horizontal clamp mode. One of the values above */ - __u8 mode; - /* - * pixel value limit enable. - * 0 - limit disabled - * 1 - pixel value limited to 1023 - */ - __u8 clamp_pix_limit; - /* Select Most left window for bc calculation */ -#define ISIF_SEL_MOST_LEFT_WIN 0 - /* Select Most right window for bc calculation */ -#define ISIF_SEL_MOST_RIGHT_WIN 1 - /* Select most left or right window for clamp val calculation */ - __u8 base_win_sel_calc; - /* Window count per color for calculation. range 1-32 */ - __u8 win_count_calc; - /* Window start position - horizontal for calculation. 0 - 8191 */ - __u16 win_start_h_calc; - /* Window start position - vertical for calculation 0 - 8191 */ - __u16 win_start_v_calc; -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_H_2PIXELS 0 -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_H_4PIXELS 1 -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_H_8PIXELS 2 -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_H_16PIXELS 3 - /* Width of the sample window in pixels for calculation */ - __u8 win_h_sz_calc; -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_V_32PIXELS 0 -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_V_64PIXELS 1 -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_V_128PIXELS 2 -#define ISIF_HORZ_BC_SZ_V_256PIXELS 3 - /* Height of the sample window in pixels for calculation */ - __u8 win_v_sz_calc; -}; - -/************************************************************************ - * Black Clamp parameters - ***********************************************************************/ -struct isif_vert_bclamp { - /* Reset value used is the clamp value calculated */ -#define ISIF_VERT_BC_USE_HORZ_CLAMP_VAL 0 - /* Reset value used is reset_clamp_val configured */ -#define ISIF_VERT_BC_USE_CONFIG_CLAMP_VAL 1 - /* No update, previous image value is used */ -#define ISIF_VERT_BC_NO_UPDATE 2 - /* - * Reset value selector for vertical clamp calculation. Use one of - * the above values - */ - __u8 reset_val_sel; - /* U8Q8. Line average coefficient used in vertical clamp calculation */ - __u8 line_ave_coef; - /* Height of the optical black region for calculation */ - __u16 ob_v_sz_calc; - /* Optical black region start position - horizontal. 0 - 8191 */ - __u16 ob_start_h; - /* Optical black region start position - vertical 0 - 8191 */ - __u16 ob_start_v; -}; - -struct isif_black_clamp { - /* - * This offset value is added irrespective of the clamp enable status. - * S13 - */ - __u16 dc_offset; - /* - * Enable black/digital clamp value to be subtracted from the image data - */ - __u8 en; - /* - * black clamp mode. same/separate clamp for 4 colors - * 0 - disable - same clamp value for all colors - * 1 - clamp value calculated separately for all colors - */ - __u8 bc_mode_color; - /* Vrtical start position for bc subtraction */ - __u16 vert_start_sub; - /* Black clamp for horizontal direction */ - struct isif_horz_bclamp horz; - /* Black clamp for vertical direction */ - struct isif_vert_bclamp vert; -}; - -/************************************************************************* -** Color Space Conversion (CSC) -*************************************************************************/ -#define ISIF_CSC_NUM_COEFF 16 -struct isif_color_space_conv { - /* Enable color space conversion */ - __u8 en; - /* - * csc coeffient table. S8Q5, M00 at index 0, M01 at index 1, and - * so forth - */ - struct isif_float_8 coeff[ISIF_CSC_NUM_COEFF]; -}; - - -/************************************************************************* -** Black Compensation parameters -*************************************************************************/ -struct isif_black_comp { - /* Comp for Red */ - __s8 r_comp; - /* Comp for Gr */ - __s8 gr_comp; - /* Comp for Blue */ - __s8 b_comp; - /* Comp for Gb */ - __s8 gb_comp; -}; - -/************************************************************************* -** Gain parameters -*************************************************************************/ -struct isif_gain { - /* Gain for Red or ye */ - struct isif_float_16 r_ye; - /* Gain for Gr or cy */ - struct isif_float_16 gr_cy; - /* Gain for Gb or g */ - struct isif_float_16 gb_g; - /* Gain for Blue or mg */ - struct isif_float_16 b_mg; -}; - -#define ISIF_LINEAR_TAB_SIZE 192 -/************************************************************************* -** Linearization parameters -*************************************************************************/ -struct isif_linearize { - /* Enable or Disable linearization of data */ - __u8 en; - /* Shift value applied */ - __u8 corr_shft; - /* scale factor applied U11Q10 */ - struct isif_float_16 scale_fact; - /* Size of the linear table */ - __u16 table[ISIF_LINEAR_TAB_SIZE]; -}; - -/* Color patterns */ -#define ISIF_RED 0 -#define ISIF_GREEN_RED 1 -#define ISIF_GREEN_BLUE 2 -#define ISIF_BLUE 3 -struct isif_col_pat { - __u8 olop; - __u8 olep; - __u8 elop; - __u8 elep; -}; - -/************************************************************************* -** Data formatter parameters -*************************************************************************/ -struct isif_fmtplen { - /* - * number of program entries for SET0, range 1 - 16 - * when fmtmode is ISIF_SPLIT, 1 - 8 when fmtmode is - * ISIF_COMBINE - */ - __u16 plen0; - /* - * number of program entries for SET1, range 1 - 16 - * when fmtmode is ISIF_SPLIT, 1 - 8 when fmtmode is - * ISIF_COMBINE - */ - __u16 plen1; - /** - * number of program entries for SET2, range 1 - 16 - * when fmtmode is ISIF_SPLIT, 1 - 8 when fmtmode is - * ISIF_COMBINE - */ - __u16 plen2; - /** - * number of program entries for SET3, range 1 - 16 - * when fmtmode is ISIF_SPLIT, 1 - 8 when fmtmode is - * ISIF_COMBINE - */ - __u16 plen3; -}; - -struct isif_fmt_cfg { -#define ISIF_SPLIT 0 -#define ISIF_COMBINE 1 - /* Split or combine or line alternate */ - __u8 fmtmode; - /* enable or disable line alternating mode */ - __u8 ln_alter_en; -#define ISIF_1LINE 0 -#define ISIF_2LINES 1 -#define ISIF_3LINES 2 -#define ISIF_4LINES 3 - /* Split/combine line number */ - __u8 lnum; - /* Address increment Range 1 - 16 */ - __u8 addrinc; -}; - -struct isif_fmt_addr_ptr { - /* Initial address */ - __u32 init_addr; - /* output line number */ -#define ISIF_1STLINE 0 -#define ISIF_2NDLINE 1 -#define ISIF_3RDLINE 2 -#define ISIF_4THLINE 3 - __u8 out_line; -}; - -struct isif_fmtpgm_ap { - /* program address pointer */ - __u8 pgm_aptr; - /* program address increment or decrement */ - __u8 pgmupdt; -}; - -struct isif_data_formatter { - /* Enable/Disable data formatter */ - __u8 en; - /* data formatter configuration */ - struct isif_fmt_cfg cfg; - /* Formatter program entries length */ - struct isif_fmtplen plen; - /* first pixel in a line fed to formatter */ - __u16 fmtrlen; - /* HD interval for output line. Only valid when split line */ - __u16 fmthcnt; - /* formatter address pointers */ - struct isif_fmt_addr_ptr fmtaddr_ptr[16]; - /* program enable/disable */ - __u8 pgm_en[32]; - /* program address pointers */ - struct isif_fmtpgm_ap fmtpgm_ap[32]; -}; - -struct isif_df_csc { - /* Color Space Conversion confguration, 0 - csc, 1 - df */ - __u8 df_or_csc; - /* csc configuration valid if df_or_csc is 0 */ - struct isif_color_space_conv csc; - /* data formatter configuration valid if df_or_csc is 1 */ - struct isif_data_formatter df; - /* start pixel in a line at the input */ - __u32 start_pix; - /* number of pixels in input line */ - __u32 num_pixels; - /* start line at the input */ - __u32 start_line; - /* number of lines at the input */ - __u32 num_lines; -}; - -struct isif_gain_offsets_adj { - /* Gain adjustment per color */ - struct isif_gain gain; - /* Offset adjustment */ - __u16 offset; - /* Enable or Disable Gain adjustment for SDRAM data */ - __u8 gain_sdram_en; - /* Enable or Disable Gain adjustment for IPIPE data */ - __u8 gain_ipipe_en; - /* Enable or Disable Gain adjustment for H3A data */ - __u8 gain_h3a_en; - /* Enable or Disable Gain adjustment for SDRAM data */ - __u8 offset_sdram_en; - /* Enable or Disable Gain adjustment for IPIPE data */ - __u8 offset_ipipe_en; - /* Enable or Disable Gain adjustment for H3A data */ - __u8 offset_h3a_en; -}; - -struct isif_cul { - /* Horizontal Cull pattern for odd lines */ - __u8 hcpat_odd; - /* Horizontal Cull pattern for even lines */ - __u8 hcpat_even; - /* Vertical Cull pattern */ - __u8 vcpat; - /* Enable or disable lpf. Apply when cull is enabled */ - __u8 en_lpf; -}; - -struct isif_compress { -#define ISIF_ALAW 0 -#define ISIF_DPCM 1 -#define ISIF_NO_COMPRESSION 2 - /* Compression Algorithm used */ - __u8 alg; - /* Choose Predictor1 for DPCM compression */ -#define ISIF_DPCM_PRED1 0 - /* Choose Predictor2 for DPCM compression */ -#define ISIF_DPCM_PRED2 1 - /* Predictor for DPCM compression */ - __u8 pred; -}; - -/* all the stuff in this struct will be provided by userland */ -struct isif_config_params_raw { - /* Linearization parameters for image sensor data input */ - struct isif_linearize linearize; - /* Data formatter or CSC */ - struct isif_df_csc df_csc; - /* Defect Pixel Correction (DFC) confguration */ - struct isif_dfc dfc; - /* Black/Digital Clamp configuration */ - struct isif_black_clamp bclamp; - /* Gain, offset adjustments */ - struct isif_gain_offsets_adj gain_offset; - /* Culling */ - struct isif_cul culling; - /* A-Law and DPCM compression options */ - struct isif_compress compress; - /* horizontal offset for Gain/LSC/DFC */ - __u16 horz_offset; - /* vertical offset for Gain/LSC/DFC */ - __u16 vert_offset; - /* color pattern for field 0 */ - struct isif_col_pat col_pat_field0; - /* color pattern for field 1 */ - struct isif_col_pat col_pat_field1; -#define ISIF_NO_SHIFT 0 -#define ISIF_1BIT_SHIFT 1 -#define ISIF_2BIT_SHIFT 2 -#define ISIF_3BIT_SHIFT 3 -#define ISIF_4BIT_SHIFT 4 -#define ISIF_5BIT_SHIFT 5 -#define ISIF_6BIT_SHIFT 6 - /* Data shift applied before storing to SDRAM */ - __u8 data_shift; - /* enable input test pattern generation */ - __u8 test_pat_gen; -}; - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -struct isif_ycbcr_config { - /* isif pixel format */ - enum ccdc_pixfmt pix_fmt; - /* isif frame format */ - enum ccdc_frmfmt frm_fmt; - /* ISIF crop window */ - struct v4l2_rect win; - /* field polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol fid_pol; - /* interface VD polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol vd_pol; - /* interface HD polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol hd_pol; - /* isif pix order. Only used for ycbcr capture */ - enum ccdc_pixorder pix_order; - /* isif buffer type. Only used for ycbcr capture */ - enum ccdc_buftype buf_type; -}; - -/* MSB of image data connected to sensor port */ -enum isif_data_msb { - ISIF_BIT_MSB_15, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_14, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_13, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_12, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_11, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_10, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_9, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_8, - ISIF_BIT_MSB_7 -}; - -enum isif_cfa_pattern { - ISIF_CFA_PAT_MOSAIC, - ISIF_CFA_PAT_STRIPE -}; - -struct isif_params_raw { - /* isif pixel format */ - enum ccdc_pixfmt pix_fmt; - /* isif frame format */ - enum ccdc_frmfmt frm_fmt; - /* video window */ - struct v4l2_rect win; - /* field polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol fid_pol; - /* interface VD polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol vd_pol; - /* interface HD polarity */ - enum vpfe_pin_pol hd_pol; - /* buffer type. Applicable for interlaced mode */ - enum ccdc_buftype buf_type; - /* Gain values */ - struct isif_gain gain; - /* cfa pattern */ - enum isif_cfa_pattern cfa_pat; - /* Data MSB position */ - enum isif_data_msb data_msb; - /* Enable horizontal flip */ - unsigned char horz_flip_en; - /* Enable image invert vertically */ - unsigned char image_invert_en; - - /* all the userland defined stuff*/ - struct isif_config_params_raw config_params; -}; - -enum isif_data_pack { - ISIF_PACK_16BIT, - ISIF_PACK_12BIT, - ISIF_PACK_8BIT -}; - -#define ISIF_WIN_NTSC {0, 0, 720, 480} -#define ISIF_WIN_VGA {0, 0, 640, 480} - -#endif -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe.h deleted file mode 100644 index 57585c7004a4..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpbe.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ -#ifndef _VPBE_H -#define _VPBE_H - -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <linux/i2c.h> - -#include <media/v4l2-dev.h> -#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h> -#include <media/v4l2-device.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h> - -/* OSD configuration info */ -struct osd_config_info { - char module_name[32]; -}; - -struct vpbe_output { - struct v4l2_output output; - /* - * If output capabilities include dv_timings, list supported timings - * below - */ - char *subdev_name; - /* - * defualt_mode identifies the default timings set at the venc or - * external encoder. - */ - char *default_mode; - /* - * Fields below are used for supporting multiple modes. For example, - * LCD panel might support different modes and they are listed here. - * Similarly for supporting external encoders, lcd controller port - * requires a set of non-standard timing values to be listed here for - * each supported mode since venc is used in non-standard timing mode - * for interfacing with external encoder similar to configuring lcd - * panel timings - */ - unsigned int num_modes; - struct vpbe_enc_mode_info *modes; - /* - * Bus configuration goes here for external encoders. Some encoders - * may require multiple interface types for each of the output. For - * example, SD modes would use YCC8 where as HD mode would use YCC16. - * Not sure if this is needed on a per mode basis instead of per - * output basis. If per mode is needed, we may have to move this to - * mode_info structure - */ - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode if_params; -}; - -/* encoder configuration info */ -struct encoder_config_info { - char module_name[32]; - /* Is this an i2c device ? */ - unsigned int is_i2c:1; - /* i2c subdevice board info */ - struct i2c_board_info board_info; -}; - -/*amplifier configuration info */ -struct amp_config_info { - char module_name[32]; - /* Is this an i2c device ? */ - unsigned int is_i2c:1; - /* i2c subdevice board info */ - struct i2c_board_info board_info; -}; - -/* structure for defining vpbe display subsystem components */ -struct vpbe_config { - char module_name[32]; - /* i2c bus adapter no */ - int i2c_adapter_id; - struct osd_config_info osd; - struct encoder_config_info venc; - /* external encoder information goes here */ - int num_ext_encoders; - struct encoder_config_info *ext_encoders; - /* amplifier information goes here */ - struct amp_config_info *amp; - int num_outputs; - /* Order is venc outputs followed by LCD and then external encoders */ - struct vpbe_output *outputs; -}; - -struct vpbe_device; - -struct vpbe_device_ops { - /* crop cap for the display */ - int (*g_cropcap)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct v4l2_cropcap *cropcap); - - /* Enumerate the outputs */ - int (*enum_outputs)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct v4l2_output *output); - - /* Set output to the given index */ - int (*set_output)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - int index); - - /* Get current output */ - unsigned int (*get_output)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev); - - /* Set DV preset at current output */ - int (*s_dv_timings)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *dv_timings); - - /* Get DV presets supported at the output */ - int (*g_dv_timings)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *dv_timings); - - /* Enumerate the DV Presets supported at the output */ - int (*enum_dv_timings)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings_info); - - /* Set std at the output */ - int (*s_std)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, v4l2_std_id std_id); - - /* Get the current std at the output */ - int (*g_std)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, v4l2_std_id *std_id); - - /* initialize the device */ - int (*initialize)(struct device *dev, struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev); - - /* De-initialize the device */ - void (*deinitialize)(struct device *dev, struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev); - - /* Get the current mode info */ - int (*get_mode_info)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct vpbe_enc_mode_info*); - - /* - * Set the current mode in the encoder. Alternate way of setting - * standard or DV preset or custom timings in the encoder - */ - int (*set_mode)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, - struct vpbe_enc_mode_info*); - /* Power management operations */ - int (*suspend)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev); - int (*resume)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev); -}; - -/* struct for vpbe device */ -struct vpbe_device { - /* V4l2 device */ - struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; - /* vpbe dispay controller cfg */ - struct vpbe_config *cfg; - /* parent device */ - struct device *pdev; - /* external encoder v4l2 sub devices */ - struct v4l2_subdev **encoders; - /* current encoder index */ - int current_sd_index; - /* external amplifier v4l2 subdevice */ - struct v4l2_subdev *amp; - struct mutex lock; - /* device initialized */ - int initialized; - /* vpbe dac clock */ - struct clk *dac_clk; - /* osd_device pointer */ - struct osd_state *osd_device; - /* venc device pointer */ - struct venc_platform_data *venc_device; - /* - * fields below are accessed by users of vpbe_device. Not the - * ones above - */ - - /* current output */ - int current_out_index; - /* lock used by caller to do atomic operation on vpbe device */ - /* current timings set in the controller */ - struct vpbe_enc_mode_info current_timings; - /* venc sub device */ - struct v4l2_subdev *venc; - /* device operations below */ - struct vpbe_device_ops ops; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8dffffedbb59..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/ - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - * published by the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any - * kind, whether express or implied; without even the implied warranty - * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - */ -#ifndef VPBE_DISPLAY_H -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_H - -/* Header files */ -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <media/v4l2-common.h> -#include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe.h> - -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES 2 - -enum vpbe_display_device_id { - VPBE_DISPLAY_DEVICE_0, - VPBE_DISPLAY_DEVICE_1 -}; - -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_DRV_NAME "vpbe-display" - -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_MAJOR_RELEASE 1 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_MINOR_RELEASE 0 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_BUILD 1 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_VERSION_CODE ((VPBE_DISPLAY_MAJOR_RELEASE << 16) | \ - (VPBE_DISPLAY_MINOR_RELEASE << 8) | \ - VPBE_DISPLAY_BUILD) - -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_VALID_FIELD(field) ((V4L2_FIELD_NONE == field) || \ - (V4L2_FIELD_ANY == field) || (V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED == field)) - -/* Exp ratio numerator and denominator constants */ -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_H_EXP_RATIO_N 9 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_H_EXP_RATIO_D 8 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_V_EXP_RATIO_N 6 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_V_EXP_RATIO_D 5 - -/* Zoom multiplication factor */ -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_ZOOM_4X 4 -#define VPBE_DISPLAY_ZOOM_2X 2 - -/* Structures */ -struct display_layer_info { - int enable; - /* Layer ID used by Display Manager */ - enum osd_layer id; - struct osd_layer_config config; - enum osd_zoom_factor h_zoom; - enum osd_zoom_factor v_zoom; - enum osd_h_exp_ratio h_exp; - enum osd_v_exp_ratio v_exp; -}; - -struct vpbe_disp_buffer { - struct vb2_buffer vb; - struct list_head list; -}; - -/* vpbe display object structure */ -struct vpbe_layer { - /* number of buffers in fbuffers */ - unsigned int numbuffers; - /* Pointer to the vpbe_display */ - struct vpbe_display *disp_dev; - /* Pointer pointing to current v4l2_buffer */ - struct vpbe_disp_buffer *cur_frm; - /* Pointer pointing to next v4l2_buffer */ - struct vpbe_disp_buffer *next_frm; - /* videobuf specific parameters - * Buffer queue used in video-buf - */ - struct vb2_queue buffer_queue; - /* allocator-specific contexts for each plane */ - struct vb2_alloc_ctx *alloc_ctx; - /* Queue of filled frames */ - struct list_head dma_queue; - /* Used in video-buf */ - spinlock_t irqlock; - /* V4l2 specific parameters */ - /* Identifies video device for this layer */ - struct video_device video_dev; - /* This field keeps track of type of buffer exchange mechanism user - * has selected - */ - enum v4l2_memory memory; - /* Used to keep track of state of the priority */ - struct v4l2_prio_state prio; - /* Used to store pixel format */ - struct v4l2_pix_format pix_fmt; - enum v4l2_field buf_field; - /* Video layer configuration params */ - struct display_layer_info layer_info; - /* vpbe specific parameters - * enable window for display - */ - unsigned char window_enable; - /* number of open instances of the layer */ - unsigned int usrs; - /* number of users performing IO */ - unsigned int io_usrs; - /* Indicates id of the field which is being displayed */ - unsigned int field_id; - /* Indicates whether streaming started */ - unsigned char started; - /* Identifies device object */ - enum vpbe_display_device_id device_id; - /* facilitation of ioctl ops lock by v4l2*/ - struct mutex opslock; - u8 layer_first_int; -}; - -/* vpbe device structure */ -struct vpbe_display { - /* layer specific parameters */ - /* lock for isr updates to buf layers*/ - spinlock_t dma_queue_lock; - /* C-Plane offset from start of y-plane */ - unsigned int cbcr_ofst; - struct vpbe_layer *dev[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES]; - struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev; - struct osd_state *osd_device; -}; - -/* File handle structure */ -struct vpbe_fh { - /* vpbe device structure */ - struct vpbe_display *disp_dev; - /* pointer to layer object for opened device */ - struct vpbe_layer *layer; - /* Indicates whether this file handle is doing IO */ - unsigned char io_allowed; - /* Used to keep track priority of this instance */ - enum v4l2_priority prio; -}; - -struct buf_config_params { - unsigned char min_numbuffers; - unsigned char numbuffers[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES]; - unsigned int min_bufsize[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES]; - unsigned int layer_bufsize[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES]; -}; - -#endif /* VPBE_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h deleted file mode 100644 index de59364d7ed2..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * Copyright (C) 2007 MontaVista Software, Inc. - * - * Andy Lowe (alowe@mvista.com), MontaVista Software - * - Initial version - * Murali Karicheri (mkaricheri@gmail.com), Texas Instruments Ltd. - * - ported to sub device interface - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2.. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - * - */ -#ifndef _OSD_H -#define _OSD_H - -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h> - -#define DM644X_VPBE_OSD_SUBDEV_NAME "dm644x,vpbe-osd" -#define DM365_VPBE_OSD_SUBDEV_NAME "dm365,vpbe-osd" -#define DM355_VPBE_OSD_SUBDEV_NAME "dm355,vpbe-osd" - -/** - * enum osd_layer - * @WIN_OSD0: On-Screen Display Window 0 - * @WIN_VID0: Video Window 0 - * @WIN_OSD1: On-Screen Display Window 1 - * @WIN_VID1: Video Window 1 - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the osd display layers. - */ -enum osd_layer { - WIN_OSD0, - WIN_VID0, - WIN_OSD1, - WIN_VID1, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_win_layer - * @OSDWIN_OSD0: On-Screen Display Window 0 - * @OSDWIN_OSD1: On-Screen Display Window 1 - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the OSD Window layers. - */ -enum osd_win_layer { - OSDWIN_OSD0, - OSDWIN_OSD1, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_pix_format - * @PIXFMT_1BPP: 1-bit-per-pixel bitmap - * @PIXFMT_2BPP: 2-bits-per-pixel bitmap - * @PIXFMT_4BPP: 4-bits-per-pixel bitmap - * @PIXFMT_8BPP: 8-bits-per-pixel bitmap - * @PIXFMT_RGB565: 16-bits-per-pixel RGB565 - * @PIXFMT_YCbCrI: YUV 4:2:2 - * @PIXFMT_RGB888: 24-bits-per-pixel RGB888 - * @PIXFMT_YCrCbI: YUV 4:2:2 with chroma swap - * @PIXFMT_NV12: YUV 4:2:0 planar - * @PIXFMT_OSD_ATTR: OSD Attribute Window pixel format (4bpp) - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the DaVinci pixel formats. - */ -enum osd_pix_format { - PIXFMT_1BPP = 0, - PIXFMT_2BPP, - PIXFMT_4BPP, - PIXFMT_8BPP, - PIXFMT_RGB565, - PIXFMT_YCBCRI, - PIXFMT_RGB888, - PIXFMT_YCRCBI, - PIXFMT_NV12, - PIXFMT_OSD_ATTR, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_h_exp_ratio - * @H_EXP_OFF: no expansion (1/1) - * @H_EXP_9_OVER_8: 9/8 expansion ratio - * @H_EXP_3_OVER_2: 3/2 expansion ratio - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the available horizontal expansion ratios. - */ -enum osd_h_exp_ratio { - H_EXP_OFF, - H_EXP_9_OVER_8, - H_EXP_3_OVER_2, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_v_exp_ratio - * @V_EXP_OFF: no expansion (1/1) - * @V_EXP_6_OVER_5: 6/5 expansion ratio - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the available vertical expansion ratios. - */ -enum osd_v_exp_ratio { - V_EXP_OFF, - V_EXP_6_OVER_5, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_zoom_factor - * @ZOOM_X1: no zoom (x1) - * @ZOOM_X2: x2 zoom - * @ZOOM_X4: x4 zoom - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the available zoom factors. - */ -enum osd_zoom_factor { - ZOOM_X1, - ZOOM_X2, - ZOOM_X4, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_clut - * @ROM_CLUT: ROM CLUT - * @RAM_CLUT: RAM CLUT - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the available Color Lookup Tables (CLUTs). - */ -enum osd_clut { - ROM_CLUT, - RAM_CLUT, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_rom_clut - * @ROM_CLUT0: Macintosh CLUT - * @ROM_CLUT1: CLUT from DM270 and prior devices - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the ROM Color Lookup Table (CLUT) options. - */ -enum osd_rom_clut { - ROM_CLUT0, - ROM_CLUT1, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_blending_factor - * @OSD_0_VID_8: OSD pixels are fully transparent - * @OSD_1_VID_7: OSD pixels contribute 1/8, video pixels contribute 7/8 - * @OSD_2_VID_6: OSD pixels contribute 2/8, video pixels contribute 6/8 - * @OSD_3_VID_5: OSD pixels contribute 3/8, video pixels contribute 5/8 - * @OSD_4_VID_4: OSD pixels contribute 4/8, video pixels contribute 4/8 - * @OSD_5_VID_3: OSD pixels contribute 5/8, video pixels contribute 3/8 - * @OSD_6_VID_2: OSD pixels contribute 6/8, video pixels contribute 2/8 - * @OSD_8_VID_0: OSD pixels are fully opaque - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the DaVinci pixel blending factor options. - */ -enum osd_blending_factor { - OSD_0_VID_8, - OSD_1_VID_7, - OSD_2_VID_6, - OSD_3_VID_5, - OSD_4_VID_4, - OSD_5_VID_3, - OSD_6_VID_2, - OSD_8_VID_0, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_blink_interval - * @BLINK_X1: blink interval is 1 vertical refresh cycle - * @BLINK_X2: blink interval is 2 vertical refresh cycles - * @BLINK_X3: blink interval is 3 vertical refresh cycles - * @BLINK_X4: blink interval is 4 vertical refresh cycles - * - * Description: - * An enumeration of the DaVinci pixel blinking interval options. - */ -enum osd_blink_interval { - BLINK_X1, - BLINK_X2, - BLINK_X3, - BLINK_X4, -}; - -/** - * enum osd_cursor_h_width - * @H_WIDTH_1: horizontal line width is 1 pixel - * @H_WIDTH_4: horizontal line width is 4 pixels - * @H_WIDTH_8: horizontal line width is 8 pixels - * @H_WIDTH_12: horizontal line width is 12 pixels - * @H_WIDTH_16: horizontal line width is 16 pixels - * @H_WIDTH_20: horizontal line width is 20 pixels - * @H_WIDTH_24: horizontal line width is 24 pixels - * @H_WIDTH_28: horizontal line width is 28 pixels - */ -enum osd_cursor_h_width { - H_WIDTH_1, - H_WIDTH_4, - H_WIDTH_8, - H_WIDTH_12, - H_WIDTH_16, - H_WIDTH_20, - H_WIDTH_24, - H_WIDTH_28, -}; - -/** - * enum davinci_cursor_v_width - * @V_WIDTH_1: vertical line width is 1 line - * @V_WIDTH_2: vertical line width is 2 lines - * @V_WIDTH_4: vertical line width is 4 lines - * @V_WIDTH_6: vertical line width is 6 lines - * @V_WIDTH_8: vertical line width is 8 lines - * @V_WIDTH_10: vertical line width is 10 lines - * @V_WIDTH_12: vertical line width is 12 lines - * @V_WIDTH_14: vertical line width is 14 lines - */ -enum osd_cursor_v_width { - V_WIDTH_1, - V_WIDTH_2, - V_WIDTH_4, - V_WIDTH_6, - V_WIDTH_8, - V_WIDTH_10, - V_WIDTH_12, - V_WIDTH_14, -}; - -/** - * struct osd_cursor_config - * @xsize: horizontal size in pixels - * @ysize: vertical size in lines - * @xpos: horizontal offset in pixels from the left edge of the display - * @ypos: vertical offset in lines from the top of the display - * @interlaced: Non-zero if the display is interlaced, or zero otherwise - * @h_width: horizontal line width - * @v_width: vertical line width - * @clut: the CLUT selector (ROM or RAM) for the cursor color - * @clut_index: an index into the CLUT for the cursor color - * - * Description: - * A structure describing the configuration parameters of the hardware - * rectangular cursor. - */ -struct osd_cursor_config { - unsigned xsize; - unsigned ysize; - unsigned xpos; - unsigned ypos; - int interlaced; - enum osd_cursor_h_width h_width; - enum osd_cursor_v_width v_width; - enum osd_clut clut; - unsigned char clut_index; -}; - -/** - * struct osd_layer_config - * @pixfmt: pixel format - * @line_length: offset in bytes between start of each line in memory - * @xsize: number of horizontal pixels displayed per line - * @ysize: number of lines displayed - * @xpos: horizontal offset in pixels from the left edge of the display - * @ypos: vertical offset in lines from the top of the display - * @interlaced: Non-zero if the display is interlaced, or zero otherwise - * - * Description: - * A structure describing the configuration parameters of an On-Screen Display - * (OSD) or video layer related to how the image is stored in memory. - * @line_length must be a multiple of the cache line size (32 bytes). - */ -struct osd_layer_config { - enum osd_pix_format pixfmt; - unsigned line_length; - unsigned xsize; - unsigned ysize; - unsigned xpos; - unsigned ypos; - int interlaced; -}; - -/* parameters that apply on a per-window (OSD or video) basis */ -struct osd_window_state { - int is_allocated; - int is_enabled; - unsigned long fb_base_phys; - enum osd_zoom_factor h_zoom; - enum osd_zoom_factor v_zoom; - struct osd_layer_config lconfig; -}; - -/* parameters that apply on a per-OSD-window basis */ -struct osd_osdwin_state { - enum osd_clut clut; - enum osd_blending_factor blend; - int colorkey_blending; - unsigned colorkey; - int rec601_attenuation; - /* index is pixel value */ - unsigned char palette_map[16]; -}; - -/* hardware rectangular cursor parameters */ -struct osd_cursor_state { - int is_enabled; - struct osd_cursor_config config; -}; - -struct osd_state; - -struct vpbe_osd_ops { - int (*initialize)(struct osd_state *sd); - int (*request_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer); - void (*release_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer); - int (*enable_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer, - int otherwin); - void (*disable_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer); - int (*set_layer_config)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer, - struct osd_layer_config *lconfig); - void (*get_layer_config)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer, - struct osd_layer_config *lconfig); - void (*start_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer, - unsigned long fb_base_phys, - unsigned long cbcr_ofst); - void (*set_left_margin)(struct osd_state *sd, u32 val); - void (*set_top_margin)(struct osd_state *sd, u32 val); - void (*set_interpolation_filter)(struct osd_state *sd, int filter); - int (*set_vid_expansion)(struct osd_state *sd, - enum osd_h_exp_ratio h_exp, - enum osd_v_exp_ratio v_exp); - void (*get_vid_expansion)(struct osd_state *sd, - enum osd_h_exp_ratio *h_exp, - enum osd_v_exp_ratio *v_exp); - void (*set_zoom)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer, - enum osd_zoom_factor h_zoom, - enum osd_zoom_factor v_zoom); -}; - -struct osd_state { - enum vpbe_version vpbe_type; - spinlock_t lock; - struct device *dev; - dma_addr_t osd_base_phys; - void __iomem *osd_base; - unsigned long osd_size; - /* 1-->the isr will toggle the VID0 ping-pong buffer */ - int pingpong; - int interpolation_filter; - int field_inversion; - enum osd_h_exp_ratio osd_h_exp; - enum osd_v_exp_ratio osd_v_exp; - enum osd_h_exp_ratio vid_h_exp; - enum osd_v_exp_ratio vid_v_exp; - enum osd_clut backg_clut; - unsigned backg_clut_index; - enum osd_rom_clut rom_clut; - int is_blinking; - /* attribute window blinking enabled */ - enum osd_blink_interval blink; - /* YCbCrI or YCrCbI */ - enum osd_pix_format yc_pixfmt; - /* columns are Y, Cb, Cr */ - unsigned char clut_ram[256][3]; - struct osd_cursor_state cursor; - /* OSD0, VID0, OSD1, VID1 */ - struct osd_window_state win[4]; - /* OSD0, OSD1 */ - struct osd_osdwin_state osdwin[2]; - /* OSD device Operations */ - struct vpbe_osd_ops ops; -}; - -struct osd_platform_data { - int field_inv_wa_enable; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index 05dbe0ba514c..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ -#ifndef _VPBE_TYPES_H -#define _VPBE_TYPES_H - -enum vpbe_version { - VPBE_VERSION_1 = 1, - VPBE_VERSION_2, - VPBE_VERSION_3, -}; - -/* vpbe_timing_type - Timing types used in vpbe device */ -enum vpbe_enc_timings_type { - VPBE_ENC_STD = 0x1, - VPBE_ENC_DV_TIMINGS = 0x4, - /* Used when set timings through FB device interface */ - VPBE_ENC_TIMINGS_INVALID = 0x8, -}; - -/* - * struct vpbe_enc_mode_info - * @name: ptr to name string of the standard, "NTSC", "PAL" etc - * @std: standard or non-standard mode. 1 - standard, 0 - nonstandard - * @interlaced: 1 - interlaced, 0 - non interlaced/progressive - * @xres: x or horizontal resolution of the display - * @yres: y or vertical resolution of the display - * @fps: frame per second - * @left_margin: left margin of the display - * @right_margin: right margin of the display - * @upper_margin: upper margin of the display - * @lower_margin: lower margin of the display - * @hsync_len: h-sync length - * @vsync_len: v-sync length - * @flags: bit field: bit usage is documented below - * - * Description: - * Structure holding timing and resolution information of a standard. - * Used by vpbe_device to set required non-standard timing in the - * venc when lcd controller output is connected to a external encoder. - * A table of timings is maintained in vpbe device to set this in - * venc when external encoder is connected to lcd controller output. - * Encoder may provide a g_dv_timings() API to override these values - * as needed. - * - * Notes - * ------ - * if_type should be used only by encoder manager and encoder. - * flags usage - * b0 (LSB) - hsync polarity, 0 - negative, 1 - positive - * b1 - vsync polarity, 0 - negative, 1 - positive - * b2 - field id polarity, 0 - negative, 1 - positive - */ -struct vpbe_enc_mode_info { - unsigned char *name; - enum vpbe_enc_timings_type timings_type; - v4l2_std_id std_id; - struct v4l2_dv_timings dv_timings; - unsigned int interlaced; - unsigned int xres; - unsigned int yres; - struct v4l2_fract aspect; - struct v4l2_fract fps; - unsigned int left_margin; - unsigned int right_margin; - unsigned int upper_margin; - unsigned int lower_margin; - unsigned int hsync_len; - unsigned int vsync_len; - unsigned int flags; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 476fafc2f522..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ -#ifndef _VPBE_VENC_H -#define _VPBE_VENC_H - -#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h> - -#define DM644X_VPBE_VENC_SUBDEV_NAME "dm644x,vpbe-venc" -#define DM365_VPBE_VENC_SUBDEV_NAME "dm365,vpbe-venc" -#define DM355_VPBE_VENC_SUBDEV_NAME "dm355,vpbe-venc" - -/* venc events */ -#define VENC_END_OF_FRAME BIT(0) -#define VENC_FIRST_FIELD BIT(1) -#define VENC_SECOND_FIELD BIT(2) - -struct venc_platform_data { - int (*setup_pinmux)(enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode if_type, - int field); - int (*setup_clock)(enum vpbe_enc_timings_type type, - unsigned int pixclock); - int (*setup_if_config)(enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode pixcode); - /* Number of LCD outputs supported */ - int num_lcd_outputs; - struct vpbe_if_params *lcd_if_params; -}; - -enum venc_ioctls { - VENC_GET_FLD = 1, -}; - -/* exported functions */ -struct v4l2_subdev *venc_sub_dev_init(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - const char *venc_name); -#endif diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h deleted file mode 100644 index cc973ed845a7..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ - -#ifndef _VPFE_CAPTURE_H -#define _VPFE_CAPTURE_H - -#ifdef __KERNEL__ - -/* Header files */ -#include <media/v4l2-dev.h> -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <linux/clk.h> -#include <linux/i2c.h> -#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h> -#include <media/v4l2-device.h> -#include <media/videobuf-dma-contig.h> -#include <media/davinci/vpfe_types.h> - -#define VPFE_CAPTURE_NUM_DECODERS 5 - -/* Macros */ -#define VPFE_MAJOR_RELEASE 0 -#define VPFE_MINOR_RELEASE 0 -#define VPFE_BUILD 1 -#define VPFE_CAPTURE_VERSION_CODE ((VPFE_MAJOR_RELEASE << 16) | \ - (VPFE_MINOR_RELEASE << 8) | \ - VPFE_BUILD) - -#define CAPTURE_DRV_NAME "vpfe-capture" - -struct vpfe_pixel_format { - struct v4l2_fmtdesc fmtdesc; - /* bytes per pixel */ - int bpp; -}; - -struct vpfe_std_info { - int active_pixels; - int active_lines; - /* current frame format */ - int frame_format; -}; - -struct vpfe_route { - u32 input; - u32 output; -}; - -struct vpfe_subdev_info { - /* Sub device name */ - char name[32]; - /* Sub device group id */ - int grp_id; - /* Number of inputs supported */ - int num_inputs; - /* inputs available at the sub device */ - struct v4l2_input *inputs; - /* Sub dev routing information for each input */ - struct vpfe_route *routes; - /* check if sub dev supports routing */ - int can_route; - /* ccdc bus/interface configuration */ - struct vpfe_hw_if_param ccdc_if_params; - /* i2c subdevice board info */ - struct i2c_board_info board_info; -}; - -struct vpfe_config { - /* Number of sub devices connected to vpfe */ - int num_subdevs; - /* i2c bus adapter no */ - int i2c_adapter_id; - /* information about each subdev */ - struct vpfe_subdev_info *sub_devs; - /* evm card info */ - char *card_name; - /* ccdc name */ - char *ccdc; - /* vpfe clock */ - struct clk *vpssclk; - struct clk *slaveclk; - /* Function for Clearing the interrupt */ - void (*clr_intr)(int vdint); -}; - -struct vpfe_device { - /* V4l2 specific parameters */ - /* Identifies video device for this channel */ - struct video_device *video_dev; - /* sub devices */ - struct v4l2_subdev **sd; - /* vpfe cfg */ - struct vpfe_config *cfg; - /* V4l2 device */ - struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; - /* parent device */ - struct device *pdev; - /* Used to keep track of state of the priority */ - struct v4l2_prio_state prio; - /* number of open instances of the channel */ - u32 usrs; - /* Indicates id of the field which is being displayed */ - u32 field_id; - /* flag to indicate whether decoder is initialized */ - u8 initialized; - /* current interface type */ - struct vpfe_hw_if_param vpfe_if_params; - /* ptr to currently selected sub device */ - struct vpfe_subdev_info *current_subdev; - /* current input at the sub device */ - int current_input; - /* Keeps track of the information about the standard */ - struct vpfe_std_info std_info; - /* std index into std table */ - int std_index; - /* CCDC IRQs used when CCDC/ISIF output to SDRAM */ - unsigned int ccdc_irq0; - unsigned int ccdc_irq1; - /* number of buffers in fbuffers */ - u32 numbuffers; - /* List of buffer pointers for storing frames */ - u8 *fbuffers[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; - /* Pointer pointing to current v4l2_buffer */ - struct videobuf_buffer *cur_frm; - /* Pointer pointing to next v4l2_buffer */ - struct videobuf_buffer *next_frm; - /* - * This field keeps track of type of buffer exchange mechanism - * user has selected - */ - enum v4l2_memory memory; - /* Used to store pixel format */ - struct v4l2_format fmt; - /* - * used when IMP is chained to store the crop window which - * is different from the image window - */ - struct v4l2_rect crop; - /* Buffer queue used in video-buf */ - struct videobuf_queue buffer_queue; - /* Queue of filled frames */ - struct list_head dma_queue; - /* Used in video-buf */ - spinlock_t irqlock; - /* IRQ lock for DMA queue */ - spinlock_t dma_queue_lock; - /* lock used to access this structure */ - struct mutex lock; - /* number of users performing IO */ - u32 io_usrs; - /* Indicates whether streaming started */ - u8 started; - /* - * offset where second field starts from the starting of the - * buffer for field separated YCbCr formats - */ - u32 field_off; -}; - -/* File handle structure */ -struct vpfe_fh { - struct vpfe_device *vpfe_dev; - /* Indicates whether this file handle is doing IO */ - u8 io_allowed; - /* Used to keep track priority of this instance */ - enum v4l2_priority prio; -}; - -struct vpfe_config_params { - u8 min_numbuffers; - u8 numbuffers; - u32 min_bufsize; - u32 device_bufsize; -}; - -#endif /* End of __KERNEL__ */ -/** - * VPFE_CMD_S_CCDC_RAW_PARAMS - EXPERIMENTAL IOCTL to set raw capture params - * This can be used to configure modules such as defect pixel correction, - * color space conversion, culling etc. This is an experimental ioctl that - * will change in future kernels. So use this ioctl with care ! - * TODO: This is to be split into multiple ioctls and also explore the - * possibility of extending the v4l2 api to include this - **/ -#define VPFE_CMD_S_CCDC_RAW_PARAMS _IOW('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 1, \ - void *) -#endif /* _DAVINCI_VPFE_H */ diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h index 76fb74bad08c..e65c9a48d002 100644 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h +++ b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h @@ -1,19 +1,6 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option)any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef _VPFE_TYPES_H #define _VPFE_TYPES_H diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h index 3882e0675ccf..6cce1f09c721 100644 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h +++ b/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h @@ -1,18 +1,6 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Copyright (C) 2011 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef _VPIF_TYPES_H #define _VPIF_TYPES_H @@ -57,20 +45,21 @@ struct vpif_display_config { int (*set_clock)(int, int); struct vpif_subdev_info *subdevinfo; int subdev_count; + int i2c_adapter_id; struct vpif_display_chan_config chan_config[VPIF_DISPLAY_MAX_CHANNELS]; const char *card_name; }; struct vpif_input { struct v4l2_input input; - const char *subdev_name; + char *subdev_name; u32 input_route; u32 output_route; }; struct vpif_capture_chan_config { struct vpif_interface vpif_if; - const struct vpif_input *inputs; + struct vpif_input *inputs; int input_count; }; @@ -80,6 +69,10 @@ struct vpif_capture_config { struct vpif_capture_chan_config chan_config[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS]; struct vpif_subdev_info *subdev_info; int subdev_count; + int i2c_adapter_id; const char *card_name; + + struct v4l2_async_connection *asd[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS]; + int asd_sizes[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS]; }; #endif /* _VPIF_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpss.h b/include/media/davinci/vpss.h deleted file mode 100644 index 153473daaa32..000000000000 --- a/include/media/davinci/vpss.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - * - * vpss - video processing subsystem module header file. - * - * Include this header file if a driver needs to configure vpss system - * module. It exports a set of library functions for video drivers to - * configure vpss system module functions such as clock enable/disable, - * vpss interrupt mux to arm, and other common vpss system module - * functions. - */ -#ifndef _VPSS_H -#define _VPSS_H - -/* selector for ccdc input selection on DM355 */ -enum vpss_ccdc_source_sel { - VPSS_CCDCIN, - VPSS_HSSIIN, - VPSS_PGLPBK, /* for DM365 only */ - VPSS_CCDCPG /* for DM365 only */ -}; - -struct vpss_sync_pol { - unsigned int ccdpg_hdpol:1; - unsigned int ccdpg_vdpol:1; -}; - -struct vpss_pg_frame_size { - short hlpfr; - short pplen; -}; - -/* Used for enable/disable VPSS Clock */ -enum vpss_clock_sel { - /* DM355/DM365 */ - VPSS_CCDC_CLOCK, - VPSS_IPIPE_CLOCK, - VPSS_H3A_CLOCK, - VPSS_CFALD_CLOCK, - /* - * When using VPSS_VENC_CLOCK_SEL in vpss_enable_clock() api - * following applies:- - * en = 0 selects ENC_CLK - * en = 1 selects ENC_CLK/2 - */ - VPSS_VENC_CLOCK_SEL, - VPSS_VPBE_CLOCK, - /* DM365 only clocks */ - VPSS_IPIPEIF_CLOCK, - VPSS_RSZ_CLOCK, - VPSS_BL_CLOCK, - /* - * When using VPSS_PCLK_INTERNAL in vpss_enable_clock() api - * following applies:- - * en = 0 disable internal PCLK - * en = 1 enables internal PCLK - */ - VPSS_PCLK_INTERNAL, - /* - * When using VPSS_PSYNC_CLOCK_SEL in vpss_enable_clock() api - * following applies:- - * en = 0 enables MMR clock - * en = 1 enables VPSS clock - */ - VPSS_PSYNC_CLOCK_SEL, - VPSS_LDC_CLOCK_SEL, - VPSS_OSD_CLOCK_SEL, - VPSS_FDIF_CLOCK, - VPSS_LDC_CLOCK -}; - -/* select input to ccdc on dm355 */ -int vpss_select_ccdc_source(enum vpss_ccdc_source_sel src_sel); -/* enable/disable a vpss clock, 0 - success, -1 - failure */ -int vpss_enable_clock(enum vpss_clock_sel clock_sel, int en); -/* set sync polarity, only for DM365*/ -void dm365_vpss_set_sync_pol(struct vpss_sync_pol); -/* set the PG_FRAME_SIZE register, only for DM365 */ -void dm365_vpss_set_pg_frame_size(struct vpss_pg_frame_size); - -/* wbl reset for dm644x */ -enum vpss_wbl_sel { - VPSS_PCR_AEW_WBL_0 = 16, - VPSS_PCR_AF_WBL_0, - VPSS_PCR_RSZ4_WBL_0, - VPSS_PCR_RSZ3_WBL_0, - VPSS_PCR_RSZ2_WBL_0, - VPSS_PCR_RSZ1_WBL_0, - VPSS_PCR_PREV_WBL_0, - VPSS_PCR_CCDC_WBL_O, -}; -/* clear wbl overflow flag for DM6446 */ -int vpss_clear_wbl_overflow(enum vpss_wbl_sel wbl_sel); - -/* set sync polarity*/ -void vpss_set_sync_pol(struct vpss_sync_pol sync); -/* set the PG_FRAME_SIZE register */ -void vpss_set_pg_frame_size(struct vpss_pg_frame_size frame_size); -/* - * vpss_check_and_clear_interrupt - check and clear interrupt - * @irq - common enumerator for IRQ - * - * Following return values used:- - * 0 - interrupt occurred and cleared - * 1 - interrupt not occurred - * 2 - interrupt status not available - */ -int vpss_dma_complete_interrupt(void); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/demux.h b/include/media/demux.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bf00a5a41a90 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +/* + * demux.h + * + * The Kernel Digital TV Demux kABI defines a driver-internal interface for + * registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent + * demux layer. + * + * Copyright (c) 2002 Convergence GmbH + * + * based on code: + * Copyright (c) 2000 Nokia Research Center + * Tampere, FINLAND + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef __DEMUX_H +#define __DEMUX_H + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/errno.h> +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/time.h> +#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h> + +/* + * Common definitions + */ + +/* + * DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE: Maximum length (in bytes) of a section/PES filter. + */ + +#ifndef DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE +#define DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE 18 +#endif + +/* + * DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE: Maximum length (in bytes) of a private section feed + * filter. + */ + +#ifndef DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE +#define DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE 4096 +#endif +#ifndef DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE +#define DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE (DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE + 188) +#endif + +/* + * TS packet reception + */ + +/** + * enum ts_filter_type - filter type bitmap for dmx_ts_feed.set\(\) + * + * @TS_PACKET: Send TS packets (188 bytes) to callback (default). + * @TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY: In case TS_PACKET is set, only send the TS payload + * (<=184 bytes per packet) to callback + * @TS_DECODER: Send stream to built-in decoder (if present). + * @TS_DEMUX: In case TS_PACKET is set, send the TS to the demux + * device, not to the dvr device + */ +enum ts_filter_type { + TS_PACKET = 1, + TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY = 2, + TS_DECODER = 4, + TS_DEMUX = 8, +}; + +/** + * struct dmx_ts_feed - Structure that contains a TS feed filter + * + * @is_filtering: Set to non-zero when filtering in progress + * @parent: pointer to struct dmx_demux + * @priv: pointer to private data of the API client + * @set: sets the TS filter + * @start_filtering: starts TS filtering + * @stop_filtering: stops TS filtering + * + * A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip. + * Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop + * filtering TS packets on a particular TS feed. + */ +struct dmx_ts_feed { + int is_filtering; + struct dmx_demux *parent; + void *priv; + int (*set)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed, + u16 pid, + int type, + enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type, + ktime_t timeout); + int (*start_filtering)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed); + int (*stop_filtering)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed); +}; + +/* + * Section reception + */ + +/** + * struct dmx_section_filter - Structure that describes a section filter + * + * @filter_value: Contains up to 16 bytes (128 bits) of the TS section header + * that will be matched by the section filter + * @filter_mask: Contains a 16 bytes (128 bits) filter mask with the bits + * specified by @filter_value that will be used on the filter + * match logic. + * @filter_mode: Contains a 16 bytes (128 bits) filter mode. + * @parent: Back-pointer to struct dmx_section_feed. + * @priv: Pointer to private data of the API client. + * + * + * The @filter_mask controls which bits of @filter_value are compared with + * the section headers/payload. On a binary value of 1 in filter_mask, the + * corresponding bits are compared. The filter only accepts sections that are + * equal to filter_value in all the tested bit positions. + */ +struct dmx_section_filter { + u8 filter_value[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + u8 filter_mask[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + u8 filter_mode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + struct dmx_section_feed *parent; + + void *priv; +}; + +/** + * struct dmx_section_feed - Structure that contains a section feed filter + * + * @is_filtering: Set to non-zero when filtering in progress + * @parent: pointer to struct dmx_demux + * @priv: pointer to private data of the API client + * @check_crc: If non-zero, check the CRC values of filtered sections. + * @set: sets the section filter + * @allocate_filter: This function is used to allocate a section filter on + * the demux. It should only be called when no filtering + * is in progress on this section feed. If a filter cannot + * be allocated, the function fails with -ENOSPC. + * @release_filter: This function releases all the resources of a + * previously allocated section filter. The function + * should not be called while filtering is in progress + * on this section feed. After calling this function, + * the caller should not try to dereference the filter + * pointer. + * @start_filtering: starts section filtering + * @stop_filtering: stops section filtering + * + * A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip. + * Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop + * filtering TS packets on a particular TS feed. + */ +struct dmx_section_feed { + int is_filtering; + struct dmx_demux *parent; + void *priv; + + int check_crc; + + /* private: Used internally at dvb_demux.c */ + u32 crc_val; + + u8 *secbuf; + u8 secbuf_base[DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE]; + u16 secbufp, seclen, tsfeedp; + + /* public: */ + int (*set)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed, + u16 pid, + int check_crc); + int (*allocate_filter)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed, + struct dmx_section_filter **filter); + int (*release_filter)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed, + struct dmx_section_filter *filter); + int (*start_filtering)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed); + int (*stop_filtering)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed); +}; + +/** + * typedef dmx_ts_cb - DVB demux TS filter callback function prototype + * + * @buffer1: Pointer to the start of the filtered TS packets. + * @buffer1_length: Length of the TS data in buffer1. + * @buffer2: Pointer to the tail of the filtered TS packets, or NULL. + * @buffer2_length: Length of the TS data in buffer2. + * @source: Indicates which TS feed is the source of the callback. + * @buffer_flags: Address where buffer flags are stored. Those are + * used to report discontinuity users via DVB + * memory mapped API, as defined by + * &enum dmx_buffer_flags. + * + * This function callback prototype, provided by the client of the demux API, + * is called from the demux code. The function is only called when filtering + * on a TS feed has been enabled using the start_filtering\(\) function at + * the &dmx_demux. + * Any TS packets that match the filter settings are copied to a circular + * buffer. The filtered TS packets are delivered to the client using this + * callback function. + * It is expected that the @buffer1 and @buffer2 callback parameters point to + * addresses within the circular buffer, but other implementations are also + * possible. Note that the called party should not try to free the memory + * the @buffer1 and @buffer2 parameters point to. + * + * When this function is called, the @buffer1 parameter typically points to + * the start of the first undelivered TS packet within a circular buffer. + * The @buffer2 buffer parameter is normally NULL, except when the received + * TS packets have crossed the last address of the circular buffer and + * "wrapped" to the beginning of the buffer. In the latter case the @buffer1 + * parameter would contain an address within the circular buffer, while the + * @buffer2 parameter would contain the first address of the circular buffer. + * The number of bytes delivered with this function (i.e. @buffer1_length + + * @buffer2_length) is usually equal to the value of callback_length parameter + * given in the set() function, with one exception: if a timeout occurs before + * receiving callback_length bytes of TS data, any undelivered packets are + * immediately delivered to the client by calling this function. The timeout + * duration is controlled by the set() function in the TS Feed API. + * + * If a TS packet is received with errors that could not be fixed by the + * TS-level forward error correction (FEC), the Transport_error_indicator + * flag of the TS packet header should be set. The TS packet should not be + * discarded, as the error can possibly be corrected by a higher layer + * protocol. If the called party is slow in processing the callback, it + * is possible that the circular buffer eventually fills up. If this happens, + * the demux driver should discard any TS packets received while the buffer + * is full and return -EOVERFLOW. + * + * The type of data returned to the callback can be selected by the + * &dmx_ts_feed.@set function. The type parameter decides if the raw + * TS packet (TS_PACKET) or just the payload (TS_PACKET|TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY) + * should be returned. If additionally the TS_DECODER bit is set the stream + * will also be sent to the hardware MPEG decoder. + * + * Return: + * + * - 0, on success; + * + * - -EOVERFLOW, on buffer overflow. + */ +typedef int (*dmx_ts_cb)(const u8 *buffer1, + size_t buffer1_length, + const u8 *buffer2, + size_t buffer2_length, + struct dmx_ts_feed *source, + u32 *buffer_flags); + +/** + * typedef dmx_section_cb - DVB demux TS filter callback function prototype + * + * @buffer1: Pointer to the start of the filtered section, e.g. + * within the circular buffer of the demux driver. + * @buffer1_len: Length of the filtered section data in @buffer1, + * including headers and CRC. + * @buffer2: Pointer to the tail of the filtered section data, + * or NULL. Useful to handle the wrapping of a + * circular buffer. + * @buffer2_len: Length of the filtered section data in @buffer2, + * including headers and CRC. + * @source: Indicates which section feed is the source of the + * callback. + * @buffer_flags: Address where buffer flags are stored. Those are + * used to report discontinuity users via DVB + * memory mapped API, as defined by + * &enum dmx_buffer_flags. + * + * This function callback prototype, provided by the client of the demux API, + * is called from the demux code. The function is only called when + * filtering of sections has been enabled using the function + * &dmx_ts_feed.@start_filtering. When the demux driver has received a + * complete section that matches at least one section filter, the client + * is notified via this callback function. Normally this function is called + * for each received section; however, it is also possible to deliver + * multiple sections with one callback, for example when the system load + * is high. If an error occurs while receiving a section, this + * function should be called with the corresponding error type set in the + * success field, whether or not there is data to deliver. The Section Feed + * implementation should maintain a circular buffer for received sections. + * However, this is not necessary if the Section Feed API is implemented as + * a client of the TS Feed API, because the TS Feed implementation then + * buffers the received data. The size of the circular buffer can be + * configured using the &dmx_ts_feed.@set function in the Section Feed API. + * If there is no room in the circular buffer when a new section is received, + * the section must be discarded. If this happens, the value of the success + * parameter should be DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR on the next callback. + */ +typedef int (*dmx_section_cb)(const u8 *buffer1, + size_t buffer1_len, + const u8 *buffer2, + size_t buffer2_len, + struct dmx_section_filter *source, + u32 *buffer_flags); + +/* + * DVB Front-End + */ + +/** + * enum dmx_frontend_source - Used to identify the type of frontend + * + * @DMX_MEMORY_FE: The source of the demux is memory. It means that + * the MPEG-TS to be filtered comes from userspace, + * via write() syscall. + * + * @DMX_FRONTEND_0: The source of the demux is a frontend connected + * to the demux. + */ +enum dmx_frontend_source { + DMX_MEMORY_FE, + DMX_FRONTEND_0, +}; + +/** + * struct dmx_frontend - Structure that lists the frontends associated with + * a demux + * + * @connectivity_list: List of front-ends that can be connected to a + * particular demux; + * @source: Type of the frontend. + * + * FIXME: this structure should likely be replaced soon by some + * media-controller based logic. + */ +struct dmx_frontend { + struct list_head connectivity_list; + enum dmx_frontend_source source; +}; + +/* + * MPEG-2 TS Demux + */ + +/** + * enum dmx_demux_caps - MPEG-2 TS Demux capabilities bitmap + * + * @DMX_TS_FILTERING: set if TS filtering is supported; + * @DMX_SECTION_FILTERING: set if section filtering is supported; + * @DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING: set if write() available. + * + * Those flags are OR'ed in the &dmx_demux.capabilities field + */ +enum dmx_demux_caps { + DMX_TS_FILTERING = 1, + DMX_SECTION_FILTERING = 4, + DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING = 8, +}; + +/* + * Demux resource type identifier. + */ + +/** + * DMX_FE_ENTRY - Casts elements in the list of registered + * front-ends from the generic type struct list_head + * to the type * struct dmx_frontend + * + * @list: list of struct dmx_frontend + */ +#define DMX_FE_ENTRY(list) \ + list_entry(list, struct dmx_frontend, connectivity_list) + +/** + * struct dmx_demux - Structure that contains the demux capabilities and + * callbacks. + * + * @capabilities: Bitfield of capability flags. + * + * @frontend: Front-end connected to the demux + * + * @priv: Pointer to private data of the API client + * + * @open: This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if + * necessary, initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, + * the function @close should be called. It should be possible for + * multiple clients to access the demux at the same time. Thus, the + * function implementation should increment the demux usage count when + * @open is called and decrement it when @close is called. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EUSERS, if maximum usage count was reached; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @close: This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if + * necessary, initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, + * the function @close should be called. It should be possible for + * multiple clients to access the demux at the same time. Thus, the + * function implementation should increment the demux usage count when + * @open is called and decrement it when @close is called. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -ENODEV, if demux was not in use (e. g. no users); + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @write: This function provides the demux driver with a memory buffer + * containing TS packets. Instead of receiving TS packets from the DVB + * front-end, the demux driver software will read packets from memory. + * Any clients of this demux with active TS, PES or Section filters will + * receive filtered data via the Demux callback API (see 0). The function + * returns when all the data in the buffer has been consumed by the demux. + * Demux hardware typically cannot read TS from memory. If this is the + * case, memory-based filtering has to be implemented entirely in software. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @buf function parameter contains a pointer to the TS data in + * kernel-space memory. + * The @count function parameter contains the length of the TS data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -ERESTARTSYS, if mutex lock was interrupted; + * -EINTR, if a signal handling is pending; + * -ENODEV, if demux was removed; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @allocate_ts_feed: Allocates a new TS feed, which is used to filter the TS + * packets carrying a certain PID. The TS feed normally corresponds to a + * hardware PID filter on the demux chip. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and + * instance data. + * The @callback function parameter contains a pointer to the callback + * function for passing received TS packet. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -ERESTARTSYS, if mutex lock was interrupted; + * -EBUSY, if no more TS feeds is available; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @release_ts_feed: Releases the resources allocated with @allocate_ts_feed. + * Any filtering in progress on the TS feed should be stopped before + * calling this function. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EINVAL on bad parameter. + * + * @allocate_section_feed: Allocates a new section feed, i.e. a demux resource + * for filtering and receiving sections. On platforms with hardware + * support for section filtering, a section feed is directly mapped to + * the demux HW. On other platforms, TS packets are first PID filtered in + * hardware and a hardware section filter then emulated in software. The + * caller obtains an API pointer of type dmx_section_feed_t as an out + * parameter. Using this API the caller can set filtering parameters and + * start receiving sections. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and + * instance data. + * The @callback function parameter contains a pointer to the callback + * function for passing received TS packet. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EBUSY, if no more TS feeds is available; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @release_section_feed: Releases the resources allocated with + * @allocate_section_feed, including allocated filters. Any filtering in + * progress on the section feed should be stopped before calling this + * function. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @add_frontend: Registers a connectivity between a demux and a front-end, + * i.e., indicates that the demux can be connected via a call to + * @connect_frontend to use the given front-end as a TS source. The + * client of this function has to allocate dynamic or static memory for + * the frontend structure and initialize its fields before calling this + * function. This function is normally called during the driver + * initialization. The caller must not free the memory of the frontend + * struct before successfully calling @remove_frontend. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @remove_frontend: Indicates that the given front-end, registered by a call + * to @add_frontend, can no longer be connected as a TS source by this + * demux. The function should be called when a front-end driver or a demux + * driver is removed from the system. If the front-end is in use, the + * function fails with the return value of -EBUSY. After successfully + * calling this function, the caller can free the memory of the frontend + * struct if it was dynamically allocated before the @add_frontend + * operation. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -ENODEV, if the front-end was not found, + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @get_frontends: Provides the APIs of the front-ends that have been + * registered for this demux. Any of the front-ends obtained with this + * call can be used as a parameter for @connect_frontend. The include + * file demux.h contains the macro DMX_FE_ENTRY() for converting an + * element of the generic type struct &list_head * to the type + * struct &dmx_frontend *. The caller must not free the memory of any of + * the elements obtained via this function call. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * It returns a struct list_head pointer to the list of front-end + * interfaces, or NULL in the case of an empty list. + * + * @connect_frontend: Connects the TS output of the front-end to the input of + * the demux. A demux can only be connected to a front-end registered to + * the demux with the function @add_frontend. It may or may not be + * possible to connect multiple demuxes to the same front-end, depending + * on the capabilities of the HW platform. When not used, the front-end + * should be released by calling @disconnect_frontend. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EINVAL, on bad parameter. + * + * @disconnect_frontend: Disconnects the demux and a front-end previously + * connected by a @connect_frontend call. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EINVAL on bad parameter. + * + * @get_pes_pids: Get the PIDs for DMX_PES_AUDIO0, DMX_PES_VIDEO0, + * DMX_PES_TELETEXT0, DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0 and DMX_PES_PCR0. + * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and + * instance data. + * The @pids function parameter contains an array with five u16 elements + * where the PIDs will be stored. + * It returns: + * 0 on success; + * -EINVAL on bad parameter. + */ +struct dmx_demux { + enum dmx_demux_caps capabilities; + struct dmx_frontend *frontend; + void *priv; + int (*open)(struct dmx_demux *demux); + int (*close)(struct dmx_demux *demux); + int (*write)(struct dmx_demux *demux, const char __user *buf, + size_t count); + int (*allocate_ts_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_ts_feed **feed, + dmx_ts_cb callback); + int (*release_ts_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_ts_feed *feed); + int (*allocate_section_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_section_feed **feed, + dmx_section_cb callback); + int (*release_section_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_section_feed *feed); + int (*add_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_frontend *frontend); + int (*remove_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_frontend *frontend); + struct list_head *(*get_frontends)(struct dmx_demux *demux); + int (*connect_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux, + struct dmx_frontend *frontend); + int (*disconnect_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux); + + int (*get_pes_pids)(struct dmx_demux *demux, u16 *pids); + + /* private: */ + + /* + * Only used at av7110, to read some data from firmware. + * As this was never documented, we have no clue about what's + * there, and its usage on other drivers aren't encouraged. + */ + int (*get_stc)(struct dmx_demux *demux, unsigned int num, + u64 *stc, unsigned int *base); +}; + +#endif /* #ifndef __DEMUX_H */ diff --git a/include/media/dmxdev.h b/include/media/dmxdev.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..63219a699370 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dmxdev.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/* + * dmxdev.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler + * for convergence integrated media GmbH + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef _DMXDEV_H_ +#define _DMXDEV_H_ + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/spinlock.h> +#include <linux/time.h> +#include <linux/timer.h> +#include <linux/wait.h> +#include <linux/fs.h> +#include <linux/string.h> +#include <linux/mutex.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> + +#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h> + +#include <media/dvbdev.h> +#include <media/demux.h> +#include <media/dvb_ringbuffer.h> +#include <media/dvb_vb2.h> + +/** + * enum dmxdev_type - type of demux filter type. + * + * @DMXDEV_TYPE_NONE: no filter set. + * @DMXDEV_TYPE_SEC: section filter. + * @DMXDEV_TYPE_PES: Program Elementary Stream (PES) filter. + */ +enum dmxdev_type { + DMXDEV_TYPE_NONE, + DMXDEV_TYPE_SEC, + DMXDEV_TYPE_PES, +}; + +/** + * enum dmxdev_state - state machine for the dmxdev. + * + * @DMXDEV_STATE_FREE: indicates that the filter is freed. + * @DMXDEV_STATE_ALLOCATED: indicates that the filter was allocated + * to be used. + * @DMXDEV_STATE_SET: indicates that the filter parameters are set. + * @DMXDEV_STATE_GO: indicates that the filter is running. + * @DMXDEV_STATE_DONE: indicates that a packet was already filtered + * and the filter is now disabled. + * Set only if %DMX_ONESHOT. See + * &dmx_sct_filter_params. + * @DMXDEV_STATE_TIMEDOUT: Indicates a timeout condition. + */ +enum dmxdev_state { + DMXDEV_STATE_FREE, + DMXDEV_STATE_ALLOCATED, + DMXDEV_STATE_SET, + DMXDEV_STATE_GO, + DMXDEV_STATE_DONE, + DMXDEV_STATE_TIMEDOUT +}; + +/** + * struct dmxdev_feed - digital TV dmxdev feed + * + * @pid: Program ID to be filtered + * @ts: pointer to &struct dmx_ts_feed + * @next: &struct list_head pointing to the next feed. + */ + +struct dmxdev_feed { + u16 pid; + struct dmx_ts_feed *ts; + struct list_head next; +}; + +/** + * struct dmxdev_filter - digital TV dmxdev filter + * + * @filter: a union describing a dmxdev filter. + * Currently used only for section filters. + * @filter.sec: a &struct dmx_section_filter pointer. + * For section filter only. + * @feed: a union describing a dmxdev feed. + * Depending on the filter type, it can be either + * @feed.ts or @feed.sec. + * @feed.ts: a &struct list_head list. + * For TS and PES feeds. + * @feed.sec: a &struct dmx_section_feed pointer. + * For section feed only. + * @params: a union describing dmxdev filter parameters. + * Depending on the filter type, it can be either + * @params.sec or @params.pes. + * @params.sec: a &struct dmx_sct_filter_params embedded struct. + * For section filter only. + * @params.pes: a &struct dmx_pes_filter_params embedded struct. + * For PES filter only. + * @type: type of the dmxdev filter, as defined by &enum dmxdev_type. + * @state: state of the dmxdev filter, as defined by &enum dmxdev_state. + * @dev: pointer to &struct dmxdev. + * @buffer: an embedded &struct dvb_ringbuffer buffer. + * @vb2_ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @mutex: protects the access to &struct dmxdev_filter. + * @timer: &struct timer_list embedded timer, used to check for + * feed timeouts. + * Only for section filter. + * @todo: index for the @secheader. + * Only for section filter. + * @secheader: buffer cache to parse the section header. + * Only for section filter. + */ +struct dmxdev_filter { + union { + struct dmx_section_filter *sec; + } filter; + + union { + /* list of TS and PES feeds (struct dmxdev_feed) */ + struct list_head ts; + struct dmx_section_feed *sec; + } feed; + + union { + struct dmx_sct_filter_params sec; + struct dmx_pes_filter_params pes; + } params; + + enum dmxdev_type type; + enum dmxdev_state state; + struct dmxdev *dev; + struct dvb_ringbuffer buffer; + struct dvb_vb2_ctx vb2_ctx; + + struct mutex mutex; + + /* only for sections */ + struct timer_list timer; + int todo; + u8 secheader[3]; +}; + +/** + * struct dmxdev - Describes a digital TV demux device. + * + * @dvbdev: pointer to &struct dvb_device associated with + * the demux device node. + * @dvr_dvbdev: pointer to &struct dvb_device associated with + * the dvr device node. + * @filter: pointer to &struct dmxdev_filter. + * @demux: pointer to &struct dmx_demux. + * @filternum: number of filters. + * @capabilities: demux capabilities as defined by &enum dmx_demux_caps. + * @may_do_mmap: flag used to indicate if the device may do mmap. + * @exit: flag to indicate that the demux is being released. + * @dvr_orig_fe: pointer to &struct dmx_frontend. + * @dvr_buffer: embedded &struct dvb_ringbuffer for DVB output. + * @dvr_vb2_ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @mutex: protects the usage of this structure. + * @lock: protects access to &dmxdev->filter->data. + */ +struct dmxdev { + struct dvb_device *dvbdev; + struct dvb_device *dvr_dvbdev; + + struct dmxdev_filter *filter; + struct dmx_demux *demux; + + int filternum; + int capabilities; + + unsigned int may_do_mmap:1; + unsigned int exit:1; +#define DMXDEV_CAP_DUPLEX 1 + struct dmx_frontend *dvr_orig_fe; + + struct dvb_ringbuffer dvr_buffer; +#define DVR_BUFFER_SIZE (10*188*1024) + + struct dvb_vb2_ctx dvr_vb2_ctx; + + struct mutex mutex; + spinlock_t lock; +}; + +/** + * dvb_dmxdev_init - initializes a digital TV demux and registers both demux + * and DVR devices. + * + * @dmxdev: pointer to &struct dmxdev. + * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter. + */ +int dvb_dmxdev_init(struct dmxdev *dmxdev, struct dvb_adapter *adap); + +/** + * dvb_dmxdev_release - releases a digital TV demux and unregisters it. + * + * @dmxdev: pointer to &struct dmxdev. + */ +void dvb_dmxdev_release(struct dmxdev *dmxdev); + +#endif /* _DMXDEV_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/cx2341x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h index 9635eebaab09..722f5905fc30 100644 --- a/include/media/cx2341x.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h @@ -1,19 +1,7 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* cx23415/6/8 header containing common defines. - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef CX2341X_H @@ -29,8 +17,8 @@ enum cx2341x_port { enum cx2341x_cap { CX2341X_CAP_HAS_SLICED_VBI = 1 << 0, - CX2341X_CAP_HAS_TS = 1 << 1, - CX2341X_CAP_HAS_AC3 = 1 << 2, + CX2341X_CAP_HAS_TS = 1 << 1, + CX2341X_CAP_HAS_AC3 = 1 << 2, }; struct cx2341x_mpeg_params { @@ -204,92 +192,92 @@ void cx2341x_handler_set_busy(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl, int busy); /* Firmware API commands */ /* MPEG decoder API, specific to the cx23415 */ -#define CX2341X_DEC_PING_FW 0x00 -#define CX2341X_DEC_START_PLAYBACK 0x01 -#define CX2341X_DEC_STOP_PLAYBACK 0x02 -#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED 0x03 -#define CX2341X_DEC_STEP_VIDEO 0x05 -#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE 0x08 +#define CX2341X_DEC_PING_FW 0x00 +#define CX2341X_DEC_START_PLAYBACK 0x01 +#define CX2341X_DEC_STOP_PLAYBACK 0x02 +#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED 0x03 +#define CX2341X_DEC_STEP_VIDEO 0x05 +#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE 0x08 #define CX2341X_DEC_GET_XFER_INFO 0x09 #define CX2341X_DEC_GET_DMA_STATUS 0x0a #define CX2341X_DEC_SCHED_DMA_FROM_HOST 0x0b -#define CX2341X_DEC_PAUSE_PLAYBACK 0x0d -#define CX2341X_DEC_HALT_FW 0x0e -#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STANDARD 0x10 +#define CX2341X_DEC_PAUSE_PLAYBACK 0x0d +#define CX2341X_DEC_HALT_FW 0x0e +#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STANDARD 0x10 #define CX2341X_DEC_GET_VERSION 0x11 -#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STREAM_INPUT 0x14 -#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_TIMING_INFO 0x15 -#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_AUDIO_MODE 0x16 +#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STREAM_INPUT 0x14 +#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_TIMING_INFO 0x15 +#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_AUDIO_MODE 0x16 #define CX2341X_DEC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION 0x17 #define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DISPLAY_BUFFERS 0x18 -#define CX2341X_DEC_EXTRACT_VBI 0x19 -#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DECODER_SOURCE 0x1a +#define CX2341X_DEC_EXTRACT_VBI 0x19 +#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DECODER_SOURCE 0x1a #define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PREBUFFERING 0x1e /* MPEG encoder API */ -#define CX2341X_ENC_PING_FW 0x80 -#define CX2341X_ENC_START_CAPTURE 0x81 -#define CX2341X_ENC_STOP_CAPTURE 0x82 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_ID 0x89 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VIDEO_ID 0x8b -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PCR_ID 0x8d -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_RATE 0x8f -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_SIZE 0x91 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_BIT_RATE 0x95 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_PROPERTIES 0x97 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_ASPECT_RATIO 0x99 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_MODE 0x9b -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_PROPS 0x9d -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_CORING_LEVELS 0x9f -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE 0xa1 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_LINE 0xb7 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_STREAM_TYPE 0xb9 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_OUTPUT_PORT 0xbb -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_PROPERTIES 0xbd -#define CX2341X_ENC_HALT_FW 0xc3 +#define CX2341X_ENC_PING_FW 0x80 +#define CX2341X_ENC_START_CAPTURE 0x81 +#define CX2341X_ENC_STOP_CAPTURE 0x82 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_ID 0x89 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VIDEO_ID 0x8b +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PCR_ID 0x8d +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_RATE 0x8f +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_SIZE 0x91 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_BIT_RATE 0x95 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_PROPERTIES 0x97 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_ASPECT_RATIO 0x99 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_MODE 0x9b +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_PROPS 0x9d +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_CORING_LEVELS 0x9f +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE 0xa1 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_LINE 0xb7 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_STREAM_TYPE 0xb9 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_OUTPUT_PORT 0xbb +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_PROPERTIES 0xbd +#define CX2341X_ENC_HALT_FW 0xc3 #define CX2341X_ENC_GET_VERSION 0xc4 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_CLOSURE 0xc5 -#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_SEQ_END 0xc6 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PGM_INDEX_INFO 0xc7 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_CLOSURE 0xc5 +#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_SEQ_END 0xc6 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PGM_INDEX_INFO 0xc7 #define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_CONFIG 0xc8 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE 0xc9 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE 0xc9 #define CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_10 0xca #define CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_9 0xcb -#define CX2341X_ENC_SCHED_DMA_TO_HOST 0xcc -#define CX2341X_ENC_INITIALIZE_INPUT 0xcd -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_DROP_RATE 0xd0 -#define CX2341X_ENC_PAUSE_ENCODER 0xd2 -#define CX2341X_ENC_REFRESH_INPUT 0xd3 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SCHED_DMA_TO_HOST 0xcc +#define CX2341X_ENC_INITIALIZE_INPUT 0xcd +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_DROP_RATE 0xd0 +#define CX2341X_ENC_PAUSE_ENCODER 0xd2 +#define CX2341X_ENC_REFRESH_INPUT 0xd3 #define CX2341X_ENC_SET_COPYRIGHT 0xd4 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION 0xd5 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_NUM_VSYNC_LINES 0xd6 -#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PLACEHOLDER 0xd7 -#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_VIDEO 0xd9 -#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_AUDIO 0xda +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION 0xd5 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_NUM_VSYNC_LINES 0xd6 +#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PLACEHOLDER 0xd7 +#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_VIDEO 0xd9 +#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_AUDIO 0xda #define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VERT_CROP_LINE 0xdb -#define CX2341X_ENC_MISC 0xdc +#define CX2341X_ENC_MISC 0xdc /* OSD API, specific to the cx23415 */ -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FRAMEBUFFER 0x41 -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x42 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x43 -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_STATE 0x44 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_STATE 0x45 -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_OSD_COORDS 0x46 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_OSD_COORDS 0x47 -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_SCREEN_COORDS 0x48 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_SCREEN_COORDS 0x49 -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x4a -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x4b -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_BLEND_COORDS 0x4c -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FLICKER_STATE 0x4f -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FLICKER_STATE 0x50 -#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_COPY 0x52 -#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_FILL 0x53 -#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_TEXT 0x54 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FRAMEBUFFER_WINDOW 0x56 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_CHROMA_KEY 0x60 -#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX 0x61 -#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX 0x62 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FRAMEBUFFER 0x41 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x42 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x43 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_STATE 0x44 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_STATE 0x45 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_OSD_COORDS 0x46 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_OSD_COORDS 0x47 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_SCREEN_COORDS 0x48 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_SCREEN_COORDS 0x49 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x4a +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x4b +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_BLEND_COORDS 0x4c +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FLICKER_STATE 0x4f +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FLICKER_STATE 0x50 +#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_COPY 0x52 +#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_FILL 0x53 +#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_TEXT 0x54 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FRAMEBUFFER_WINDOW 0x56 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_CHROMA_KEY 0x60 +#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX 0x61 +#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX 0x62 #endif /* CX2341X_H */ diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h b/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8b455d9dd5ca --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ + +/* + * cx25840.h - definition for cx25840/1/2/3 inputs + * + * Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + */ + +#ifndef _CX25840_H_ +#define _CX25840_H_ + +/* + * Note that the cx25840 driver requires that the bridge driver calls the + * v4l2_subdev's load_fw operation in order to load the driver's firmware. + * This will load the firmware on the first invocation (further ones are NOP). + * Without this the audio standard detection will fail and you will + * only get mono. + * Alternatively, you can call the reset operation (this can be done + * multiple times if needed, each invocation will fully reinitialize + * the device). + * + * Since loading the firmware is often problematic when the driver is + * compiled into the kernel I recommend postponing calling this function + * until the first open of the video device. Another reason for + * postponing it is that loading this firmware takes a long time (seconds) + * due to the slow i2c bus speed. So it will speed up the boot process if + * you can avoid loading the fw as long as the video device isn't used. + */ + +enum cx25840_video_input { + /* Composite video inputs In1-In8 */ + CX25840_COMPOSITE1 = 1, + CX25840_COMPOSITE2, + CX25840_COMPOSITE3, + CX25840_COMPOSITE4, + CX25840_COMPOSITE5, + CX25840_COMPOSITE6, + CX25840_COMPOSITE7, + CX25840_COMPOSITE8, + + /* + * S-Video inputs consist of one luma input (In1-In8) ORed with one + * chroma input (In5-In8) + */ + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA1 = 0x10, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA2 = 0x20, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA3 = 0x30, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA4 = 0x40, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA5 = 0x50, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA6 = 0x60, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA7 = 0x70, + CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA8 = 0x80, + CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA4 = 0x400, + CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA5 = 0x500, + CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA6 = 0x600, + CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA7 = 0x700, + CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA8 = 0x800, + + /* S-Video aliases for common luma/chroma combinations */ + CX25840_SVIDEO1 = 0x510, + CX25840_SVIDEO2 = 0x620, + CX25840_SVIDEO3 = 0x730, + CX25840_SVIDEO4 = 0x840, + + /* Allow frames to specify specific input configurations */ + CX25840_VIN1_CH1 = 0x80000000, + CX25840_VIN2_CH1 = 0x80000001, + CX25840_VIN3_CH1 = 0x80000002, + CX25840_VIN4_CH1 = 0x80000003, + CX25840_VIN5_CH1 = 0x80000004, + CX25840_VIN6_CH1 = 0x80000005, + CX25840_VIN7_CH1 = 0x80000006, + CX25840_VIN8_CH1 = 0x80000007, + CX25840_VIN4_CH2 = 0x80000000, + CX25840_VIN5_CH2 = 0x80000010, + CX25840_VIN6_CH2 = 0x80000020, + CX25840_NONE_CH2 = 0x80000030, + CX25840_VIN7_CH3 = 0x80000000, + CX25840_VIN8_CH3 = 0x80000040, + CX25840_NONE0_CH3 = 0x80000080, + CX25840_NONE1_CH3 = 0x800000c0, + CX25840_SVIDEO_ON = 0x80000100, + CX25840_COMPONENT_ON = 0x80000200, + CX25840_DIF_ON = 0x80000400, +}; + +/* + * The defines below are used to set the chip video output settings + * in the generic mode that can be enabled by calling the subdevice + * init core op. + * + * The requested settings can be passed to the init core op as + * @val parameter and to the s_routing video op as @config parameter. + * + * For details please refer to the section 3.7 Video Output Formatting and + * to Video Out Control 1 to 4 registers in the section 5.6 Video Decoder Core + * of the chip datasheet. + */ +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_SHIFT 0 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_MASK GENMASK(2, 0) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_BT601 BIT(0) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_BT656 BIT(1) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_VIP11 GENMASK(1, 0) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_VIP2 BIT(2) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_SHIFT 3 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_MASK GENMASK(4, 3) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_8BIT BIT(3) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_10BIT BIT(4) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_SHIFT 5 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_MASK GENMASK(6, 5) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_DISABLED BIT(5) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_ENABLED BIT(6) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_SHIFT 7 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_MASK GENMASK(8, 7) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_DISABLED BIT(7) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_ENABLED BIT(8) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_SHIFT 9 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_MASK GENMASK(10, 9) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_ZERO BIT(9) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_ONE BIT(10) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_SHIFT 11 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_MASK GENMASK(12, 11) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_COMPOSITE BIT(11) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_HORIZONTAL BIT(12) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_SHIFT 13 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_MASK GENMASK(14, 13) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_NORMAL BIT(13) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_ANDACTIVE BIT(14) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_SHIFT 15 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_MASK GENMASK(16, 15) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_NORMAL BIT(15) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_PIXCLK BIT(16) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_SHIFT 17 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_MASK GENMASK(18, 17) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_NONE BIT(17) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_VALID BIT(18) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_VALIDACTIVE GENMASK(18, 17) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_SHIFT 19 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_MASK GENMASK(20, 19) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_DWORDS BIT(19) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_BYTES BIT(20) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_SHIFT 21 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_MASK GENMASK(22, 21) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_NORMAL BIT(21) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_LINECNT BIT(22) + +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_SHIFT 23 +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_MASK GENMASK(24, 23) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_ENABLED BIT(23) +#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_DISABLED BIT(24) + +enum cx25840_audio_input { + /* Audio inputs: serial or In4-In8 */ + CX25840_AUDIO_SERIAL, + CX25840_AUDIO4 = 4, + CX25840_AUDIO5, + CX25840_AUDIO6, + CX25840_AUDIO7, + CX25840_AUDIO8, +}; + +enum cx25840_io_pin { + CX25840_PIN_DVALID_PRGM0 = 0, + CX25840_PIN_FIELD_PRGM1, + CX25840_PIN_HRESET_PRGM2, + CX25840_PIN_VRESET_HCTL_PRGM3, + CX25840_PIN_IRQ_N_PRGM4, + CX25840_PIN_IR_TX_PRGM6, + CX25840_PIN_IR_RX_PRGM5, + CX25840_PIN_GPIO0_PRGM8, + CX25840_PIN_GPIO1_PRGM9, + CX25840_PIN_SA_SDIN, /* Alternate GP Input only */ + CX25840_PIN_SA_SDOUT, /* Alternate GP Input only */ + CX25840_PIN_PLL_CLK_PRGM7, + CX25840_PIN_CHIP_SEL_VIPCLK, /* Output only */ +}; + +enum cx25840_io_pad { + /* Output pads, these must match the actual chip register values */ + CX25840_PAD_DEFAULT = 0, + CX25840_PAD_ACTIVE, + CX25840_PAD_VACTIVE, + CX25840_PAD_CBFLAG, + CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT0, + CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT1, + CX25840_PAD_GPO0, + CX25840_PAD_GPO1, + CX25840_PAD_GPO2, + CX25840_PAD_GPO3, + CX25840_PAD_IRQ_N, + CX25840_PAD_AC_SYNC, + CX25840_PAD_AC_SDOUT, + CX25840_PAD_PLL_CLK, + CX25840_PAD_VRESET, + CX25840_PAD_RESERVED, + /* Pads for PLL_CLK output only */ + CX25840_PAD_XTI_X5_DLL, + CX25840_PAD_AUX_PLL, + CX25840_PAD_VID_PLL, + CX25840_PAD_XTI, + /* Input Pads */ + CX25840_PAD_GPI0, + CX25840_PAD_GPI1, + CX25840_PAD_GPI2, + CX25840_PAD_GPI3, +}; + +enum cx25840_io_pin_strength { + CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_MEDIUM = 0, + CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_SLOW, + CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_FAST, +}; + +enum cx23885_io_pin { + CX23885_PIN_IR_RX_GPIO19, + CX23885_PIN_IR_TX_GPIO20, + CX23885_PIN_I2S_SDAT_GPIO21, + CX23885_PIN_I2S_WCLK_GPIO22, + CX23885_PIN_I2S_BCLK_GPIO23, + CX23885_PIN_IRQ_N_GPIO16, +}; + +enum cx23885_io_pad { + CX23885_PAD_IR_RX, + CX23885_PAD_GPIO19, + CX23885_PAD_IR_TX, + CX23885_PAD_GPIO20, + CX23885_PAD_I2S_SDAT, + CX23885_PAD_GPIO21, + CX23885_PAD_I2S_WCLK, + CX23885_PAD_GPIO22, + CX23885_PAD_I2S_BCLK, + CX23885_PAD_GPIO23, + CX23885_PAD_IRQ_N, + CX23885_PAD_GPIO16, +}; + +/* + * pvr150_workaround activates a workaround for a hardware bug that is + * present in Hauppauge PVR-150 (and possibly PVR-500) cards that have + * certain NTSC tuners (tveeprom tuner model numbers 85, 99 and 112). The + * audio autodetect fails on some channels for these models and the workaround + * is to select the audio standard explicitly. Many thanks to Hauppauge for + * providing this information. + * + * This platform data only needs to be supplied by the ivtv driver. + */ +struct cx25840_platform_data { + int pvr150_workaround; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/s5p_fimc.h b/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h index b975c285c8a9..6b9ef631d6bb 100644 --- a/include/media/s5p_fimc.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h @@ -1,12 +1,9 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Samsung S5P/Exynos4 SoC series camera interface driver header * * Copyright (C) 2010 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. * Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef S5P_FIMC_H_ @@ -61,48 +58,27 @@ enum fimc_bus_type { #define GRP_ID_FLITE (1 << 13) #define GRP_ID_FIMC_IS (1 << 14) -struct i2c_board_info; - /** * struct fimc_source_info - video source description required for the host * interface configuration * - * @board_info: pointer to I2C subdevice's board info - * @clk_frequency: frequency of the clock the host interface provides to sensor * @fimc_bus_type: FIMC camera input type * @sensor_bus_type: image sensor bus type, MIPI, ITU-R BT.601 etc. * @flags: the parallel sensor bus flags defining signals polarity (V4L2_MBUS_*) - * @i2c_bus_num: i2c control bus id the sensor is attached to * @mux_id: FIMC camera interface multiplexer index (separate for MIPI and ITU) - * @clk_id: index of the SoC peripheral clock for sensors */ struct fimc_source_info { - struct i2c_board_info *board_info; - unsigned long clk_frequency; enum fimc_bus_type fimc_bus_type; enum fimc_bus_type sensor_bus_type; u16 flags; - u16 i2c_bus_num; u16 mux_id; - u8 clk_id; -}; - -/** - * struct s5p_platform_fimc - camera host interface platform data - * - * @source_info: properties of an image source for the host interface setup - * @num_clients: the number of attached image sources - */ -struct s5p_platform_fimc { - struct fimc_source_info *source_info; - int num_clients; }; /* * v4l2_device notification id. This is only for internal use in the kernel. * Sensor subdevs should issue S5P_FIMC_TX_END_NOTIFY notification in single * frame capture mode when there is only one VSYNC pulse issued by the sensor - * at begining of the frame transmission. + * at beginning of the frame transmission. */ #define S5P_FIMC_TX_END_NOTIFY _IO('e', 0) @@ -111,7 +87,6 @@ struct s5p_platform_fimc { /** * struct fimc_fmt - color format data structure * @mbus_code: media bus pixel code, -1 if not applicable - * @name: format description * @fourcc: fourcc code for this format, 0 if not applicable * @color: the driver's private color format id * @memplanes: number of physically non-contiguous data planes @@ -122,8 +97,7 @@ struct s5p_platform_fimc { * @flags: flags indicating which operation mode format applies to */ struct fimc_fmt { - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode mbus_code; - char *name; + u32 mbus_code; u32 fourcc; u32 color; u16 memplanes; @@ -176,7 +150,8 @@ static inline struct exynos_video_entity *vdev_to_exynos_video_entity( } #define fimc_pipeline_call(ent, op, args...) \ - (!(ent) ? -ENOENT : (((ent)->pipe->ops && (ent)->pipe->ops->op) ? \ + ((!(ent) || !(ent)->pipe) ? -ENOENT : \ + (((ent)->pipe->ops && (ent)->pipe->ops->op) ? \ (ent)->pipe->ops->op(((ent)->pipe), ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD)) \ #endif /* S5P_FIMC_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/msp3400.h b/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h index 90cf22ada8b4..853258ee6bbd 100644 --- a/include/media/msp3400.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h @@ -1,21 +1,9 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* msp3400.h - definition for msp3400 inputs and outputs - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) + Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #ifndef _MSP3400_H_ @@ -80,17 +68,17 @@ */ /* SCART input to DSP selection */ -#define MSP_IN_SCART1 0 /* Pin SC1_IN */ -#define MSP_IN_SCART2 1 /* Pin SC2_IN */ -#define MSP_IN_SCART3 2 /* Pin SC3_IN */ -#define MSP_IN_SCART4 3 /* Pin SC4_IN */ -#define MSP_IN_MONO 6 /* Pin MONO_IN */ -#define MSP_IN_MUTE 7 /* Mute DSP input */ -#define MSP_SCART_TO_DSP(in) (in) +#define MSP_IN_SCART1 0 /* Pin SC1_IN */ +#define MSP_IN_SCART2 1 /* Pin SC2_IN */ +#define MSP_IN_SCART3 2 /* Pin SC3_IN */ +#define MSP_IN_SCART4 3 /* Pin SC4_IN */ +#define MSP_IN_MONO 6 /* Pin MONO_IN */ +#define MSP_IN_MUTE 7 /* Mute DSP input */ +#define MSP_SCART_TO_DSP(in) (in) /* Tuner input to demodulator and DSP selection */ -#define MSP_IN_TUNER1 0 /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN1 */ -#define MSP_IN_TUNER2 1 /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN2 */ -#define MSP_TUNER_TO_DSP(in) ((in) << 3) +#define MSP_IN_TUNER1 0 /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN1 */ +#define MSP_IN_TUNER2 1 /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN2 */ +#define MSP_TUNER_TO_DSP(in) ((in) << 3) /* The msp has up to 5 DSP outputs, each output can independently select a DSP input. @@ -109,30 +97,30 @@ DSP. This is currently not implemented. Also not implemented is the multi-channel capable I2S3 input of the 44x0G. If someone can demonstrate a need for one of those features then additional support can be added. */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER 0 /* Tuner DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_SCART 2 /* SCART DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S1 5 /* I2S1 DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S2 6 /* I2S2 DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S3 7 /* I2S3 DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN_AVC 11 /* MAIN AVC processed DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN 12 /* MAIN DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_IN_AUX 13 /* AUX DSP input */ -#define MSP_DSP_TO_MAIN(in) ((in) << 4) -#define MSP_DSP_TO_AUX(in) ((in) << 8) -#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART1(in) ((in) << 12) -#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART2(in) ((in) << 16) -#define MSP_DSP_TO_I2S(in) ((in) << 20) +#define MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER 0 /* Tuner DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_SCART 2 /* SCART DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S1 5 /* I2S1 DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S2 6 /* I2S2 DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S3 7 /* I2S3 DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN_AVC 11 /* MAIN AVC processed DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN 12 /* MAIN DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_IN_AUX 13 /* AUX DSP input */ +#define MSP_DSP_TO_MAIN(in) ((in) << 4) +#define MSP_DSP_TO_AUX(in) ((in) << 8) +#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART1(in) ((in) << 12) +#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART2(in) ((in) << 16) +#define MSP_DSP_TO_I2S(in) ((in) << 20) /* Output SCART select: the SCART outputs can select which input to use. */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART1 0 /* SCART1 input, bypassing the DSP */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART2 1 /* SCART2 input, bypassing the DSP */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART3 2 /* SCART3 input, bypassing the DSP */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART4 3 /* SCART4 input, bypassing the DSP */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART1 4 /* DSP SCART1 input */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART2 5 /* DSP SCART2 input */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_MONO 6 /* MONO input, bypassing the DSP */ -#define MSP_SC_IN_MUTE 7 /* MUTE output */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART1 0 /* SCART1 input, bypassing the DSP */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART2 1 /* SCART2 input, bypassing the DSP */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART3 2 /* SCART3 input, bypassing the DSP */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART4 3 /* SCART4 input, bypassing the DSP */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART1 4 /* DSP SCART1 input */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART2 5 /* DSP SCART2 input */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_MONO 6 /* MONO input, bypassing the DSP */ +#define MSP_SC_IN_MUTE 7 /* MUTE output */ #define MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(in) (in) #define MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(in) ((in) << 4) @@ -223,4 +211,3 @@ */ #endif /* MSP3400_H */ - diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h b/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..52841d1b4763 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +/* + * renesas-ceu.h - Renesas CEU driver interface + * + * Copyright 2017-2018 Jacopo Mondi <jacopo+renesas@jmondi.org> + */ + +#ifndef __MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__ +#define __MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__ + +#define CEU_MAX_SUBDEVS 2 + +struct ceu_async_subdev { + unsigned long flags; + unsigned char bus_width; + unsigned char bus_shift; + unsigned int i2c_adapter_id; + unsigned int i2c_address; +}; + +struct ceu_platform_data { + unsigned int num_subdevs; + struct ceu_async_subdev subdevs[CEU_MAX_SUBDEVS]; +}; + +#endif /* ___MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/s3c_camif.h b/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h index df96c2c789b4..f746851a5ce6 100644 --- a/include/media/s3c_camif.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * s3c24xx/s3c64xx SoC series Camera Interface (CAMIF) driver * * Copyright (C) 2012 Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_ @@ -38,8 +35,4 @@ struct s3c_camif_plat_data { int (*gpio_put)(void); }; -/* Platform default helper functions */ -int s3c_camif_gpio_get(void); -int s3c_camif_gpio_put(void); - #endif /* MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_ */ diff --git a/include/media/saa7146.h b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146.h index 96058a5a4acc..71ce63c99cb4 100644 --- a/include/media/saa7146.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ #ifndef __SAA7146__ #define __SAA7146__ @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ struct saa7146_extension supported devices, last entry 0xffff, 0xfff */ struct module *module; struct pci_driver driver; - struct pci_device_id *pci_tbl; + const struct pci_device_id *pci_tbl; /* extension functions */ int (*probe)(struct saa7146_dev *); @@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ struct saa7146_dev { struct module *module; - struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; + struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; /* different device locks */ @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ struct saa7146_dev void *ext_priv; /* pointer for extension private use (most likely some private data) */ struct saa7146_ext_vv *ext_vv_data; - /* per device video/vbi informations (if available) */ + /* per device video/vbi information (if available) */ struct saa7146_vv *vv_data; void (*vv_callback)(struct saa7146_dev *dev, unsigned long status); diff --git a/include/media/saa7146_vv.h b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146_vv.h index 944ecdf3530f..f66f4dfccf14 100644 --- a/include/media/saa7146_vv.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146_vv.h @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ #ifndef __SAA7146_VV__ #define __SAA7146_VV__ #include <media/v4l2-common.h> #include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h> #include <media/v4l2-fh.h> -#include <media/saa7146.h> -#include <media/videobuf-dma-sg.h> +#include <media/drv-intf/saa7146.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h> #define MAX_SAA7146_CAPTURE_BUFFERS 32 /* arbitrary */ #define BUFFER_TIMEOUT (HZ/2) /* 0.5 seconds */ @@ -31,7 +32,6 @@ struct saa7146_video_dma { #define FORMAT_IS_PLANAR 0x2 struct saa7146_format { - char *name; u32 pixelformat; u32 trans; u8 depth; @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ struct saa7146_standard /* buffer for one video/vbi frame */ struct saa7146_buf { /* common v4l buffer stuff -- must be first */ - struct videobuf_buffer vb; + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer vb; + struct list_head list; /* saa7146 specific */ - struct v4l2_pix_format *fmt; int (*activate)(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_buf *buf, struct saa7146_buf *next); @@ -74,33 +74,9 @@ struct saa7146_dmaqueue { struct saa7146_buf *curr; struct list_head queue; struct timer_list timeout; + struct vb2_queue q; }; -struct saa7146_overlay { - struct saa7146_fh *fh; - struct v4l2_window win; - struct v4l2_clip clips[16]; - int nclips; -}; - -/* per open data */ -struct saa7146_fh { - /* Must be the first field! */ - struct v4l2_fh fh; - struct saa7146_dev *dev; - - /* video capture */ - struct videobuf_queue video_q; - - /* vbi capture */ - struct videobuf_queue vbi_q; - - unsigned int resources; /* resource management for device open */ -}; - -#define STATUS_OVERLAY 0x01 -#define STATUS_CAPTURE 0x02 - struct saa7146_vv { /* vbi capture */ @@ -109,22 +85,12 @@ struct saa7146_vv struct timer_list vbi_read_timeout; /* vbi workaround interrupt queue */ wait_queue_head_t vbi_wq; - int vbi_fieldcount; - struct saa7146_fh *vbi_streaming; - - int video_status; - struct saa7146_fh *video_fh; - - /* video overlay */ - struct saa7146_overlay ov; - struct v4l2_framebuffer ov_fb; - struct saa7146_format *ov_fmt; - struct saa7146_fh *ov_suspend; /* video capture */ struct saa7146_dmaqueue video_dmaq; struct v4l2_pix_format video_fmt; enum v4l2_field last_field; + u32 seqnr; /* common: fixme? shouldn't this be in saa7146_fh? (this leads to a more complicated question: shall the driver @@ -139,9 +105,7 @@ struct saa7146_vv int current_hps_source; int current_hps_sync; - struct saa7146_dma d_clipping; /* pointer to clipping memory */ - - unsigned int resources; /* resource management for device */ + unsigned int resources; /* resource management for device */ }; /* flags */ @@ -149,7 +113,7 @@ struct saa7146_vv struct saa7146_ext_vv { - /* informations about the video capabilities of the device */ + /* information about the video capabilities of the device */ int inputs; int audios; u32 capabilities; @@ -166,34 +130,27 @@ struct saa7146_ext_vv /* pointer to the saa7146 core ops */ const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops *core_ops; - struct v4l2_file_operations vbi_fops; + ssize_t (*vbi_write)(struct file *file, const char __user *data, + size_t count, loff_t *ppos); }; struct saa7146_use_ops { void (*init)(struct saa7146_dev *, struct saa7146_vv *); - int(*open)(struct saa7146_dev *, struct file *); - void (*release)(struct saa7146_dev *, struct file *); void (*irq_done)(struct saa7146_dev *, unsigned long status); - ssize_t (*read)(struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); }; /* from saa7146_fops.c */ -int saa7146_register_device(struct video_device **vid, struct saa7146_dev* dev, char *name, int type); -int saa7146_unregister_device(struct video_device **vid, struct saa7146_dev* dev); +int saa7146_register_device(struct video_device *vid, struct saa7146_dev *dev, char *name, int type); +int saa7146_unregister_device(struct video_device *vid, struct saa7146_dev *dev); void saa7146_buffer_finish(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_dmaqueue *q, int state); void saa7146_buffer_next(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_dmaqueue *q,int vbi); int saa7146_buffer_queue(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_dmaqueue *q, struct saa7146_buf *buf); -void saa7146_buffer_timeout(unsigned long data); -void saa7146_dma_free(struct saa7146_dev* dev,struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct saa7146_buf *buf); +void saa7146_buffer_timeout(struct timer_list *t); int saa7146_vv_init(struct saa7146_dev* dev, struct saa7146_ext_vv *ext_vv); int saa7146_vv_release(struct saa7146_dev* dev); /* from saa7146_hlp.c */ -int saa7146_enable_overlay(struct saa7146_fh *fh); -void saa7146_disable_overlay(struct saa7146_fh *fh); - void saa7146_set_capture(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_buf *buf, struct saa7146_buf *next); void saa7146_write_out_dma(struct saa7146_dev* dev, int which, struct saa7146_video_dma* vdma) ; void saa7146_set_hps_source_and_sync(struct saa7146_dev *saa, int source, int sync); @@ -202,18 +159,18 @@ void saa7146_set_gpio(struct saa7146_dev *saa, u8 pin, u8 data); /* from saa7146_video.c */ extern const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops saa7146_video_ioctl_ops; extern const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops saa7146_vbi_ioctl_ops; -extern struct saa7146_use_ops saa7146_video_uops; -int saa7146_start_preview(struct saa7146_fh *fh); -int saa7146_stop_preview(struct saa7146_fh *fh); +extern const struct saa7146_use_ops saa7146_video_uops; +extern const struct vb2_ops video_qops; long saa7146_video_do_ioctl(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); int saa7146_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); /* from saa7146_vbi.c */ -extern struct saa7146_use_ops saa7146_vbi_uops; +extern const struct saa7146_use_ops saa7146_vbi_uops; +extern const struct vb2_ops vbi_qops; /* resource management functions */ -int saa7146_res_get(struct saa7146_fh *fh, unsigned int bit); -void saa7146_res_free(struct saa7146_fh *fh, unsigned int bits); +int saa7146_res_get(struct saa7146_dev *dev, unsigned int bit); +void saa7146_res_free(struct saa7146_dev *dev, unsigned int bits); #define RESOURCE_DMA1_HPS 0x1 #define RESOURCE_DMA2_CLP 0x2 @@ -239,7 +196,7 @@ void saa7146_res_free(struct saa7146_fh *fh, unsigned int bits); #define SAA7146_CLIPPING_MASK 0x6 #define SAA7146_CLIPPING_MASK_INVERTED 0x7 -/* output formats: each entry holds four informations */ +/* output formats: each entry holds four information */ #define RGB08_COMPOSED 0x0217 /* composed is used in the sense of "not-planar" */ /* this means: planar?=0, yuv2rgb-conversation-mode=2, dither=yes(=1), format-mode = 7 */ #define RGB15_COMPOSED 0x0213 diff --git a/include/media/sh_vou.h b/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h index ec3ba9a597a2..8d23181a5972 100644 --- a/include/media/sh_vou.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * SuperH Video Output Unit (VOU) driver header * * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef SH_VOU_H #define SH_VOU_H diff --git a/include/media/si476x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h index e02e241e2d22..07f291d50b77 100644 --- a/include/media/si476x.h +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h @@ -1,20 +1,11 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* - * include/media/si476x.h -- Common definitions for si476x driver + * include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h -- Common definitions for si476x driver * * Copyright (C) 2012 Innovative Converged Devices(ICD) * Copyright (C) 2013 Andrey Smirnov * * Author: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * */ #ifndef SI476X_H diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50c9f89e4c25 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +#ifndef __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H +#define __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H + +/* + * ALSA driver for TEA5757/5759 Philips AM/FM tuner chips + * + * Copyright (c) 2004 Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz> + */ + +#include <linux/videodev2.h> +#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> +#include <media/v4l2-dev.h> +#include <media/v4l2-device.h> + +#define TEA575X_FMIF 10700 +#define TEA575X_AMIF 450 + +#define TEA575X_DATA (1 << 0) +#define TEA575X_CLK (1 << 1) +#define TEA575X_WREN (1 << 2) +#define TEA575X_MOST (1 << 3) + +struct snd_tea575x; + +struct snd_tea575x_ops { + /* Drivers using snd_tea575x must either define read_ and write_val */ + void (*write_val)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, u32 val); + u32 (*read_val)(struct snd_tea575x *tea); + /* Or define the 3 pin functions */ + void (*set_pins)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, u8 pins); + u8 (*get_pins)(struct snd_tea575x *tea); + void (*set_direction)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, bool output); +}; + +struct snd_tea575x { + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; + struct v4l2_file_operations fops; + struct video_device vd; /* video device */ + int radio_nr; /* radio_nr */ + bool tea5759; /* 5759 chip is present */ + bool has_am; /* Device can tune to AM freqs */ + bool cannot_read_data; /* Device cannot read the data pin */ + bool cannot_mute; /* Device cannot mute */ + bool mute; /* Device is muted? */ + bool stereo; /* receiving stereo */ + bool tuned; /* tuned to a station */ + unsigned int val; /* hw value */ + u32 band; /* 0: FM, 1: FM-Japan, 2: AM */ + u32 freq; /* frequency */ + struct mutex mutex; + const struct snd_tea575x_ops *ops; + void *private_data; + u8 card[32]; + u8 bus_info[32]; + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; + int (*ext_init)(struct snd_tea575x *tea); +}; + +int snd_tea575x_enum_freq_bands(struct snd_tea575x *tea, + struct v4l2_frequency_band *band); +int snd_tea575x_g_tuner(struct snd_tea575x *tea, struct v4l2_tuner *v); +int snd_tea575x_s_hw_freq_seek(struct file *file, struct snd_tea575x *tea, + const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a); +int snd_tea575x_hw_init(struct snd_tea575x *tea); +int snd_tea575x_init(struct snd_tea575x *tea, struct module *owner); +void snd_tea575x_exit(struct snd_tea575x *tea); +void snd_tea575x_set_freq(struct snd_tea575x *tea); + +#endif /* __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H */ diff --git a/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h b/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b7d10f3d4aa --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ +/* dvb-usb-ids.h is part of the DVB USB library. + * + * Copyright (C) 2004-5 Patrick Boettcher (patrick.boettcher@posteo.de) see + * dvb-usb-init.c for copyright information. + * + * a header file containing define's for the USB device supported by the + * various drivers. + */ +#ifndef _DVB_USB_IDS_H_ +#define _DVB_USB_IDS_H_ + +#include <linux/usb.h> + +#define DVB_USB_DEV(pid, vid) \ + [vid] = { USB_DEVICE(USB_VID_ ## pid, USB_PID_ ## vid) } + +#define DVB_USB_DEV_VER(pid, vid, lo, hi) \ + [vid] = { USB_DEVICE_VER(USB_VID_ ## pid, USB_PID_ ## vid, lo, hi) } + +/* Vendor IDs */ + +#define USB_VID_774 0x7a69 +#define USB_VID_ADSTECH 0x06e1 +#define USB_VID_AFATECH 0x15a4 +#define USB_VID_ALCOR_MICRO 0x058f +#define USB_VID_ALINK 0x05e3 +#define USB_VID_AME 0x06be +#define USB_VID_AMT 0x1c73 +#define USB_VID_ANCHOR 0x0547 +#define USB_VID_ANSONIC 0x10b9 +#define USB_VID_ANUBIS_ELECTRONIC 0x10fd +#define USB_VID_ASUS 0x0b05 +#define USB_VID_AVERMEDIA 0x07ca +#define USB_VID_AZUREWAVE 0x13d3 +#define USB_VID_COMPRO 0x185b +#define USB_VID_COMPRO_UNK 0x145f +#define USB_VID_CONEXANT 0x0572 +#define USB_VID_CYPRESS 0x04b4 +#define USB_VID_DEXATEK 0x1d19 +#define USB_VID_DIBCOM 0x10b8 +#define USB_VID_DPOSH 0x1498 +#define USB_VID_DVICO 0x0fe9 +#define USB_VID_E3C 0x18b4 +#define USB_VID_ELGATO 0x0fd9 +#define USB_VID_EMPIA 0xeb1a +#define USB_VID_EVOLUTEPC 0x1e59 +#define USB_VID_GENPIX 0x09c0 +#define USB_VID_GIGABYTE 0x1044 +#define USB_VID_GOTVIEW 0x1fe1 +#define USB_VID_GRANDTEC 0x5032 +#define USB_VID_GTEK 0x1f4d +#define USB_VID_HAMA 0x147f +#define USB_VID_HANFTEK 0x15f4 +#define USB_VID_HAUPPAUGE 0x2040 +#define USB_VID_HUMAX_COEX 0x10b9 +#define USB_VID_HYPER_PALTEK 0x1025 +#define USB_VID_INTEL 0x8086 +#define USB_VID_ITETECH 0x048d +#define USB_VID_KWORLD 0xeb2a +#define USB_VID_KWORLD_2 0x1b80 +#define USB_VID_KYE 0x0458 +#define USB_VID_LEADTEK 0x0413 +#define USB_VID_LITEON 0x04ca +#define USB_VID_MEDION 0x1660 +#define USB_VID_MICROSOFT 0x045e +#define USB_VID_MIGLIA 0x18f3 +#define USB_VID_MSI 0x0db0 +#define USB_VID_MSI_2 0x1462 +#define USB_VID_OPERA1 0x695c +#define USB_VID_PCTV 0x2013 +#define USB_VID_PINNACLE 0x2304 +#define USB_VID_PIXELVIEW 0x1554 +#define USB_VID_PROF_1 0x3011 +#define USB_VID_PROF_2 0x3034 +#define USB_VID_REALTEK 0x0bda +#define USB_VID_SONY 0x1415 +#define USB_VID_TECHNISAT 0x14f7 +#define USB_VID_TECHNOTREND 0x0b48 +#define USB_VID_TELESTAR 0x10b9 +#define USB_VID_TERRATEC 0x0ccd +#define USB_VID_TERRATEC_2 0x153b +#define USB_VID_TEVII 0x9022 +#define USB_VID_TWINHAN 0x1822 +#define USB_VID_ULTIMA_ELECTRONIC 0x05d8 +#define USB_VID_UNIWILL 0x1584 +#define USB_VID_VISIONPLUS 0x13d3 +#define USB_VID_WIDEVIEW 0x14aa +#define USB_VID_XTENSIONS 0x1ae7 +#define USB_VID_YUAN 0x1164 +#define USB_VID_ZYDAS 0x0ace + +/* Product IDs */ + +#define USB_PID_ADSTECH_USB2_COLD 0xa333 +#define USB_PID_ADSTECH_USB2_WARM 0xa334 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9005 0x9020 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9015_9015 0x9015 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9015_9016 0x9016 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1000 0x1000 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1001 0x1001 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1002 0x1002 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1003 0x1003 +#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_9035 0x9035 +#define USB_PID_ALINK_DTU 0xf170 +#define USB_PID_AME_DTV5100 0xa232 +#define USB_PID_ANCHOR_NEBULA_DIGITV 0x0201 +#define USB_PID_ANSONIC_DVBT_USB 0x6000 +#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_LIFEVIEW_TV_WALKER_TWIN_COLD 0x0514 +#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_LIFEVIEW_TV_WALKER_TWIN_WARM 0x0513 +#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_MSI_DIGI_VOX_MINI_II 0x1513 +#define USB_PID_ANYSEE 0x861f +#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3000 0x171f +#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3000H 0x1736 +#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3100 0x173f +#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3100MINI_PLUS 0x1779 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_1867 0x1867 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A309 0xa309 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A310 0xa310 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A805 0xa805 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A815M 0x815a +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835 0xa835 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_1835 0x1835 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_2835 0x2835 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_3835 0x3835 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_4835 0x4835 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A850 0x850a +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A850T 0x850b +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A867 0xa867 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_B835 0xb835 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_DVBT_USB2_COLD 0xa800 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_DVBT_USB2_WARM 0xa801 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_EXPRESS 0xb568 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_H335 0x0335 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R 0x0039 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R_ATSC 0x1039 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R_DVBT 0x2039 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_MCE_USB_M038 0x1228 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TD110 0xa110 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TD310 0x1871 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TWINSTAR 0x0825 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR 0xa807 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_2 0xb808 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_A868R 0xa868 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_X 0xa815 +#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_X_2 0x8150 +#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_6007 0x0ccd +#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_AD_TU700 0x3237 +#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_AZ6027 0x3275 +#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_TWINHAN_VP7049 0x3219 +#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_COLD 0xd000 +#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_UNK_COLD 0x010c +#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_UNK_WARM 0x010d +#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_WARM 0xd001 +#define USB_PID_COMPRO_VIDEOMATE_U500 0x1e78 +#define USB_PID_COMPRO_VIDEOMATE_U500_PC 0x1e80 +#define USB_PID_CONCEPTRONIC_CTVDIGRCU 0xe397 +#define USB_PID_CONEXANT_D680_DMB 0x86d6 +#define USB_PID_CPYTO_REDI_PC50A 0xa803 +#define USB_PID_CTVDIGDUAL_V2 0xe410 +#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2101 0x2101 +#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2102 0x2102 +#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2104 0x2104 +#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW3101 0x3101 +#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_OPERA1_COLD 0x2830 +#define USB_PID_DELOCK_USB2_DVBT 0xb803 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_ANCHOR_2135_COLD 0x2131 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_HOOK_DEFAULT 0x0064 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_HOOK_DEFAULT_REENUM 0x0065 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3000_COLD 0x0bb8 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3000_WARM 0x0bb9 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3001_COLD 0x0bc6 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3001_WARM 0x0bc7 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM7090 0x1bb2 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM8096MD 0x1fa8 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM9090M 0x2383 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM9090MD 0x2384 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7070P 0x1ebc +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7070PD 0x1ebe +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700D 0x1ef0 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700P 0x1e14 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700P_PC 0x1e78 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700_U7000 0x7001 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7770P 0x1e80 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK807XP 0x1f90 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK807XPVR 0x1f98 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK8096GP 0x1fa0 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK8096PVR 0x1faa +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE7090PVR 0x1bb4 +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE7790P 0x1e6e +#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE8096P 0x1f9C +#define USB_PID_DIGITALNOW_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_COLD 0xdb54 +#define USB_PID_DIGITALNOW_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_WARM 0xdb55 +#define USB_PID_DPOSH_M9206_COLD 0x9206 +#define USB_PID_DPOSH_M9206_WARM 0xa090 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_COLD 0xdb50 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_WARM 0xdb51 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_2_COLD 0xdb58 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_2_WARM 0xdb59 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_4 0xdb78 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_4_REV_2 0xdb98 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DVB_T_NANO_2 0xdb70 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DVB_T_NANO_2_NFW_WARM 0xdb71 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LG064F_COLD 0xd500 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LG064F_WARM 0xd501 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGDT 0xd820 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGZ201_COLD 0xdb00 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGZ201_WARM 0xdb01 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_TH7579_COLD 0xdb10 +#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_TH7579_WARM 0xdb11 +#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168 0x1689 +#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_2 0xfffa +#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_3 0xfffb +#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_4 0x1001 +#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_5 0x1002 +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DIVERSITY 0x0011 +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT 0x0021 +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT_2 0x003f +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT_Dlx 0x0020 +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT 0x002a +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT_V2 0x0025 +#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT_V3 0x0036 +#define USB_PID_EMPIA_DIGIVOX_MINI_SL_COLD 0xe360 +#define USB_PID_EMPIA_DIGIVOX_MINI_SL_WARM 0xe361 +#define USB_PID_EMPIA_VSTREAM_COLD 0x17de +#define USB_PID_EMPIA_VSTREAM_WARM 0x17df +#define USB_PID_EVOLUTEPC_TVWAY_PLUS 0x0002 +#define USB_PID_EVOLVEO_XTRATV_STICK 0xa115 +#define USB_PID_FREECOM_DVBT 0x0160 +#define USB_PID_FREECOM_DVBT_2 0x0161 +#define USB_PID_FRIIO_WHITE 0x0001 +#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_SU3000 0x3000 +#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_T220 0xd220 +#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_X3M_SPC1400HD 0x3100 +#define USB_PID_GENIUS_TVGO_DVB_T03 0x4012 +#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_1_COLD 0x0200 +#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_1_WARM 0x0201 +#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_2 0x0202 +#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_1 0x0203 +#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_2 0x0206 +#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_CW3K 0x0204 +#define USB_PID_GIGABYTE_U7000 0x7001 +#define USB_PID_GIGABYTE_U8000 0x7002 +#define USB_PID_GOTVIEW_SAT_HD 0x5456 +#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB2_COLD 0x0bc6 +#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB2_WARM 0x0bc7 +#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB_COLD 0x0fa0 +#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB_WARM 0x0fa1 +#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_MOD3000_COLD 0x0bb8 +#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_MOD3000_WARM 0x0bb9 +#define USB_PID_HAMA_DVBT_HYBRID 0x2758 +#define USB_PID_HANFTEK_UMT_010_COLD 0x0001 +#define USB_PID_HANFTEK_UMT_010_WARM 0x0015 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_MAX_S2 0xd900 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_MYTV_T 0x7080 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_TD_STICK 0x9580 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_TD_STICK_52009 0x5200 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500 0x9941 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500_2 0x9950 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500_3 0x8400 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK 0x7050 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK_2 0x7060 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK_3 0x7070 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_TIGER_ATSC 0xb200 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_TIGER_ATSC_B210 0xb210 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_WINTV_NOVA_T_USB2_COLD 0x9300 +#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_WINTV_NOVA_T_USB2_WARM 0x9301 +#define USB_PID_HUMAX_DVB_T_STICK_HIGH_SPEED_COLD 0x5000 +#define USB_PID_HUMAX_DVB_T_STICK_HIGH_SPEED_WARM 0x5001 +#define USB_PID_INTEL_CE9500 0x9500 +#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135 0x9135 +#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135_9005 0x9005 +#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135_9006 0x9006 +#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9303 0x9306 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U 0xe396 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_2 0xe39b +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_3 0xe395 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_4 0xe39a +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_399U 0xe399 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_399U_2 0xe400 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_MC810 0xc810 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_PC160_2T 0xc160 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_PC160_T 0xc161 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_UB383_T 0xe383 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_UB499_2T_T09 0xe409 +#define USB_PID_KWORLD_VSTREAM_COLD 0x17de +#define USB_PID_KYE_DVB_T_COLD 0x701e +#define USB_PID_KYE_DVB_T_WARM 0x701f +#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_COLD 0x6025 +#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_H 0x60f6 +#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_STK7700P 0x6f00 +#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_STK7700P_2 0x6f01 +#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_WARM 0x6026 +#define USB_PID_LITEON_DVB_T_COLD 0xf000 +#define USB_PID_LITEON_DVB_T_WARM 0xf001 +#define USB_PID_MEDION_CREATIX_CTX1921 0x1921 +#define USB_PID_MEDION_MD95700 0x0932 +#define USB_PID_MICROSOFT_XBOX_ONE_TUNER 0x02d5 +#define USB_PID_MIGLIA_WT220U_ZAP250_COLD 0x0220 +#define USB_PID_MSI_DIGIVOX_DUO 0x8801 +#define USB_PID_MSI_DIGI_VOX_MINI_III 0x8807 +#define USB_PID_MSI_MEGASKY580 0x5580 +#define USB_PID_MSI_MEGASKY580_55801 0x5581 +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_D689 0xd811 +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230 0xc688 +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230A 0x689a +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C 0xc689 +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C2 0xc68a +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C2_LITE 0xc69a +#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C_LITE 0xc699 +#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK 0x00b3 +#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK_REV2 0x00e0 +#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK_REV3 0x00b4 +#define USB_PID_OPERA1_WARM 0x3829 +#define USB_PID_PCTV_2002E 0x025c +#define USB_PID_PCTV_2002E_SE 0x025d +#define USB_PID_PCTV_200E 0x020e +#define USB_PID_PCTV_78E 0x025a +#define USB_PID_PCTV_79E 0x0262 +#define USB_PID_PCTV_DIBCOM_STK8096PVR 0x1faa +#define USB_PID_PCTV_PINNACLE_PCTV282E 0x0248 +#define USB_PID_PCTV_PINNACLE_PCTV73ESE 0x0245 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_EXPRESSCARD_320CX 0x022e +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV2000E 0x022c +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV282E 0x0248 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV340E 0x023d +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV340E_SE 0x023e +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV71E 0x022b +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV72E 0x0236 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73A 0x0243 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73E 0x0237 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73ESE 0x0245 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV74E 0x0246 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV801E 0x023a +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV801E_SE 0x023b +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_400E 0x020f +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_450E 0x0222 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_452E 0x021f +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_DUAL_DIVERSITY_DVB_T 0x0229 +#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_DVB_T_FLASH 0x0228 +#define USB_PID_PIXELVIEW_SBTVD 0x5010 +#define USB_PID_PROF_1100 0xb012 +#define USB_PID_PROF_7500 0x7500 +#define USB_PID_PROLECTRIX_DV107669 0xd803 +#define USB_PID_REALTEK_RTL2831U 0x2831 +#define USB_PID_REALTEK_RTL2832U 0x2832 +#define USB_PID_SIGMATEK_DVB_110 0x6610 +#define USB_PID_SONY_PLAYTV 0x0003 +#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV20 0xe39d +#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV20_RTL2832U 0xd39d +#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV21 0xd3b0 +#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV22 0xe401 +#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV22_IT9137 0xe411 +#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV27 0xd3af +#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_AIRSTAR_TELESTICK_2 0x0004 +#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_CABLESTAR_HDCI 0x0003 +#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_DVB_S2 0x0500 +#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_HDCI_V1 0x0001 +#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_HDCI_V2 0x0002 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT2_4650_CI 0x3012 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT2_4650_CI_2 0x3015 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT3650 0x300d +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2400 0x3006 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2400_8KEEPROM 0x3009 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_3600 0x3007 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_3650_CI 0x300a +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_4600 0x3011 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_4650_CI 0x3017 +#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_TVSTICK_CT2_4400 0x3014 +#define USB_PID_TELESTAR_STARSTICK_2 0x8000 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_DT_XS_DIVERSITY 0x005a +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_DT_XS_DIVERSITY_2 0x0081 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_HT_EXPRESS 0x0060 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_HT_USB_XE 0x0058 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S 0x0064 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_1 0x1181 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_2 0x1182 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_BOX 0x0105 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R1 0x00a8 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R2 0x00b0 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R3 0x0102 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R4 0x0105 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T2 0x0038 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_TC2_STICK 0x10b2 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_EXPRESS 0x0062 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK 0x0093 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_BLACK_REV1 0x00a9 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_DUAL_RC 0x0099 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_RC 0x0097 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_USB_XE 0x0055 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_USB_XE_REV2 0x0069 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_XXS 0x0078 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_XXS_2 0x00ab +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_DVBS2CI_V1 0x10a4 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_DVBS2CI_V2 0x10ac +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7 0x10b4 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7_2 0x10a3 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7_3 0x10a5 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T1 0x10ae +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T3 0x10a0 +#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T5 0x10a1 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S421 0xd421 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S480_1 0xd481 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S480_2 0xd482 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S482_1 0xd483 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S482_2 0xd484 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S630 0xd630 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S632 0xd632 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S650 0xd650 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S660 0xd660 +#define USB_PID_TEVII_S662 0xd662 +#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN 0x3226 +#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN_2 0xe402 +#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN_3 0x9016 +#define USB_PID_TREKSTOR_DVBT 0x901b +#define USB_PID_TREKSTOR_TERRES_2_0 0xC803 +#define USB_PID_TURBOX_DTT_2000 0xd3a4 +#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7021_WARM 0x3208 +#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7041_COLD 0x3201 +#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7041_WARM 0x3202 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14BR 0x810f +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14_COLD 0x810b +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14_WARM 0x810c +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_AN2235_COLD 0x8107 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_AN2235_WARM 0x8108 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_ANCHOR_COLD 0x2235 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_COLD 0x8105 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_COLD 0x8109 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_FX_COLD 0x8613 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_FX_WARM 0x1002 +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_WARM 0x810a +#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_WARM 0x8106 +#define USB_PID_UNIWILL_STK7700P 0x6003 +#define USB_PID_UNK_HYPER_PALTEK_COLD 0x005e +#define USB_PID_UNK_HYPER_PALTEK_WARM 0x005f +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_PINNACLE_PCTV310E 0x3211 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_TINYUSB2_COLD 0x3223 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_TINYUSB2_WARM 0x3224 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7020_COLD 0x3203 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7020_WARM 0x3204 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7021_COLD 0x3207 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7041_COLD 0x3201 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7041_WARM 0x3202 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7045_COLD 0x3205 +#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7045_WARM 0x3206 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DTT200U_COLD 0x0201 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DTT200U_WARM 0x0301 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DVBT_USB_COLD 0x0001 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DVBT_USB_WARM 0x0002 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_COLD 0x0222 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_FC_COLD 0x0225 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_FC_WARM 0x0226 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_WARM 0x0221 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZAP250_COLD 0x0220 +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZL0353_COLD 0x022a +#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZL0353_WARM 0x022b +#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV2000DS 0x6a04 +#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV2000DS_PLUS 0x6f12 +#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_GOLD 0x6029 +#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_MINID 0x6f0f +#define USB_PID_WINTV_SOLOHD 0x0264 +#define USB_PID_WINTV_SOLOHD_2 0x8268 +#define USB_PID_XTENSIONS_XD_380 0x0381 +#define USB_PID_YUAN_EC372S 0x1edc +#define USB_PID_YUAN_MC770 0x0871 +#define USB_PID_YUAN_PD378S 0x2edc +#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700D 0x1efc +#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700D_2 0x1e8c +#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700PH 0x1f08 + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h b/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a1c014b0a837 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* + * dvb_ca.h: generic DVB functions for EN50221 CA interfaces + * + * Copyright (C) 2004 Andrew de Quincey + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + */ + +#ifndef _DVB_CA_EN50221_H_ +#define _DVB_CA_EN50221_H_ + +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/dvb/ca.h> + +#include <media/dvbdev.h> + +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_PRESENT 1 +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_CHANGED 2 +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_READY 4 + +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_CAMCHANGE 1 +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_FR 2 +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_DA 4 + +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_CAMCHANGE_REMOVED 0 +#define DVB_CA_EN50221_CAMCHANGE_INSERTED 1 + +/** + * struct dvb_ca_en50221- Structure describing a CA interface + * + * @owner: the module owning this structure + * @read_attribute_mem: function for reading attribute memory on the CAM + * @write_attribute_mem: function for writing attribute memory on the CAM + * @read_cam_control: function for reading the control interface on the CAM + * @write_cam_control: function for reading the control interface on the CAM + * @read_data: function for reading data (block mode) + * @write_data: function for writing data (block mode) + * @slot_reset: function to reset the CAM slot + * @slot_shutdown: function to shutdown a CAM slot + * @slot_ts_enable: function to enable the Transport Stream on a CAM slot + * @poll_slot_status: function to poll slot status. Only necessary if + * DVB_CA_FLAG_EN50221_IRQ_CAMCHANGE is not set. + * @data: private data, used by caller. + * @private: Opaque data used by the dvb_ca core. Do not modify! + * + * NOTE: the read_*, write_* and poll_slot_status functions will be + * called for different slots concurrently and need to use locks where + * and if appropriate. There will be no concurrent access to one slot. + */ +struct dvb_ca_en50221 { + struct module *owner; + + int (*read_attribute_mem)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, + int slot, int address); + int (*write_attribute_mem)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, + int slot, int address, u8 value); + + int (*read_cam_control)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, + int slot, u8 address); + int (*write_cam_control)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, + int slot, u8 address, u8 value); + + int (*read_data)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, + int slot, u8 *ebuf, int ecount); + int (*write_data)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, + int slot, u8 *ebuf, int ecount); + + int (*slot_reset)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot); + int (*slot_shutdown)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot); + int (*slot_ts_enable)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot); + + int (*poll_slot_status)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot, int open); + + void *data; + + void *private; +}; + +/* + * Functions for reporting IRQ events + */ + +/** + * dvb_ca_en50221_camchange_irq - A CAMCHANGE IRQ has occurred. + * + * @pubca: CA instance. + * @slot: Slot concerned. + * @change_type: One of the DVB_CA_CAMCHANGE_* values + */ +void dvb_ca_en50221_camchange_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *pubca, int slot, + int change_type); + +/** + * dvb_ca_en50221_camready_irq - A CAMREADY IRQ has occurred. + * + * @pubca: CA instance. + * @slot: Slot concerned. + */ +void dvb_ca_en50221_camready_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *pubca, int slot); + +/** + * dvb_ca_en50221_frda_irq - An FR or a DA IRQ has occurred. + * + * @ca: CA instance. + * @slot: Slot concerned. + */ +void dvb_ca_en50221_frda_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot); + +/* + * Initialisation/shutdown functions + */ + +/** + * dvb_ca_en50221_init - Initialise a new DVB CA device. + * + * @dvb_adapter: DVB adapter to attach the new CA device to. + * @ca: The dvb_ca instance. + * @flags: Flags describing the CA device (DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_*). + * @slot_count: Number of slots supported. + * + * @return 0 on success, nonzero on failure + */ +int dvb_ca_en50221_init(struct dvb_adapter *dvb_adapter, + struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int flags, + int slot_count); + +/** + * dvb_ca_en50221_release - Release a DVB CA device. + * + * @ca: The associated dvb_ca instance. + */ +void dvb_ca_en50221_release(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca); + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/dvb_demux.h b/include/media/dvb_demux.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b6aeca7a49e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb_demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* + * dvb_demux.h: DVB kernel demux API + * + * Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Marcus Metzler & Ralph Metzler + * for convergence integrated media GmbH + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef _DVB_DEMUX_H_ +#define _DVB_DEMUX_H_ + +#include <linux/time.h> +#include <linux/timer.h> +#include <linux/spinlock.h> +#include <linux/mutex.h> + +#include <media/demux.h> + +/** + * enum dvb_dmx_filter_type - type of demux feed. + * + * @DMX_TYPE_TS: feed is in TS mode. + * @DMX_TYPE_SEC: feed is in Section mode. + */ +enum dvb_dmx_filter_type { + DMX_TYPE_TS, + DMX_TYPE_SEC, +}; + +/** + * enum dvb_dmx_state - state machine for a demux filter. + * + * @DMX_STATE_FREE: indicates that the filter is freed. + * @DMX_STATE_ALLOCATED: indicates that the filter was allocated + * to be used. + * @DMX_STATE_READY: indicates that the filter is ready + * to be used. + * @DMX_STATE_GO: indicates that the filter is running. + */ +enum dvb_dmx_state { + DMX_STATE_FREE, + DMX_STATE_ALLOCATED, + DMX_STATE_READY, + DMX_STATE_GO, +}; + +#define DVB_DEMUX_MASK_MAX 18 + +#define MAX_PID 0x1fff + +#define SPEED_PKTS_INTERVAL 50000 + +/** + * struct dvb_demux_filter - Describes a DVB demux section filter. + * + * @filter: Section filter as defined by &struct dmx_section_filter. + * @maskandmode: logical ``and`` bit mask. + * @maskandnotmode: logical ``and not`` bit mask. + * @doneq: flag that indicates when a filter is ready. + * @next: pointer to the next section filter. + * @feed: &struct dvb_demux_feed pointer. + * @index: index of the used demux filter. + * @state: state of the filter as described by &enum dvb_dmx_state. + * @type: type of the filter as described + * by &enum dvb_dmx_filter_type. + */ + +struct dvb_demux_filter { + struct dmx_section_filter filter; + u8 maskandmode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + u8 maskandnotmode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + bool doneq; + + struct dvb_demux_filter *next; + struct dvb_demux_feed *feed; + int index; + enum dvb_dmx_state state; + enum dvb_dmx_filter_type type; + + /* private: used only by av7110 */ + u16 hw_handle; +}; + +/** + * struct dvb_demux_feed - describes a DVB field + * + * @feed: a union describing a digital TV feed. + * Depending on the feed type, it can be either + * @feed.ts or @feed.sec. + * @feed.ts: a &struct dmx_ts_feed pointer. + * For TS feed only. + * @feed.sec: a &struct dmx_section_feed pointer. + * For section feed only. + * @cb: a union describing digital TV callbacks. + * Depending on the feed type, it can be either + * @cb.ts or @cb.sec. + * @cb.ts: a dmx_ts_cb() calback function pointer. + * For TS feed only. + * @cb.sec: a dmx_section_cb() callback function pointer. + * For section feed only. + * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux. + * @priv: private data that can optionally be used by a DVB driver. + * @type: type of the filter, as defined by &enum dvb_dmx_filter_type. + * @state: state of the filter as defined by &enum dvb_dmx_state. + * @pid: PID to be filtered. + * @timeout: feed timeout. + * @filter: pointer to &struct dvb_demux_filter. + * @buffer_flags: Buffer flags used to report discontinuity users via DVB + * memory mapped API, as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags. + * @ts_type: type of TS, as defined by &enum ts_filter_type. + * @pes_type: type of PES, as defined by &enum dmx_ts_pes. + * @cc: MPEG-TS packet continuity counter + * @pusi_seen: if true, indicates that a discontinuity was detected. + * it is used to prevent feeding of garbage from previous section. + * @peslen: length of the PES (Packet Elementary Stream). + * @list_head: head for the list of digital TV demux feeds. + * @index: a unique index for each feed. Can be used as hardware + * pid filter index. + */ +struct dvb_demux_feed { + union { + struct dmx_ts_feed ts; + struct dmx_section_feed sec; + } feed; + + union { + dmx_ts_cb ts; + dmx_section_cb sec; + } cb; + + struct dvb_demux *demux; + void *priv; + enum dvb_dmx_filter_type type; + enum dvb_dmx_state state; + u16 pid; + + ktime_t timeout; + struct dvb_demux_filter *filter; + + u32 buffer_flags; + + enum ts_filter_type ts_type; + enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type; + + int cc; + bool pusi_seen; + + u16 peslen; + + struct list_head list_head; + unsigned int index; +}; + +/** + * struct dvb_demux - represents a digital TV demux + * @dmx: embedded &struct dmx_demux with demux capabilities + * and callbacks. + * @priv: private data that can optionally be used by + * a DVB driver. + * @filternum: maximum amount of DVB filters. + * @feednum: maximum amount of DVB feeds. + * @start_feed: callback routine to be called in order to start + * a DVB feed. + * @stop_feed: callback routine to be called in order to stop + * a DVB feed. + * @write_to_decoder: callback routine to be called if the feed is TS and + * it is routed to an A/V decoder, when a new TS packet + * is received. + * Used only on av7110-av.c. + * @check_crc32: callback routine to check CRC. If not initialized, + * dvb_demux will use an internal one. + * @memcopy: callback routine to memcopy received data. + * If not initialized, dvb_demux will default to memcpy(). + * @users: counter for the number of demux opened file descriptors. + * Currently, it is limited to 10 users. + * @filter: pointer to &struct dvb_demux_filter. + * @feed: pointer to &struct dvb_demux_feed. + * @frontend_list: &struct list_head with frontends used by the demux. + * @pesfilter: array of &struct dvb_demux_feed with the PES types + * that will be filtered. + * @pids: list of filtered program IDs. + * @feed_list: &struct list_head with feeds. + * @tsbuf: temporary buffer used internally to store TS packets. + * @tsbufp: temporary buffer index used internally. + * @mutex: pointer to &struct mutex used to protect feed set + * logic. + * @lock: pointer to &spinlock_t, used to protect buffer handling. + * @cnt_storage: buffer used for TS/TEI continuity check. + * @speed_last_time: &ktime_t used for TS speed check. + * @speed_pkts_cnt: packets count used for TS speed check. + */ +struct dvb_demux { + struct dmx_demux dmx; + void *priv; + int filternum; + int feednum; + int (*start_feed)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed); + int (*stop_feed)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed); + int (*write_to_decoder)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed, + const u8 *buf, size_t len); + u32 (*check_crc32)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed, + const u8 *buf, size_t len); + void (*memcopy)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed, u8 *dst, + const u8 *src, size_t len); + + int users; +#define MAX_DVB_DEMUX_USERS 10 + struct dvb_demux_filter *filter; + struct dvb_demux_feed *feed; + + struct list_head frontend_list; + + struct dvb_demux_feed *pesfilter[DMX_PES_OTHER]; + u16 pids[DMX_PES_OTHER]; + +#define DMX_MAX_PID 0x2000 + struct list_head feed_list; + u8 tsbuf[204]; + int tsbufp; + + struct mutex mutex; + spinlock_t lock; + + uint8_t *cnt_storage; /* for TS continuity check */ + + ktime_t speed_last_time; /* for TS speed check */ + uint32_t speed_pkts_cnt; /* for TS speed check */ + + /* private: used only on av7110 */ + int playing; + int recording; +}; + +/** + * dvb_dmx_init - initialize a digital TV demux struct. + * + * @demux: &struct dvb_demux to be initialized. + * + * Before being able to register a digital TV demux struct, drivers + * should call this routine. On its typical usage, some fields should + * be initialized at the driver before calling it. + * + * A typical usecase is:: + * + * dvb->demux.dmx.capabilities = + * DMX_TS_FILTERING | DMX_SECTION_FILTERING | + * DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING; + * dvb->demux.priv = dvb; + * dvb->demux.filternum = 256; + * dvb->demux.feednum = 256; + * dvb->demux.start_feed = driver_start_feed; + * dvb->demux.stop_feed = driver_stop_feed; + * ret = dvb_dmx_init(&dvb->demux); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + */ +int dvb_dmx_init(struct dvb_demux *demux); + +/** + * dvb_dmx_release - releases a digital TV demux internal buffers. + * + * @demux: &struct dvb_demux to be released. + * + * The DVB core internally allocates data at @demux. This routine + * releases those data. Please notice that the struct itelf is not + * released, as it can be embedded on other structs. + */ +void dvb_dmx_release(struct dvb_demux *demux); + +/** + * dvb_dmx_swfilter_packets - use dvb software filter for a buffer with + * multiple MPEG-TS packets with 188 bytes each. + * + * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux + * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered + * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 188. + * + * The routine will discard a DVB packet that don't start with 0x47. + * + * Use this routine if the DVB demux fills MPEG-TS buffers that are + * already aligned. + * + * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 188``. + */ +void dvb_dmx_swfilter_packets(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf, + size_t count); + +/** + * dvb_dmx_swfilter - use dvb software filter for a buffer with + * multiple MPEG-TS packets with 188 bytes each. + * + * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux + * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered + * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 188. + * + * If a DVB packet doesn't start with 0x47, it will seek for the first + * byte that starts with 0x47. + * + * Use this routine if the DVB demux fill buffers that may not start with + * a packet start mark (0x47). + * + * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 188``. + */ +void dvb_dmx_swfilter(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf, size_t count); + +/** + * dvb_dmx_swfilter_204 - use dvb software filter for a buffer with + * multiple MPEG-TS packets with 204 bytes each. + * + * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux + * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered + * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 204. + * + * If a DVB packet doesn't start with 0x47, it will seek for the first + * byte that starts with 0x47. + * + * Use this routine if the DVB demux fill buffers that may not start with + * a packet start mark (0x47). + * + * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 204``. + */ +void dvb_dmx_swfilter_204(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf, + size_t count); + +/** + * dvb_dmx_swfilter_raw - make the raw data available to userspace without + * filtering + * + * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux + * @buf: buffer with data + * @count: number of packets to be passed. The actual size of each packet + * depends on the &dvb_demux->feed->cb.ts logic. + * + * Use it if the driver needs to deliver the raw payload to userspace without + * passing through the kernel demux. That is meant to support some + * delivery systems that aren't based on MPEG-TS. + * + * This function relies on &dvb_demux->feed->cb.ts to actually handle the + * buffer. + */ +void dvb_dmx_swfilter_raw(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf, + size_t count); + +#endif /* _DVB_DEMUX_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/dvb_frontend.h b/include/media/dvb_frontend.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e7c44870f20d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb_frontend.h @@ -0,0 +1,834 @@ +/* + * dvb_frontend.h + * + * The Digital TV Frontend kABI defines a driver-internal interface for + * registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent + * frontend layer. + * + * Copyright (C) 2001 convergence integrated media GmbH + * Copyright (C) 2004 convergence GmbH + * + * Written by Ralph Metzler + * Overhauled by Holger Waechtler + * Kernel I2C stuff by Michael Hunold <hunold@convergence.de> + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + * + */ + +#ifndef _DVB_FRONTEND_H_ +#define _DVB_FRONTEND_H_ + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/sched.h> +#include <linux/ioctl.h> +#include <linux/i2c.h> +#include <linux/module.h> +#include <linux/errno.h> +#include <linux/delay.h> +#include <linux/mutex.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> +#include <linux/bitops.h> + +#include <linux/dvb/frontend.h> + +#include <media/dvbdev.h> + +/* + * Maximum number of Delivery systems per frontend. It + * should be smaller or equal to 32 + */ +#define MAX_DELSYS 8 + +/* Helper definitions to be used at frontend drivers */ +#define kHz 1000UL +#define MHz 1000000UL + +/** + * struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings - parameters to adjust frontend tuning + * + * @min_delay_ms: minimum delay for tuning, in ms + * @step_size: step size between two consecutive frequencies + * @max_drift: maximum drift + * + * NOTE: step_size is in Hz, for terrestrial/cable or kHz for satellite + */ +struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings { + int min_delay_ms; + int step_size; + int max_drift; +}; + +struct dvb_frontend; + +/** + * struct dvb_tuner_info - Frontend name and min/max ranges/bandwidths + * + * @name: name of the Frontend + * @frequency_min_hz: minimal frequency supported in Hz + * @frequency_max_hz: maximum frequency supported in Hz + * @frequency_step_hz: frequency step in Hz + * @bandwidth_min: minimal frontend bandwidth supported + * @bandwidth_max: maximum frontend bandwidth supported + * @bandwidth_step: frontend bandwidth step + */ +struct dvb_tuner_info { + char name[128]; + + u32 frequency_min_hz; + u32 frequency_max_hz; + u32 frequency_step_hz; + + u32 bandwidth_min; + u32 bandwidth_max; + u32 bandwidth_step; +}; + +/** + * struct analog_parameters - Parameters to tune into an analog/radio channel + * + * @frequency: Frequency used by analog TV tuner (either in 62.5 kHz step, + * for TV, or 62.5 Hz for radio) + * @mode: Tuner mode, as defined on enum v4l2_tuner_type + * @audmode: Audio mode as defined for the rxsubchans field at videodev2.h, + * e. g. V4L2_TUNER_MODE_* + * @std: TV standard bitmap as defined at videodev2.h, e. g. V4L2_STD_* + * + * Hybrid tuners should be supported by both V4L2 and DVB APIs. This + * struct contains the data that are used by the V4L2 side. To avoid + * dependencies from V4L2 headers, all enums here are declared as integers. + */ +struct analog_parameters { + unsigned int frequency; + unsigned int mode; + unsigned int audmode; + u64 std; +}; + +/** + * enum dvbfe_algo - defines the algorithm used to tune into a channel + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_HW: Hardware Algorithm - + * Devices that support this algorithm do everything in hardware + * and no software support is needed to handle them. + * Requesting these devices to LOCK is the only thing required, + * device is supposed to do everything in the hardware. + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SW: Software Algorithm - + * These are dumb devices, that require software to do everything + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_CUSTOM: Customizable Agorithm - + * Devices having this algorithm can be customized to have specific + * algorithms in the frontend driver, rather than simply doing a + * software zig-zag. In this case the zigzag maybe hardware assisted + * or it maybe completely done in hardware. In all cases, usage of + * this algorithm, in conjunction with the search and track + * callbacks, utilizes the driver specific algorithm. + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_RECOVERY: Recovery Algorithm - + * These devices have AUTO recovery capabilities from LOCK failure + */ +enum dvbfe_algo { + DVBFE_ALGO_HW = BIT(0), + DVBFE_ALGO_SW = BIT(1), + DVBFE_ALGO_CUSTOM = BIT(2), + DVBFE_ALGO_RECOVERY = BIT(31), +}; + +/** + * enum dvbfe_search - search callback possible return status + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_SUCCESS: + * The frontend search algorithm completed and returned successfully + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ASLEEP: + * The frontend search algorithm is sleeping + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_FAILED: + * The frontend search for a signal failed + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_INVALID: + * The frontend search algorithm was probably supplied with invalid + * parameters and the search is an invalid one + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ERROR: + * The frontend search algorithm failed due to some error + * + * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_AGAIN: + * The frontend search algorithm was requested to search again + */ +enum dvbfe_search { + DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_SUCCESS = BIT(0), + DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ASLEEP = BIT(1), + DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_FAILED = BIT(2), + DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_INVALID = BIT(3), + DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_AGAIN = BIT(4), + DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ERROR = BIT(31), +}; + +/** + * struct dvb_tuner_ops - Tuner information and callbacks + * + * @info: embedded &struct dvb_tuner_info with tuner properties + * @release: callback function called when frontend is detached. + * drivers should free any allocated memory. + * @init: callback function used to initialize the tuner device. + * @sleep: callback function used to put the tuner to sleep. + * @suspend: callback function used to inform that the Kernel will + * suspend. + * @resume: callback function used to inform that the Kernel is + * resuming from suspend. + * @set_params: callback function used to inform the tuner to tune + * into a digital TV channel. The properties to be used + * are stored at &struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache. + * The tuner demod can change the parameters to reflect + * the changes needed for the channel to be tuned, and + * update statistics. This is the recommended way to set + * the tuner parameters and should be used on newer + * drivers. + * @set_analog_params: callback function used to tune into an analog TV + * channel on hybrid tuners. It passes @analog_parameters + * to the driver. + * @set_config: callback function used to send some tuner-specific + * parameters. + * @get_frequency: get the actual tuned frequency + * @get_bandwidth: get the bandwidth used by the low pass filters + * @get_if_frequency: get the Intermediate Frequency, in Hz. For baseband, + * should return 0. + * @get_status: returns the frontend lock status + * @get_rf_strength: returns the RF signal strength. Used mostly to support + * analog TV and radio. Digital TV should report, instead, + * via DVBv5 API (&struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache). + * @get_afc: Used only by analog TV core. Reports the frequency + * drift due to AFC. + * @calc_regs: callback function used to pass register data settings + * for simple tuners. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers. + * @set_frequency: Set a new frequency. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers. + * @set_bandwidth: Set a new frequency. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers. + * + * NOTE: frequencies used on @get_frequency and @set_frequency are in Hz for + * terrestrial/cable or kHz for satellite. + * + */ +struct dvb_tuner_ops { + + struct dvb_tuner_info info; + + void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*init)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*sleep)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*suspend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*resume)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + + /* This is the recommended way to set the tuner */ + int (*set_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*set_analog_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, struct analog_parameters *p); + + int (*set_config)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, void *priv_cfg); + + int (*get_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *frequency); + int (*get_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *bandwidth); + int (*get_if_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *frequency); + +#define TUNER_STATUS_LOCKED 1 +#define TUNER_STATUS_STEREO 2 + int (*get_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *status); + int (*get_rf_strength)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *strength); + int (*get_afc)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, s32 *afc); + + /* + * This is support for demods like the mt352 - fills out the supplied + * buffer with what to write. + * + * Don't use on newer drivers. + */ + int (*calc_regs)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u8 *buf, int buf_len); + + /* + * These are provided separately from set_params in order to + * facilitate silicon tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops, + * controlling each parameter separately. + * + * Don't use on newer drivers. + */ + int (*set_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 frequency); + int (*set_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 bandwidth); +}; + +/** + * struct analog_demod_info - Information struct for analog TV part of the demod + * + * @name: Name of the analog TV demodulator + */ +struct analog_demod_info { + char *name; +}; + +/** + * struct analog_demod_ops - Demodulation information and callbacks for + * analog TV and radio + * + * @info: pointer to struct analog_demod_info + * @set_params: callback function used to inform the demod to set the + * demodulator parameters needed to decode an analog or + * radio channel. The properties are passed via + * &struct analog_params. + * @has_signal: returns 0xffff if has signal, or 0 if it doesn't. + * @get_afc: Used only by analog TV core. Reports the frequency + * drift due to AFC. + * @tuner_status: callback function that returns tuner status bits, e. g. + * %TUNER_STATUS_LOCKED and %TUNER_STATUS_STEREO. + * @standby: set the tuner to standby mode. + * @release: callback function called when frontend is detached. + * drivers should free any allocated memory. + * @i2c_gate_ctrl: controls the I2C gate. Newer drivers should use I2C + * mux support instead. + * @set_config: callback function used to send some tuner-specific + * parameters. + */ +struct analog_demod_ops { + + struct analog_demod_info info; + + void (*set_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, + struct analog_parameters *params); + int (*has_signal)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *signal); + int (*get_afc)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, s32 *afc); + void (*tuner_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + void (*standby)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*i2c_gate_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, int enable); + + /** This is to allow setting tuner-specific configuration */ + int (*set_config)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, void *priv_cfg); +}; + +struct dtv_frontend_properties; + +/** + * struct dvb_frontend_internal_info - Frontend properties and capabilities + * + * @name: Name of the frontend + * @frequency_min_hz: Minimal frequency supported by the frontend. + * @frequency_max_hz: Minimal frequency supported by the frontend. + * @frequency_stepsize_hz: All frequencies are multiple of this value. + * @frequency_tolerance_hz: Frequency tolerance. + * @symbol_rate_min: Minimal symbol rate, in bauds + * (for Cable/Satellite systems). + * @symbol_rate_max: Maximal symbol rate, in bauds + * (for Cable/Satellite systems). + * @symbol_rate_tolerance: Maximal symbol rate tolerance, in ppm + * (for Cable/Satellite systems). + * @caps: Capabilities supported by the frontend, + * as specified in &enum fe_caps. + */ +struct dvb_frontend_internal_info { + char name[128]; + u32 frequency_min_hz; + u32 frequency_max_hz; + u32 frequency_stepsize_hz; + u32 frequency_tolerance_hz; + u32 symbol_rate_min; + u32 symbol_rate_max; + u32 symbol_rate_tolerance; + enum fe_caps caps; +}; + +/** + * struct dvb_frontend_ops - Demodulation information and callbacks for + * ditialt TV + * + * @info: embedded &struct dvb_tuner_info with tuner properties + * @delsys: Delivery systems supported by the frontend + * @detach: callback function called when frontend is detached. + * drivers should clean up, but not yet free the &struct + * dvb_frontend allocation. + * @release: callback function called when frontend is ready to be + * freed. + * drivers should free any allocated memory. + * @release_sec: callback function requesting that the Satellite Equipment + * Control (SEC) driver to release and free any memory + * allocated by the driver. + * @init: callback function used to initialize the tuner device. + * @sleep: callback function used to put the tuner to sleep. + * @suspend: callback function used to inform that the Kernel will + * suspend. + * @resume: callback function used to inform that the Kernel is + * resuming from suspend. + * @write: callback function used by some demod legacy drivers to + * allow other drivers to write data into their registers. + * Should not be used on new drivers. + * @tune: callback function used by demod drivers that use + * @DVBFE_ALGO_HW to tune into a frequency. + * @get_frontend_algo: returns the desired hardware algorithm. + * @set_frontend: callback function used to inform the demod to set the + * parameters for demodulating a digital TV channel. + * The properties to be used are stored at &struct + * dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache. The demod can change + * the parameters to reflect the changes needed for the + * channel to be decoded, and update statistics. + * @get_tune_settings: callback function + * @get_frontend: callback function used to inform the parameters + * actuall in use. The properties to be used are stored at + * &struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache and update + * statistics. Please notice that it should not return + * an error code if the statistics are not available + * because the demog is not locked. + * @read_status: returns the locking status of the frontend. + * @read_ber: legacy callback function to return the bit error rate. + * Newer drivers should provide such info via DVBv5 API, + * e. g. @set_frontend;/@get_frontend, implementing this + * callback only if DVBv3 API compatibility is wanted. + * @read_signal_strength: legacy callback function to return the signal + * strength. Newer drivers should provide such info via + * DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend, + * implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API + * compatibility is wanted. + * @read_snr: legacy callback function to return the Signal/Noise + * rate. Newer drivers should provide such info via + * DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend, + * implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API + * compatibility is wanted. + * @read_ucblocks: legacy callback function to return the Uncorrected Error + * Blocks. Newer drivers should provide such info via + * DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend, + * implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API + * compatibility is wanted. + * @diseqc_reset_overload: callback function to implement the + * FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD() ioctl (only Satellite) + * @diseqc_send_master_cmd: callback function to implement the + * FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD() ioctl (only Satellite). + * @diseqc_recv_slave_reply: callback function to implement the + * FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY() ioctl (only Satellite) + * @diseqc_send_burst: callback function to implement the + * FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST() ioctl (only Satellite). + * @set_tone: callback function to implement the + * FE_SET_TONE() ioctl (only Satellite). + * @set_voltage: callback function to implement the + * FE_SET_VOLTAGE() ioctl (only Satellite). + * @enable_high_lnb_voltage: callback function to implement the + * FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE() ioctl (only Satellite). + * @dishnetwork_send_legacy_command: callback function to implement the + * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() ioctl (only Satellite). + * Drivers should not use this, except when the DVB + * core emulation fails to provide proper support (e.g. + * if @set_voltage takes more than 8ms to work), and + * when backward compatibility with this legacy API is + * required. + * @i2c_gate_ctrl: controls the I2C gate. Newer drivers should use I2C + * mux support instead. + * @ts_bus_ctrl: callback function used to take control of the TS bus. + * @set_lna: callback function to power on/off/auto the LNA. + * @search: callback function used on some custom algo search algos. + * @tuner_ops: pointer to &struct dvb_tuner_ops + * @analog_ops: pointer to &struct analog_demod_ops + */ +struct dvb_frontend_ops { + struct dvb_frontend_internal_info info; + + u8 delsys[MAX_DELSYS]; + + void (*detach)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend* fe); + void (*release_sec)(struct dvb_frontend* fe); + + int (*init)(struct dvb_frontend* fe); + int (*sleep)(struct dvb_frontend* fe); + int (*suspend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*resume)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + + int (*write)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, const u8 buf[], int len); + + /* if this is set, it overrides the default swzigzag */ + int (*tune)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, + bool re_tune, + unsigned int mode_flags, + unsigned int *delay, + enum fe_status *status); + + /* get frontend tuning algorithm from the module */ + enum dvbfe_algo (*get_frontend_algo)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + + /* these two are only used for the swzigzag code */ + int (*set_frontend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + int (*get_tune_settings)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings* settings); + + int (*get_frontend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, + struct dtv_frontend_properties *props); + + int (*read_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum fe_status *status); + int (*read_ber)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u32* ber); + int (*read_signal_strength)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u16* strength); + int (*read_snr)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u16* snr); + int (*read_ucblocks)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u32* ucblocks); + + int (*diseqc_reset_overload)(struct dvb_frontend* fe); + int (*diseqc_send_master_cmd)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd* cmd); + int (*diseqc_recv_slave_reply)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply* reply); + int (*diseqc_send_burst)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, + enum fe_sec_mini_cmd minicmd); + int (*set_tone)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum fe_sec_tone_mode tone); + int (*set_voltage)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, + enum fe_sec_voltage voltage); + int (*enable_high_lnb_voltage)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, long arg); + int (*dishnetwork_send_legacy_command)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, unsigned long cmd); + int (*i2c_gate_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, int enable); + int (*ts_bus_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, int acquire); + int (*set_lna)(struct dvb_frontend *); + + /* + * These callbacks are for devices that implement their own + * tuning algorithms, rather than a simple swzigzag + */ + enum dvbfe_search (*search)(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + + struct dvb_tuner_ops tuner_ops; + struct analog_demod_ops analog_ops; +}; + +#ifdef __DVB_CORE__ +#define MAX_EVENT 8 + +/* Used only internally at dvb_frontend.c */ +struct dvb_fe_events { + struct dvb_frontend_event events[MAX_EVENT]; + int eventw; + int eventr; + int overflow; + wait_queue_head_t wait_queue; + struct mutex mtx; +}; +#endif + +/** + * struct dtv_frontend_properties - contains a list of properties that are + * specific to a digital TV standard. + * + * @frequency: frequency in Hz for terrestrial/cable or in kHz for + * Satellite + * @modulation: Frontend modulation type + * @voltage: SEC voltage (only Satellite) + * @sectone: SEC tone mode (only Satellite) + * @inversion: Spectral inversion + * @fec_inner: Forward error correction inner Code Rate + * @transmission_mode: Transmission Mode + * @bandwidth_hz: Bandwidth, in Hz. A zero value means that userspace + * wants to autodetect. + * @guard_interval: Guard Interval + * @hierarchy: Hierarchy + * @symbol_rate: Symbol Rate + * @code_rate_HP: high priority stream code rate + * @code_rate_LP: low priority stream code rate + * @pilot: Enable/disable/autodetect pilot tones + * @rolloff: Rolloff factor (alpha) + * @delivery_system: FE delivery system (e. g. digital TV standard) + * @interleaving: interleaving + * @isdbt_partial_reception: ISDB-T partial reception (only ISDB standard) + * @isdbt_sb_mode: ISDB-T Sound Broadcast (SB) mode (only ISDB standard) + * @isdbt_sb_subchannel: ISDB-T SB subchannel (only ISDB standard) + * @isdbt_sb_segment_idx: ISDB-T SB segment index (only ISDB standard) + * @isdbt_sb_segment_count: ISDB-T SB segment count (only ISDB standard) + * @isdbt_layer_enabled: ISDB Layer enabled (only ISDB standard) + * @layer: ISDB per-layer data (only ISDB standard) + * @layer.segment_count: Segment Count; + * @layer.fec: per layer code rate; + * @layer.modulation: per layer modulation; + * @layer.interleaving: per layer interleaving. + * @stream_id: If different than zero, enable substream filtering, if + * hardware supports (DVB-S2 and DVB-T2). + * @scrambling_sequence_index: Carries the index of the DVB-S2 physical layer + * scrambling sequence. + * @atscmh_fic_ver: Version number of the FIC (Fast Information Channel) + * signaling data (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_parade_id: Parade identification number (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_nog: Number of MH groups per MH subframe for a designated + * parade (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_tnog: Total number of MH groups including all MH groups + * belonging to all MH parades in one MH subframe + * (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_sgn: Start group number (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_prc: Parade repetition cycle (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_rs_frame_mode: Reed Solomon (RS) frame mode (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble: RS frame ensemble (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_rs_code_mode_pri: RS code mode pri (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_rs_code_mode_sec: RS code mode sec (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_sccc_block_mode: Series Concatenated Convolutional Code (SCCC) + * Block Mode (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_a: SCCC code mode A (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_b: SCCC code mode B (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_c: SCCC code mode C (only ATSC-M/H) + * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_d: SCCC code mode D (only ATSC-M/H) + * @lna: Power ON/OFF/AUTO the Linear Now-noise Amplifier (LNA) + * @strength: DVBv5 API statistics: Signal Strength + * @cnr: DVBv5 API statistics: Signal to Noise ratio of the + * (main) carrier + * @pre_bit_error: DVBv5 API statistics: pre-Viterbi bit error count + * @pre_bit_count: DVBv5 API statistics: pre-Viterbi bit count + * @post_bit_error: DVBv5 API statistics: post-Viterbi bit error count + * @post_bit_count: DVBv5 API statistics: post-Viterbi bit count + * @block_error: DVBv5 API statistics: block error count + * @block_count: DVBv5 API statistics: block count + * + * NOTE: derivated statistics like Uncorrected Error blocks (UCE) are + * calculated on userspace. + * + * Only a subset of the properties are needed for a given delivery system. + * For more info, consult the media_api.html with the documentation of the + * Userspace API. + */ +struct dtv_frontend_properties { + u32 frequency; + enum fe_modulation modulation; + + enum fe_sec_voltage voltage; + enum fe_sec_tone_mode sectone; + enum fe_spectral_inversion inversion; + enum fe_code_rate fec_inner; + enum fe_transmit_mode transmission_mode; + u32 bandwidth_hz; /* 0 = AUTO */ + enum fe_guard_interval guard_interval; + enum fe_hierarchy hierarchy; + u32 symbol_rate; + enum fe_code_rate code_rate_HP; + enum fe_code_rate code_rate_LP; + + enum fe_pilot pilot; + enum fe_rolloff rolloff; + + enum fe_delivery_system delivery_system; + + enum fe_interleaving interleaving; + + /* ISDB-T specifics */ + u8 isdbt_partial_reception; + u8 isdbt_sb_mode; + u8 isdbt_sb_subchannel; + u32 isdbt_sb_segment_idx; + u32 isdbt_sb_segment_count; + u8 isdbt_layer_enabled; + struct { + u8 segment_count; + enum fe_code_rate fec; + enum fe_modulation modulation; + u8 interleaving; + } layer[3]; + + /* Multistream specifics */ + u32 stream_id; + + /* Physical Layer Scrambling specifics */ + u32 scrambling_sequence_index; + + /* ATSC-MH specifics */ + u8 atscmh_fic_ver; + u8 atscmh_parade_id; + u8 atscmh_nog; + u8 atscmh_tnog; + u8 atscmh_sgn; + u8 atscmh_prc; + + u8 atscmh_rs_frame_mode; + u8 atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble; + u8 atscmh_rs_code_mode_pri; + u8 atscmh_rs_code_mode_sec; + u8 atscmh_sccc_block_mode; + u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_a; + u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_b; + u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_c; + u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_d; + + u32 lna; + + /* statistics data */ + struct dtv_fe_stats strength; + struct dtv_fe_stats cnr; + struct dtv_fe_stats pre_bit_error; + struct dtv_fe_stats pre_bit_count; + struct dtv_fe_stats post_bit_error; + struct dtv_fe_stats post_bit_count; + struct dtv_fe_stats block_error; + struct dtv_fe_stats block_count; +}; + +#define DVB_FE_NO_EXIT 0 +#define DVB_FE_NORMAL_EXIT 1 +#define DVB_FE_DEVICE_REMOVED 2 +#define DVB_FE_DEVICE_RESUME 3 + +/** + * struct dvb_frontend - Frontend structure to be used on drivers. + * + * @refcount: refcount to keep track of &struct dvb_frontend + * references + * @ops: embedded &struct dvb_frontend_ops + * @dvb: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter + * @demodulator_priv: demod private data + * @tuner_priv: tuner private data + * @frontend_priv: frontend private data + * @sec_priv: SEC private data + * @analog_demod_priv: Analog demod private data + * @dtv_property_cache: embedded &struct dtv_frontend_properties + * @callback: callback function used on some drivers to call + * either the tuner or the demodulator. + * @id: Frontend ID + * @exit: Used to inform the DVB core that the frontend + * thread should exit (usually, means that the hardware + * got disconnected. + */ + +struct dvb_frontend { + struct kref refcount; + struct dvb_frontend_ops ops; + struct dvb_adapter *dvb; + void *demodulator_priv; + void *tuner_priv; + void *frontend_priv; + void *sec_priv; + void *analog_demod_priv; + struct dtv_frontend_properties dtv_property_cache; +#define DVB_FRONTEND_COMPONENT_TUNER 0 +#define DVB_FRONTEND_COMPONENT_DEMOD 1 + int (*callback)(void *adapter_priv, int component, int cmd, int arg); + int id; + unsigned int exit; +}; + +/** + * dvb_register_frontend() - Registers a DVB frontend at the adapter + * + * @dvb: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter + * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend + * + * Allocate and initialize the private data needed by the frontend core to + * manage the frontend and calls dvb_register_device() to register a new + * frontend. It also cleans the property cache that stores the frontend + * parameters and selects the first available delivery system. + */ +int dvb_register_frontend(struct dvb_adapter *dvb, + struct dvb_frontend *fe); + +/** + * dvb_unregister_frontend() - Unregisters a DVB frontend + * + * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend + * + * Stops the frontend kthread, calls dvb_unregister_device() and frees the + * private frontend data allocated by dvb_register_frontend(). + * + * NOTE: This function doesn't frees the memory allocated by the demod, + * by the SEC driver and by the tuner. In order to free it, an explicit call to + * dvb_frontend_detach() is needed, after calling this function. + */ +int dvb_unregister_frontend(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + +/** + * dvb_frontend_detach() - Detaches and frees frontend specific data + * + * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend + * + * This function should be called after dvb_unregister_frontend(). It + * calls the SEC, tuner and demod release functions: + * &dvb_frontend_ops.release_sec, &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.release, + * &dvb_frontend_ops.analog_ops.release and &dvb_frontend_ops.release. + * + * If the driver is compiled with %CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH, it also decreases + * the module reference count, needed to allow userspace to remove the + * previously used DVB frontend modules. + */ +void dvb_frontend_detach(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + +/** + * dvb_frontend_suspend() - Suspends a Digital TV frontend + * + * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend + * + * This function prepares a Digital TV frontend to suspend. + * + * In order to prepare the tuner to suspend, if + * &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.suspend\(\) is available, it calls it. Otherwise, + * it will call &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.sleep\(\), if available. + * + * It will also call &dvb_frontend_ops.suspend\(\) to put the demod to suspend, + * if available. Otherwise it will call &dvb_frontend_ops.sleep\(\). + * + * The drivers should also call dvb_frontend_suspend\(\) as part of their + * handler for the &device_driver.suspend\(\). + */ +int dvb_frontend_suspend(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + +/** + * dvb_frontend_resume() - Resumes a Digital TV frontend + * + * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend + * + * This function resumes the usual operation of the tuner after resume. + * + * In order to resume the frontend, it calls the demod + * &dvb_frontend_ops.resume\(\) if available. Otherwise it calls demod + * &dvb_frontend_ops.init\(\). + * + * If &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.resume\(\) is available, It, it calls it. + * Otherwise,t will call &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.init\(\), if available. + * + * Once tuner and demods are resumed, it will enforce that the SEC voltage and + * tone are restored to their previous values and wake up the frontend's + * kthread in order to retune the frontend. + * + * The drivers should also call dvb_frontend_resume() as part of their + * handler for the &device_driver.resume\(\). + */ +int dvb_frontend_resume(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + +/** + * dvb_frontend_reinitialise() - forces a reinitialisation at the frontend + * + * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend + * + * Calls &dvb_frontend_ops.init\(\) and &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.init\(\), + * and resets SEC tone and voltage (for Satellite systems). + * + * NOTE: Currently, this function is used only by one driver (budget-av). + * It seems to be due to address some special issue with that specific + * frontend. + */ +void dvb_frontend_reinitialise(struct dvb_frontend *fe); + +/** + * dvb_frontend_sleep_until() - Sleep for the amount of time given by + * add_usec parameter + * + * @waketime: pointer to &struct ktime_t + * @add_usec: time to sleep, in microseconds + * + * This function is used to measure the time required for the + * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() ioctl to work. It needs to be as precise + * as possible, as it affects the detection of the dish tone command at the + * satellite subsystem. + * + * Its used internally by the DVB frontend core, in order to emulate + * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() using the &dvb_frontend_ops.set_voltage\(\) + * callback. + * + * NOTE: it should not be used at the drivers, as the emulation for the + * legacy callback is provided by the Kernel. The only situation where this + * should be at the drivers is when there are some bugs at the hardware that + * would prevent the core emulation to work. On such cases, the driver would + * be writing a &dvb_frontend_ops.dishnetwork_send_legacy_command\(\) and + * calling this function directly. + */ +void dvb_frontend_sleep_until(ktime_t *waketime, u32 add_usec); + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/dvb_net.h b/include/media/dvb_net.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4a921ea96091 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb_net.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * dvb_net.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2001 Ralph Metzler for convergence integrated media GmbH + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef _DVB_NET_H_ +#define _DVB_NET_H_ + +#include <linux/module.h> + +#include <media/dvbdev.h> + +struct net_device; + +#define DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX 10 + +#ifdef CONFIG_DVB_NET + +/** + * struct dvb_net - describes a DVB network interface + * + * @dvbdev: pointer to &struct dvb_device. + * @device: array of pointers to &struct net_device. + * @state: array of integers to each net device. A value + * different than zero means that the interface is + * in usage. + * @exit: flag to indicate when the device is being removed. + * @demux: pointer to &struct dmx_demux. + * @ioctl_mutex: protect access to this struct. + * @remove_mutex: mutex that avoids a race condition between a callback + * called when the hardware is disconnected and the + * file_operations of dvb_net. + * + * Currently, the core supports up to %DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX (10) network + * devices. + */ + +struct dvb_net { + struct dvb_device *dvbdev; + struct net_device *device[DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX]; + int state[DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX]; + unsigned int exit:1; + struct dmx_demux *demux; + struct mutex ioctl_mutex; + struct mutex remove_mutex; +}; + +/** + * dvb_net_init - nitializes a digital TV network device and registers it. + * + * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter. + * @dvbnet: pointer to &struct dvb_net. + * @dmxdemux: pointer to &struct dmx_demux. + */ +int dvb_net_init(struct dvb_adapter *adap, struct dvb_net *dvbnet, + struct dmx_demux *dmxdemux); + +/** + * dvb_net_release - releases a digital TV network device and unregisters it. + * + * @dvbnet: pointer to &struct dvb_net. + */ +void dvb_net_release(struct dvb_net *dvbnet); + +#else + +struct dvb_net { + struct dvb_device *dvbdev; +}; + +static inline void dvb_net_release(struct dvb_net *dvbnet) +{ +} + +static inline int dvb_net_init(struct dvb_adapter *adap, + struct dvb_net *dvbnet, struct dmx_demux *dmx) +{ + return 0; +} + +#endif /* ifdef CONFIG_DVB_NET */ + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h b/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..029c8b615e49 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/* + * + * dvb_ringbuffer.h: ring buffer implementation for the dvb driver + * + * Copyright (C) 2003 Oliver Endriss + * Copyright (C) 2004 Andrew de Quincey + * + * based on code originally found in av7110.c & dvb_ci.c: + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler + * for convergence integrated media GmbH + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + */ + +#ifndef _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_ +#define _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_ + +#include <linux/spinlock.h> +#include <linux/wait.h> + +/** + * struct dvb_ringbuffer - Describes a ring buffer used at DVB framework + * + * @data: Area were the ringbuffer data is written + * @size: size of the ringbuffer + * @pread: next position to read + * @pwrite: next position to write + * @error: used by ringbuffer clients to indicate that an error happened. + * @queue: Wait queue used by ringbuffer clients to indicate when buffer + * was filled + * @lock: Spinlock used to protect the ringbuffer + */ +struct dvb_ringbuffer { + u8 *data; + ssize_t size; + ssize_t pread; + ssize_t pwrite; + int error; + + wait_queue_head_t queue; + spinlock_t lock; +}; + +#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_PKTHDRSIZE 3 + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_init - initialize ring buffer, lock and queue + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @data: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored + * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf + */ +extern void dvb_ringbuffer_init(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, void *data, + size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_empty - test whether buffer is empty + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + */ +extern int dvb_ringbuffer_empty(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_free - returns the number of free bytes in the buffer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * + * Return: number of free bytes in the buffer + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_free(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_avail - returns the number of bytes waiting in the buffer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * + * Return: number of bytes waiting in the buffer + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_avail(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_reset - resets the ringbuffer to initial state + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * + * Resets the read and write pointers to zero and flush the buffer. + * + * This counts as a read and write operation + */ +extern void dvb_ringbuffer_reset(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf); + +/* + * read routines & macros + */ + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_flush - flush buffer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + */ +extern void dvb_ringbuffer_flush(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_flush_spinlock_wakeup- flush buffer protected by spinlock + * and wake-up waiting task(s) + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + */ +extern void dvb_ringbuffer_flush_spinlock_wakeup(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf); + +/** + * DVB_RINGBUFFER_PEEK - peek at byte @offs in the buffer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @offs: offset inside the ringbuffer + */ +#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_PEEK(rbuf, offs) \ + ((rbuf)->data[((rbuf)->pread + (offs)) % (rbuf)->size]) + +/** + * DVB_RINGBUFFER_SKIP - advance read ptr by @num bytes + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @num: number of bytes to advance + */ +#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_SKIP(rbuf, num) {\ + (rbuf)->pread = ((rbuf)->pread + (num)) % (rbuf)->size;\ +} + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_read_user - Reads a buffer into a user pointer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored + * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf + * + * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the userspace. So, + * it will internally call copy_to_user(). + * + * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_read_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, + u8 __user *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_read - Reads a buffer into a pointer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored + * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf + * + * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the Kernel space + * + * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT + */ +extern void dvb_ringbuffer_read(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, + u8 *buf, size_t len); + +/* + * write routines & macros + */ + +/** + * DVB_RINGBUFFER_WRITE_BYTE - write single byte to ring buffer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @byte: byte to write + */ +#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_WRITE_BYTE(rbuf, byte) \ + { (rbuf)->data[(rbuf)->pwrite] = (byte); \ + (rbuf)->pwrite = ((rbuf)->pwrite + 1) % (rbuf)->size; } + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_write - Writes a buffer into the ringbuffer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be read + * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf + * + * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the Kernel space + * + * return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_write(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, const u8 *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_write_user - Writes a buffer received via a user pointer + * + * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer + * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be read + * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf + * + * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the userspace. So, + * it will internally call copy_from_user(). + * + * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_write_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, + const u8 __user *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_write - Write a packet into the ringbuffer. + * + * @rbuf: Ringbuffer to write to. + * @buf: Buffer to write. + * @len: Length of buffer (currently limited to 65535 bytes max). + * + * Return: Number of bytes written, or -EFAULT, -ENOMEM, -EINVAL. + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_write(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, u8 *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read_user - Read from a packet in the ringbuffer. + * + * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned. + * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next(). + * @offset: Offset into packet to read from. + * @buf: Destination buffer for data. + * @len: Size of destination buffer. + * + * Return: Number of bytes read, or -EFAULT. + * + * .. note:: + * + * unlike dvb_ringbuffer_read(), this does **NOT** update the read pointer + * in the ringbuffer. You must use dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose() to mark a + * packet as no longer required. + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, + size_t idx, + int offset, u8 __user *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read - Read from a packet in the ringbuffer. + * Note: unlike dvb_ringbuffer_read_user(), this DOES update the read pointer + * in the ringbuffer. + * + * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned. + * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next(). + * @offset: Offset into packet to read from. + * @buf: Destination buffer for data. + * @len: Size of destination buffer. + * + * Return: Number of bytes read, or -EFAULT. + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, size_t idx, + int offset, u8 *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose - Dispose of a packet in the ring buffer. + * + * @rbuf: Ring buffer concerned. + * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next(). + */ +extern void dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, size_t idx); + +/** + * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next - Get the index of the next packet in a ringbuffer. + * + * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned. + * @idx: Previous packet index, or -1 to return the first packet index. + * @pktlen: On success, will be updated to contain the length of the packet + * in bytes. + * returns Packet index (if >=0), or -1 if no packets available. + */ +extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, + size_t idx, size_t *pktlen); + +#endif /* _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/dvb_vb2.h b/include/media/dvb_vb2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8cb88452cd6c --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvb_vb2.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/* + * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + * + * dvb-vb2.h - DVB driver helper framework for streaming I/O + * + * Copyright (C) 2015 Samsung Electronics + * + * Author: jh1009.sung@samsung.com + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#ifndef _DVB_VB2_H +#define _DVB_VB2_H + +#include <linux/mutex.h> +#include <linux/poll.h> +#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h> + +/** + * enum dvb_buf_type - types of Digital TV memory-mapped buffers + * + * @DVB_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE: buffer is filled by the Kernel, + * with a received Digital TV stream + */ +enum dvb_buf_type { + DVB_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE = 1, +}; + +/** + * enum dvb_vb2_states - states to control VB2 state machine + * @DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE: + * VB2 engine not initialized yet, init failed or VB2 was released. + * @DVB_VB2_STATE_INIT: + * VB2 engine initialized. + * @DVB_VB2_STATE_REQBUFS: + * Buffers were requested + * @DVB_VB2_STATE_STREAMON: + * VB2 is streaming. Callers should not check it directly. Instead, + * they should use dvb_vb2_is_streaming(). + * + * Note: + * + * Callers should not touch at the state machine directly. This + * is handled inside dvb_vb2.c. + */ +enum dvb_vb2_states { + DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE = 0x0, + DVB_VB2_STATE_INIT = 0x1, + DVB_VB2_STATE_REQBUFS = 0x2, + DVB_VB2_STATE_STREAMON = 0x4, +}; + +#define DVB_VB2_NAME_MAX (20) + +/** + * struct dvb_buffer - video buffer information for v4l2. + * + * @vb: embedded struct &vb2_buffer. + * @list: list of &struct dvb_buffer. + */ +struct dvb_buffer { + struct vb2_buffer vb; + struct list_head list; +}; + +/** + * struct dvb_vb2_ctx - control struct for VB2 handler + * @vb_q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @mutex: mutex to serialize vb2 operations. Used by + * vb2 core %wait_prepare and %wait_finish operations. + * @slock: spin lock used to protect buffer filling at dvb_vb2.c. + * @dvb_q: List of buffers that are not filled yet. + * @buf: Pointer to the buffer that are currently being filled. + * @offset: index to the next position at the @buf to be filled. + * @remain: How many bytes are left to be filled at @buf. + * @state: bitmask of buffer states as defined by &enum dvb_vb2_states. + * @buf_siz: size of each VB2 buffer. + * @buf_cnt: number of VB2 buffers. + * @nonblocking: + * If different than zero, device is operating on non-blocking + * mode. + * @flags: buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags. + * Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF. &DMX_QBUF should zero this field. + * @count: monotonic counter for filled buffers. Helps to identify + * data stream loses. Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF. &DMX_QBUF should + * zero this field. + * + * @name: name of the device type. Currently, it can either be + * "dvr" or "demux_filter". + */ +struct dvb_vb2_ctx { + struct vb2_queue vb_q; + struct mutex mutex; + spinlock_t slock; + struct list_head dvb_q; + struct dvb_buffer *buf; + int offset; + int remain; + int state; + int buf_siz; + int buf_cnt; + int nonblocking; + + enum dmx_buffer_flags flags; + u32 count; + + char name[DVB_VB2_NAME_MAX + 1]; +}; + +#ifndef CONFIG_DVB_MMAP +static inline int dvb_vb2_init(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, + const char *name, int non_blocking) +{ + return 0; +}; +static inline int dvb_vb2_release(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx) +{ + return 0; +}; +#define dvb_vb2_is_streaming(ctx) (0) +#define dvb_vb2_fill_buffer(ctx, file, wait, flags) (0) + +static inline __poll_t dvb_vb2_poll(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, + struct file *file, + poll_table *wait) +{ + return 0; +} +#else +/** + * dvb_vb2_init - initializes VB2 handler + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @name: name for the VB2 handler + * @non_blocking: + * if not zero, it means that the device is at non-blocking mode + */ +int dvb_vb2_init(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, const char *name, int non_blocking); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_release - Releases the VB2 handler allocated resources and + * put @ctx at DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE state. + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + */ +int dvb_vb2_release(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_is_streaming - checks if the VB2 handler is streaming + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * + * Return: 0 if not streaming, 1 otherwise. + */ +int dvb_vb2_is_streaming(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_fill_buffer - fills a VB2 buffer + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @src: place where the data is stored + * @len: number of bytes to be copied from @src + * @buffer_flags: + * pointer to buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags. + * can be NULL. + */ +int dvb_vb2_fill_buffer(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, + const unsigned char *src, int len, + enum dmx_buffer_flags *buffer_flags); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_poll - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamon() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @file: &struct file argument passed to the poll + * file operation handler. + * @wait: &poll_table wait argument passed to the poll + * file operation handler. + * + * Implements poll syscall() logic. + */ +__poll_t dvb_vb2_poll(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct file *file, + poll_table *wait); +#endif + +/** + * dvb_vb2_stream_on() - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamon() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * + * Starts dvb streaming + */ +int dvb_vb2_stream_on(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx); +/** + * dvb_vb2_stream_off() - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamoff() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * + * Stops dvb streaming + */ +int dvb_vb2_stream_off(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_reqbufs() - Wrapper to vb2_core_reqbufs() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @req: &struct dmx_requestbuffers passed from userspace in + * order to handle &DMX_REQBUFS. + * + * Initiate streaming by requesting a number of buffers. Also used to + * free previously requested buffers, is ``req->count`` is zero. + */ +int dvb_vb2_reqbufs(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_requestbuffers *req); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_querybuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_querybuf() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @b: &struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in + * order to handle &DMX_QUERYBUF. + * + * + */ +int dvb_vb2_querybuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_expbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_expbuf() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @exp: &struct dmx_exportbuffer passed from userspace in + * order to handle &DMX_EXPBUF. + * + * Export a buffer as a file descriptor. + */ +int dvb_vb2_expbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_exportbuffer *exp); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_qbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_qbuf() for Digital TV buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @b: &struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in + * order to handle &DMX_QBUF. + * + * Queue a Digital TV buffer as requested by userspace + */ +int dvb_vb2_qbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_dqbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_dqbuf() for Digital TV + * buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @b: &struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in + * order to handle &DMX_DQBUF. + * + * Dequeue a Digital TV buffer to the userspace + */ +int dvb_vb2_dqbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b); + +/** + * dvb_vb2_mmap() - Wrapper to vb2_mmap() for Digital TV buffer handling. + * + * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler + * @vma: pointer to &struct vm_area_struct with the vma passed + * to the mmap file operation handler in the driver. + * + * map Digital TV video buffers into application address space. + */ +int dvb_vb2_mmap(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct vm_area_struct *vma); + +#endif /* _DVB_VB2_H */ diff --git a/include/media/dvbdev.h b/include/media/dvbdev.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e5a00d126612 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/dvbdev.h @@ -0,0 +1,493 @@ +/* + * dvbdev.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler + * for convergence integrated media GmbH + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Lesser Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef _DVBDEV_H_ +#define _DVBDEV_H_ + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/poll.h> +#include <linux/fs.h> +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <media/media-device.h> + +#define DVB_MAJOR 212 + +#if defined(CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS) && CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS > 0 + #define DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS +#else + #define DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS 16 +#endif + +#define DVB_UNSET (-1) + +/* List of DVB device types */ + +/** + * enum dvb_device_type - type of the Digital TV device + * + * @DVB_DEVICE_SEC: Digital TV standalone Common Interface (CI) + * @DVB_DEVICE_FRONTEND: Digital TV frontend. + * @DVB_DEVICE_DEMUX: Digital TV demux. + * @DVB_DEVICE_DVR: Digital TV digital video record (DVR). + * @DVB_DEVICE_CA: Digital TV Conditional Access (CA). + * @DVB_DEVICE_NET: Digital TV network. + * + * @DVB_DEVICE_VIDEO: Digital TV video decoder. + * Deprecated. Used only on av7110-av. + * @DVB_DEVICE_AUDIO: Digital TV audio decoder. + * Deprecated. Used only on av7110-av. + * @DVB_DEVICE_OSD: Digital TV On Screen Display (OSD). + * Deprecated. Used only on av7110. + */ +enum dvb_device_type { + DVB_DEVICE_SEC, + DVB_DEVICE_FRONTEND, + DVB_DEVICE_DEMUX, + DVB_DEVICE_DVR, + DVB_DEVICE_CA, + DVB_DEVICE_NET, + + DVB_DEVICE_VIDEO, + DVB_DEVICE_AUDIO, + DVB_DEVICE_OSD, +}; + +#define DVB_DEFINE_MOD_OPT_ADAPTER_NR(adapter_nr) \ + static short adapter_nr[] = \ + {[0 ... (DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS - 1)] = DVB_UNSET }; \ + module_param_array(adapter_nr, short, NULL, 0444); \ + MODULE_PARM_DESC(adapter_nr, "DVB adapter numbers") + +struct dvb_frontend; + +/** + * struct dvb_adapter - represents a Digital TV adapter using Linux DVB API + * + * @num: Number of the adapter + * @list_head: List with the DVB adapters + * @device_list: List with the DVB devices + * @name: Name of the adapter + * @proposed_mac: proposed MAC address for the adapter + * @priv: private data + * @device: pointer to struct device + * @module: pointer to struct module + * @mfe_shared: indicates mutually exclusive frontends. + * 1 = legacy exclusion behavior: blocking any open() call + * 2 = enhanced exclusion behavior, emulating the standard + * behavior of busy frontends: allowing read-only sharing + * and otherwise returning immediately with -EBUSY when any + * of the frontends is already opened with write access. + * @mfe_dvbdev: Frontend device in use, in the case of MFE + * @mfe_lock: Lock to prevent using the other frontends when MFE is + * used. + * @mdev_lock: Protect access to the mdev pointer. + * @mdev: pointer to struct media_device, used when the media + * controller is used. + * @conn: RF connector. Used only if the device has no separate + * tuner. + * @conn_pads: pointer to struct media_pad associated with @conn; + */ +struct dvb_adapter { + int num; + struct list_head list_head; + struct list_head device_list; + const char *name; + u8 proposed_mac [6]; + void* priv; + + struct device *device; + + struct module *module; + + int mfe_shared; /* indicates mutually exclusive frontends */ + struct dvb_device *mfe_dvbdev; /* frontend device in use */ + struct mutex mfe_lock; /* access lock for thread creation */ + +#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB) + struct mutex mdev_lock; + struct media_device *mdev; + struct media_entity *conn; + struct media_pad *conn_pads; +#endif +}; + +/** + * struct dvb_device - represents a DVB device node + * + * @list_head: List head with all DVB devices + * @ref: reference count for this device + * @fops: pointer to struct file_operations + * @adapter: pointer to the adapter that holds this device node + * @type: type of the device, as defined by &enum dvb_device_type. + * @minor: devnode minor number. Major number is always DVB_MAJOR. + * @id: device ID number, inside the adapter + * @readers: Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in Read Only mode + * decreases this counter by one. + * @writers: Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in Read/Write + * mode decreases this counter by one. + * @users: Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in any mode + * decreases this counter by one. + * @wait_queue: wait queue, used to wait for certain events inside one of + * the DVB API callers + * @kernel_ioctl: callback function used to handle ioctl calls from userspace. + * @name: Name to be used for the device at the Media Controller + * @entity: pointer to struct media_entity associated with the device node + * @pads: pointer to struct media_pad associated with @entity; + * @priv: private data + * @intf_devnode: Pointer to media_intf_devnode. Used by the dvbdev core to + * store the MC device node interface + * @tsout_num_entities: Number of Transport Stream output entities + * @tsout_entity: array with MC entities associated to each TS output node + * @tsout_pads: array with the source pads for each @tsout_entity + * + * This structure is used by the DVB core (frontend, CA, net, demux) in + * order to create the device nodes. Usually, driver should not initialize + * this struct diretly. + */ +struct dvb_device { + struct list_head list_head; + struct kref ref; + const struct file_operations *fops; + struct dvb_adapter *adapter; + enum dvb_device_type type; + int minor; + u32 id; + + /* in theory, 'users' can vanish now, + but I don't want to change too much now... */ + int readers; + int writers; + int users; + + wait_queue_head_t wait_queue; + /* don't really need those !? -- FIXME: use video_usercopy */ + int (*kernel_ioctl)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); + + /* Needed for media controller register/unregister */ +#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB) + const char *name; + + /* Allocated and filled inside dvbdev.c */ + struct media_intf_devnode *intf_devnode; + + unsigned tsout_num_entities; + struct media_entity *entity, *tsout_entity; + struct media_pad *pads, *tsout_pads; +#endif + + void *priv; +}; + +/** + * struct dvbdevfops_node - fops nodes registered in dvbdevfops_list + * + * @fops: Dynamically allocated fops for ->owner registration + * @type: type of dvb_device + * @template: dvb_device used for registration + * @list_head: list_head for dvbdevfops_list + */ +struct dvbdevfops_node { + struct file_operations *fops; + enum dvb_device_type type; + const struct dvb_device *template; + struct list_head list_head; +}; + +/** + * dvb_device_get - Increase dvb_device reference + * + * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device + */ +struct dvb_device *dvb_device_get(struct dvb_device *dvbdev); + +/** + * dvb_device_put - Decrease dvb_device reference + * + * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device + */ +void dvb_device_put(struct dvb_device *dvbdev); + +/** + * dvb_register_adapter - Registers a new DVB adapter + * + * @adap: pointer to struct dvb_adapter + * @name: Adapter's name + * @module: initialized with THIS_MODULE at the caller + * @device: pointer to struct device that corresponds to the device driver + * @adapter_nums: Array with a list of the numbers for @dvb_register_adapter; + * to select among them. Typically, initialized with: + * DVB_DEFINE_MOD_OPT_ADAPTER_NR(adapter_nums) + */ +int dvb_register_adapter(struct dvb_adapter *adap, const char *name, + struct module *module, struct device *device, + short *adapter_nums); + +/** + * dvb_unregister_adapter - Unregisters a DVB adapter + * + * @adap: pointer to struct dvb_adapter + */ +int dvb_unregister_adapter(struct dvb_adapter *adap); + +/** + * dvb_register_device - Registers a new DVB device + * + * @adap: pointer to struct dvb_adapter + * @pdvbdev: pointer to the place where the new struct dvb_device will be + * stored + * @template: Template used to create &pdvbdev; + * @priv: private data + * @type: type of the device, as defined by &enum dvb_device_type. + * @demux_sink_pads: Number of demux outputs, to be used to create the TS + * outputs via the Media Controller. + */ +int dvb_register_device(struct dvb_adapter *adap, + struct dvb_device **pdvbdev, + const struct dvb_device *template, + void *priv, + enum dvb_device_type type, + int demux_sink_pads); + +/** + * dvb_remove_device - Remove a registered DVB device + * + * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device + * + * This does not free memory. dvb_free_device() will do that when + * reference counter is empty + */ +void dvb_remove_device(struct dvb_device *dvbdev); + + +/** + * dvb_unregister_device - Unregisters a DVB device + * + * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device + */ +void dvb_unregister_device(struct dvb_device *dvbdev); + +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB +/** + * dvb_create_media_graph - Creates media graph for the Digital TV part of the + * device. + * + * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter + * @create_rf_connector: if true, it creates the RF connector too + * + * This function checks all DVB-related functions at the media controller + * entities and creates the needed links for the media graph. It is + * capable of working with multiple tuners or multiple frontends, but it + * won't create links if the device has multiple tuners and multiple frontends + * or if the device has multiple muxes. In such case, the caller driver should + * manually create the remaining links. + */ +__must_check int dvb_create_media_graph(struct dvb_adapter *adap, + bool create_rf_connector); + +/** + * dvb_register_media_controller - registers a media controller at DVB adapter + * + * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter + * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device + */ +static inline void dvb_register_media_controller(struct dvb_adapter *adap, + struct media_device *mdev) +{ + adap->mdev = mdev; +} + +/** + * dvb_get_media_controller - gets the associated media controller + * + * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter + */ +static inline struct media_device * +dvb_get_media_controller(struct dvb_adapter *adap) +{ + return adap->mdev; +} +#else +static inline +int dvb_create_media_graph(struct dvb_adapter *adap, + bool create_rf_connector) +{ + return 0; +}; +#define dvb_register_media_controller(a, b) {} +#define dvb_get_media_controller(a) NULL +#endif + +/** + * dvb_generic_open - Digital TV open function, used by DVB devices + * + * @inode: pointer to &struct inode. + * @file: pointer to &struct file. + * + * Checks if a DVB devnode is still valid, and if the permissions are + * OK and increment negative use count. + */ +int dvb_generic_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file); + +/** + * dvb_generic_release - Digital TV close function, used by DVB devices + * + * @inode: pointer to &struct inode. + * @file: pointer to &struct file. + * + * Checks if a DVB devnode is still valid, and if the permissions are + * OK and decrement negative use count. + */ +int dvb_generic_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file); + +/** + * dvb_generic_ioctl - Digital TV close function, used by DVB devices + * + * @file: pointer to &struct file. + * @cmd: Ioctl name. + * @arg: Ioctl argument. + * + * Checks if a DVB devnode and struct dvbdev.kernel_ioctl is still valid. + * If so, calls dvb_usercopy(). + */ +long dvb_generic_ioctl(struct file *file, + unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); + +/** + * dvb_usercopy - copies data from/to userspace memory when an ioctl is + * issued. + * + * @file: Pointer to struct &file. + * @cmd: Ioctl name. + * @arg: Ioctl argument. + * @func: function that will actually handle the ioctl + * + * Ancillary function that uses ioctl direction and size to copy from + * userspace. Then, it calls @func, and, if needed, data is copied back + * to userspace. + */ +int dvb_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg, + int (*func)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg)); + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_I2C) + +struct i2c_adapter; +struct i2c_client; +/** + * dvb_module_probe - helper routine to probe an I2C module + * + * @module_name: + * Name of the I2C module to be probed + * @name: + * Optional name for the I2C module. Used for debug purposes. + * If %NULL, defaults to @module_name. + * @adap: + * pointer to &struct i2c_adapter that describes the I2C adapter where + * the module will be bound. + * @addr: + * I2C address of the adapter, in 7-bit notation. + * @platform_data: + * Platform data to be passed to the I2C module probed. + * + * This function binds an I2C device into the DVB core. Should be used by + * all drivers that use I2C bus to control the hardware. A module bound + * with dvb_module_probe() should use dvb_module_release() to unbind. + * + * Return: + * On success, return an &struct i2c_client, pointing to the bound + * I2C device. %NULL otherwise. + * + * .. note:: + * + * In the past, DVB modules (mainly, frontends) were bound via dvb_attach() + * macro, with does an ugly hack, using I2C low level functions. Such + * usage is deprecated and will be removed soon. Instead, use this routine. + */ +struct i2c_client *dvb_module_probe(const char *module_name, + const char *name, + struct i2c_adapter *adap, + unsigned char addr, + void *platform_data); + +/** + * dvb_module_release - releases an I2C device allocated with + * dvb_module_probe(). + * + * @client: pointer to &struct i2c_client with the I2C client to be released. + * can be %NULL. + * + * This function should be used to free all resources reserved by + * dvb_module_probe() and unbinding the I2C hardware. + */ +void dvb_module_release(struct i2c_client *client); + +#endif /* CONFIG_I2C */ + +/* Legacy generic DVB attach function. */ +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH + +/** + * dvb_attach - attaches a DVB frontend into the DVB core. + * + * @FUNCTION: function on a frontend module to be called. + * @ARGS: @FUNCTION arguments. + * + * This ancillary function loads a frontend module in runtime and runs + * the @FUNCTION function there, with @ARGS. + * As it increments symbol usage cont, at unregister, dvb_detach() + * should be called. + * + * .. note:: + * + * In the past, DVB modules (mainly, frontends) were bound via dvb_attach() + * macro, with does an ugly hack, using I2C low level functions. Such + * usage is deprecated and will be removed soon. Instead, you should use + * dvb_module_probe(). + */ +#define dvb_attach(FUNCTION, ARGS...) ({ \ + void *__r = NULL; \ + typeof(&FUNCTION) __a = symbol_request(FUNCTION); \ + if (__a) { \ + __r = (void *) __a(ARGS); \ + if (__r == NULL) \ + symbol_put(FUNCTION); \ + } else { \ + printk(KERN_ERR "DVB: Unable to find symbol "#FUNCTION"()\n"); \ + } \ + __r; \ +}) + +/** + * dvb_detach - detaches a DVB frontend loaded via dvb_attach() + * + * @FUNC: attach function + * + * Decrements usage count for a function previously called via dvb_attach(). + */ + +#define dvb_detach(FUNC) symbol_put_addr(FUNC) + +#else +#define dvb_attach(FUNCTION, ARGS...) ({ \ + FUNCTION(ARGS); \ +}) + +#define dvb_detach(FUNC) {} + +#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH */ + +#endif /* #ifndef _DVBDEV_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/frame_vector.h b/include/media/frame_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..541c71a2c7be --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/frame_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +#ifndef _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H +#define _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H + +/* Container for pinned pfns / pages in frame_vector.c */ +struct frame_vector { + unsigned int nr_allocated; /* Number of frames we have space for */ + unsigned int nr_frames; /* Number of frames stored in ptrs array */ + bool got_ref; /* Did we pin pages by getting page ref? */ + bool is_pfns; /* Does array contain pages or pfns? */ + void *ptrs[]; /* Array of pinned pfns / pages. Use + * pfns_vector_pages() or pfns_vector_pfns() + * for access */ +}; + +struct frame_vector *frame_vector_create(unsigned int nr_frames); +void frame_vector_destroy(struct frame_vector *vec); +int get_vaddr_frames(unsigned long start, unsigned int nr_pfns, + bool write, struct frame_vector *vec); +void put_vaddr_frames(struct frame_vector *vec); +int frame_vector_to_pages(struct frame_vector *vec); +void frame_vector_to_pfns(struct frame_vector *vec); + +static inline unsigned int frame_vector_count(struct frame_vector *vec) +{ + return vec->nr_frames; +} + +static inline struct page **frame_vector_pages(struct frame_vector *vec) +{ + if (vec->is_pfns) { + int err = frame_vector_to_pages(vec); + + if (err) + return ERR_PTR(err); + } + return (struct page **)(vec->ptrs); +} + +static inline unsigned long *frame_vector_pfns(struct frame_vector *vec) +{ + if (!vec->is_pfns) + frame_vector_to_pfns(vec); + return (unsigned long *)(vec->ptrs); +} + +#endif /* _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/include/media/gpio-ir-recv.h b/include/media/gpio-ir-recv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0142736a59db..000000000000 --- a/include/media/gpio-ir-recv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (c) 2012, Code Aurora Forum. All rights reserved. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 and - * only version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - */ - -#ifndef __GPIO_IR_RECV_H__ -#define __GPIO_IR_RECV_H__ - -struct gpio_ir_recv_platform_data { - int gpio_nr; - bool active_low; - u64 allowed_protos; - const char *map_name; -}; - -#endif /* __GPIO_IR_RECV_H__ */ - diff --git a/include/media/i2c-addr.h b/include/media/i2c-addr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d0f56054d26..000000000000 --- a/include/media/i2c-addr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* - * V4L I2C address list - * - * - * Copyright (C) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org> - * Based on a previous mapping by - * Ralph Metzler (rjkm@thp.uni-koeln.de) - * Gerd Knorr <kraxel@goldbach.in-berlin.de> - * - */ - -/* bttv address list */ -#define I2C_ADDR_TSA5522 0xc2 -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA7432 0x8a -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 0x82 -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 0x84 -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9850 0xb6 /* also used by 9855,9873 */ -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */ -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9875 0xb0 -#define I2C_ADDR_HAUPEE 0xa0 -#define I2C_ADDR_STBEE 0xae -#define I2C_ADDR_VHX 0xc0 -#define I2C_ADDR_MSP3400 0x80 -#define I2C_ADDR_MSP3400_ALT 0x88 -#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 0x80 /* also used by 6320 */ -#define I2C_ADDR_DPL3518 0x84 -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9887 0x86 - -/* - * i2c bus addresses for the chips supported by tvaudio.c - */ - -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 0x82 -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 0x84 /* also used by TA8874Z */ -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L 0xb4 /* also used by 9873 */ -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H 0xb6 -#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */ - -#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 0x80 /* also used by 6320 */ -#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6420 0x98 - -#define I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54 0x96 /* PV951 */ diff --git a/include/media/adp1653.h b/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h index 1d9b48a3bd80..096de9130da8 100644 --- a/include/media/adp1653.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* - * include/media/adp1653.h + * include/media/i2c/adp1653.h * * Copyright (C) 2008--2011 Nokia Corporation * @@ -8,21 +9,6 @@ * Contributors: * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> * Tuukka Toivonen <tuukkat76@gmail.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA - * */ #ifndef ADP1653_H @@ -100,9 +86,11 @@ struct adp1653_platform_data { int (*power)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int on); u32 max_flash_timeout; /* flash light timeout in us */ - u32 max_flash_intensity; /* led intensity, flash mode */ - u32 max_torch_intensity; /* led intensity, torch mode */ - u32 max_indicator_intensity; /* indicator led intensity */ + u32 max_flash_intensity; /* led intensity, flash mode, mA */ + u32 max_torch_intensity; /* led intensity, torch mode, mA */ + u32 max_indicator_intensity; /* indicator led intensity, uA */ + + struct gpio_desc *enable_gpio; /* for device-tree based boot */ }; #define to_adp1653_flash(sd) container_of(sd, struct adp1653_flash, subdev) diff --git a/include/media/adv7183.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h index c5c2d377c0a6..49faece2954b 100644 --- a/include/media/adv7183.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h @@ -1,20 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * adv7183.h - definition for adv7183 inputs and outputs * * Copyright (c) 2011 Analog Devices Inc. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #ifndef _ADV7183_H_ diff --git a/include/media/adv7343.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h index 944757be49bb..d35d3e925795 100644 --- a/include/media/adv7343.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h @@ -1,16 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * ADV7343 header file * * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/ - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - * published by the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed .as is. WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any - * kind, whether express or implied; without even the implied warranty - * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. */ #ifndef ADV7343_H @@ -21,19 +13,14 @@ #define ADV7343_SVIDEO_ID (2) /** - * adv7343_power_mode - power mode configuration. + * struct adv7343_power_mode - power mode configuration. * @sleep_mode: on enable the current consumption is reduced to micro ampere * level. All DACs and the internal PLL circuit are disabled. * Registers can be read from and written in sleep mode. * @pll_control: PLL and oversampling control. This control allows internal * PLL 1 circuit to be powered down and the oversampling to be * switched off. - * @dac_1: power on/off DAC 1. - * @dac_2: power on/off DAC 2. - * @dac_3: power on/off DAC 3. - * @dac_4: power on/off DAC 4. - * @dac_5: power on/off DAC 5. - * @dac_6: power on/off DAC 6. + * @dac: array to configure power on/off DAC's 1..6 * * Power mode register (Register 0x0), for more info refer REGISTER MAP ACCESS * section of datasheet[1], table 17 page no 30. @@ -43,23 +30,16 @@ struct adv7343_power_mode { bool sleep_mode; bool pll_control; - bool dac_1; - bool dac_2; - bool dac_3; - bool dac_4; - bool dac_5; - bool dac_6; + u32 dac[6]; }; /** * struct adv7343_sd_config - SD Only Output Configuration. - * @sd_dac_out1: Configure SD DAC Output 1. - * @sd_dac_out2: Configure SD DAC Output 2. + * @sd_dac_out: array configuring SD DAC Outputs 1 and 2 */ struct adv7343_sd_config { /* SD only Output Configuration */ - bool sd_dac_out1; - bool sd_dac_out2; + u32 sd_dac_out[2]; }; /** diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c73b36321d06 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * ADV7393 header file + * + * Copyright (C) 2010-2012 ADVANSEE - http://www.advansee.com/ + * Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com> + * + * Based on ADV7343 driver, + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/ + */ + +#ifndef ADV7393_H +#define ADV7393_H + +#define ADV7393_COMPOSITE_ID (0) +#define ADV7393_COMPONENT_ID (1) +#define ADV7393_SVIDEO_ID (2) + +#endif /* End of #ifndef ADV7393_H */ diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1874c05f486f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * Analog Devices ADV7511 HDMI Transmitter Device Driver + * + * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef ADV7511_H +#define ADV7511_H + +/* notify events */ +#define ADV7511_MONITOR_DETECT 0 +#define ADV7511_EDID_DETECT 1 + + +struct adv7511_monitor_detect { + int present; +}; + +struct adv7511_edid_detect { + int present; + int segment; + uint16_t phys_addr; +}; + +struct adv7511_platform_data { + u8 i2c_edid; + u8 i2c_cec; + u8 i2c_pktmem; + u32 cec_clk; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77a9799128b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * adv7604 - Analog Devices ADV7604 video decoder driver + * + * Copyright 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef _ADV7604_ +#define _ADV7604_ + +#include <linux/types.h> + +/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */ +enum adv7604_ain_sel { + ADV7604_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0, + ADV7604_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1, + ADV7604_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2, + ADV7604_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3, + ADV7604_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4, +}; + +/* + * Bus rotation and reordering. This is used to specify component reordering on + * the board and describes the components order on the bus when the ADV7604 + * outputs RGB. + */ +enum adv7604_bus_order { + ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_RGB, /* No operation */ + ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_GRB, /* Swap 1-2 */ + ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_RBG, /* Swap 2-3 */ + ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_BGR, /* Swap 1-3 */ + ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_BRG, /* Rotate right */ + ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_GBR, /* Rotate left */ +}; + +/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */ +enum adv76xx_inp_color_space { + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7, + ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf, +}; + +/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [4:2]) */ +enum adv7604_op_format_mode_sel { + ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE0 = 0x00, + ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE1 = 0x04, + ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE2 = 0x08, +}; + +enum adv76xx_drive_strength { + ADV76XX_DR_STR_MEDIUM_LOW = 1, + ADV76XX_DR_STR_MEDIUM_HIGH = 2, + ADV76XX_DR_STR_HIGH = 3, +}; + +/* INT1 Configuration (IO register 0x40, [1:0]) */ +enum adv76xx_int1_config { + ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_OPEN_DRAIN, + ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_ACTIVE_LOW, + ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_ACTIVE_HIGH, + ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_DISABLED, +}; + +enum adv76xx_page { + ADV76XX_PAGE_IO, + ADV7604_PAGE_AVLINK, + ADV76XX_PAGE_CEC, + ADV76XX_PAGE_INFOFRAME, + ADV7604_PAGE_ESDP, + ADV7604_PAGE_DPP, + ADV76XX_PAGE_AFE, + ADV76XX_PAGE_REP, + ADV76XX_PAGE_EDID, + ADV76XX_PAGE_HDMI, + ADV76XX_PAGE_TEST, + ADV76XX_PAGE_CP, + ADV7604_PAGE_VDP, + ADV76XX_PAGE_MAX, +}; + +/* Platform dependent definition */ +struct adv76xx_platform_data { + /* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */ + unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1; + + /* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */ + unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1; + + int default_input; + + /* Analog input muxing mode */ + enum adv7604_ain_sel ain_sel; + + /* Bus rotation and reordering */ + enum adv7604_bus_order bus_order; + + /* Select output format mode */ + enum adv7604_op_format_mode_sel op_format_mode_sel; + + /* Configuration of the INT1 pin */ + enum adv76xx_int1_config int1_config; + + /* IO register 0x02 */ + unsigned alt_gamma:1; + + /* IO register 0x05 */ + unsigned blank_data:1; + unsigned insert_av_codes:1; + unsigned replicate_av_codes:1; + + /* IO register 0x06 */ + unsigned inv_vs_pol:1; + unsigned inv_hs_pol:1; + unsigned inv_llc_pol:1; + + /* IO register 0x14 */ + enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_data; + enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_clk; + enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_sync; + + /* IO register 0x30 */ + unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1; + + /* Free run */ + unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode; + + /* i2c addresses: 0 == use default */ + u8 i2c_addresses[ADV76XX_PAGE_MAX]; +}; + +enum adv76xx_pad { + ADV76XX_PAD_HDMI_PORT_A = 0, + ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_B = 1, + ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_C = 2, + ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_D = 3, + ADV7604_PAD_VGA_RGB = 4, + ADV7604_PAD_VGA_COMP = 5, + /* The source pad is either 1 (ADV7611) or 6 (ADV7604) */ + ADV7604_PAD_SOURCE = 6, + ADV7611_PAD_SOURCE = 1, + ADV76XX_PAD_MAX = 7, +}; + +#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000) +#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001) +#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002) + +/* notify events */ +#define ADV76XX_HOTPLUG 1 + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..05e01f0dd3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * adv7842 - Analog Devices ADV7842 video decoder driver + * + * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef _ADV7842_ +#define _ADV7842_ + +/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */ +enum adv7842_ain_sel { + ADV7842_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0, + ADV7842_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1, + ADV7842_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2, + ADV7842_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3, + ADV7842_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4, +}; + +/* + * Bus rotation and reordering. This is used to specify component reordering on + * the board and describes the components order on the bus when the ADV7842 + * outputs RGB. + */ +enum adv7842_bus_order { + ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_RGB, /* No operation */ + ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_GRB, /* Swap 1-2 */ + ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_RBG, /* Swap 2-3 */ + ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_BGR, /* Swap 1-3 */ + ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_BRG, /* Rotate right */ + ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_GBR, /* Rotate left */ +}; + +/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */ +enum adv7842_inp_color_space { + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7, + ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf, +}; + +/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [4:2]) */ +enum adv7842_op_format_mode_sel { + ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE0 = 0x00, + ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE1 = 0x04, + ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE2 = 0x08, +}; + +/* Mode of operation */ +enum adv7842_mode { + ADV7842_MODE_SDP, + ADV7842_MODE_COMP, + ADV7842_MODE_RGB, + ADV7842_MODE_HDMI +}; + +/* Video standard select (IO register 0x00, [5:0]) */ +enum adv7842_vid_std_select { + /* SDP */ + ADV7842_SDP_VID_STD_CVBS_SD_4x1 = 0x01, + ADV7842_SDP_VID_STD_YC_SD4_x1 = 0x09, + /* RGB */ + ADV7842_RGB_VID_STD_AUTO_GRAPH_MODE = 0x07, + /* HDMI GR */ + ADV7842_HDMI_GR_VID_STD_AUTO_GRAPH_MODE = 0x02, + /* HDMI COMP */ + ADV7842_HDMI_COMP_VID_STD_HD_1250P = 0x1e, +}; + +enum adv7842_select_input { + ADV7842_SELECT_HDMI_PORT_A, + ADV7842_SELECT_HDMI_PORT_B, + ADV7842_SELECT_VGA_RGB, + ADV7842_SELECT_VGA_COMP, + ADV7842_SELECT_SDP_CVBS, + ADV7842_SELECT_SDP_YC, +}; + +enum adv7842_drive_strength { + ADV7842_DR_STR_LOW = 0, + ADV7842_DR_STR_MEDIUM_LOW = 1, + ADV7842_DR_STR_MEDIUM_HIGH = 2, + ADV7842_DR_STR_HIGH = 3, +}; + +struct adv7842_sdp_csc_coeff { + bool manual; + u16 scaling; + u16 A1; + u16 A2; + u16 A3; + u16 A4; + u16 B1; + u16 B2; + u16 B3; + u16 B4; + u16 C1; + u16 C2; + u16 C3; + u16 C4; +}; + +struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment { + bool adjust; + u16 hs_beg; + u16 hs_width; + u16 de_beg; + u16 de_end; + u8 vs_beg_o; + u8 vs_beg_e; + u8 vs_end_o; + u8 vs_end_e; + u8 de_v_beg_o; + u8 de_v_beg_e; + u8 de_v_end_o; + u8 de_v_end_e; +}; + +/* Platform dependent definition */ +struct adv7842_platform_data { + /* chip reset during probe */ + unsigned chip_reset:1; + + /* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */ + unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1; + + /* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */ + unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1; + + /* Analog input muxing mode */ + enum adv7842_ain_sel ain_sel; + + /* Bus rotation and reordering */ + enum adv7842_bus_order bus_order; + + /* Select output format mode */ + enum adv7842_op_format_mode_sel op_format_mode_sel; + + /* Default mode */ + enum adv7842_mode mode; + + /* Default input */ + unsigned input; + + /* Video standard */ + enum adv7842_vid_std_select vid_std_select; + + /* IO register 0x02 */ + unsigned alt_gamma:1; + + /* IO register 0x05 */ + unsigned blank_data:1; + unsigned insert_av_codes:1; + unsigned replicate_av_codes:1; + + /* IO register 0x30 */ + unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1; + + /* IO register 0x14 */ + enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_data; + enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_clk; + enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_sync; + + /* + * IO register 0x19: Adjustment to the LLC DLL phase in + * increments of 1/32 of a clock period. + */ + unsigned llc_dll_phase:5; + + /* External RAM for 3-D comb or frame synchronizer */ + unsigned sd_ram_size; /* ram size in MB */ + unsigned sd_ram_ddr:1; /* ddr or sdr sdram */ + + /* HDMI free run, CP-reg 0xBA */ + unsigned hdmi_free_run_enable:1; + /* 0 = Mode 0: run when there is no TMDS clock + 1 = Mode 1: run when there is no TMDS clock or the + video resolution does not match programmed one. */ + unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode:1; + + /* SDP free run, CP-reg 0xDD */ + unsigned sdp_free_run_auto:1; + unsigned sdp_free_run_man_col_en:1; + unsigned sdp_free_run_cbar_en:1; + unsigned sdp_free_run_force:1; + + /* HPA manual (0) or auto (1), affects HDMI register 0x69 */ + unsigned hpa_auto:1; + + struct adv7842_sdp_csc_coeff sdp_csc_coeff; + + struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment sdp_io_sync_625; + struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment sdp_io_sync_525; + + /* i2c addresses */ + u8 i2c_sdp_io; + u8 i2c_sdp; + u8 i2c_cp; + u8 i2c_vdp; + u8 i2c_afe; + u8 i2c_hdmi; + u8 i2c_repeater; + u8 i2c_edid; + u8 i2c_infoframe; + u8 i2c_cec; + u8 i2c_avlink; +}; + +#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000) +#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001) +#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002) + +/* custom ioctl, used to test the external RAM that's used by the + * deinterlacer. */ +#define ADV7842_CMD_RAM_TEST _IO('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE) + +#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_A 0 +#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_B 1 +#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_VGA 2 +#define ADV7842_PAD_SOURCE 3 + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/ak881x.h b/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h index b7f2add5ce7b..ff05971319d8 100644 --- a/include/media/ak881x.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Header for AK8813 / AK8814 TV-ecoders from Asahi Kasei Microsystems Co., Ltd. (AKM) * * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef AK881X_H diff --git a/include/media/i2c/bt819.h b/include/media/i2c/bt819.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2277a7eb9548 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/bt819.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + bt819.h - bt819 notifications + + Copyright (C) 2009 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _BT819_H_ +#define _BT819_H_ + +#include <linux/ioctl.h> + +/* v4l2_device notifications. */ + +/* Needed to reset the FIFO buffer when changing the input + or the video standard. + + Note: these ioctls that internal to the kernel and are never called + from userspace. */ +#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_LOW _IO('b', 0) +#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_HIGH _IO('b', 1) + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h b/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..39e1cf6c1a2f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + cs5345.h - definition for cs5345 inputs and outputs + + Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _CS5345_H_ +#define _CS5345_H_ + +/* CS5345 HW inputs */ +#define CS5345_IN_MIC 0 +#define CS5345_IN_1 1 +#define CS5345_IN_2 2 +#define CS5345_IN_3 3 +#define CS5345_IN_4 4 +#define CS5345_IN_5 5 +#define CS5345_IN_6 6 + +#define CS5345_MCLK_1 0x00 +#define CS5345_MCLK_1_5 0x10 +#define CS5345_MCLK_2 0x20 +#define CS5345_MCLK_3 0x30 +#define CS5345_MCLK_4 0x40 + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h b/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..777f667855cb --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + cs53l32a.h - definition for cs53l32a inputs and outputs + + Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _CS53L32A_H_ +#define _CS53L32A_H_ + +/* There are 2 physical inputs, but the second input can be + placed in two modes, the first mode bypasses the PGA (gain), + the second goes through the PGA. Hence there are three + possible inputs to choose from. */ + +/* CS53L32A HW inputs */ +#define CS53L32A_IN0 0 +#define CS53L32A_IN1 1 +#define CS53L32A_IN2 2 + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ds90ub9xx.h b/include/media/i2c/ds90ub9xx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0245198469ec --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/ds90ub9xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ + +#ifndef __MEDIA_I2C_DS90UB9XX_H__ +#define __MEDIA_I2C_DS90UB9XX_H__ + +#include <linux/types.h> + +struct i2c_atr; + +/** + * struct ds90ub9xx_platform_data - platform data for FPD-Link Serializers. + * @port: Deserializer RX port for this Serializer + * @atr: I2C ATR + * @bc_rate: back-channel clock rate + */ +struct ds90ub9xx_platform_data { + u32 port; + struct i2c_atr *atr; + unsigned long bc_rate; +}; + +#endif /* __MEDIA_I2C_DS90UB9XX_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h index e221bc74020b..0b58f8b9e7a4 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ #ifndef _IR_I2C #define _IR_I2C @@ -18,9 +19,15 @@ struct IR_i2c { u32 polling_interval; /* in ms */ struct delayed_work work; - char name[32]; char phys[32]; - int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c*, u32*, u32*); + int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c *ir, + enum rc_proto *protocol, + u32 *scancode, u8 *toggle); + /* tx */ + struct i2c_client *tx_c; + struct mutex lock; /* do not poll Rx during Tx */ + unsigned int carrier; + unsigned int duty_cycle; }; enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn { @@ -28,6 +35,7 @@ enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn { IR_KBD_GET_KEY_PIXELVIEW, IR_KBD_GET_KEY_HAUP, IR_KBD_GET_KEY_KNC1, + IR_KBD_GET_KEY_GENIATECH, IR_KBD_GET_KEY_FUSIONHDTV, IR_KBD_GET_KEY_HAUP_XVR, IR_KBD_GET_KEY_AVERMEDIA_CARDBUS, @@ -37,14 +45,16 @@ enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn { struct IR_i2c_init_data { char *ir_codes; const char *name; - u64 type; /* RC_BIT_RC5, etc */ + u64 type; /* RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5, etc */ u32 polling_interval; /* 0 means DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL */ /* * Specify either a function pointer or a value indicating one of * ir_kbd_i2c's internal get_key functions */ - int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c*, u32*, u32*); + int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c *ir, + enum rc_proto *protocol, + u32 *scancode, u8 *toggle); enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn internal_get_key_func; struct rc_dev *rc_dev; diff --git a/include/media/i2c/lm3560.h b/include/media/i2c/lm3560.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..770d8c72c94a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/lm3560.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * include/media/i2c/lm3560.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2013 Texas Instruments + * + * Contact: Daniel Jeong <gshark.jeong@gmail.com> + * Ldd-Mlp <ldd-mlp@list.ti.com> + */ + +#ifndef __LM3560_H__ +#define __LM3560_H__ + +#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> + +#define LM3559_NAME "lm3559" +#define LM3560_NAME "lm3560" +#define LM3560_I2C_ADDR (0x53) + +/* FLASH Brightness + * min 62500uA, step 62500uA, max 1000000uA + */ +#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN 62500 +#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_STEP 62500 +#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1000000 +#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) < LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \ + (((a) - LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3560_FLASH_BRT_STEP)) +#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_REG_TO_uA(a) \ + ((a) * LM3560_FLASH_BRT_STEP + LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN) + +/* FLASH TIMEOUT DURATION + * min 32ms, step 32ms, max 1024ms + */ +#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN 32 +#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_STEP 32 +#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MAX 1024 +#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_ms_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) < LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN ? 0 : \ + (((a) - LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN) / LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_STEP)) +#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_REG_TO_ms(a) \ + ((a) * LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_STEP + LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN) + +/* TORCH BRT + * min 31250uA, step 31250uA, max 250000uA + */ +#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN 31250 +#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_STEP 31250 +#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MAX 250000 +#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) < LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \ + (((a) - LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3560_TORCH_BRT_STEP)) +#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_REG_TO_uA(a) \ + ((a) * LM3560_TORCH_BRT_STEP + LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN) + +enum lm3560_led_id { + LM3560_LED0 = 0, + LM3560_LED1, + LM3560_LED_MAX +}; + +enum lm3560_peak_current { + LM3560_PEAK_1600mA = 0x00, + LM3560_PEAK_2300mA = 0x20, + LM3560_PEAK_3000mA = 0x40, + LM3560_PEAK_3600mA = 0x60 +}; + +/* struct lm3560_platform_data + * + * @peak : peak current + * @max_flash_timeout: flash timeout + * @max_flash_brt: flash mode led brightness + * @max_torch_brt: torch mode led brightness + */ +struct lm3560_platform_data { + enum lm3560_peak_current peak; + + u32 max_flash_timeout; + u32 max_flash_brt[LM3560_LED_MAX]; + u32 max_torch_brt[LM3560_LED_MAX]; +}; + +#endif /* __LM3560_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h b/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..845f07b89ece --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * include/media/i2c/lm3646.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments + * + * Contact: Daniel Jeong <gshark.jeong@gmail.com> + * Ldd-Mlp <ldd-mlp@list.ti.com> + */ + +#ifndef __LM3646_H__ +#define __LM3646_H__ + +#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> + +#define LM3646_NAME "lm3646" +#define LM3646_I2C_ADDR_REV1 (0x67) +#define LM3646_I2C_ADDR_REV0 (0x63) + +/* TOTAL FLASH Brightness Max + * min 93350uA, step 93750uA, max 1499600uA + */ +#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN 93350 +#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_STEP 93750 +#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1499600 +#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) < LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \ + ((((a) - LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_STEP))) + +/* TOTAL TORCH Brightness Max + * min 23040uA, step 23430uA, max 187100uA + */ +#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN 23040 +#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_STEP 23430 +#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MAX 187100 +#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) < LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \ + ((((a) - LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_STEP))) + +/* LED1 FLASH Brightness + * min 23040uA, step 11718uA, max 1499600uA + */ +#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN 23040 +#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_STEP 11718 +#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1499600 +#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) <= LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \ + ((((a) - LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_STEP))+1) + +/* LED1 TORCH Brightness + * min 2530uA, step 1460uA, max 187100uA + */ +#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN 2530 +#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_STEP 1460 +#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MAX 187100 +#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) <= LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \ + ((((a) - LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_STEP))+1) + +/* FLASH TIMEOUT DURATION + * min 50ms, step 50ms, max 400ms + */ +#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN 50 +#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_STEP 50 +#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MAX 400 +#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_ms_TO_REG(a) \ + ((a) <= LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN ? 0 : \ + (((a) - LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN) / LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_STEP)) + +/* struct lm3646_platform_data + * + * @flash_timeout: flash timeout + * @led1_flash_brt: led1 flash mode brightness, uA + * @led1_torch_brt: led1 torch mode brightness, uA + */ +struct lm3646_platform_data { + + u32 flash_timeout; + + u32 led1_flash_brt; + u32 led1_torch_brt; +}; + +#endif /* __LM3646_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/i2c/m52790.h b/include/media/i2c/m52790.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cedaaf215273 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/m52790.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + m52790.h - definition for m52790 inputs and outputs + + Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _M52790_H_ +#define _M52790_H_ + +/* Input routing switch 1 */ + +#define M52790_SW1_IN_MASK 0x0003 +#define M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER 0x0000 +#define M52790_SW1_IN_V2 0x0001 +#define M52790_SW1_IN_V3 0x0002 +#define M52790_SW1_IN_V4 0x0003 + +/* Selects component input instead of composite */ +#define M52790_SW1_YCMIX 0x0004 + + +/* Input routing switch 2 */ + +#define M52790_SW2_IN_MASK 0x0300 +#define M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER 0x0000 +#define M52790_SW2_IN_V2 0x0100 +#define M52790_SW2_IN_V3 0x0200 +#define M52790_SW2_IN_V4 0x0300 + +/* Selects component input instead of composite */ +#define M52790_SW2_YCMIX 0x0400 + + +/* Output routing switch 1 */ + +/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */ +#define M52790_SW1_V_AMP 0x0008 + +/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */ +#define M52790_SW1_YC_AMP 0x0010 + +/* Audio output mode */ +#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MASK 0x00c0 +#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MUTE 0x0000 +#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_R 0x0040 +#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_L 0x0080 +#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO 0x00c0 + + +/* Output routing switch 2 */ + +/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */ +#define M52790_SW2_V_AMP 0x0800 + +/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */ +#define M52790_SW2_YC_AMP 0x1000 + +/* Audio output mode */ +#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MASK 0xc000 +#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MUTE 0x0000 +#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_R 0x4000 +#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_L 0x8000 +#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO 0xc000 + + +/* Common values */ +#define M52790_IN_TUNER (M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER | M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER) +#define M52790_IN_V2 (M52790_SW1_IN_V2 | M52790_SW2_IN_V2) +#define M52790_IN_V3 (M52790_SW1_IN_V3 | M52790_SW2_IN_V3) +#define M52790_IN_V4 (M52790_SW1_IN_V4 | M52790_SW2_IN_V4) + +#define M52790_OUT_STEREO (M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \ + M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO) +#define M52790_OUT_AMP_STEREO (M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \ + M52790_SW1_V_AMP | \ + M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO | \ + M52790_SW2_V_AMP) + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..825b4a169da8 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ +/* mt9t112 Camera + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Renesas Solutions Corp. + * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com> + */ + +#ifndef __MT9T112_H__ +#define __MT9T112_H__ + +struct mt9t112_pll_divider { + u8 m, n; + u8 p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7; +}; + +/** + * struct mt9t112_platform_data - mt9t112 driver interface + * @flags: Sensor media bus configuration. + * @divider: Sensor PLL configuration + */ +struct mt9t112_platform_data { +#define MT9T112_FLAG_PCLK_RISING_EDGE BIT(0) + u32 flags; + struct mt9t112_pll_divider divider; +}; + +#endif /* __MT9T112_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..552839756e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* mt9v011 sensor + * + * Copyright (C) 2011 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> + */ + +#ifndef __MT9V011_H__ +#define __MT9V011_H__ + +struct mt9v011_platform_data { + unsigned xtal; /* Hz */ +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h b/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c9ea318a8fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * Omnivision OV2659 CMOS Image Sensor driver + * + * Copyright (C) 2015 Texas Instruments, Inc. + * + * Benoit Parrot <bparrot@ti.com> + * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com> + */ + +#ifndef OV2659_H +#define OV2659_H + +/** + * struct ov2659_platform_data - ov2659 driver platform data + * @link_frequency: target pixel clock frequency + */ +struct ov2659_platform_data { + s64 link_frequency; +}; + +#endif /* OV2659_H */ diff --git a/include/media/ov7670.h b/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h index 1913d5123072..8686fc212e27 100644 --- a/include/media/ov7670.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * A V4L2 driver for OmniVision OV7670 cameras. * * Copyright 2010 One Laptop Per Child - * - * This file may be distributed under the terms of the GNU General - * Public License, version 2. */ #ifndef __OV7670_H diff --git a/include/media/ov772x.h b/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h index 00dbb7c4feae..26f363ea4001 100644 --- a/include/media/ov772x.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h @@ -1,12 +1,9 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * ov772x Camera * * Copyright (C) 2008 Renesas Solutions Corp. * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef __OV772X_H__ @@ -48,8 +45,10 @@ struct ov772x_edge_ctrl { .threshold = (t & OV772X_EDGE_THRESHOLD_MASK), \ } -/* - * ov772x camera info +/** + * struct ov772x_camera_info - ov772x driver interface structure + * @flags: Sensor configuration flags + * @edgectrl: Sensor edge control */ struct ov772x_camera_info { unsigned long flags; diff --git a/include/media/rj54n1cb0c.h b/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h index 8ae3288ae925..5689c09b9254 100644 --- a/include/media/rj54n1cb0c.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * RJ54N1CB0C Private data * * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef __RJ54N1CB0C_H__ diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h b/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bbec05a31d5a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + + Types and defines needed for RDS. This is included by + saa6588.c and every driver (e.g. bttv-driver.c) that wants + to use the saa6588 module. + + (c) 2005 by Hans J. Koch + + +*/ + +#ifndef _SAA6588_H +#define _SAA6588_H + +struct saa6588_command { + unsigned int block_count; + bool nonblocking; + int result; + unsigned char __user *buffer; + struct file *instance; + poll_table *event_list; + __poll_t poll_mask; +}; + +/* These ioctls are internal to the kernel */ +#define SAA6588_CMD_CLOSE _IOW('R', 2, int) +#define SAA6588_CMD_READ _IOR('R', 3, int) +#define SAA6588_CMD_POLL _IOR('R', 4, int) + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h b/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a607c91ef5f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + saa7115.h - definition for saa7111/3/4/5 inputs and frequency flags + + Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _SAA7115_H_ +#define _SAA7115_H_ + +/* s_routing inputs, outputs, and config */ + +/* SAA7111/3/4/5 HW inputs */ +#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE0 0 +#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE1 1 +#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE2 2 +#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE3 3 +#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE4 4 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */ +#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE5 5 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */ +#define SAA7115_SVIDEO0 6 +#define SAA7115_SVIDEO1 7 +#define SAA7115_SVIDEO2 8 +#define SAA7115_SVIDEO3 9 + +/* outputs */ +#define SAA7115_IPORT_ON 1 +#define SAA7115_IPORT_OFF 0 + +/* SAA7111 specific outputs. */ +#define SAA7111_VBI_BYPASS 2 +#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV422 0x00 +#define SAA7111_FMT_RGB 0x40 +#define SAA7111_FMT_CCIR 0x80 +#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV411 0xc0 + +/* config flags */ +/* + * Register 0x85 should set bit 0 to 0 (it's 1 by default). This bit + * controls the IDQ signal polarity which is set to 'inverted' if the bit + * it 1 and to 'default' if it is 0. + */ +#define SAA7115_IDQ_IS_DEFAULT (1 << 0) + +/* s_crystal_freq values and flags */ + +/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq frequency values */ +#define SAA7115_FREQ_32_11_MHZ 32110000 /* 32.11 MHz crystal, SAA7114/5 only */ +#define SAA7115_FREQ_24_576_MHZ 24576000 /* 24.576 MHz crystal */ + +/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq audio clock control flags */ +#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_UCGC (1 << 0) /* SA 3A[7], UCGC, SAA7115 only */ +#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_CGCDIV (1 << 1) /* SA 3A[6], CGCDIV, SAA7115 only */ +#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_APLL (1 << 2) /* SA 3A[3], APLL, SAA7114/5 only */ +#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_DOUBLE_ASCLK (1 << 3) /* SA 39, LRDIV, SAA7114/5 only */ + +/* ===== SAA7113 Config enums ===== */ + +/* Register 0x08 "Horizontal time constant" [Bit 3..4]: + * Should be set to "Fast Locking Mode" according to the datasheet, + * and that is the default setting in the gm7113c_init table. + * saa7113_init sets this value to "VTR Mode". */ +enum saa7113_r08_htc { + SAA7113_HTC_TV_MODE = 0x00, + SAA7113_HTC_VTR_MODE, /* Default for saa7113_init */ + SAA7113_HTC_FAST_LOCKING_MODE = 0x03 /* Default for gm7113c_init */ +}; + +/* Register 0x10 "Output format selection" [Bit 6..7]: + * Defaults to ITU_656 as specified in datasheet. */ +enum saa7113_r10_ofts { + SAA7113_OFTS_ITU_656 = 0x0, /* Default */ + SAA7113_OFTS_VFLAG_BY_VREF, + SAA7113_OFTS_VFLAG_BY_DATA_TYPE +}; + +/* + * Register 0x12 "Output control" [Bit 0..3 Or Bit 4..7]: + * This is used to select what data is output on the RTS0 and RTS1 pins. + * RTS1 [Bit 4..7] Defaults to DOT_IN. (This value can not be set for RTS0) + * RTS0 [Bit 0..3] Defaults to VIPB in gm7113c_init as specified + * in the datasheet, but is set to HREF_HS in the saa7113_init table. + */ +enum saa7113_r12_rts { + SAA7113_RTS_DOT_IN = 0, /* OBS: Only for RTS1 (Default RTS1) */ + SAA7113_RTS_VIPB, /* Default RTS0 For gm7113c_init */ + SAA7113_RTS_GPSW, + SAA7115_RTS_HL, + SAA7113_RTS_VL, + SAA7113_RTS_DL, + SAA7113_RTS_PLIN, + SAA7113_RTS_HREF_HS, /* Default RTS0 For saa7113_init */ + SAA7113_RTS_HS, + SAA7113_RTS_HQ, + SAA7113_RTS_ODD, + SAA7113_RTS_VS, + SAA7113_RTS_V123, + SAA7113_RTS_VGATE, + SAA7113_RTS_VREF, + SAA7113_RTS_FID +}; + +/** + * struct saa7115_platform_data - Allow overriding default initialization + * + * @saa7113_force_gm7113c_init: Force the use of the gm7113c_init table + * instead of saa7113_init table + * (saa7113 only) + * @saa7113_r08_htc: [R_08 - Bit 3..4] + * @saa7113_r10_vrln: [R_10 - Bit 3] + * default: Disabled for gm7113c_init + * Enabled for saa7113c_init + * @saa7113_r10_ofts: [R_10 - Bit 6..7] + * @saa7113_r12_rts0: [R_12 - Bit 0..3] + * @saa7113_r12_rts1: [R_12 - Bit 4..7] + * @saa7113_r13_adlsb: [R_13 - Bit 7] - default: disabled + */ +struct saa7115_platform_data { + bool saa7113_force_gm7113c_init; + enum saa7113_r08_htc *saa7113_r08_htc; + bool *saa7113_r10_vrln; + enum saa7113_r10_ofts *saa7113_r10_ofts; + enum saa7113_r12_rts *saa7113_r12_rts0; + enum saa7113_r12_rts *saa7113_r12_rts1; + bool *saa7113_r13_adlsb; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h b/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c81ee1743df1 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + saa7127.h - definition for saa7126/7/8/9 inputs/outputs + + Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _SAA7127_H_ +#define _SAA7127_H_ + +/* Enumeration for the supported input types */ +enum saa7127_input_type { + SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_NORMAL, + SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_TEST_IMAGE +}; + +/* Enumeration for the supported output signal types */ +enum saa7127_output_type { + SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_BOTH, + SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_COMPOSITE, + SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_SVIDEO, + SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_RGB, + SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_C, + SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_V +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h b/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b343650c2948 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * tc358743 - Toshiba HDMI to CSI-2 bridge + * + * Copyright 2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +/* + * References (c = chapter, p = page): + * REF_01 - Toshiba, TC358743XBG (H2C), Functional Specification, Rev 0.60 + * REF_02 - Toshiba, TC358743XBG_HDMI-CSI_Tv11p_nm.xls + */ + +#ifndef _TC358743_ +#define _TC358743_ + +enum tc358743_ddc5v_delays { + DDC5V_DELAY_0_MS, + DDC5V_DELAY_50_MS, + DDC5V_DELAY_100_MS, + DDC5V_DELAY_200_MS, +}; + +enum tc358743_hdmi_detection_delay { + HDMI_MODE_DELAY_0_MS, + HDMI_MODE_DELAY_25_MS, + HDMI_MODE_DELAY_50_MS, + HDMI_MODE_DELAY_100_MS, +}; + +struct tc358743_platform_data { + /* System clock connected to REFCLK (pin H5) */ + u32 refclk_hz; /* 26 MHz, 27 MHz or 42 MHz */ + + /* DDC +5V debounce delay to avoid spurious interrupts when the cable + * is connected. + * Sets DDC5V_MODE in register DDC_CTL. + * Default: DDC5V_DELAY_0_MS + */ + enum tc358743_ddc5v_delays ddc5v_delay; + + bool enable_hdcp; + + /* + * The FIFO size is 512x32, so Toshiba recommend to set the default FIFO + * level to somewhere in the middle (e.g. 300), so it can cover speed + * mismatches in input and output ports. + */ + u16 fifo_level; + + /* Bps pr lane is (refclk_hz / pll_prd) * pll_fbd */ + u16 pll_prd; + u16 pll_fbd; + + /* CSI + * Calculate CSI parameters with REF_02 for the highest resolution your + * CSI interface can handle. The driver will adjust the number of CSI + * lanes in use according to the pixel clock. + * + * The values in brackets are calculated with REF_02 when the number of + * bps pr lane is 823.5 MHz, and can serve as a starting point. + */ + u32 lineinitcnt; /* (0x00001770) */ + u32 lptxtimecnt; /* (0x00000005) */ + u32 tclk_headercnt; /* (0x00001d04) */ + u32 tclk_trailcnt; /* (0x00000000) */ + u32 ths_headercnt; /* (0x00000505) */ + u32 twakeup; /* (0x00004650) */ + u32 tclk_postcnt; /* (0x00000000) */ + u32 ths_trailcnt; /* (0x00000004) */ + u32 hstxvregcnt; /* (0x00000005) */ + + /* DVI->HDMI detection delay to avoid unnecessary switching between DVI + * and HDMI mode. + * Sets HDMI_DET_V in register HDMI_DET. + * Default: HDMI_MODE_DELAY_0_MS + */ + enum tc358743_hdmi_detection_delay hdmi_detection_delay; + + /* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock goes from DC to AC. + * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST2 in register PHY_CTL2. + * Default: false + */ + bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_detected; + + /* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock passes 21 MHz. + * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST3 in register PHY_CTL2. + * Default: false + */ + bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_in_range; + + /* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock is detected. + * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST4 in register PHY_CTL2. + * Default: false + */ + bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_valid; + + /* Reset HDMI PHY automatically when hsync period is out of range. + * Sets H_PI_RST in register HV_RST. + * Default: false + */ + bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_hsync_out_of_range; + + /* Reset HDMI PHY automatically when vsync period is out of range. + * Sets V_PI_RST in register HV_RST. + * Default: false + */ + bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_vsync_out_of_range; +}; + +/* custom controls */ +/* Audio sample rate in Hz */ +#define TC358743_CID_AUDIO_SAMPLING_RATE (V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE + 0) +/* Audio present status */ +#define TC358743_CID_AUDIO_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE + 1) + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h b/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c6c2a8ae413d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ +/* + * tda1997x - NXP HDMI receiver + * + * Copyright 2017 Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> + * + */ + +#ifndef _TDA1997X_ +#define _TDA1997X_ + +/* Platform Data */ +struct tda1997x_platform_data { + enum v4l2_mbus_type vidout_bus_type; + u32 vidout_bus_width; + u8 vidout_port_cfg[9]; + /* pin polarity (1=invert) */ + bool vidout_inv_de; + bool vidout_inv_hs; + bool vidout_inv_vs; + bool vidout_inv_pclk; + /* clock delays (0=-8, 1=-7 ... 15=+7 pixels) */ + u8 vidout_delay_hs; + u8 vidout_delay_vs; + u8 vidout_delay_de; + u8 vidout_delay_pclk; + /* sync selections (controls how sync pins are derived) */ + u8 vidout_sel_hs; + u8 vidout_sel_vs; + u8 vidout_sel_de; + + /* Audio Port Output */ + int audout_format; + u32 audout_mclk_fs; /* clock multiplier */ + u32 audout_width; /* 13 or 32 bit */ + u32 audout_layout; /* layout0=AP0 layout1=AP0,AP1,AP2,AP3 */ + bool audout_layoutauto; /* audio layout dictated by pkt header */ + bool audout_invert_clk; /* data valid on rising edge of BCLK */ + bool audio_auto_mute; /* enable hardware audio auto-mute */ +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h b/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7eda467b6725 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Texas Instruments Inc + * + * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. + * + * Contributors: + * Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> + * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com> + * Martin Bugge <marbugge@cisco.com> + */ + +#ifndef THS7303_H +#define THS7303_H + +/** + * struct ths7303_platform_data - Platform dependent data + * @ch_1: Bias value for channel one. + * @ch_2: Bias value for channel two. + * @ch_3: Bias value for channel three. + */ +struct ths7303_platform_data { + u8 ch_1; + u8 ch_2; + u8 ch_3; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h b/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..206f42ed4e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + tvaudio.h - definition for tvaudio inputs + + Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _TVAUDIO_H +#define _TVAUDIO_H + +/* + * i2c bus addresses for the chips supported by tvaudio.c + */ + +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 0x82 +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 0x84 +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */ +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9875 0xb0 +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 0x82 +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 0x84 /* also used by TA8874Z */ +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L 0xb4 /* also used by 9873 */ +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H 0xb6 +#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */ +#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 0x80 /* also used by 6320 */ +#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6420 0x98 +#define I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54 0x96 /* PV951 */ + +/* The tvaudio module accepts the following inputs: */ +#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_TUNER 0 +#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_RADIO 1 +#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_EXTERN 2 +#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_INTERN 3 + +static inline const unsigned short *tvaudio_addrs(void) +{ + static const unsigned short addrs[] = { + I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_TEA6420 >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 >> 1, + I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54 >> 1, + I2C_CLIENT_END + }; + + return addrs; +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/tvp514x.h b/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h index 86ed7e806830..837efff0a6a0 100644 --- a/include/media/tvp514x.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * drivers/media/video/tvp514x.h * @@ -10,20 +11,6 @@ * Hardik Shah <hardik.shah@ti.com> * Manjunath Hadli <mrh@ti.com> * Karicheri Muralidharan <m-karicheri2@ti.com> - * - * This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - * */ #ifndef _TVP514X_H @@ -42,10 +29,7 @@ #define PAL_NUM_ACTIVE_PIXELS (720) #define PAL_NUM_ACTIVE_LINES (576) -/** - * enum tvp514x_input - enum for different decoder input pin - * configuration. - */ +/* enum for different decoder input pin configuration */ enum tvp514x_input { /* * CVBS input selection @@ -82,11 +66,7 @@ enum tvp514x_input { INPUT_INVALID }; -/** - * enum tvp514x_output - enum for output format - * supported. - * - */ +/* enum for output format supported. */ enum tvp514x_output { OUTPUT_10BIT_422_EMBEDDED_SYNC = 0, OUTPUT_20BIT_422_SEPERATE_SYNC, diff --git a/include/media/tvp7002.h b/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h index fadb6afe9ef0..c31eb0040cf9 100644 --- a/include/media/tvp7002.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* Texas Instruments Triple 8-/10-BIT 165-/110-MSPS Video and Graphics * Digitizer with Horizontal PLL registers * @@ -5,23 +6,9 @@ * Author: Santiago Nunez-Corrales <santiago.nunez@ridgerun.com> * * This code is partially based upon the TVP5150 driver - * written by Mauro Carvalho Chehab (mchehab@infradead.org), + * written by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org>, * the TVP514x driver written by Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com> * and the TVP7002 driver in the TI LSP 2.10.00.14 - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #ifndef _TVP7002_H_ #define _TVP7002_H_ diff --git a/include/media/tw9910.h b/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h index 90bcf1fa5421..77da94f909e3 100644 --- a/include/media/tw9910.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * tw9910 Driver header * @@ -7,17 +8,12 @@ * Based on ov772x.h * * Copyright (C) Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef __TW9910_H__ #define __TW9910_H__ -#include <media/soc_camera.h> - +/* MPOUT (multi-purpose output) pin functions */ enum tw9910_mpout_pin { TW9910_MPO_VLOSS, TW9910_MPO_HLOCK, @@ -29,6 +25,12 @@ enum tw9910_mpout_pin { TW9910_MPO_RTCO, }; +/** + * struct tw9910_video_info - tw9910 driver interface structure + * @buswidth: Parallel data bus width (8 or 16). + * @mpout: Selected function of MPOUT (multi-purpose output) pin. + * See enum tw9910_mpout_pin + */ struct tw9910_video_info { unsigned long buswidth; enum tw9910_mpout_pin mpout; diff --git a/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h b/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cb412d4c1088 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * uda1342.h - definition for uda1342 inputs + * + * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef _UDA1342_H_ +#define _UDA1342_H_ + +/* The UDA1342 has 2 inputs */ + +#define UDA1342_IN1 1 +#define UDA1342_IN2 2 + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h b/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d39b2b7f0cf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + * upd64031a - NEC Electronics Ghost Reduction input defines + * + * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + */ + +#ifndef _UPD64031A_H_ +#define _UPD64031A_H_ + +/* Ghost reduction modes */ +#define UPD64031A_GR_ON 0 +#define UPD64031A_GR_OFF 1 +#define UPD64031A_GR_THROUGH 3 + +/* Direct 3D/YCS Connection */ +#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_DISABLE (0 << 2) +#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_COMPOSITE (2 << 2) +#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_SVIDEO (3 << 2) + +/* Composite sync digital separation circuit */ +#define UPD64031A_COMPOSITE_EXTERNAL (1 << 4) + +/* Vertical sync digital separation circuit */ +#define UPD64031A_VERTICAL_EXTERNAL (1 << 5) + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/upd64083.h b/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h index 59b6f32ba300..72cf547c25fc 100644 --- a/include/media/upd64083.h +++ b/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h @@ -1,21 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* * upd6408x - NEC Electronics 3-Dimensional Y/C separation input defines * - * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) */ #ifndef _UPD64083_H_ diff --git a/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h b/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a02695ee3a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + wm8775.h - definition for wm8775 inputs and outputs + + Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org) + +*/ + +#ifndef _WM8775_H_ +#define _WM8775_H_ + +/* The WM8775 has 4 inputs and one output. Zero or more inputs + are multiplexed together to the output. Hence there are + 16 combinations. + If only one input is active (the normal case) then the + input values 1, 2, 4 or 8 should be used. */ + +#define WM8775_AIN1 1 +#define WM8775_AIN2 2 +#define WM8775_AIN3 4 +#define WM8775_AIN4 8 + + +struct wm8775_platform_data { + /* + * FIXME: Instead, we should parameterize the params + * that need different settings between ivtv, pvrusb2, and Nova-S + */ + bool is_nova_s; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/imx.h b/include/media/imx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f14acdd7f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/imx.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014-2017 Mentor Graphics Inc. + */ + +#ifndef __MEDIA_IMX_H__ +#define __MEDIA_IMX_H__ + +#include <linux/imx-media.h> + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/ipu-bridge.h b/include/media/ipu-bridge.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..16fac765456e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/ipu-bridge.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ +/* Author: Dan Scally <djrscally@gmail.com> */ +#ifndef __IPU_BRIDGE_H +#define __IPU_BRIDGE_H + +#include <linux/mod_devicetable.h> +#include <linux/property.h> +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <media/v4l2-fwnode.h> + +#define IPU_HID "INT343E" +#define IPU_MAX_LANES 4 +#define IPU_MAX_PORTS 4 +#define MAX_NUM_LINK_FREQS 3 + +/* Values are educated guesses as we don't have a spec */ +#define IPU_SENSOR_ROTATION_NORMAL 0 +#define IPU_SENSOR_ROTATION_INVERTED 1 + +#define IPU_SENSOR_CONFIG(_HID, _NR, ...) \ + (const struct ipu_sensor_config) { \ + .hid = _HID, \ + .nr_link_freqs = _NR, \ + .link_freqs = { __VA_ARGS__ } \ + } + +#define NODE_SENSOR(_HID, _PROPS) \ + (const struct software_node) { \ + .name = _HID, \ + .properties = _PROPS, \ + } + +#define NODE_PORT(_PORT, _SENSOR_NODE) \ + (const struct software_node) { \ + .name = _PORT, \ + .parent = _SENSOR_NODE, \ + } + +#define NODE_ENDPOINT(_EP, _PORT, _PROPS) \ + (const struct software_node) { \ + .name = _EP, \ + .parent = _PORT, \ + .properties = _PROPS, \ + } + +#define NODE_VCM(_TYPE) \ + (const struct software_node) { \ + .name = _TYPE, \ + } + +enum ipu_sensor_swnodes { + SWNODE_SENSOR_HID, + SWNODE_SENSOR_PORT, + SWNODE_SENSOR_ENDPOINT, + SWNODE_IPU_PORT, + SWNODE_IPU_ENDPOINT, + /* below are optional / maybe empty */ + SWNODE_IVSC_HID, + SWNODE_IVSC_SENSOR_PORT, + SWNODE_IVSC_SENSOR_ENDPOINT, + SWNODE_IVSC_IPU_PORT, + SWNODE_IVSC_IPU_ENDPOINT, + SWNODE_VCM, + SWNODE_COUNT +}; + +/* Data representation as it is in ACPI SSDB buffer */ +struct ipu_sensor_ssdb { + u8 version; + u8 sku; + u8 guid_csi2[16]; + u8 devfunction; + u8 bus; + u32 dphylinkenfuses; + u32 clockdiv; + u8 link; + u8 lanes; + u32 csiparams[10]; + u32 maxlanespeed; + u8 sensorcalibfileidx; + u8 sensorcalibfileidxInMBZ[3]; + u8 romtype; + u8 vcmtype; + u8 platforminfo; + u8 platformsubinfo; + u8 flash; + u8 privacyled; + u8 degree; + u8 mipilinkdefined; + u32 mclkspeed; + u8 controllogicid; + u8 reserved1[3]; + u8 mclkport; + u8 reserved2[13]; +} __packed; + +struct ipu_property_names { + char clock_frequency[16]; + char rotation[9]; + char orientation[12]; + char bus_type[9]; + char data_lanes[11]; + char remote_endpoint[16]; + char link_frequencies[17]; +}; + +struct ipu_node_names { + char port[7]; + char ivsc_sensor_port[7]; + char ivsc_ipu_port[7]; + char endpoint[11]; + char remote_port[9]; + char vcm[16]; +}; + +struct ipu_sensor_config { + const char *hid; + const u8 nr_link_freqs; + const u64 link_freqs[MAX_NUM_LINK_FREQS]; +}; + +struct ipu_sensor { + /* append ssdb.link(u8) in "-%u" format as suffix of HID */ + char name[ACPI_ID_LEN + 4]; + struct acpi_device *adev; + + struct device *csi_dev; + struct acpi_device *ivsc_adev; + char ivsc_name[ACPI_ID_LEN + 4]; + + /* SWNODE_COUNT + 1 for terminating NULL */ + const struct software_node *group[SWNODE_COUNT + 1]; + struct software_node swnodes[SWNODE_COUNT]; + struct ipu_node_names node_names; + + u8 link; + u8 lanes; + u32 mclkspeed; + u32 rotation; + enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation orientation; + const char *vcm_type; + + struct ipu_property_names prop_names; + struct property_entry ep_properties[5]; + struct property_entry dev_properties[5]; + struct property_entry ipu_properties[3]; + struct property_entry ivsc_properties[1]; + struct property_entry ivsc_sensor_ep_properties[4]; + struct property_entry ivsc_ipu_ep_properties[4]; + + struct software_node_ref_args local_ref[1]; + struct software_node_ref_args remote_ref[1]; + struct software_node_ref_args vcm_ref[1]; + struct software_node_ref_args ivsc_sensor_ref[1]; + struct software_node_ref_args ivsc_ipu_ref[1]; +}; + +typedef int (*ipu_parse_sensor_fwnode_t)(struct acpi_device *adev, + struct ipu_sensor *sensor); + +struct ipu_bridge { + struct device *dev; + ipu_parse_sensor_fwnode_t parse_sensor_fwnode; + char ipu_node_name[ACPI_ID_LEN]; + struct software_node ipu_hid_node; + u32 data_lanes[4]; + unsigned int n_sensors; + struct ipu_sensor sensors[IPU_MAX_PORTS]; +}; + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPU_BRIDGE) +int ipu_bridge_init(struct device *dev, + ipu_parse_sensor_fwnode_t parse_sensor_fwnode); +int ipu_bridge_parse_ssdb(struct acpi_device *adev, struct ipu_sensor *sensor); +int ipu_bridge_instantiate_vcm(struct device *sensor); +#else +/* Use a define to avoid the @parse_sensor_fwnode argument getting evaluated */ +#define ipu_bridge_init(dev, parse_sensor_fwnode) (0) +static inline int ipu_bridge_instantiate_vcm(struct device *s) { return 0; } +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/ipu6-pci-table.h b/include/media/ipu6-pci-table.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0899d9d2f978 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/ipu6-pci-table.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2024 Intel Corporation + */ + +#ifndef __IPU6_PCI_TBL_H__ +#define __IPU6_PCI_TBL_H__ + +#include <linux/pci.h> + +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6 0x9a19 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6SE 0x4e19 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLP 0x465d +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLN 0x462e +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_RPLP 0xa75d +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_MTL 0x7d19 + +static const struct pci_device_id ipu6_pci_tbl[] = { + { PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6) }, + { PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6SE) }, + { PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLP) }, + { PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLN) }, + { PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_RPLP) }, + { PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_MTL) }, + { } +}; + +#endif /* __IPU6_PCI_TBL_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/ir-rx51.h b/include/media/ir-rx51.h deleted file mode 100644 index 104aa892f31b..000000000000 --- a/include/media/ir-rx51.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _LIRC_RX51_H -#define _LIRC_RX51_H - -struct lirc_rx51_platform_data { - int pwm_timer; - - int(*set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, long t); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/jpeg.h b/include/media/jpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a01e142e99a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/jpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ + +#ifndef _MEDIA_JPEG_H_ +#define _MEDIA_JPEG_H_ + +/* JPEG markers */ +#define JPEG_MARKER_TEM 0x01 +#define JPEG_MARKER_SOF0 0xc0 +#define JPEG_MARKER_DHT 0xc4 +#define JPEG_MARKER_RST 0xd0 +#define JPEG_MARKER_SOI 0xd8 +#define JPEG_MARKER_EOI 0xd9 +#define JPEG_MARKER_SOS 0xda +#define JPEG_MARKER_DQT 0xdb +#define JPEG_MARKER_DRI 0xdd +#define JPEG_MARKER_DHP 0xde +#define JPEG_MARKER_APP0 0xe0 +#define JPEG_MARKER_COM 0xfe + +#endif /* _MEDIA_JPEG_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/lirc.h b/include/media/lirc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4b3ab2966b5a..000000000000 --- a/include/media/lirc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -/* - * lirc.h - linux infrared remote control header file - * last modified 2010/07/13 by Jarod Wilson - */ - -#ifndef _LINUX_LIRC_H -#define _LINUX_LIRC_H - -#include <linux/types.h> -#include <linux/ioctl.h> - -#define PULSE_BIT 0x01000000 -#define PULSE_MASK 0x00FFFFFF - -#define LIRC_MODE2_SPACE 0x00000000 -#define LIRC_MODE2_PULSE 0x01000000 -#define LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY 0x02000000 -#define LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT 0x03000000 - -#define LIRC_VALUE_MASK 0x00FFFFFF -#define LIRC_MODE2_MASK 0xFF000000 - -#define LIRC_SPACE(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_SPACE) -#define LIRC_PULSE(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_PULSE) -#define LIRC_FREQUENCY(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY) -#define LIRC_TIMEOUT(val) (((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) | LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT) - -#define LIRC_VALUE(val) ((val)&LIRC_VALUE_MASK) -#define LIRC_MODE2(val) ((val)&LIRC_MODE2_MASK) - -#define LIRC_IS_SPACE(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_SPACE) -#define LIRC_IS_PULSE(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_PULSE) -#define LIRC_IS_FREQUENCY(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY) -#define LIRC_IS_TIMEOUT(val) (LIRC_MODE2(val) == LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT) - -/* used heavily by lirc userspace */ -#define lirc_t int - -/*** lirc compatible hardware features ***/ - -#define LIRC_MODE2SEND(x) (x) -#define LIRC_SEND2MODE(x) (x) -#define LIRC_MODE2REC(x) ((x) << 16) -#define LIRC_REC2MODE(x) ((x) >> 16) - -#define LIRC_MODE_RAW 0x00000001 -#define LIRC_MODE_PULSE 0x00000002 -#define LIRC_MODE_MODE2 0x00000004 -#define LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE 0x00000010 - - -#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_RAW LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_RAW) -#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_PULSE LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_PULSE) -#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_MODE2 LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_MODE2) -#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_LIRCCODE LIRC_MODE2SEND(LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE) - -#define LIRC_CAN_SEND_MASK 0x0000003f - -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_CARRIER 0x00000100 -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE 0x00000200 -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK 0x00000400 - -#define LIRC_CAN_REC_RAW LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_RAW) -#define LIRC_CAN_REC_PULSE LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_PULSE) -#define LIRC_CAN_REC_MODE2 LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_MODE2) -#define LIRC_CAN_REC_LIRCCODE LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE) - -#define LIRC_CAN_REC_MASK LIRC_MODE2REC(LIRC_CAN_SEND_MASK) - -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_CARRIER (LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_CARRIER << 16) -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE (LIRC_CAN_SET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE << 16) - -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE 0x40000000 -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE 0x80000000 -#define LIRC_CAN_GET_REC_RESOLUTION 0x20000000 -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_TIMEOUT 0x10000000 -#define LIRC_CAN_SET_REC_FILTER 0x08000000 - -#define LIRC_CAN_MEASURE_CARRIER 0x02000000 -#define LIRC_CAN_USE_WIDEBAND_RECEIVER 0x04000000 - -#define LIRC_CAN_SEND(x) ((x)&LIRC_CAN_SEND_MASK) -#define LIRC_CAN_REC(x) ((x)&LIRC_CAN_REC_MASK) - -#define LIRC_CAN_NOTIFY_DECODE 0x01000000 - -/*** IOCTL commands for lirc driver ***/ - -#define LIRC_GET_FEATURES _IOR('i', 0x00000000, __u32) - -#define LIRC_GET_SEND_MODE _IOR('i', 0x00000001, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_REC_MODE _IOR('i', 0x00000002, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_SEND_CARRIER _IOR('i', 0x00000003, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_REC_CARRIER _IOR('i', 0x00000004, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE _IOR('i', 0x00000005, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE _IOR('i', 0x00000006, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_REC_RESOLUTION _IOR('i', 0x00000007, __u32) - -#define LIRC_GET_MIN_TIMEOUT _IOR('i', 0x00000008, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_MAX_TIMEOUT _IOR('i', 0x00000009, __u32) - -#define LIRC_GET_MIN_FILTER_PULSE _IOR('i', 0x0000000a, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_MAX_FILTER_PULSE _IOR('i', 0x0000000b, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_MIN_FILTER_SPACE _IOR('i', 0x0000000c, __u32) -#define LIRC_GET_MAX_FILTER_SPACE _IOR('i', 0x0000000d, __u32) - -/* code length in bits, currently only for LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE */ -#define LIRC_GET_LENGTH _IOR('i', 0x0000000f, __u32) - -#define LIRC_SET_SEND_MODE _IOW('i', 0x00000011, __u32) -#define LIRC_SET_REC_MODE _IOW('i', 0x00000012, __u32) -/* Note: these can reset the according pulse_width */ -#define LIRC_SET_SEND_CARRIER _IOW('i', 0x00000013, __u32) -#define LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER _IOW('i', 0x00000014, __u32) -#define LIRC_SET_SEND_DUTY_CYCLE _IOW('i', 0x00000015, __u32) -#define LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE _IOW('i', 0x00000016, __u32) -#define LIRC_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK _IOW('i', 0x00000017, __u32) - -/* - * when a timeout != 0 is set the driver will send a - * LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT data packet, otherwise LIRC_MODE2_TIMEOUT is - * never sent, timeout is disabled by default - */ -#define LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT _IOW('i', 0x00000018, __u32) - -/* 1 enables, 0 disables timeout reports in MODE2 */ -#define LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT_REPORTS _IOW('i', 0x00000019, __u32) - -/* - * pulses shorter than this are filtered out by hardware (software - * emulation in lirc_dev?) - */ -#define LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER_PULSE _IOW('i', 0x0000001a, __u32) -/* - * spaces shorter than this are filtered out by hardware (software - * emulation in lirc_dev?) - */ -#define LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER_SPACE _IOW('i', 0x0000001b, __u32) -/* - * if filter cannot be set independently for pulse/space, this should - * be used - */ -#define LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER _IOW('i', 0x0000001c, __u32) - -/* - * if enabled from the next key press on the driver will send - * LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY packets - */ -#define LIRC_SET_MEASURE_CARRIER_MODE _IOW('i', 0x0000001d, __u32) - -/* - * to set a range use - * LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE with the - * lower bound first and later - * LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER with the upper bound - */ - -#define LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE _IOW('i', 0x0000001e, __u32) -#define LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE _IOW('i', 0x0000001f, __u32) - -#define LIRC_NOTIFY_DECODE _IO('i', 0x00000020) - -#define LIRC_SETUP_START _IO('i', 0x00000021) -#define LIRC_SETUP_END _IO('i', 0x00000022) - -#define LIRC_SET_WIDEBAND_RECEIVER _IOW('i', 0x00000023, __u32) - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/lirc_dev.h b/include/media/lirc_dev.h deleted file mode 100644 index 168dd0b1bae2..000000000000 --- a/include/media/lirc_dev.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -/* - * LIRC base driver - * - * by Artur Lipowski <alipowski@interia.pl> - * This code is licensed under GNU GPL - * - */ - -#ifndef _LINUX_LIRC_DEV_H -#define _LINUX_LIRC_DEV_H - -#define MAX_IRCTL_DEVICES 8 -#define BUFLEN 16 - -#define mod(n, div) ((n) % (div)) - -#include <linux/slab.h> -#include <linux/fs.h> -#include <linux/ioctl.h> -#include <linux/poll.h> -#include <linux/kfifo.h> -#include <media/lirc.h> - -struct lirc_buffer { - wait_queue_head_t wait_poll; - spinlock_t fifo_lock; - unsigned int chunk_size; - unsigned int size; /* in chunks */ - /* Using chunks instead of bytes pretends to simplify boundary checking - * And should allow for some performance fine tunning later */ - struct kfifo fifo; - u8 fifo_initialized; -}; - -static inline void lirc_buffer_clear(struct lirc_buffer *buf) -{ - unsigned long flags; - - if (buf->fifo_initialized) { - spin_lock_irqsave(&buf->fifo_lock, flags); - kfifo_reset(&buf->fifo); - spin_unlock_irqrestore(&buf->fifo_lock, flags); - } else - WARN(1, "calling %s on an uninitialized lirc_buffer\n", - __func__); -} - -static inline int lirc_buffer_init(struct lirc_buffer *buf, - unsigned int chunk_size, - unsigned int size) -{ - int ret; - - init_waitqueue_head(&buf->wait_poll); - spin_lock_init(&buf->fifo_lock); - buf->chunk_size = chunk_size; - buf->size = size; - ret = kfifo_alloc(&buf->fifo, size * chunk_size, GFP_KERNEL); - if (ret == 0) - buf->fifo_initialized = 1; - - return ret; -} - -static inline void lirc_buffer_free(struct lirc_buffer *buf) -{ - if (buf->fifo_initialized) { - kfifo_free(&buf->fifo); - buf->fifo_initialized = 0; - } else - WARN(1, "calling %s on an uninitialized lirc_buffer\n", - __func__); -} - -static inline int lirc_buffer_len(struct lirc_buffer *buf) -{ - int len; - unsigned long flags; - - spin_lock_irqsave(&buf->fifo_lock, flags); - len = kfifo_len(&buf->fifo); - spin_unlock_irqrestore(&buf->fifo_lock, flags); - - return len; -} - -static inline int lirc_buffer_full(struct lirc_buffer *buf) -{ - return lirc_buffer_len(buf) == buf->size * buf->chunk_size; -} - -static inline int lirc_buffer_empty(struct lirc_buffer *buf) -{ - return !lirc_buffer_len(buf); -} - -static inline int lirc_buffer_available(struct lirc_buffer *buf) -{ - return buf->size - (lirc_buffer_len(buf) / buf->chunk_size); -} - -static inline unsigned int lirc_buffer_read(struct lirc_buffer *buf, - unsigned char *dest) -{ - unsigned int ret = 0; - - if (lirc_buffer_len(buf) >= buf->chunk_size) - ret = kfifo_out_locked(&buf->fifo, dest, buf->chunk_size, - &buf->fifo_lock); - return ret; - -} - -static inline unsigned int lirc_buffer_write(struct lirc_buffer *buf, - unsigned char *orig) -{ - unsigned int ret; - - ret = kfifo_in_locked(&buf->fifo, orig, buf->chunk_size, - &buf->fifo_lock); - - return ret; -} - -struct lirc_driver { - char name[40]; - int minor; - __u32 code_length; - unsigned int buffer_size; /* in chunks holding one code each */ - int sample_rate; - __u32 features; - - unsigned int chunk_size; - - void *data; - int min_timeout; - int max_timeout; - int (*add_to_buf) (void *data, struct lirc_buffer *buf); - struct lirc_buffer *rbuf; - int (*set_use_inc) (void *data); - void (*set_use_dec) (void *data); - const struct file_operations *fops; - struct device *dev; - struct module *owner; -}; - -/* name: - * this string will be used for logs - * - * minor: - * indicates minor device (/dev/lirc) number for registered driver - * if caller fills it with negative value, then the first free minor - * number will be used (if available) - * - * code_length: - * length of the remote control key code expressed in bits - * - * sample_rate: - * - * data: - * it may point to any driver data and this pointer will be passed to - * all callback functions - * - * add_to_buf: - * add_to_buf will be called after specified period of the time or - * triggered by the external event, this behavior depends on value of - * the sample_rate this function will be called in user context. This - * routine should return 0 if data was added to the buffer and - * -ENODATA if none was available. This should add some number of bits - * evenly divisible by code_length to the buffer - * - * rbuf: - * if not NULL, it will be used as a read buffer, you will have to - * write to the buffer by other means, like irq's (see also - * lirc_serial.c). - * - * set_use_inc: - * set_use_inc will be called after device is opened - * - * set_use_dec: - * set_use_dec will be called after device is closed - * - * fops: - * file_operations for drivers which don't fit the current driver model. - * - * Some ioctl's can be directly handled by lirc_dev if the driver's - * ioctl function is NULL or if it returns -ENOIOCTLCMD (see also - * lirc_serial.c). - * - * owner: - * the module owning this struct - * - */ - - -/* following functions can be called ONLY from user context - * - * returns negative value on error or minor number - * of the registered device if success - * contents of the structure pointed by p is copied - */ -extern int lirc_register_driver(struct lirc_driver *d); - -/* returns negative value on error or 0 if success -*/ -extern int lirc_unregister_driver(int minor); - -/* Returns the private data stored in the lirc_driver - * associated with the given device file pointer. - */ -void *lirc_get_pdata(struct file *file); - -/* default file operations - * used by drivers if they override only some operations - */ -int lirc_dev_fop_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file); -int lirc_dev_fop_close(struct inode *inode, struct file *file); -unsigned int lirc_dev_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait); -long lirc_dev_fop_ioctl(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); -ssize_t lirc_dev_fop_read(struct file *file, char __user *buffer, size_t length, - loff_t *ppos); -ssize_t lirc_dev_fop_write(struct file *file, const char __user *buffer, - size_t length, loff_t *ppos); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/m52790.h b/include/media/m52790.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ddffae31a67..000000000000 --- a/include/media/m52790.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - m52790.h - definition for m52790 inputs and outputs - - Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _M52790_H_ -#define _M52790_H_ - -/* Input routing switch 1 */ - -#define M52790_SW1_IN_MASK 0x0003 -#define M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER 0x0000 -#define M52790_SW1_IN_V2 0x0001 -#define M52790_SW1_IN_V3 0x0002 -#define M52790_SW1_IN_V4 0x0003 - -/* Selects component input instead of composite */ -#define M52790_SW1_YCMIX 0x0004 - - -/* Input routing switch 2 */ - -#define M52790_SW2_IN_MASK 0x0300 -#define M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER 0x0000 -#define M52790_SW2_IN_V2 0x0100 -#define M52790_SW2_IN_V3 0x0200 -#define M52790_SW2_IN_V4 0x0300 - -/* Selects component input instead of composite */ -#define M52790_SW2_YCMIX 0x0400 - - -/* Output routing switch 1 */ - -/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */ -#define M52790_SW1_V_AMP 0x0008 - -/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */ -#define M52790_SW1_YC_AMP 0x0010 - -/* Audio output mode */ -#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MASK 0x00c0 -#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MUTE 0x0000 -#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_R 0x0040 -#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_L 0x0080 -#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO 0x00c0 - - -/* Output routing switch 2 */ - -/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */ -#define M52790_SW2_V_AMP 0x0800 - -/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */ -#define M52790_SW2_YC_AMP 0x1000 - -/* Audio output mode */ -#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MASK 0xc000 -#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MUTE 0x0000 -#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_R 0x4000 -#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_L 0x8000 -#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO 0xc000 - - -/* Common values */ -#define M52790_IN_TUNER (M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER | M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER) -#define M52790_IN_V2 (M52790_SW1_IN_V2 | M52790_SW2_IN_V2) -#define M52790_IN_V3 (M52790_SW1_IN_V3 | M52790_SW2_IN_V3) -#define M52790_IN_V4 (M52790_SW1_IN_V4 | M52790_SW2_IN_V4) - -#define M52790_OUT_STEREO (M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \ - M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO) -#define M52790_OUT_AMP_STEREO (M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \ - M52790_SW1_V_AMP | \ - M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO | \ - M52790_SW2_V_AMP) - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/m5mols.h b/include/media/m5mols.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4a825ae5c6c8..000000000000 --- a/include/media/m5mols.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver header for M-5MOLS 8M Pixel camera sensor with ISP - * - * Copyright (C) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. - * Author: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> - * - * Copyright (C) 2009 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. - * Author: Dongsoo Nathaniel Kim <dongsoo45.kim@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef MEDIA_M5MOLS_H -#define MEDIA_M5MOLS_H - -/** - * struct m5mols_platform_data - platform data for M-5MOLS driver - * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving the reset pin of M-5MOLS - * @reset_polarity: active state for gpio_reset pin, 0 or 1 - * @set_power: an additional callback to the board setup code - * to be called after enabling and before disabling - * the sensor's supply regulators - */ -struct m5mols_platform_data { - int gpio_reset; - u8 reset_polarity; - int (*set_power)(struct device *dev, int on); -}; - -#endif /* MEDIA_M5MOLS_H */ diff --git a/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h b/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ab54d426c64 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */ +/* + * media-dev-allocator.h - Media Controller Device Allocator API + * + * Copyright (c) 2019 Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org> + * + * Credits: Suggested by Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + */ + +/* + * This file adds a global ref-counted Media Controller Device Instance API. + * A system wide global media device list is managed and each media device + * includes a kref count. The last put on the media device releases the media + * device instance. + */ + +#ifndef _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H +#define _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H + +struct usb_device; + +#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) && IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_USB) +/** + * media_device_usb_allocate() - Allocate and return struct &media device + * + * @udev: struct &usb_device pointer + * @module_name: should be filled with %KBUILD_MODNAME + * @owner: struct module pointer %THIS_MODULE for the driver. + * %THIS_MODULE is null for a built-in driver. + * It is safe even when %THIS_MODULE is null. + * + * This interface should be called to allocate a Media Device when multiple + * drivers share usb_device and the media device. This interface allocates + * &media_device structure and calls media_device_usb_init() to initialize + * it. + * + */ +struct media_device *media_device_usb_allocate(struct usb_device *udev, + const char *module_name, + struct module *owner); +/** + * media_device_delete() - Release media device. Calls kref_put(). + * + * @mdev: struct &media_device pointer + * @module_name: should be filled with %KBUILD_MODNAME + * @owner: struct module pointer %THIS_MODULE for the driver. + * %THIS_MODULE is null for a built-in driver. + * It is safe even when %THIS_MODULE is null. + * + * This interface should be called to put Media Device Instance kref. + */ +void media_device_delete(struct media_device *mdev, const char *module_name, + struct module *owner); +#else +static inline struct media_device *media_device_usb_allocate( + struct usb_device *udev, const char *module_name, + struct module *owner) + { return NULL; } +static inline void media_device_delete( + struct media_device *mdev, const char *module_name, + struct module *owner) { } +#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_USB */ +#endif /* _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H */ diff --git a/include/media/media-device.h b/include/media/media-device.h index 12155a9596c4..53d2a16a70b0 100644 --- a/include/media/media-device.h +++ b/include/media/media-device.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Media device * @@ -5,19 +6,6 @@ * * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef _MEDIA_DEVICE_H @@ -25,27 +13,100 @@ #include <linux/list.h> #include <linux/mutex.h> -#include <linux/spinlock.h> +#include <linux/pci.h> +#include <linux/platform_device.h> #include <media/media-devnode.h> #include <media/media-entity.h> -struct device; +struct ida; +struct media_device; + +/** + * struct media_entity_notify - Media Entity Notify + * + * @list: List head + * @notify_data: Input data to invoke the callback + * @notify: Callback function pointer + * + * Drivers may register a callback to take action when new entities get + * registered with the media device. This handler is intended for creating + * links between existing entities and should not create entities and register + * them. + */ +struct media_entity_notify { + struct list_head list; + void *notify_data; + void (*notify)(struct media_entity *entity, void *notify_data); +}; + +/** + * struct media_device_ops - Media device operations + * @link_notify: Link state change notification callback. This callback is + * called with the graph_mutex held. + * @req_alloc: Allocate a request. Set this if you need to allocate a struct + * larger then struct media_request. @req_alloc and @req_free must + * either both be set or both be NULL. + * @req_free: Free a request. Set this if @req_alloc was set as well, leave + * to NULL otherwise. + * @req_validate: Validate a request, but do not queue yet. The req_queue_mutex + * lock is held when this op is called. + * @req_queue: Queue a validated request, cannot fail. If something goes + * wrong when queueing this request then it should be marked + * as such internally in the driver and any related buffers + * must eventually return to vb2 with state VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR. + * The req_queue_mutex lock is held when this op is called. + * It is important that vb2 buffer objects are queued last after + * all other object types are queued: queueing a buffer kickstarts + * the request processing, so all other objects related to the + * request (and thus the buffer) must be available to the driver. + * And once a buffer is queued, then the driver can complete + * or delete objects from the request before req_queue exits. + */ +struct media_device_ops { + int (*link_notify)(struct media_link *link, u32 flags, + unsigned int notification); + struct media_request *(*req_alloc)(struct media_device *mdev); + void (*req_free)(struct media_request *req); + int (*req_validate)(struct media_request *req); + void (*req_queue)(struct media_request *req); +}; /** * struct media_device - Media device * @dev: Parent device * @devnode: Media device node + * @driver_name: Optional device driver name. If not set, calls to + * %MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO will return ``dev->driver->name``. + * This is needed for USB drivers for example, as otherwise + * they'll all appear as if the driver name was "usb". * @model: Device model name * @serial: Device serial number (optional) * @bus_info: Unique and stable device location identifier * @hw_revision: Hardware device revision - * @driver_version: Device driver version - * @entity_id: ID of the next entity to be registered + * @topology_version: Monotonic counter for storing the version of the graph + * topology. Should be incremented each time the topology changes. + * @id: Unique ID used on the last registered graph object + * @entity_internal_idx: Unique internal entity ID used by the graph traversal + * algorithms + * @entity_internal_idx_max: Allocated internal entity indices * @entities: List of registered entities - * @lock: Entities list lock - * @graph_mutex: Entities graph operation lock - * @link_notify: Link state change notification callback + * @interfaces: List of registered interfaces + * @pads: List of registered pads + * @links: List of registered links + * @entity_notify: List of registered entity_notify callbacks + * @graph_mutex: Protects access to struct media_device data + * @pm_count_walk: Graph walk for power state walk. Access serialised using + * graph_mutex. + * + * @source_priv: Driver Private data for enable/disable source handlers + * @enable_source: Enable Source Handler function pointer + * @disable_source: Disable Source Handler function pointer + * + * @ops: Operation handler callbacks + * @req_queue_mutex: Serialise the MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE ioctl w.r.t. + * other operations that stop or start streaming. + * @request_id: Used to generate unique request IDs * * This structure represents an abstract high-level media device. It allows easy * access to entities and provides basic media device-level support. The @@ -56,46 +117,402 @@ struct device; * * @model is a descriptive model name exported through sysfs. It doesn't have to * be unique. + * + * @enable_source is a handler to find source entity for the + * sink entity and activate the link between them if source + * entity is free. Drivers should call this handler before + * accessing the source. + * + * @disable_source is a handler to find source entity for the + * sink entity and deactivate the link between them. Drivers + * should call this handler to release the source. + * + * Use-case: find tuner entity connected to the decoder + * entity and check if it is available, and activate the + * link between them from @enable_source and deactivate + * from @disable_source. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Bridge driver is expected to implement and set the + * handler when &media_device is registered or when + * bridge driver finds the media_device during probe. + * Bridge driver sets source_priv with information + * necessary to run @enable_source and @disable_source handlers. + * Callers should hold graph_mutex to access and call @enable_source + * and @disable_source handlers. */ struct media_device { /* dev->driver_data points to this struct. */ struct device *dev; - struct media_devnode devnode; + struct media_devnode *devnode; char model[32]; + char driver_name[32]; char serial[40]; char bus_info[32]; u32 hw_revision; - u32 driver_version; - u32 entity_id; + u64 topology_version; + + u32 id; + struct ida entity_internal_idx; + int entity_internal_idx_max; + struct list_head entities; + struct list_head interfaces; + struct list_head pads; + struct list_head links; + + /* notify callback list invoked when a new entity is registered */ + struct list_head entity_notify; - /* Protects the entities list */ - spinlock_t lock; /* Serializes graph operations. */ struct mutex graph_mutex; + struct media_graph pm_count_walk; - int (*link_notify)(struct media_link *link, u32 flags, - unsigned int notification); + void *source_priv; + int (*enable_source)(struct media_entity *entity, + struct media_pipeline *pipe); + void (*disable_source)(struct media_entity *entity); + + const struct media_device_ops *ops; + + struct mutex req_queue_mutex; + atomic_t request_id; }; +/* We don't need to include usb.h here */ +struct usb_device; + +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER + /* Supported link_notify @notification values. */ #define MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_PRE_LINK_CH 0 #define MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_POST_LINK_CH 1 -/* media_devnode to media_device */ -#define to_media_device(node) container_of(node, struct media_device, devnode) +/** + * media_device_init() - Initializes a media device element + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * + * This function initializes the media device prior to its registration. + * The media device initialization and registration is split in two functions + * to avoid race conditions and make the media device available to user-space + * before the media graph has been completed. + * + * So drivers need to first initialize the media device, register any entity + * within the media device, create pad to pad links and then finally register + * the media device by calling media_device_register() as a final step. + * + * The caller is responsible for initializing the media device before + * registration. The following fields must be set: + * + * - dev must point to the parent device + * - model must be filled with the device model name + * + * The bus_info field is set by media_device_init() for PCI and platform devices + * if the field begins with '\0'. + */ +void media_device_init(struct media_device *mdev); + +/** + * media_device_cleanup() - Cleanups a media device element + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * + * This function that will destroy the graph_mutex that is + * initialized in media_device_init(). + */ +void media_device_cleanup(struct media_device *mdev); + +/** + * __media_device_register() - Registers a media device element + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE + * + * Users, should, instead, call the media_device_register() macro. + * + * The caller is responsible for initializing the &media_device structure + * before registration. The following fields of &media_device must be set: + * + * - &media_device.model must be filled with the device model name as a + * NUL-terminated UTF-8 string. The device/model revision must not be + * stored in this field. + * + * The following fields are optional: + * + * - &media_device.serial is a unique serial number stored as a + * NUL-terminated ASCII string. The field is big enough to store a GUID + * in text form. If the hardware doesn't provide a unique serial number + * this field must be left empty. + * + * - &media_device.bus_info represents the location of the device in the + * system as a NUL-terminated ASCII string. For PCI/PCIe devices + * &media_device.bus_info must be set to "PCI:" (or "PCIe:") followed by + * the value of pci_name(). For USB devices,the usb_make_path() function + * must be used. This field is used by applications to distinguish between + * otherwise identical devices that don't provide a serial number. + * + * - &media_device.hw_revision is the hardware device revision in a + * driver-specific format. When possible the revision should be formatted + * with the KERNEL_VERSION() macro. + * + * .. note:: + * + * #) Upon successful registration a character device named media[0-9]+ is created. The device major and minor numbers are dynamic. The model name is exported as a sysfs attribute. + * + * #) Unregistering a media device that hasn't been registered is **NOT** safe. + * + * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code. + */ +int __must_check __media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev, + struct module *owner); + + +/** + * media_device_register() - Registers a media device element + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * + * This macro calls __media_device_register() passing %THIS_MODULE as + * the __media_device_register() second argument (**owner**). + */ +#define media_device_register(mdev) __media_device_register(mdev, THIS_MODULE) -int __must_check media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev); +/** + * media_device_unregister() - Unregisters a media device element + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * + * It is safe to call this function on an unregistered (but initialised) + * media device. + */ void media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev); +/** + * media_device_register_entity() - registers a media entity inside a + * previously registered media device. + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @entity: pointer to struct &media_entity to be registered + * + * Entities are identified by a unique positive integer ID. The media + * controller framework will such ID automatically. IDs are not guaranteed + * to be contiguous, and the ID number can change on newer Kernel versions. + * So, neither the driver nor userspace should hardcode ID numbers to refer + * to the entities, but, instead, use the framework to find the ID, when + * needed. + * + * The media_entity name, type and flags fields should be initialized before + * calling media_device_register_entity(). Entities embedded in higher-level + * standard structures can have some of those fields set by the higher-level + * framework. + * + * If the device has pads, media_entity_pads_init() should be called before + * this function. Otherwise, the &media_entity.pad and &media_entity.num_pads + * should be zeroed before calling this function. + * + * Entities have flags that describe the entity capabilities and state: + * + * %MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT + * indicates the default entity for a given type. + * This can be used to report the default audio and video devices or the + * default camera sensor. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Drivers should set the entity function before calling this function. + * Please notice that the values %MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN and + * %MEDIA_ENT_F_UNKNOWN should not be used by the drivers. + */ int __must_check media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev, struct media_entity *entity); + +/** + * media_device_unregister_entity() - unregisters a media entity. + * + * @entity: pointer to struct &media_entity to be unregistered + * + * All links associated with the entity and all PADs are automatically + * unregistered from the media_device when this function is called. + * + * Unregistering an entity will not change the IDs of the other entities and + * the previoully used ID will never be reused for a newly registered entities. + * + * When a media device is unregistered, all its entities are unregistered + * automatically. No manual entities unregistration is then required. + * + * .. note:: + * + * The media_entity instance itself must be freed explicitly by + * the driver if required. + */ void media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity); +/** + * media_device_register_entity_notify() - Registers a media entity_notify + * callback + * + * @mdev: The media device + * @nptr: The media_entity_notify + * + * .. note:: + * + * When a new entity is registered, all the registered + * media_entity_notify callbacks are invoked. + */ + +void media_device_register_entity_notify(struct media_device *mdev, + struct media_entity_notify *nptr); + +/** + * media_device_unregister_entity_notify() - Unregister a media entity notify + * callback + * + * @mdev: The media device + * @nptr: The media_entity_notify + * + */ +void media_device_unregister_entity_notify(struct media_device *mdev, + struct media_entity_notify *nptr); + /* Iterate over all entities. */ #define media_device_for_each_entity(entity, mdev) \ - list_for_each_entry(entity, &(mdev)->entities, list) + list_for_each_entry(entity, &(mdev)->entities, graph_obj.list) + +/* Iterate over all interfaces. */ +#define media_device_for_each_intf(intf, mdev) \ + list_for_each_entry(intf, &(mdev)->interfaces, graph_obj.list) + +/* Iterate over all pads. */ +#define media_device_for_each_pad(pad, mdev) \ + list_for_each_entry(pad, &(mdev)->pads, graph_obj.list) + +/* Iterate over all links. */ +#define media_device_for_each_link(link, mdev) \ + list_for_each_entry(link, &(mdev)->links, graph_obj.list) + +/** + * media_device_pci_init() - create and initialize a + * struct &media_device from a PCI device. + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @pci_dev: pointer to struct pci_dev + * @name: media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the default + * name for the pci device, given by pci_name() macro. + */ +void media_device_pci_init(struct media_device *mdev, + struct pci_dev *pci_dev, + const char *name); +/** + * __media_device_usb_init() - create and initialize a + * struct &media_device from a PCI device. + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @udev: pointer to struct usb_device + * @board_name: media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the usb + * product name, if available. + * @driver_name: name of the driver. if %NULL, the routine will use the name + * given by ``udev->dev->driver->name``, with is usually the wrong + * thing to do. + * + * .. note:: + * + * It is better to call media_device_usb_init() instead, as + * such macro fills driver_name with %KBUILD_MODNAME. + */ +void __media_device_usb_init(struct media_device *mdev, + struct usb_device *udev, + const char *board_name, + const char *driver_name); + +#else +static inline void media_device_init(struct media_device *mdev) +{ +} +static inline int media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev) +{ + return 0; +} +static inline void media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev) +{ +} +static inline void media_device_cleanup(struct media_device *mdev) +{ +} +static inline int media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev, + struct media_entity *entity) +{ + return 0; +} +static inline void media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity) +{ +} +static inline void media_device_register_entity_notify( + struct media_device *mdev, + struct media_entity_notify *nptr) +{ +} +static inline void media_device_unregister_entity_notify( + struct media_device *mdev, + struct media_entity_notify *nptr) +{ +} + +static inline void media_device_pci_init(struct media_device *mdev, + struct pci_dev *pci_dev, + char *name) +{ +} + +static inline void __media_device_usb_init(struct media_device *mdev, + struct usb_device *udev, + char *board_name, + char *driver_name) +{ +} + +#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */ + +/** + * media_device_usb_init() - create and initialize a + * struct &media_device from a PCI device. + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @udev: pointer to struct usb_device + * @name: media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the usb + * product name, if available. + * + * This macro calls media_device_usb_init() passing the + * media_device_usb_init() **driver_name** parameter filled with + * %KBUILD_MODNAME. + */ +#define media_device_usb_init(mdev, udev, name) \ + __media_device_usb_init(mdev, udev, name, KBUILD_MODNAME) + +/** + * media_set_bus_info() - Set bus_info field + * + * @bus_info: Variable where to write the bus info (char array) + * @bus_info_size: Length of the bus_info + * @dev: Related struct device + * + * Sets bus information based on &dev. This is currently done for PCI and + * platform devices. dev is required to be non-NULL for this to happen. + * + * This function is not meant to be called from drivers. + */ +static inline void +media_set_bus_info(char *bus_info, size_t bus_info_size, struct device *dev) +{ + if (!dev) + strscpy(bus_info, "no bus info", bus_info_size); + else if (dev_is_platform(dev)) + snprintf(bus_info, bus_info_size, "platform:%s", dev_name(dev)); + else if (dev_is_pci(dev)) + snprintf(bus_info, bus_info_size, "PCI:%s", dev_name(dev)); +} #endif diff --git a/include/media/media-devnode.h b/include/media/media-devnode.h index 3446af279fca..d27c1c646c28 100644 --- a/include/media/media-devnode.h +++ b/include/media/media-devnode.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Media device node * @@ -6,19 +7,6 @@ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - * * -- * * Common functions for media-related drivers to register and unregister media @@ -33,6 +21,8 @@ #include <linux/device.h> #include <linux/cdev.h> +struct media_device; + /* * Flag to mark the media_devnode struct as registered. Drivers must not touch * this flag directly, it will be set and cleared by media_devnode_register and @@ -40,11 +30,25 @@ */ #define MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED 0 +/** + * struct media_file_operations - Media device file operations + * + * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE + * @read: pointer to the function that implements read() syscall + * @write: pointer to the function that implements write() syscall + * @poll: pointer to the function that implements poll() syscall + * @ioctl: pointer to the function that implements ioctl() syscall + * @compat_ioctl: pointer to the function that will handle 32 bits userspace + * calls to the ioctl() syscall on a Kernel compiled with 64 bits. + * @open: pointer to the function that implements open() syscall + * @release: pointer to the function that will release the resources allocated + * by the @open function. + */ struct media_file_operations { struct module *owner; ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); - unsigned int (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *); + __poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *); long (*ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); int (*open) (struct file *); @@ -53,9 +57,15 @@ struct media_file_operations { /** * struct media_devnode - Media device node + * @media_dev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @fops: pointer to struct &media_file_operations with media device ops + * @dev: pointer to struct &device containing the media controller device + * @cdev: struct cdev pointer character device * @parent: parent device * @minor: device node minor number - * @flags: flags, combination of the MEDIA_FLAG_* constants + * @flags: flags, combination of the ``MEDIA_FLAG_*`` constants + * @release: release callback called at the end of ``media_devnode_release()`` + * routine at media-device.c. * * This structure represents a media-related device node. * @@ -63,6 +73,8 @@ struct media_file_operations { * before registering the node. */ struct media_devnode { + struct media_device *media_dev; + /* device ops */ const struct media_file_operations *fops; @@ -76,23 +88,81 @@ struct media_devnode { unsigned long flags; /* Use bitops to access flags */ /* callbacks */ - void (*release)(struct media_devnode *mdev); + void (*release)(struct media_devnode *devnode); }; /* dev to media_devnode */ #define to_media_devnode(cd) container_of(cd, struct media_devnode, dev) -int __must_check media_devnode_register(struct media_devnode *mdev); -void media_devnode_unregister(struct media_devnode *mdev); +/** + * media_devnode_register - register a media device node + * + * @mdev: struct media_device we want to register a device node + * @devnode: media device node structure we want to register + * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE + * + * The registration code assigns minor numbers and registers the new device node + * with the kernel. An error is returned if no free minor number can be found, + * or if the registration of the device node fails. + * + * Zero is returned on success. + * + * Note that if the media_devnode_register call fails, the release() callback of + * the media_devnode structure is *not* called, so the caller is responsible for + * freeing any data. + */ +int __must_check media_devnode_register(struct media_device *mdev, + struct media_devnode *devnode, + struct module *owner); + +/** + * media_devnode_unregister_prepare - clear the media device node register bit + * @devnode: the device node to prepare for unregister + * + * This clears the passed device register bit. Future open calls will be met + * with errors. Should be called before media_devnode_unregister() to avoid + * races with unregister and device file open calls. + * + * This function can safely be called if the device node has never been + * registered or has already been unregistered. + */ +void media_devnode_unregister_prepare(struct media_devnode *devnode); + +/** + * media_devnode_unregister - unregister a media device node + * @devnode: the device node to unregister + * + * This unregisters the passed device. Future open calls will be met with + * errors. + * + * Should be called after media_devnode_unregister_prepare() + */ +void media_devnode_unregister(struct media_devnode *devnode); +/** + * media_devnode_data - returns a pointer to the &media_devnode + * + * @filp: pointer to struct &file + */ static inline struct media_devnode *media_devnode_data(struct file *filp) { return filp->private_data; } -static inline int media_devnode_is_registered(struct media_devnode *mdev) +/** + * media_devnode_is_registered - returns true if &media_devnode is registered; + * false otherwise. + * + * @devnode: pointer to struct &media_devnode. + * + * Note: If mdev is NULL, it also returns false. + */ +static inline int media_devnode_is_registered(struct media_devnode *devnode) { - return test_bit(MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED, &mdev->flags); + if (!devnode) + return false; + + return test_bit(MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED, &devnode->flags); } #endif /* _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H */ diff --git a/include/media/media-entity.h b/include/media/media-entity.h index 06bacf937d61..b91ff6f8c3bb 100644 --- a/include/media/media-entity.h +++ b/include/media/media-entity.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Media entity * @@ -5,151 +6,1445 @@ * * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef _MEDIA_ENTITY_H #define _MEDIA_ENTITY_H +#include <linux/bitmap.h> +#include <linux/bug.h> +#include <linux/container_of.h> +#include <linux/fwnode.h> #include <linux/list.h> #include <linux/media.h> +#include <linux/minmax.h> +#include <linux/types.h> + +/* Enums used internally at the media controller to represent graphs */ + +/** + * enum media_gobj_type - type of a graph object + * + * @MEDIA_GRAPH_ENTITY: Identify a media entity + * @MEDIA_GRAPH_PAD: Identify a media pad + * @MEDIA_GRAPH_LINK: Identify a media link + * @MEDIA_GRAPH_INTF_DEVNODE: Identify a media Kernel API interface via + * a device node + */ +enum media_gobj_type { + MEDIA_GRAPH_ENTITY, + MEDIA_GRAPH_PAD, + MEDIA_GRAPH_LINK, + MEDIA_GRAPH_INTF_DEVNODE, +}; + +#define MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE 8 +#define MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID (32 - MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE) +#define MEDIA_ID_MASK GENMASK_ULL(MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID - 1, 0) + +/* Structs to represent the objects that belong to a media graph */ + +/** + * struct media_gobj - Define a graph object. + * + * @mdev: Pointer to the struct &media_device that owns the object + * @id: Non-zero object ID identifier. The ID should be unique + * inside a media_device, as it is composed by + * %MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE to store the type plus + * %MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID to store the ID + * @list: List entry stored in one of the per-type mdev object lists + * + * All objects on the media graph should have this struct embedded + */ +struct media_gobj { + struct media_device *mdev; + u32 id; + struct list_head list; +}; + +#define MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH 16 + +/** + * struct media_entity_enum - An enumeration of media entities. + * + * @bmap: Bit map in which each bit represents one entity at struct + * media_entity->internal_idx. + * @idx_max: Number of bits in bmap + */ +struct media_entity_enum { + unsigned long *bmap; + int idx_max; +}; + +/** + * struct media_graph - Media graph traversal state + * + * @stack: Graph traversal stack; the stack contains information + * on the path the media entities to be walked and the + * links through which they were reached. + * @stack.entity: pointer to &struct media_entity at the graph. + * @stack.link: pointer to &struct list_head. + * @ent_enum: Visited entities + * @top: The top of the stack + */ +struct media_graph { + struct { + struct media_entity *entity; + struct list_head *link; + } stack[MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH]; + + struct media_entity_enum ent_enum; + int top; +}; +/** + * struct media_pipeline - Media pipeline related information + * + * @allocated: Media pipeline allocated and freed by the framework + * @mdev: The media device the pipeline is part of + * @pads: List of media_pipeline_pad + * @start_count: Media pipeline start - stop count + */ struct media_pipeline { + bool allocated; + struct media_device *mdev; + struct list_head pads; + int start_count; +}; + +/** + * struct media_pipeline_pad - A pad part of a media pipeline + * + * @list: Entry in the media_pad pads list + * @pipe: The media_pipeline that the pad is part of + * @pad: The media pad + * + * This structure associate a pad with a media pipeline. Instances of + * media_pipeline_pad are created by media_pipeline_start() when it builds the + * pipeline, and stored in the &media_pad.pads list. media_pipeline_stop() + * removes the entries from the list and deletes them. + */ +struct media_pipeline_pad { + struct list_head list; + struct media_pipeline *pipe; + struct media_pad *pad; +}; + +/** + * struct media_pipeline_pad_iter - Iterator for media_pipeline_for_each_pad + * + * @cursor: The current element + */ +struct media_pipeline_pad_iter { + struct list_head *cursor; +}; + +/** + * struct media_pipeline_entity_iter - Iterator for media_pipeline_for_each_entity + * + * @ent_enum: The entity enumeration tracker + * @cursor: The current element + */ +struct media_pipeline_entity_iter { + struct media_entity_enum ent_enum; + struct list_head *cursor; }; +/** + * struct media_link - A link object part of a media graph. + * + * @graph_obj: Embedded structure containing the media object common data + * @list: Linked list associated with an entity or an interface that + * owns the link. + * @gobj0: Part of a union. Used to get the pointer for the first + * graph_object of the link. + * @source: Part of a union. Used only if the first object (gobj0) is + * a pad. In that case, it represents the source pad. + * @intf: Part of a union. Used only if the first object (gobj0) is + * an interface. + * @gobj1: Part of a union. Used to get the pointer for the second + * graph_object of the link. + * @sink: Part of a union. Used only if the second object (gobj1) is + * a pad. In that case, it represents the sink pad. + * @entity: Part of a union. Used only if the second object (gobj1) is + * an entity. + * @reverse: Pointer to the link for the reverse direction of a pad to pad + * link. + * @flags: Link flags, as defined in uapi/media.h (MEDIA_LNK_FL_*) + * @is_backlink: Indicate if the link is a backlink. + */ struct media_link { - struct media_pad *source; /* Source pad */ - struct media_pad *sink; /* Sink pad */ - struct media_link *reverse; /* Link in the reverse direction */ - unsigned long flags; /* Link flags (MEDIA_LNK_FL_*) */ + struct media_gobj graph_obj; + struct list_head list; + union { + struct media_gobj *gobj0; + struct media_pad *source; + struct media_interface *intf; + }; + union { + struct media_gobj *gobj1; + struct media_pad *sink; + struct media_entity *entity; + }; + struct media_link *reverse; + unsigned long flags; + bool is_backlink; }; +/** + * enum media_pad_signal_type - type of the signal inside a media pad + * + * @PAD_SIGNAL_DEFAULT: + * Default signal. Use this when all inputs or all outputs are + * uniquely identified by the pad number. + * @PAD_SIGNAL_ANALOG: + * The pad contains an analog signal. It can be Radio Frequency, + * Intermediate Frequency, a baseband signal or sub-carriers. + * Tuner inputs, IF-PLL demodulators, composite and s-video signals + * should use it. + * @PAD_SIGNAL_DV: + * Contains a digital video signal, with can be a bitstream of samples + * taken from an analog TV video source. On such case, it usually + * contains the VBI data on it. + * @PAD_SIGNAL_AUDIO: + * Contains an Intermediate Frequency analog signal from an audio + * sub-carrier or an audio bitstream. IF signals are provided by tuners + * and consumed by audio AM/FM decoders. Bitstream audio is provided by + * an audio decoder. + */ +enum media_pad_signal_type { + PAD_SIGNAL_DEFAULT = 0, + PAD_SIGNAL_ANALOG, + PAD_SIGNAL_DV, + PAD_SIGNAL_AUDIO, +}; + +/** + * struct media_pad - A media pad graph object. + * + * @graph_obj: Embedded structure containing the media object common data + * @entity: Entity this pad belongs to + * @index: Pad index in the entity pads array, numbered from 0 to n + * @num_links: Number of links connected to this pad + * @sig_type: Type of the signal inside a media pad + * @flags: Pad flags, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * (seek for ``MEDIA_PAD_FL_*``) + * @pipe: Pipeline this pad belongs to. Use media_entity_pipeline() to + * access this field. + */ struct media_pad { - struct media_entity *entity; /* Entity this pad belongs to */ - u16 index; /* Pad index in the entity pads array */ - unsigned long flags; /* Pad flags (MEDIA_PAD_FL_*) */ + struct media_gobj graph_obj; /* must be first field in struct */ + struct media_entity *entity; + u16 index; + u16 num_links; + enum media_pad_signal_type sig_type; + unsigned long flags; + + /* + * The fields below are private, and should only be accessed via + * appropriate functions. + */ + struct media_pipeline *pipe; }; +/** + * struct media_entity_operations - Media entity operations + * @get_fwnode_pad: Return the pad number based on a fwnode endpoint or + * a negative value on error. This operation can be used + * to map a fwnode to a media pad number. Optional. + * @link_setup: Notify the entity of link changes. The operation can + * return an error, in which case link setup will be + * cancelled. Optional. + * @link_validate: Return whether a link is valid from the entity point of + * view. The media_pipeline_start() function + * validates all links by calling this operation. Optional. + * @has_pad_interdep: Return whether two pads of the entity are + * interdependent. If two pads are interdependent they are + * part of the same pipeline and enabling one of the pads + * means that the other pad will become "locked" and + * doesn't allow configuration changes. pad0 and pad1 are + * guaranteed to not both be sinks or sources. Never call + * the .has_pad_interdep() operation directly, always use + * media_entity_has_pad_interdep(). + * Optional: If the operation isn't implemented all pads + * will be considered as interdependent. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Those these callbacks are called with struct &media_device.graph_mutex + * mutex held. + */ struct media_entity_operations { + int (*get_fwnode_pad)(struct media_entity *entity, + struct fwnode_endpoint *endpoint); int (*link_setup)(struct media_entity *entity, const struct media_pad *local, const struct media_pad *remote, u32 flags); int (*link_validate)(struct media_link *link); + bool (*has_pad_interdep)(struct media_entity *entity, unsigned int pad0, + unsigned int pad1); +}; + +/** + * enum media_entity_type - Media entity type + * + * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_BASE: + * The entity isn't embedded in another subsystem structure. + * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE: + * The entity is embedded in a struct video_device instance. + * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV: + * The entity is embedded in a struct v4l2_subdev instance. + * + * Media entity objects are often not instantiated directly, but the media + * entity structure is inherited by (through embedding) other subsystem-specific + * structures. The media entity type identifies the type of the subclass + * structure that implements a media entity instance. + * + * This allows runtime type identification of media entities and safe casting to + * the correct object type. For instance, a media entity structure instance + * embedded in a v4l2_subdev structure instance will have the type + * %MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV and can safely be cast to a &v4l2_subdev + * structure using the container_of() macro. + */ +enum media_entity_type { + MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_BASE, + MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE, + MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV, }; +/** + * struct media_entity - A media entity graph object. + * + * @graph_obj: Embedded structure containing the media object common data. + * @name: Entity name. + * @obj_type: Type of the object that implements the media_entity. + * @function: Entity main function, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * (seek for ``MEDIA_ENT_F_*``) + * @flags: Entity flags, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * (seek for ``MEDIA_ENT_FL_*``) + * @num_pads: Number of sink and source pads. + * @num_links: Total number of links, forward and back, enabled and disabled. + * @num_backlinks: Number of backlinks + * @internal_idx: An unique internal entity specific number. The numbers are + * re-used if entities are unregistered or registered again. + * @pads: Pads array with the size defined by @num_pads. + * @links: List of data links. + * @ops: Entity operations. + * @use_count: Use count for the entity. + * @info: Union with devnode information. Kept just for backward + * compatibility. + * @info.dev: Contains device major and minor info. + * @info.dev.major: device node major, if the device is a devnode. + * @info.dev.minor: device node minor, if the device is a devnode. + * + * .. note:: + * + * The @use_count reference count must never be negative, but is a signed + * integer on purpose: a simple ``WARN_ON(<0)`` check can be used to detect + * reference count bugs that would make it negative. + */ struct media_entity { - struct list_head list; - struct media_device *parent; /* Media device this entity belongs to*/ - u32 id; /* Entity ID, unique in the parent media - * device context */ - const char *name; /* Entity name */ - u32 type; /* Entity type (MEDIA_ENT_T_*) */ - u32 revision; /* Entity revision, driver specific */ - unsigned long flags; /* Entity flags (MEDIA_ENT_FL_*) */ - u32 group_id; /* Entity group ID */ - - u16 num_pads; /* Number of sink and source pads */ - u16 num_links; /* Number of existing links, both - * enabled and disabled */ - u16 num_backlinks; /* Number of backlinks */ - u16 max_links; /* Maximum number of links */ - - struct media_pad *pads; /* Pads array (num_pads elements) */ - struct media_link *links; /* Links array (max_links elements)*/ - - const struct media_entity_operations *ops; /* Entity operations */ - - /* Reference counts must never be negative, but are signed integers on - * purpose: a simple WARN_ON(<0) check can be used to detect reference - * count bugs that would make them negative. - */ - int stream_count; /* Stream count for the entity. */ - int use_count; /* Use count for the entity. */ + struct media_gobj graph_obj; /* must be first field in struct */ + const char *name; + enum media_entity_type obj_type; + u32 function; + unsigned long flags; + + u16 num_pads; + u16 num_links; + u16 num_backlinks; + int internal_idx; + + struct media_pad *pads; + struct list_head links; + + const struct media_entity_operations *ops; - struct media_pipeline *pipe; /* Pipeline this entity belongs to. */ + int use_count; union { - /* Node specifications */ struct { u32 major; u32 minor; - } v4l; - struct { - u32 major; - u32 minor; - } fb; - struct { - u32 card; - u32 device; - u32 subdevice; - } alsa; - int dvb; - - /* Sub-device specifications */ - /* Nothing needed yet */ + } dev; } info; }; -static inline u32 media_entity_type(struct media_entity *entity) +/** + * media_entity_for_each_pad - Iterate on all pads in an entity + * @entity: The entity the pads belong to + * @iter: The iterator pad + * + * Iterate on all pads in a media entity. + */ +#define media_entity_for_each_pad(entity, iter) \ + for (iter = (entity)->pads; \ + iter < &(entity)->pads[(entity)->num_pads]; \ + ++iter) + +/** + * struct media_interface - A media interface graph object. + * + * @graph_obj: embedded graph object + * @links: List of links pointing to graph entities + * @type: Type of the interface as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * (seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_T_*``) + * @flags: Interface flags as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * (seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_FL_*``) + * + * .. note:: + * + * Currently, no flags for &media_interface is defined. + */ +struct media_interface { + struct media_gobj graph_obj; + struct list_head links; + u32 type; + u32 flags; +}; + +/** + * struct media_intf_devnode - A media interface via a device node. + * + * @intf: embedded interface object + * @major: Major number of a device node + * @minor: Minor number of a device node + */ +struct media_intf_devnode { + struct media_interface intf; + + /* Should match the fields at media_v2_intf_devnode */ + u32 major; + u32 minor; +}; + +/** + * media_entity_id() - return the media entity graph object id + * + * @entity: pointer to &media_entity + */ +static inline u32 media_entity_id(struct media_entity *entity) { - return entity->type & MEDIA_ENT_TYPE_MASK; + return entity->graph_obj.id; } -static inline u32 media_entity_subtype(struct media_entity *entity) +/** + * media_type() - return the media object type + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + */ +static inline enum media_gobj_type media_type(struct media_gobj *gobj) { - return entity->type & MEDIA_ENT_SUBTYPE_MASK; + return gobj->id >> MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID; } -#define MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH 16 +/** + * media_id() - return the media object ID + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + */ +static inline u32 media_id(struct media_gobj *gobj) +{ + return gobj->id & MEDIA_ID_MASK; +} -struct media_entity_graph { - struct { - struct media_entity *entity; - int link; - } stack[MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH]; - int top; -}; +/** + * media_gobj_gen_id() - encapsulates type and ID on at the object ID + * + * @type: object type as define at enum &media_gobj_type. + * @local_id: next ID, from struct &media_device.id. + */ +static inline u32 media_gobj_gen_id(enum media_gobj_type type, u64 local_id) +{ + u32 id; + + id = type << MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID; + id |= local_id & MEDIA_ID_MASK; + + return id; +} + +/** + * is_media_entity_v4l2_video_device() - Check if the entity is a video_device + * @entity: pointer to entity + * + * Return: %true if the entity is an instance of a video_device object and can + * safely be cast to a struct video_device using the container_of() macro, or + * %false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool is_media_entity_v4l2_video_device(struct media_entity *entity) +{ + return entity && entity->obj_type == MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE; +} + +/** + * is_media_entity_v4l2_subdev() - Check if the entity is a v4l2_subdev + * @entity: pointer to entity + * + * Return: %true if the entity is an instance of a &v4l2_subdev object and can + * safely be cast to a struct &v4l2_subdev using the container_of() macro, or + * %false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool is_media_entity_v4l2_subdev(struct media_entity *entity) +{ + return entity && entity->obj_type == MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV; +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_init - Initialise an entity enumeration + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be initialised + * @mdev: The related media device + * + * Return: zero on success or a negative error code. + */ +__must_check int media_entity_enum_init(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum, + struct media_device *mdev); + +/** + * media_entity_enum_cleanup - Release resources of an entity enumeration + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be released + */ +void media_entity_enum_cleanup(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum); + +/** + * media_entity_enum_zero - Clear the entire enum + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be cleared + */ +static inline void media_entity_enum_zero(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum) +{ + bitmap_zero(ent_enum->bmap, ent_enum->idx_max); +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_set - Mark a single entity in the enum + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration + * @entity: Entity to be marked + */ +static inline void media_entity_enum_set(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum, + struct media_entity *entity) +{ + if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max)) + return; + + __set_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap); +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_clear - Unmark a single entity in the enum + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration + * @entity: Entity to be unmarked + */ +static inline void media_entity_enum_clear(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum, + struct media_entity *entity) +{ + if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max)) + return; + + __clear_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap); +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_test - Test whether the entity is marked + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration + * @entity: Entity to be tested + * + * Returns %true if the entity was marked. + */ +static inline bool media_entity_enum_test(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum, + struct media_entity *entity) +{ + if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max)) + return true; + + return test_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap); +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_test_and_set - Test whether the entity is marked, + * and mark it + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration + * @entity: Entity to be tested + * + * Returns %true if the entity was marked, and mark it before doing so. + */ +static inline bool +media_entity_enum_test_and_set(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum, + struct media_entity *entity) +{ + if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max)) + return true; + + return __test_and_set_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap); +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_empty - Test whether the entire enum is empty + * + * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration + * + * Return: %true if the entity was empty. + */ +static inline bool media_entity_enum_empty(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum) +{ + return bitmap_empty(ent_enum->bmap, ent_enum->idx_max); +} + +/** + * media_entity_enum_intersects - Test whether two enums intersect + * + * @ent_enum1: First entity enumeration + * @ent_enum2: Second entity enumeration + * + * Return: %true if entity enumerations @ent_enum1 and @ent_enum2 intersect, + * otherwise %false. + */ +static inline bool media_entity_enum_intersects( + struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum1, + struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum2) +{ + WARN_ON(ent_enum1->idx_max != ent_enum2->idx_max); + + return bitmap_intersects(ent_enum1->bmap, ent_enum2->bmap, + min(ent_enum1->idx_max, ent_enum2->idx_max)); +} + +/** + * gobj_to_entity - returns the struct &media_entity pointer from the + * @gobj contained on it. + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + */ +#define gobj_to_entity(gobj) \ + container_of_const(gobj, struct media_entity, graph_obj) + +/** + * gobj_to_pad - returns the struct &media_pad pointer from the + * @gobj contained on it. + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + */ +#define gobj_to_pad(gobj) \ + container_of_const(gobj, struct media_pad, graph_obj) + +/** + * gobj_to_link - returns the struct &media_link pointer from the + * @gobj contained on it. + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + */ +#define gobj_to_link(gobj) \ + container_of_const(gobj, struct media_link, graph_obj) + +/** + * gobj_to_intf - returns the struct &media_interface pointer from the + * @gobj contained on it. + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + */ +#define gobj_to_intf(gobj) \ + container_of_const(gobj, struct media_interface, graph_obj) + +/** + * intf_to_devnode - returns the struct media_intf_devnode pointer from the + * @intf contained on it. + * + * @intf: Pointer to struct &media_intf_devnode + */ +#define intf_to_devnode(intf) \ + container_of_const(intf, struct media_intf_devnode, intf) + +/** + * media_gobj_create - Initialize a graph object + * + * @mdev: Pointer to the &media_device that contains the object + * @type: Type of the object + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + * + * This routine initializes the embedded struct &media_gobj inside a + * media graph object. It is called automatically if ``media_*_create`` + * function calls are used. However, if the object (entity, link, pad, + * interface) is embedded on some other object, this function should be + * called before registering the object at the media controller. + */ +void media_gobj_create(struct media_device *mdev, + enum media_gobj_type type, + struct media_gobj *gobj); -int media_entity_init(struct media_entity *entity, u16 num_pads, - struct media_pad *pads, u16 extra_links); -void media_entity_cleanup(struct media_entity *entity); +/** + * media_gobj_destroy - Stop using a graph object on a media device + * + * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object + * + * This should be called by all routines like media_device_unregister() + * that remove/destroy media graph objects. + */ +void media_gobj_destroy(struct media_gobj *gobj); + +/** + * media_entity_pads_init() - Initialize the entity pads + * + * @entity: entity where the pads belong + * @num_pads: total number of sink and source pads + * @pads: Array of @num_pads pads. + * + * The pads array is managed by the entity driver and passed to + * media_entity_pads_init() where its pointer will be stored in the + * &media_entity structure. + * + * If no pads are needed, drivers could either directly fill + * &media_entity->num_pads with 0 and &media_entity->pads with %NULL or call + * this function that will do the same. + * + * As the number of pads is known in advance, the pads array is not allocated + * dynamically but is managed by the entity driver. Most drivers will embed the + * pads array in a driver-specific structure, avoiding dynamic allocation. + * + * Drivers must set the direction of every pad in the pads array before calling + * media_entity_pads_init(). The function will initialize the other pads fields. + */ +int media_entity_pads_init(struct media_entity *entity, u16 num_pads, + struct media_pad *pads); + +/** + * media_entity_cleanup() - free resources associated with an entity + * + * @entity: entity where the pads belong + * + * This function must be called during the cleanup phase after unregistering + * the entity (currently, it does nothing). + * + * Calling media_entity_cleanup() on a media_entity whose memory has been + * zeroed but that has not been initialized with media_entity_pad_init() is + * valid and is a no-op. + */ +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) +static inline void media_entity_cleanup(struct media_entity *entity) {} +#else +#define media_entity_cleanup(entity) do { } while (false) +#endif + +/** + * media_get_pad_index() - retrieves a pad index from an entity + * + * @entity: entity where the pads belong + * @pad_type: the type of the pad, one of MEDIA_PAD_FL_* pad types + * @sig_type: type of signal of the pad to be search + * + * This helper function finds the first pad index inside an entity that + * satisfies both @is_sink and @sig_type conditions. + * + * Return: + * + * On success, return the pad number. If the pad was not found or the media + * entity is a NULL pointer, return -EINVAL. + */ +int media_get_pad_index(struct media_entity *entity, u32 pad_type, + enum media_pad_signal_type sig_type); + +/** + * media_create_pad_link() - creates a link between two entities. + * + * @source: pointer to &media_entity of the source pad. + * @source_pad: number of the source pad in the pads array + * @sink: pointer to &media_entity of the sink pad. + * @sink_pad: number of the sink pad in the pads array. + * @flags: Link flags, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * ( seek for ``MEDIA_LNK_FL_*``) + * + * Valid values for flags: + * + * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED + * Indicates that the link is enabled and can be used to transfer media data. + * When two or more links target a sink pad, only one of them can be + * enabled at a time. + * + * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE + * Indicates that the link enabled state can't be modified at runtime. If + * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be + * set, since an immutable link is always enabled. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Before calling this function, media_entity_pads_init() and + * media_device_register_entity() should be called previously for both ends. + */ +__must_check int media_create_pad_link(struct media_entity *source, + u16 source_pad, struct media_entity *sink, + u16 sink_pad, u32 flags); + +/** + * media_create_pad_links() - creates a link between two entities. + * + * @mdev: Pointer to the media_device that contains the object + * @source_function: Function of the source entities. Used only if @source is + * NULL. + * @source: pointer to &media_entity of the source pad. If NULL, it will use + * all entities that matches the @sink_function. + * @source_pad: number of the source pad in the pads array + * @sink_function: Function of the sink entities. Used only if @sink is NULL. + * @sink: pointer to &media_entity of the sink pad. If NULL, it will use + * all entities that matches the @sink_function. + * @sink_pad: number of the sink pad in the pads array. + * @flags: Link flags, as defined in include/uapi/linux/media.h. + * @allow_both_undefined: if %true, then both @source and @sink can be NULL. + * In such case, it will create a crossbar between all entities that + * matches @source_function to all entities that matches @sink_function. + * If %false, it will return 0 and won't create any link if both @source + * and @sink are NULL. + * + * Valid values for flags: + * + * A %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED flag indicates that the link is enabled and can be + * used to transfer media data. If multiple links are created and this + * flag is passed as an argument, only the first created link will have + * this flag. + * + * A %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the link enabled state can't + * be modified at runtime. If %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then + * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be set since an immutable link is + * always enabled. + * + * It is common for some devices to have multiple source and/or sink entities + * of the same type that should be linked. While media_create_pad_link() + * creates link by link, this function is meant to allow 1:n, n:1 and even + * cross-bar (n:n) links. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Before calling this function, media_entity_pads_init() and + * media_device_register_entity() should be called previously for the + * entities to be linked. + */ +int media_create_pad_links(const struct media_device *mdev, + const u32 source_function, + struct media_entity *source, + const u16 source_pad, + const u32 sink_function, + struct media_entity *sink, + const u16 sink_pad, + u32 flags, + const bool allow_both_undefined); -int media_entity_create_link(struct media_entity *source, u16 source_pad, - struct media_entity *sink, u16 sink_pad, u32 flags); void __media_entity_remove_links(struct media_entity *entity); + +/** + * media_entity_remove_links() - remove all links associated with an entity + * + * @entity: pointer to &media_entity + * + * .. note:: + * + * This is called automatically when an entity is unregistered via + * media_device_register_entity(). + */ void media_entity_remove_links(struct media_entity *entity); +/** + * __media_entity_setup_link - Configure a media link without locking + * @link: The link being configured + * @flags: Link configuration flags + * + * The bulk of link setup is handled by the two entities connected through the + * link. This function notifies both entities of the link configuration change. + * + * If the link is immutable or if the current and new configuration are + * identical, return immediately. + * + * The user is expected to hold link->source->parent->mutex. If not, + * media_entity_setup_link() should be used instead. + */ int __media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags); + +/** + * media_entity_setup_link() - changes the link flags properties in runtime + * + * @link: pointer to &media_link + * @flags: the requested new link flags + * + * The only configurable property is the %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED link flag + * to enable/disable a link. Links marked with the + * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE link flag can not be enabled or disabled. + * + * When a link is enabled or disabled, the media framework calls the + * link_setup operation for the two entities at the source and sink of the + * link, in that order. If the second link_setup call fails, another + * link_setup call is made on the first entity to restore the original link + * flags. + * + * Media device drivers can be notified of link setup operations by setting the + * &media_device.link_notify pointer to a callback function. If provided, the + * notification callback will be called before enabling and after disabling + * links. + * + * Entity drivers must implement the link_setup operation if any of their links + * is non-immutable. The operation must either configure the hardware or store + * the configuration information to be applied later. + * + * Link configuration must not have any side effect on other links. If an + * enabled link at a sink pad prevents another link at the same pad from + * being enabled, the link_setup operation must return %-EBUSY and can't + * implicitly disable the first enabled link. + * + * .. note:: + * + * The valid values of the flags for the link is the same as described + * on media_create_pad_link(), for pad to pad links or the same as described + * on media_create_intf_link(), for interface to entity links. + */ int media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags); + +/** + * media_entity_find_link - Find a link between two pads + * @source: Source pad + * @sink: Sink pad + * + * Return: returns a pointer to the link between the two entities. If no + * such link exists, return %NULL. + */ struct media_link *media_entity_find_link(struct media_pad *source, struct media_pad *sink); -struct media_pad *media_entity_remote_pad(struct media_pad *pad); -struct media_entity *media_entity_get(struct media_entity *entity); -void media_entity_put(struct media_entity *entity); +/** + * media_pad_remote_pad_first - Find the first pad at the remote end of a link + * @pad: Pad at the local end of the link + * + * Search for a remote pad connected to the given pad by iterating over all + * links originating or terminating at that pad until an enabled link is found. + * + * Return: returns a pointer to the pad at the remote end of the first found + * enabled link, or %NULL if no enabled link has been found. + */ +struct media_pad *media_pad_remote_pad_first(const struct media_pad *pad); + +/** + * media_pad_remote_pad_unique - Find a remote pad connected to a pad + * @pad: The pad + * + * Search for and return a remote pad connected to @pad through an enabled + * link. If multiple (or no) remote pads are found, an error is returned. + * + * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities + * that support a single active source at a time on a given pad. + * + * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers + * if an error occurs: + * + * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled + * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found + */ +struct media_pad *media_pad_remote_pad_unique(const struct media_pad *pad); + +/** + * media_entity_remote_pad_unique - Find a remote pad connected to an entity + * @entity: The entity + * @type: The type of pad to find (MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK or MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE) + * + * Search for and return a remote pad of @type connected to @entity through an + * enabled link. If multiple (or no) remote pads match these criteria, an error + * is returned. + * + * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities + * that support a single active source or sink at a time. + * + * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers + * if an error occurs: + * + * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled + * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found + */ +struct media_pad * +media_entity_remote_pad_unique(const struct media_entity *entity, + unsigned int type); + +/** + * media_entity_remote_source_pad_unique - Find a remote source pad connected to + * an entity + * @entity: The entity + * + * Search for and return a remote source pad connected to @entity through an + * enabled link. If multiple (or no) remote pads match these criteria, an error + * is returned. + * + * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities + * that support a single active source at a time. + * + * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers + * if an error occurs: + * + * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled + * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found + */ +static inline struct media_pad * +media_entity_remote_source_pad_unique(const struct media_entity *entity) +{ + return media_entity_remote_pad_unique(entity, MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE); +} + +/** + * media_pad_is_streaming - Test if a pad is part of a streaming pipeline + * @pad: The pad + * + * Return: True if the pad is part of a pipeline started with the + * media_pipeline_start() function, false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool media_pad_is_streaming(const struct media_pad *pad) +{ + return pad->pipe; +} + +/** + * media_entity_is_streaming - Test if an entity is part of a streaming pipeline + * @entity: The entity + * + * Return: True if the entity is part of a pipeline started with the + * media_pipeline_start() function, false otherwise. + */ +static inline bool media_entity_is_streaming(const struct media_entity *entity) +{ + struct media_pad *pad; + + media_entity_for_each_pad(entity, pad) { + if (media_pad_is_streaming(pad)) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/** + * media_entity_pipeline - Get the media pipeline an entity is part of + * @entity: The entity + * + * DEPRECATED: use media_pad_pipeline() instead. + * + * This function returns the media pipeline that an entity has been associated + * with when constructing the pipeline with media_pipeline_start(). The pointer + * remains valid until media_pipeline_stop() is called. + * + * In general, entities can be part of multiple pipelines, when carrying + * multiple streams (either on different pads, or on the same pad using + * multiplexed streams). This function is to be used only for entities that + * do not support multiple pipelines. + * + * Return: The media_pipeline the entity is part of, or NULL if the entity is + * not part of any pipeline. + */ +struct media_pipeline *media_entity_pipeline(struct media_entity *entity); + +/** + * media_pad_pipeline - Get the media pipeline a pad is part of + * @pad: The pad + * + * This function returns the media pipeline that a pad has been associated + * with when constructing the pipeline with media_pipeline_start(). The pointer + * remains valid until media_pipeline_stop() is called. + * + * Return: The media_pipeline the pad is part of, or NULL if the pad is + * not part of any pipeline. + */ +struct media_pipeline *media_pad_pipeline(struct media_pad *pad); + +/** + * media_entity_get_fwnode_pad - Get pad number from fwnode + * + * @entity: The entity + * @fwnode: Pointer to the fwnode_handle which should be used to find the pad + * @direction_flags: Expected direction of the pad, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * (seek for ``MEDIA_PAD_FL_*``) + * + * This function can be used to resolve the media pad number from + * a fwnode. This is useful for devices which use more complex + * mappings of media pads. + * + * If the entity does not implement the get_fwnode_pad() operation + * then this function searches the entity for the first pad that + * matches the @direction_flags. + * + * Return: returns the pad number on success or a negative error code. + */ +int media_entity_get_fwnode_pad(struct media_entity *entity, + const struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + unsigned long direction_flags); + +/** + * media_graph_walk_init - Allocate resources used by graph walk. + * + * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph + * @mdev: Pointer to the &media_device that contains the object + * + * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead. + * + * The caller is required to hold the media_device graph_mutex during the graph + * walk until the graph state is released. + * + * Returns zero on success or a negative error code otherwise. + */ +__must_check int media_graph_walk_init( + struct media_graph *graph, struct media_device *mdev); + +/** + * media_graph_walk_cleanup - Release resources used by graph walk. + * + * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph + * + * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead. + */ +void media_graph_walk_cleanup(struct media_graph *graph); + +/** + * media_graph_walk_start - Start walking the media graph at a + * given entity + * + * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph + * @entity: Starting entity + * + * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead. + * + * Before using this function, media_graph_walk_init() must be + * used to allocate resources used for walking the graph. This + * function initializes the graph traversal structure to walk the + * entities graph starting at the given entity. The traversal + * structure must not be modified by the caller during graph + * traversal. After the graph walk, the resources must be released + * using media_graph_walk_cleanup(). + */ +void media_graph_walk_start(struct media_graph *graph, + struct media_entity *entity); + +/** + * media_graph_walk_next - Get the next entity in the graph + * @graph: Media graph structure + * + * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead. + * + * Perform a depth-first traversal of the given media entities graph. + * + * The graph structure must have been previously initialized with a call to + * media_graph_walk_start(). + * + * Return: returns the next entity in the graph or %NULL if the whole graph + * have been traversed. + */ +struct media_entity *media_graph_walk_next(struct media_graph *graph); + +/** + * media_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming + * @origin: Starting pad + * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all pads in the pipeline. + * + * Mark all pads connected to pad @origin through enabled links, either + * directly or indirectly, as streaming. The given pipeline object is assigned + * to every pad in the pipeline and stored in the media_pad pipe field. + * + * Calls to this function can be nested, in which case the same number of + * media_pipeline_stop() calls will be required to stop streaming. The + * pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to + * media_pipeline_start(). + */ +__must_check int media_pipeline_start(struct media_pad *origin, + struct media_pipeline *pipe); +/** + * __media_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming + * + * @origin: Starting pad + * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all pads in the pipeline. + * + * ..note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_start() + */ +__must_check int __media_pipeline_start(struct media_pad *origin, + struct media_pipeline *pipe); + +/** + * media_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming + * @pad: Starting pad + * + * Mark all pads connected to a given pad through enabled links, either + * directly or indirectly, as not streaming. The media_pad pipe field is + * reset to %NULL. + * + * If multiple calls to media_pipeline_start() have been made, the same + * number of calls to this function are required to mark the pipeline as not + * streaming. + */ +void media_pipeline_stop(struct media_pad *pad); + +/** + * __media_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming + * + * @pad: Starting pad + * + * .. note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_stop() + */ +void __media_pipeline_stop(struct media_pad *pad); + +struct media_pad * +__media_pipeline_pad_iter_next(struct media_pipeline *pipe, + struct media_pipeline_pad_iter *iter, + struct media_pad *pad); + +/** + * media_pipeline_for_each_pad - Iterate on all pads in a media pipeline + * @pipe: The pipeline + * @iter: The iterator (struct media_pipeline_pad_iter) + * @pad: The iterator pad + * + * Iterate on all pads in a media pipeline. This is only valid after the + * pipeline has been built with media_pipeline_start() and before it gets + * destroyed with media_pipeline_stop(). + */ +#define media_pipeline_for_each_pad(pipe, iter, pad) \ + for (pad = __media_pipeline_pad_iter_next((pipe), iter, NULL); \ + pad != NULL; \ + pad = __media_pipeline_pad_iter_next((pipe), iter, pad)) + +/** + * media_pipeline_entity_iter_init - Initialize a pipeline entity iterator + * @pipe: The pipeline + * @iter: The iterator + * + * This function must be called to initialize the iterator before using it in a + * media_pipeline_for_each_entity() loop. The iterator must be destroyed by a + * call to media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup after the loop (including in code + * paths that break from the loop). + * + * The same iterator can be used in multiple consecutive loops without being + * destroyed and reinitialized. + * + * Return: 0 on success or a negative error code otherwise. + */ +int media_pipeline_entity_iter_init(struct media_pipeline *pipe, + struct media_pipeline_entity_iter *iter); + +/** + * media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup - Destroy a pipeline entity iterator + * @iter: The iterator + * + * This function must be called to destroy iterators initialized with + * media_pipeline_entity_iter_init(). + */ +void media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup(struct media_pipeline_entity_iter *iter); -void media_entity_graph_walk_start(struct media_entity_graph *graph, - struct media_entity *entity); struct media_entity * -media_entity_graph_walk_next(struct media_entity_graph *graph); -__must_check int media_entity_pipeline_start(struct media_entity *entity, - struct media_pipeline *pipe); -void media_entity_pipeline_stop(struct media_entity *entity); +__media_pipeline_entity_iter_next(struct media_pipeline *pipe, + struct media_pipeline_entity_iter *iter, + struct media_entity *entity); + +/** + * media_pipeline_for_each_entity - Iterate on all entities in a media pipeline + * @pipe: The pipeline + * @iter: The iterator (struct media_pipeline_entity_iter) + * @entity: The iterator entity + * + * Iterate on all entities in a media pipeline. This is only valid after the + * pipeline has been built with media_pipeline_start() and before it gets + * destroyed with media_pipeline_stop(). The iterator must be initialized with + * media_pipeline_entity_iter_init() before iteration, and destroyed with + * media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup() after (including in code paths that + * break from the loop). + */ +#define media_pipeline_for_each_entity(pipe, iter, entity) \ + for (entity = __media_pipeline_entity_iter_next((pipe), iter, NULL); \ + entity != NULL; \ + entity = __media_pipeline_entity_iter_next((pipe), iter, entity)) + +/** + * media_pipeline_alloc_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming + * @pad: Starting pad + * + * media_pipeline_alloc_start() is similar to media_pipeline_start() but instead + * of working on a given pipeline the function will use an existing pipeline if + * the pad is already part of a pipeline, or allocate a new pipeline. + * + * Calls to media_pipeline_alloc_start() must be matched with + * media_pipeline_stop(). + */ +__must_check int media_pipeline_alloc_start(struct media_pad *pad); + +/** + * media_devnode_create() - creates and initializes a device node interface + * + * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device + * @type: type of the interface, as given by + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * ( seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_T_*``) macros. + * @flags: Interface flags, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * ( seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_FL_*``) + * @major: Device node major number. + * @minor: Device node minor number. + * + * Return: if succeeded, returns a pointer to the newly allocated + * &media_intf_devnode pointer. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Currently, no flags for &media_interface is defined. + */ +struct media_intf_devnode * +__must_check media_devnode_create(struct media_device *mdev, + u32 type, u32 flags, + u32 major, u32 minor); +/** + * media_devnode_remove() - removes a device node interface + * + * @devnode: pointer to &media_intf_devnode to be freed. + * + * When a device node interface is removed, all links to it are automatically + * removed. + */ +void media_devnode_remove(struct media_intf_devnode *devnode); + +/** + * media_create_intf_link() - creates a link between an entity and an interface + * + * @entity: pointer to %media_entity + * @intf: pointer to %media_interface + * @flags: Link flags, as defined in + * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>` + * ( seek for ``MEDIA_LNK_FL_*``) + * + * + * Valid values for flags: + * + * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED + * Indicates that the interface is connected to the entity hardware. + * That's the default value for interfaces. An interface may be disabled if + * the hardware is busy due to the usage of some other interface that it is + * currently controlling the hardware. + * + * A typical example is an hybrid TV device that handle only one type of + * stream on a given time. So, when the digital TV is streaming, + * the V4L2 interfaces won't be enabled, as such device is not able to + * also stream analog TV or radio. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Before calling this function, media_devnode_create() should be called for + * the interface and media_device_register_entity() should be called for the + * interface that will be part of the link. + */ +struct media_link * +__must_check media_create_intf_link(struct media_entity *entity, + struct media_interface *intf, + u32 flags); +/** + * __media_remove_intf_link() - remove a single interface link + * + * @link: pointer to &media_link. + * + * .. note:: This is an unlocked version of media_remove_intf_link() + */ +void __media_remove_intf_link(struct media_link *link); + +/** + * media_remove_intf_link() - remove a single interface link + * + * @link: pointer to &media_link. + * + * .. note:: Prefer to use this one, instead of __media_remove_intf_link() + */ +void media_remove_intf_link(struct media_link *link); + +/** + * __media_remove_intf_links() - remove all links associated with an interface + * + * @intf: pointer to &media_interface + * + * .. note:: This is an unlocked version of media_remove_intf_links(). + */ +void __media_remove_intf_links(struct media_interface *intf); + +/** + * media_remove_intf_links() - remove all links associated with an interface + * + * @intf: pointer to &media_interface + * + * .. note:: + * + * #) This is called automatically when an entity is unregistered via + * media_device_register_entity() and by media_devnode_remove(). + * + * #) Prefer to use this one, instead of __media_remove_intf_links(). + */ +void media_remove_intf_links(struct media_interface *intf); + +/** + * media_entity_call - Calls a struct media_entity_operations operation on + * an entity + * + * @entity: entity where the @operation will be called + * @operation: type of the operation. Should be the name of a member of + * struct &media_entity_operations. + * + * This helper function will check if @operation is not %NULL. On such case, + * it will issue a call to @operation\(@entity, @args\). + */ #define media_entity_call(entity, operation, args...) \ (((entity)->ops && (entity)->ops->operation) ? \ (entity)->ops->operation((entity) , ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD) +/** + * media_create_ancillary_link() - create an ancillary link between two + * instances of &media_entity + * + * @primary: pointer to the primary &media_entity + * @ancillary: pointer to the ancillary &media_entity + * + * Create an ancillary link between two entities, indicating that they + * represent two connected pieces of hardware that form a single logical unit. + * A typical example is a camera lens controller being linked to the sensor that + * it is supporting. + * + * The function sets both MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED and MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE for + * the new link. + */ +struct media_link * +media_create_ancillary_link(struct media_entity *primary, + struct media_entity *ancillary); + +/** + * __media_entity_next_link() - Iterate through a &media_entity's links + * + * @entity: pointer to the &media_entity + * @link: pointer to a &media_link to hold the iterated values + * @link_type: one of the MEDIA_LNK_FL_LINK_TYPE flags + * + * Return the next link against an entity matching a specific link type. This + * allows iteration through an entity's links whilst guaranteeing all of the + * returned links are of the given type. + */ +struct media_link *__media_entity_next_link(struct media_entity *entity, + struct media_link *link, + unsigned long link_type); + +/** + * for_each_media_entity_data_link() - Iterate through an entity's data links + * + * @entity: pointer to the &media_entity + * @link: pointer to a &media_link to hold the iterated values + * + * Iterate over a &media_entity's data links + */ +#define for_each_media_entity_data_link(entity, link) \ + for (link = __media_entity_next_link(entity, NULL, \ + MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK); \ + link; \ + link = __media_entity_next_link(entity, link, \ + MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK)) + #endif diff --git a/include/media/media-request.h b/include/media/media-request.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bb500b2f9da4 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/media-request.h @@ -0,0 +1,442 @@ +// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +/* + * Media device request objects + * + * Copyright 2018 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation + * + * Author: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> + * Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com> + */ + +#ifndef MEDIA_REQUEST_H +#define MEDIA_REQUEST_H + +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> +#include <linux/spinlock.h> +#include <linux/refcount.h> + +#include <media/media-device.h> + +/** + * enum media_request_state - media request state + * + * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE: Idle + * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_VALIDATING: Validating the request, no state changes + * allowed + * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_QUEUED: Queued + * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE: Completed, the request is done + * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_CLEANING: Cleaning, the request is being re-inited + * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING: The request is being updated, i.e. + * request objects are being added, + * modified or removed + * @NR_OF_MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE: The number of media request states, used + * internally for sanity check purposes + */ +enum media_request_state { + MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE, + MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_VALIDATING, + MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_QUEUED, + MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE, + MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_CLEANING, + MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING, + NR_OF_MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE, +}; + +struct media_request_object; + +/** + * struct media_request - Media device request + * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to + * @kref: Reference count + * @debug_str: Prefix for debug messages (process name:fd) + * @state: The state of the request + * @updating_count: count the number of request updates that are in progress + * @access_count: count the number of request accesses that are in progress + * @objects: List of @struct media_request_object request objects + * @num_incomplete_objects: The number of incomplete objects in the request + * @poll_wait: Wait queue for poll + * @lock: Serializes access to this struct + */ +struct media_request { + struct media_device *mdev; + struct kref kref; + char debug_str[TASK_COMM_LEN + 11]; + enum media_request_state state; + unsigned int updating_count; + unsigned int access_count; + struct list_head objects; + unsigned int num_incomplete_objects; + wait_queue_head_t poll_wait; + spinlock_t lock; +}; + +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER + +/** + * media_request_lock_for_access - Lock the request to access its objects + * + * @req: The media request + * + * Use before accessing a completed request. A reference to the request must + * be held during the access. This usually takes place automatically through + * a file handle. Use @media_request_unlock_for_access when done. + */ +static inline int __must_check +media_request_lock_for_access(struct media_request *req) +{ + unsigned long flags; + int ret = -EBUSY; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags); + if (req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE) { + req->access_count++; + ret = 0; + } + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags); + + return ret; +} + +/** + * media_request_unlock_for_access - Unlock a request previously locked for + * access + * + * @req: The media request + * + * Unlock a request that has previously been locked using + * @media_request_lock_for_access. + */ +static inline void media_request_unlock_for_access(struct media_request *req) +{ + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags); + if (!WARN_ON(!req->access_count)) + req->access_count--; + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags); +} + +/** + * media_request_lock_for_update - Lock the request for updating its objects + * + * @req: The media request + * + * Use before updating a request, i.e. adding, modifying or removing a request + * object in it. A reference to the request must be held during the update. This + * usually takes place automatically through a file handle. Use + * @media_request_unlock_for_update when done. + */ +static inline int __must_check +media_request_lock_for_update(struct media_request *req) +{ + unsigned long flags; + int ret = 0; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags); + if (req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE || + req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING) { + req->state = MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING; + req->updating_count++; + } else { + ret = -EBUSY; + } + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags); + + return ret; +} + +/** + * media_request_unlock_for_update - Unlock a request previously locked for + * update + * + * @req: The media request + * + * Unlock a request that has previously been locked using + * @media_request_lock_for_update. + */ +static inline void media_request_unlock_for_update(struct media_request *req) +{ + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags); + WARN_ON(req->updating_count <= 0); + if (!--req->updating_count) + req->state = MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE; + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags); +} + +/** + * media_request_get - Get the media request + * + * @req: The media request + * + * Get the media request. + */ +static inline void media_request_get(struct media_request *req) +{ + kref_get(&req->kref); +} + +/** + * media_request_put - Put the media request + * + * @req: The media request + * + * Put the media request. The media request will be released + * when the refcount reaches 0. + */ +void media_request_put(struct media_request *req); + +/** + * media_request_get_by_fd - Get a media request by fd + * + * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to + * @request_fd: The file descriptor of the request + * + * Get the request represented by @request_fd that is owned + * by the media device. + * + * Return a -EBADR error pointer if requests are not supported + * by this driver. Return -EINVAL if the request was not found. + * Return the pointer to the request if found: the caller will + * have to call @media_request_put when it finished using the + * request. + */ +struct media_request * +media_request_get_by_fd(struct media_device *mdev, int request_fd); + +/** + * media_request_alloc - Allocate the media request + * + * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to + * @alloc_fd: Store the request's file descriptor in this int + * + * Allocated the media request and put the fd in @alloc_fd. + */ +int media_request_alloc(struct media_device *mdev, + int *alloc_fd); + +#else + +static inline void media_request_get(struct media_request *req) +{ +} + +static inline void media_request_put(struct media_request *req) +{ +} + +static inline struct media_request * +media_request_get_by_fd(struct media_device *mdev, int request_fd) +{ + return ERR_PTR(-EBADR); +} + +#endif + +/** + * struct media_request_object_ops - Media request object operations + * @prepare: Validate and prepare the request object, optional. + * @unprepare: Unprepare the request object, optional. + * @queue: Queue the request object, optional. + * @unbind: Unbind the request object, optional. + * @release: Release the request object, required. + */ +struct media_request_object_ops { + int (*prepare)(struct media_request_object *object); + void (*unprepare)(struct media_request_object *object); + void (*queue)(struct media_request_object *object); + void (*unbind)(struct media_request_object *object); + void (*release)(struct media_request_object *object); +}; + +/** + * struct media_request_object - An opaque object that belongs to a media + * request + * + * @ops: object's operations + * @priv: object's priv pointer + * @req: the request this object belongs to (can be NULL) + * @list: List entry of the object for @struct media_request + * @kref: Reference count of the object, acquire before releasing req->lock + * @completed: If true, then this object was completed. + * + * An object related to the request. This struct is always embedded in + * another struct that contains the actual data for this request object. + */ +struct media_request_object { + const struct media_request_object_ops *ops; + void *priv; + struct media_request *req; + struct list_head list; + struct kref kref; + bool completed; +}; + +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER + +/** + * media_request_object_get - Get a media request object + * + * @obj: The object + * + * Get a media request object. + */ +static inline void media_request_object_get(struct media_request_object *obj) +{ + kref_get(&obj->kref); +} + +/** + * media_request_object_put - Put a media request object + * + * @obj: The object + * + * Put a media request object. Once all references are gone, the + * object's memory is released. + */ +void media_request_object_put(struct media_request_object *obj); + +/** + * media_request_object_find - Find an object in a request + * + * @req: The media request + * @ops: Find an object with this ops value + * @priv: Find an object with this priv value + * + * Both @ops and @priv must be non-NULL. + * + * Returns the object pointer or NULL if not found. The caller must + * call media_request_object_put() once it finished using the object. + * + * Since this function needs to walk the list of objects it takes + * the @req->lock spin lock to make this safe. + */ +struct media_request_object * +media_request_object_find(struct media_request *req, + const struct media_request_object_ops *ops, + void *priv); + +/** + * media_request_object_init - Initialise a media request object + * + * @obj: The object + * + * Initialise a media request object. The object will be released using the + * release callback of the ops once it has no references (this function + * initialises references to one). + */ +void media_request_object_init(struct media_request_object *obj); + +/** + * media_request_object_bind - Bind a media request object to a request + * + * @req: The media request + * @ops: The object ops for this object + * @priv: A driver-specific priv pointer associated with this object + * @is_buffer: Set to true if the object a buffer object. + * @obj: The object + * + * Bind this object to the request and set the ops and priv values of + * the object so it can be found later with media_request_object_find(). + * + * Every bound object must be unbound or completed by the kernel at some + * point in time, otherwise the request will never complete. When the + * request is released all completed objects will be unbound by the + * request core code. + * + * Buffer objects will be added to the end of the request's object + * list, non-buffer objects will be added to the front of the list. + * This ensures that all buffer objects are at the end of the list + * and that all non-buffer objects that they depend on are processed + * first. + */ +int media_request_object_bind(struct media_request *req, + const struct media_request_object_ops *ops, + void *priv, bool is_buffer, + struct media_request_object *obj); + +/** + * media_request_object_unbind - Unbind a media request object + * + * @obj: The object + * + * Unbind the media request object from the request. + */ +void media_request_object_unbind(struct media_request_object *obj); + +/** + * media_request_object_complete - Mark the media request object as complete + * + * @obj: The object + * + * Mark the media request object as complete. Only bound objects can + * be completed. + */ +void media_request_object_complete(struct media_request_object *obj); + +#else + +static inline int __must_check +media_request_lock_for_access(struct media_request *req) +{ + return -EINVAL; +} + +static inline void media_request_unlock_for_access(struct media_request *req) +{ +} + +static inline int __must_check +media_request_lock_for_update(struct media_request *req) +{ + return -EINVAL; +} + +static inline void media_request_unlock_for_update(struct media_request *req) +{ +} + +static inline void media_request_object_get(struct media_request_object *obj) +{ +} + +static inline void media_request_object_put(struct media_request_object *obj) +{ +} + +static inline struct media_request_object * +media_request_object_find(struct media_request *req, + const struct media_request_object_ops *ops, + void *priv) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline void media_request_object_init(struct media_request_object *obj) +{ + obj->ops = NULL; + obj->req = NULL; +} + +static inline int media_request_object_bind(struct media_request *req, + const struct media_request_object_ops *ops, + void *priv, bool is_buffer, + struct media_request_object *obj) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline void media_request_object_unbind(struct media_request_object *obj) +{ +} + +static inline void media_request_object_complete(struct media_request_object *obj) +{ +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/mipi-csi2.h b/include/media/mipi-csi2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40fc0264250d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/mipi-csi2.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * MIPI CSI-2 Data Types + * + * Copyright (C) 2022 Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + */ + +#ifndef _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H +#define _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H + +/* Short packet data types */ +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_FS 0x00 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_FE 0x01 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_LS 0x02 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_LE 0x03 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_GENERIC_SHORT(n) (0x08 + (n)) /* 0..7 */ + +/* Long packet data types */ +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_NULL 0x10 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_BLANKING 0x11 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_EMBEDDED_8B 0x12 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_GENERIC_LONG(n) (0x13 + (n) - 1) /* 1..4 */ +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B 0x18 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_10B 0x19 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B_LEGACY 0x1a +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B_CS 0x1c +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_10B_CS 0x1d +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV422_8B 0x1e +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV422_10B 0x1f +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB444 0x20 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB555 0x21 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB565 0x22 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB666 0x23 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB888 0x24 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW28 0x26 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW24 0x27 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW6 0x28 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW7 0x29 +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW8 0x2a +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW10 0x2b +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW12 0x2c +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW14 0x2d +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW16 0x2e +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW20 0x2f +#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_USER_DEFINED(n) (0x30 + (n)) /* 0..7 */ + +#endif /* _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H */ diff --git a/include/media/mmp-camera.h b/include/media/mmp-camera.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7611963a257f..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mmp-camera.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Information for the Marvell Armada MMP camera - */ - -struct mmp_camera_platform_data { - struct platform_device *i2c_device; - int sensor_power_gpio; - int sensor_reset_gpio; -}; diff --git a/include/media/mt9m032.h b/include/media/mt9m032.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3a78114d7a6..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9m032.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver for MT9M032 CMOS Image Sensor from Micron - * - * Copyright (C) 2010-2011 Lund Engineering - * Contact: Gil Lund <gwlund@lundeng.com> - * Author: Martin Hostettler <martin@neutronstar.dyndns.org> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA - * - */ - -#ifndef MT9M032_H -#define MT9M032_H - -#define MT9M032_NAME "mt9m032" -#define MT9M032_I2C_ADDR (0xb8 >> 1) - -struct mt9m032_platform_data { - u32 ext_clock; - u32 pix_clock; - bool invert_pixclock; - -}; -#endif /* MT9M032_H */ diff --git a/include/media/mt9p031.h b/include/media/mt9p031.h deleted file mode 100644 index b1e63f2b72bd..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9p031.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef MT9P031_H -#define MT9P031_H - -struct v4l2_subdev; - -/* - * struct mt9p031_platform_data - MT9P031 platform data - * @reset: Chip reset GPIO (set to -1 if not used) - * @ext_freq: Input clock frequency - * @target_freq: Pixel clock frequency - */ -struct mt9p031_platform_data { - int reset; - int ext_freq; - int target_freq; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/mt9t001.h b/include/media/mt9t001.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fd63edd133..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9t001.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _MEDIA_MT9T001_H -#define _MEDIA_MT9T001_H - -struct mt9t001_platform_data { - unsigned int clk_pol:1; - unsigned int ext_clk; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/mt9t112.h b/include/media/mt9t112.h deleted file mode 100644 index a43c74ab05ec..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9t112.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* mt9t112 Camera - * - * Copyright (C) 2009 Renesas Solutions Corp. - * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef __MT9T112_H__ -#define __MT9T112_H__ - -#define MT9T112_FLAG_PCLK_RISING_EDGE (1 << 0) -#define MT9T112_FLAG_DATAWIDTH_8 (1 << 1) /* default width is 10 */ - -struct mt9t112_pll_divider { - u8 m, n; - u8 p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7; -}; - -/* - * mt9t112 camera info - */ -struct mt9t112_camera_info { - u32 flags; - struct mt9t112_pll_divider divider; -}; - -#endif /* __MT9T112_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/mt9v011.h b/include/media/mt9v011.h deleted file mode 100644 index ea29fc74cd06..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9v011.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -/* mt9v011 sensor - * - * Copyright (C) 2011 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef __MT9V011_H__ -#define __MT9V011_H__ - -struct mt9v011_platform_data { - unsigned xtal; /* Hz */ -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/mt9v022.h b/include/media/mt9v022.h deleted file mode 100644 index 40561801321a..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9v022.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -/* - * mt9v022 sensor - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef __MT9V022_H__ -#define __MT9V022_H__ - -struct mt9v022_platform_data { - unsigned short y_skip_top; /* Lines to skip at the top */ -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/mt9v032.h b/include/media/mt9v032.h deleted file mode 100644 index 78fd39eac219..000000000000 --- a/include/media/mt9v032.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _MEDIA_MT9V032_H -#define _MEDIA_MT9V032_H - -struct v4l2_subdev; - -struct mt9v032_platform_data { - unsigned int clk_pol:1; - - void (*set_clock)(struct v4l2_subdev *subdev, unsigned int rate); - - const s64 *link_freqs; - s64 link_def_freq; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/noon010pc30.h b/include/media/noon010pc30.h deleted file mode 100644 index 58eafee36b30..000000000000 --- a/include/media/noon010pc30.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver header for NOON010PC30L camera sensor chip. - * - * Copyright (c) 2010 Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd - * Contact: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef NOON010PC30_H -#define NOON010PC30_H - -/** - * @clk_rate: the clock frequency in Hz - * @gpio_nreset: GPIO driving nRESET pin - * @gpio_nstby: GPIO driving nSTBY pin - */ - -struct noon010pc30_platform_data { - unsigned long clk_rate; - int gpio_nreset; - int gpio_nstby; -}; - -#endif /* NOON010PC30_H */ diff --git a/include/media/omap1_camera.h b/include/media/omap1_camera.h deleted file mode 100644 index 819767cf04d4..000000000000 --- a/include/media/omap1_camera.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Header for V4L2 SoC Camera driver for OMAP1 Camera Interface - * - * Copyright (C) 2010, Janusz Krzysztofik <jkrzyszt@tis.icnet.pl> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef __MEDIA_OMAP1_CAMERA_H_ -#define __MEDIA_OMAP1_CAMERA_H_ - -#include <linux/bitops.h> - -#define OMAP1_CAMERA_IOSIZE 0x1c - -enum omap1_cam_vb_mode { - OMAP1_CAM_DMA_CONTIG = 0, - OMAP1_CAM_DMA_SG, -}; - -#define OMAP1_CAMERA_MIN_BUF_COUNT(x) ((x) == OMAP1_CAM_DMA_CONTIG ? 3 : 2) - -struct omap1_cam_platform_data { - unsigned long camexclk_khz; - unsigned long lclk_khz_max; - unsigned long flags; -}; - -#define OMAP1_CAMERA_LCLK_RISING BIT(0) -#define OMAP1_CAMERA_RST_LOW BIT(1) -#define OMAP1_CAMERA_RST_HIGH BIT(2) - -#endif /* __MEDIA_OMAP1_CAMERA_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/omap3isp.h b/include/media/omap3isp.h deleted file mode 100644 index c9d06d9f7e6e..000000000000 --- a/include/media/omap3isp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -/* - * omap3isp.h - * - * TI OMAP3 ISP - Platform data - * - * Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation - * - * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> - * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef __MEDIA_OMAP3ISP_H__ -#define __MEDIA_OMAP3ISP_H__ - -struct i2c_board_info; -struct isp_device; - -enum isp_interface_type { - ISP_INTERFACE_PARALLEL, - ISP_INTERFACE_CSI2A_PHY2, - ISP_INTERFACE_CCP2B_PHY1, - ISP_INTERFACE_CCP2B_PHY2, - ISP_INTERFACE_CSI2C_PHY1, -}; - -enum { - ISP_LANE_SHIFT_0 = 0, - ISP_LANE_SHIFT_2 = 1, - ISP_LANE_SHIFT_4 = 2, - ISP_LANE_SHIFT_6 = 3, -}; - -/** - * struct isp_parallel_platform_data - Parallel interface platform data - * @data_lane_shift: Data lane shifter - * ISP_LANE_SHIFT_0 - CAMEXT[13:0] -> CAM[13:0] - * ISP_LANE_SHIFT_2 - CAMEXT[13:2] -> CAM[11:0] - * ISP_LANE_SHIFT_4 - CAMEXT[13:4] -> CAM[9:0] - * ISP_LANE_SHIFT_6 - CAMEXT[13:6] -> CAM[7:0] - * @clk_pol: Pixel clock polarity - * 0 - Sample on rising edge, 1 - Sample on falling edge - * @hs_pol: Horizontal synchronization polarity - * 0 - Active high, 1 - Active low - * @vs_pol: Vertical synchronization polarity - * 0 - Active high, 1 - Active low - * @data_pol: Data polarity - * 0 - Normal, 1 - One's complement - */ -struct isp_parallel_platform_data { - unsigned int data_lane_shift:2; - unsigned int clk_pol:1; - unsigned int hs_pol:1; - unsigned int vs_pol:1; - unsigned int data_pol:1; -}; - -enum { - ISP_CCP2_PHY_DATA_CLOCK = 0, - ISP_CCP2_PHY_DATA_STROBE = 1, -}; - -enum { - ISP_CCP2_MODE_MIPI = 0, - ISP_CCP2_MODE_CCP2 = 1, -}; - -/** - * struct isp_csiphy_lane: CCP2/CSI2 lane position and polarity - * @pos: position of the lane - * @pol: polarity of the lane - */ -struct isp_csiphy_lane { - u8 pos; - u8 pol; -}; - -#define ISP_CSIPHY1_NUM_DATA_LANES 1 -#define ISP_CSIPHY2_NUM_DATA_LANES 2 - -/** - * struct isp_csiphy_lanes_cfg - CCP2/CSI2 lane configuration - * @data: Configuration of one or two data lanes - * @clk: Clock lane configuration - */ -struct isp_csiphy_lanes_cfg { - struct isp_csiphy_lane data[ISP_CSIPHY2_NUM_DATA_LANES]; - struct isp_csiphy_lane clk; -}; - -/** - * struct isp_ccp2_platform_data - CCP2 interface platform data - * @strobe_clk_pol: Strobe/clock polarity - * 0 - Non Inverted, 1 - Inverted - * @crc: Enable the cyclic redundancy check - * @ccp2_mode: Enable CCP2 compatibility mode - * ISP_CCP2_MODE_MIPI - MIPI-CSI1 mode - * ISP_CCP2_MODE_CCP2 - CCP2 mode - * @phy_layer: Physical layer selection - * ISP_CCP2_PHY_DATA_CLOCK - Data/clock physical layer - * ISP_CCP2_PHY_DATA_STROBE - Data/strobe physical layer - * @vpclk_div: Video port output clock control - */ -struct isp_ccp2_platform_data { - unsigned int strobe_clk_pol:1; - unsigned int crc:1; - unsigned int ccp2_mode:1; - unsigned int phy_layer:1; - unsigned int vpclk_div:2; - struct isp_csiphy_lanes_cfg lanecfg; -}; - -/** - * struct isp_csi2_platform_data - CSI2 interface platform data - * @crc: Enable the cyclic redundancy check - * @vpclk_div: Video port output clock control - */ -struct isp_csi2_platform_data { - unsigned crc:1; - unsigned vpclk_div:2; - struct isp_csiphy_lanes_cfg lanecfg; -}; - -struct isp_subdev_i2c_board_info { - struct i2c_board_info *board_info; - int i2c_adapter_id; -}; - -struct isp_v4l2_subdevs_group { - struct isp_subdev_i2c_board_info *subdevs; - enum isp_interface_type interface; - union { - struct isp_parallel_platform_data parallel; - struct isp_ccp2_platform_data ccp2; - struct isp_csi2_platform_data csi2; - } bus; /* gcc < 4.6.0 chokes on anonymous union initializers */ -}; - -struct isp_platform_xclk { - const char *dev_id; - const char *con_id; -}; - -struct isp_platform_data { - struct isp_platform_xclk xclks[2]; - struct isp_v4l2_subdevs_group *subdevs; - void (*set_constraints)(struct isp_device *isp, bool enable); -}; - -#endif /* __MEDIA_OMAP3ISP_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/ov9650.h b/include/media/ov9650.h deleted file mode 100644 index d630cf9e028d..000000000000 --- a/include/media/ov9650.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -/* - * OV9650/OV9652 camera sensors driver - * - * Copyright (C) 2013 Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ -#ifndef OV9650_H_ -#define OV9650_H_ - -/** - * struct ov9650_platform_data - ov9650 driver platform data - * @mclk_frequency: the sensor's master clock frequency in Hz - * @gpio_pwdn: number of a GPIO connected to OV965X PWDN pin - * @gpio_reset: number of a GPIO connected to OV965X RESET pin - * - * If any of @gpio_pwdn or @gpio_reset are unused then they should be - * set to a negative value. @mclk_frequency must always be specified. - */ -struct ov9650_platform_data { - unsigned long mclk_frequency; - int gpio_pwdn; - int gpio_reset; -}; -#endif /* OV9650_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/radio-si4713.h b/include/media/radio-si4713.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6aae29c7741..000000000000 --- a/include/media/radio-si4713.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/media/radio-si4713.h - * - * Board related data definitions for Si4713 radio transmitter chip. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation - * Contact: Eduardo Valentin <eduardo.valentin@nokia.com> - * - * This file is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2. This program is licensed "as is" without any warranty of any - * kind, whether express or implied. - * - */ - -#ifndef RADIO_SI4713_H -#define RADIO_SI4713_H - -#include <linux/i2c.h> - -#define SI4713_NAME "radio-si4713" - -/* - * Platform dependent definition - */ -struct radio_si4713_platform_data { - int i2c_bus; - struct i2c_board_info *subdev_board_info; -}; - -#endif /* ifndef RADIO_SI4713_H*/ diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h index 06a75deff553..35c7a0546f02 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-core.h +++ b/include/media/rc-core.h @@ -1,43 +1,95 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Remote Controller core header * - * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab */ #ifndef _RC_CORE #define _RC_CORE #include <linux/spinlock.h> +#include <linux/cdev.h> #include <linux/kfifo.h> #include <linux/time.h> #include <linux/timer.h> #include <media/rc-map.h> -extern int rc_core_debug; -#define IR_dprintk(level, fmt, ...) \ -do { \ - if (rc_core_debug >= level) \ - pr_debug("%s: " fmt, __func__, ##__VA_ARGS__); \ -} while (0) - +/** + * enum rc_driver_type - type of the RC driver. + * + * @RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE: Driver or hardware generates a scancode. + * @RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW: Driver or hardware generates pulse/space sequences. + * It needs a Infra-Red pulse/space decoder + * @RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW_TX: Device transmitter only, + * driver requires pulse/space data sequence. + */ enum rc_driver_type { - RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE = 0, /* Driver or hardware generates a scancode */ - RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW, /* Needs a Infra-Red pulse/space decoder */ + RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE = 0, + RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW, + RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW_TX, +}; + +/** + * struct rc_scancode_filter - Filter scan codes. + * @data: Scancode data to match. + * @mask: Mask of bits of scancode to compare. + */ +struct rc_scancode_filter { + u32 data; + u32 mask; +}; + +/** + * enum rc_filter_type - Filter type constants. + * @RC_FILTER_NORMAL: Filter for normal operation. + * @RC_FILTER_WAKEUP: Filter for waking from suspend. + * @RC_FILTER_MAX: Number of filter types. + */ +enum rc_filter_type { + RC_FILTER_NORMAL = 0, + RC_FILTER_WAKEUP, + + RC_FILTER_MAX +}; + +/** + * struct lirc_fh - represents an open lirc file + * @list: list of open file handles + * @rc: rcdev for this lirc chardev + * @rawir: queue for incoming raw IR + * @scancodes: queue for incoming decoded scancodes + * @wait_poll: poll struct for lirc device + * @carrier_low: when setting the carrier range, first the low end must be + * set with an ioctl and then the high end with another ioctl + * @send_mode: lirc mode for sending, either LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE or + * LIRC_MODE_PULSE + * @rec_mode: lirc mode for receiving, either LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE or + * LIRC_MODE_MODE2 + */ +struct lirc_fh { + struct list_head list; + struct rc_dev *rc; + DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR(rawir, unsigned int); + DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR(scancodes, struct lirc_scancode); + wait_queue_head_t wait_poll; + u32 carrier_low; + u8 send_mode; + u8 rec_mode; }; /** * struct rc_dev - represents a remote control device * @dev: driver model's view of this device - * @input_name: name of the input child device + * @managed_alloc: devm_rc_allocate_device was used to create rc_dev + * @registered: set to true by rc_register_device(), false by + * rc_unregister_device + * @idle: used to keep track of RX state + * @encode_wakeup: wakeup filtering uses IR encode API, therefore the allowed + * wakeup protocols is the set of all raw encoders + * @minor: unique minor remote control device number + * @sysfs_groups: sysfs attribute groups + * @device_name: name of the rc child device * @input_phys: physical path to the input child device * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id) * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device @@ -45,14 +97,19 @@ enum rc_driver_type { * @rc_map: current scan/key table * @lock: used to ensure we've filled in all protocol details before * anyone can call show_protocols or store_protocols - * @devno: unique remote control device number * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software - * @idle: used to keep track of RX state - * @allowed_protos: bitmask with the supported RC_BIT_* protocols - * @enabled_protocols: bitmask with the enabled RC_BIT_* protocols - * @scanmask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full + * @users: number of current users of the device + * @allowed_protocols: bitmask with the supported RC_PROTO_BIT_* protocols + * @enabled_protocols: bitmask with the enabled RC_PROTO_BIT_* protocols + * @allowed_wakeup_protocols: bitmask with the supported RC_PROTO_BIT_* wakeup + * protocols + * @wakeup_protocol: the enabled RC_PROTO_* wakeup protocol or + * RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN if disabled. + * @scancode_filter: scancode filter + * @scancode_wakeup_filter: scancode wakeup filters + * @scancode_mask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full * scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do * anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other * devices, a mask is provided to allow its usage. Drivers should generally @@ -60,16 +117,23 @@ enum rc_driver_type { * @priv: driver-specific data * @keylock: protects the remaining members of the struct * @keypressed: whether a key is currently pressed - * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released - * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress + * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command * @last_keycode: keycode of last keypress + * @last_protocol: protocol of last keypress * @last_scancode: scancode of last keypress - * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command + * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released + * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress + * @timer_repeat: timer for autorepeat events. This is needed for CEC, which + * has non-standard repeats. * @timeout: optional time after which device stops sending data * @min_timeout: minimum timeout supported by device * @max_timeout: maximum timeout supported by device - * @rx_resolution : resolution (in ns) of input sampler - * @tx_resolution: resolution (in ns) of output sampler + * @rx_resolution : resolution (in us) of input sampler + * @lirc_dev: lirc device + * @lirc_cdev: lirc char cdev + * @gap_start: start time for gap after timeout if non-zero + * @lirc_fh_lock: protects lirc_fh list + * @lirc_fh: list of open files * @change_protocol: allow changing the protocol used on hardware decoders * @open: callback to allow drivers to enable polling/irq when IR input device * is opened. @@ -78,44 +142,66 @@ enum rc_driver_type { * @s_tx_mask: set transmitter mask (for devices with multiple tx outputs) * @s_tx_carrier: set transmit carrier frequency * @s_tx_duty_cycle: set transmit duty cycle (0% - 100%) - * @s_rx_carrier: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle + * @s_rx_carrier_range: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle * @tx_ir: transmit IR * @s_idle: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which, * device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses - * @s_learning_mode: enable wide band receiver used for learning + * @s_wideband_receiver: enable wide band receiver used for learning * @s_carrier_report: enable carrier reports + * @s_filter: set the scancode filter + * @s_wakeup_filter: set the wakeup scancode filter. If the mask is zero + * then wakeup should be disabled. wakeup_protocol will be set to + * a valid protocol if mask is nonzero. + * @s_timeout: set hardware timeout in us */ struct rc_dev { struct device dev; - const char *input_name; + bool managed_alloc; + bool registered; + bool idle; + bool encode_wakeup; + unsigned int minor; + const struct attribute_group *sysfs_groups[5]; + const char *device_name; const char *input_phys; struct input_id input_id; - char *driver_name; + const char *driver_name; const char *map_name; struct rc_map rc_map; struct mutex lock; - unsigned long devno; struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw; struct input_dev *input_dev; enum rc_driver_type driver_type; - bool idle; - u64 allowed_protos; + u32 users; + u64 allowed_protocols; u64 enabled_protocols; - u32 scanmask; + u64 allowed_wakeup_protocols; + enum rc_proto wakeup_protocol; + struct rc_scancode_filter scancode_filter; + struct rc_scancode_filter scancode_wakeup_filter; + u32 scancode_mask; void *priv; spinlock_t keylock; bool keypressed; + u8 last_toggle; + u32 last_keycode; + enum rc_proto last_protocol; + u64 last_scancode; unsigned long keyup_jiffies; struct timer_list timer_keyup; - u32 last_keycode; - u32 last_scancode; - u8 last_toggle; + struct timer_list timer_repeat; u32 timeout; u32 min_timeout; u32 max_timeout; u32 rx_resolution; - u32 tx_resolution; - int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 *rc_type); +#ifdef CONFIG_LIRC + struct device lirc_dev; + struct cdev lirc_cdev; + ktime_t gap_start; + spinlock_t lirc_fh_lock; + struct list_head lirc_fh; +#endif + int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 *rc_proto); int (*open)(struct rc_dev *dev); void (*close)(struct rc_dev *dev); int (*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask); @@ -124,8 +210,14 @@ struct rc_dev { int (*s_rx_carrier_range)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 min, u32 max); int (*tx_ir)(struct rc_dev *dev, unsigned *txbuf, unsigned n); void (*s_idle)(struct rc_dev *dev, bool enable); - int (*s_learning_mode)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); + int (*s_wideband_receiver)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); int (*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable); + int (*s_filter)(struct rc_dev *dev, + struct rc_scancode_filter *filter); + int (*s_wakeup_filter)(struct rc_dev *dev, + struct rc_scancode_filter *filter); + int (*s_timeout)(struct rc_dev *dev, + unsigned int timeout); }; #define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev) @@ -137,77 +229,100 @@ struct rc_dev { * Remote Controller, at sys/class/rc. */ -struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(void); +/** + * rc_allocate_device - Allocates a RC device + * + * @rc_driver_type: specifies the type of the RC output to be allocated + * returns a pointer to struct rc_dev. + */ +struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(enum rc_driver_type); + +/** + * devm_rc_allocate_device - Managed RC device allocation + * + * @dev: pointer to struct device + * @rc_driver_type: specifies the type of the RC output to be allocated + * returns a pointer to struct rc_dev. + */ +struct rc_dev *devm_rc_allocate_device(struct device *dev, enum rc_driver_type); + +/** + * rc_free_device - Frees a RC device + * + * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev. + */ void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev); + +/** + * rc_register_device - Registers a RC device + * + * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev. + */ int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev); + +/** + * devm_rc_register_device - Manageded registering of a RC device + * + * @parent: pointer to struct device. + * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev. + */ +int devm_rc_register_device(struct device *parent, struct rc_dev *dev); + +/** + * rc_unregister_device - Unregisters a RC device + * + * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev. + */ void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev); void rc_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev); -void rc_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); -void rc_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, int scancode, u8 toggle); +void rc_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, enum rc_proto protocol, u64 scancode, + u8 toggle); +void rc_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, enum rc_proto protocol, + u64 scancode, u8 toggle); void rc_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev); -u32 rc_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 scancode); +u32 rc_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 scancode); /* * From rc-raw.c * The Raw interface is specific to InfraRed. It may be a good idea to * split it later into a separate header. */ - -enum raw_event_type { - IR_SPACE = (1 << 0), - IR_PULSE = (1 << 1), - IR_START_EVENT = (1 << 2), - IR_STOP_EVENT = (1 << 3), -}; - struct ir_raw_event { union { u32 duration; - - struct { - u32 carrier; - u8 duty_cycle; - }; + u32 carrier; }; + u8 duty_cycle; unsigned pulse:1; - unsigned reset:1; + unsigned overflow:1; unsigned timeout:1; unsigned carrier_report:1; }; -#define DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(event) \ - struct ir_raw_event event = { \ - { .duration = 0 } , \ - .pulse = 0, \ - .reset = 0, \ - .timeout = 0, \ - .carrier_report = 0 } - -static inline void init_ir_raw_event(struct ir_raw_event *ev) -{ - memset(ev, 0, sizeof(*ev)); -} - -#define IR_MAX_DURATION 0xFFFFFFFF /* a bit more than 4 seconds */ #define US_TO_NS(usec) ((usec) * 1000) #define MS_TO_US(msec) ((msec) * 1000) -#define MS_TO_NS(msec) ((msec) * 1000 * 1000) +#define IR_MAX_DURATION MS_TO_US(500) +#define IR_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT MS_TO_US(125) +#define IR_MAX_TIMEOUT LIRC_VALUE_MASK void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev); int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev); -int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, enum raw_event_type type); +int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, bool pulse); int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct rc_dev *dev, - struct ir_raw_event *ev); + struct ir_raw_event *ev); +int ir_raw_event_store_with_timeout(struct rc_dev *dev, + struct ir_raw_event *ev); void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct rc_dev *dev, bool idle); +int ir_raw_encode_scancode(enum rc_proto protocol, u32 scancode, + struct ir_raw_event *events, unsigned int max); +int ir_raw_encode_carrier(enum rc_proto protocol); -static inline void ir_raw_event_reset(struct rc_dev *dev) +static inline void ir_raw_event_overflow(struct rc_dev *dev) { - DEFINE_IR_RAW_EVENT(ev); - ev.reset = true; - - ir_raw_event_store(dev, &ev); + ir_raw_event_store(dev, &((struct ir_raw_event) { .overflow = true })); + dev->idle = true; ir_raw_event_handle(dev); } @@ -228,4 +343,35 @@ static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask) return value; } +/* Get NEC scancode and protocol type from address and command bytes */ +static inline u32 ir_nec_bytes_to_scancode(u8 address, u8 not_address, + u8 command, u8 not_command, + enum rc_proto *protocol) +{ + u32 scancode; + + if ((command ^ not_command) != 0xff) { + /* NEC transport, but modified protocol, used by at + * least Apple and TiVo remotes + */ + scancode = not_address << 24 | + address << 16 | + not_command << 8 | + command; + *protocol = RC_PROTO_NEC32; + } else if ((address ^ not_address) != 0xff) { + /* Extended NEC */ + scancode = address << 16 | + not_address << 8 | + command; + *protocol = RC_PROTO_NECX; + } else { + /* Normal NEC */ + scancode = address << 8 | command; + *protocol = RC_PROTO_NEC; + } + + return scancode; +} + #endif /* _RC_CORE */ diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h index 6628f5d01f52..d90e4611b066 100644 --- a/include/media/rc-map.h +++ b/include/media/rc-map.h @@ -1,91 +1,208 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* * rc-map.h - define RC map names used by RC drivers * - * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. + * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab */ +#ifndef _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H +#define _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H + #include <linux/input.h> +#include <uapi/linux/lirc.h> -enum rc_type { - RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0, /* Protocol not known */ - RC_TYPE_OTHER = 1, /* Protocol known but proprietary */ - RC_TYPE_LIRC = 2, /* Pass raw IR to lirc userspace */ - RC_TYPE_RC5 = 3, /* Philips RC5 protocol */ - RC_TYPE_RC5X = 4, /* Philips RC5x protocol */ - RC_TYPE_RC5_SZ = 5, /* StreamZap variant of RC5 */ - RC_TYPE_JVC = 6, /* JVC protocol */ - RC_TYPE_SONY12 = 7, /* Sony 12 bit protocol */ - RC_TYPE_SONY15 = 8, /* Sony 15 bit protocol */ - RC_TYPE_SONY20 = 9, /* Sony 20 bit protocol */ - RC_TYPE_NEC = 10, /* NEC protocol */ - RC_TYPE_SANYO = 11, /* Sanyo protocol */ - RC_TYPE_MCE_KBD = 12, /* RC6-ish MCE keyboard/mouse */ - RC_TYPE_RC6_0 = 13, /* Philips RC6-0-16 protocol */ - RC_TYPE_RC6_6A_20 = 14, /* Philips RC6-6A-20 protocol */ - RC_TYPE_RC6_6A_24 = 15, /* Philips RC6-6A-24 protocol */ - RC_TYPE_RC6_6A_32 = 16, /* Philips RC6-6A-32 protocol */ - RC_TYPE_RC6_MCE = 17, /* MCE (Philips RC6-6A-32 subtype) protocol */ -}; +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NONE 0ULL +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_UNKNOWN BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_OTHER BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_OTHER) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5X_20 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5X_20) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5_SZ BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5_SZ) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_JVC BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_JVC) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY12 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY12) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY15 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY15) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY20 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY20) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NEC) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NECX BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NECX) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC32 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NEC32) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SANYO BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SANYO) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_KBD BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_MCIR2_KBD) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_MSE BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_MCIR2_MSE) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_0 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_0) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_20 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_20) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_24 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_24) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_32 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_32) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_MCE BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_MCE) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SHARP BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SHARP) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_XMP BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_XMP) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_CEC BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_CEC) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_IMON BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_IMON) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM12 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM12) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM24 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM24) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM32 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM32) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_XBOX_DVD BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_XBOX_DVD) + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RC5_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC \ + (RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5X_20 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5_SZ) +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC 0 +#endif + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_JVC_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_JVC +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SONY_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC \ + (RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY12 | RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY15 | RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY20) +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_NEC_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC \ + (RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC | RC_PROTO_BIT_NECX | RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC32) +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SANYO_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_SANYO +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_MCE_KBD_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC \ + (RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_KBD | RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_MSE) +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RC6_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC \ + (RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_0 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_20 | \ + RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_24 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_32 | \ + RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_MCE) +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SHARP_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_SHARP +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_XMP_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_XMP +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_IMON_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_IMON +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC 0 +#endif +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RCMM_DECODER) +#define __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC \ + (RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM12 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM24 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM32) +#else +#define __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC 0 +#endif -#define RC_BIT_NONE 0 -#define RC_BIT_UNKNOWN (1 << RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN) -#define RC_BIT_OTHER (1 << RC_TYPE_OTHER) -#define RC_BIT_LIRC (1 << RC_TYPE_LIRC) -#define RC_BIT_RC5 (1 << RC_TYPE_RC5) -#define RC_BIT_RC5X (1 << RC_TYPE_RC5X) -#define RC_BIT_RC5_SZ (1 << RC_TYPE_RC5_SZ) -#define RC_BIT_JVC (1 << RC_TYPE_JVC) -#define RC_BIT_SONY12 (1 << RC_TYPE_SONY12) -#define RC_BIT_SONY15 (1 << RC_TYPE_SONY15) -#define RC_BIT_SONY20 (1 << RC_TYPE_SONY20) -#define RC_BIT_NEC (1 << RC_TYPE_NEC) -#define RC_BIT_SANYO (1 << RC_TYPE_SANYO) -#define RC_BIT_MCE_KBD (1 << RC_TYPE_MCE_KBD) -#define RC_BIT_RC6_0 (1 << RC_TYPE_RC6_0) -#define RC_BIT_RC6_6A_20 (1 << RC_TYPE_RC6_6A_20) -#define RC_BIT_RC6_6A_24 (1 << RC_TYPE_RC6_6A_24) -#define RC_BIT_RC6_6A_32 (1 << RC_TYPE_RC6_6A_32) -#define RC_BIT_RC6_MCE (1 << RC_TYPE_RC6_MCE) - -#define RC_BIT_ALL (RC_BIT_UNKNOWN | RC_BIT_OTHER | RC_BIT_LIRC | \ - RC_BIT_RC5 | RC_BIT_RC5X | RC_BIT_RC5_SZ | \ - RC_BIT_JVC | \ - RC_BIT_SONY12 | RC_BIT_SONY15 | RC_BIT_SONY20 | \ - RC_BIT_NEC | RC_BIT_SANYO | RC_BIT_MCE_KBD | \ - RC_BIT_RC6_0 | RC_BIT_RC6_6A_20 | RC_BIT_RC6_6A_24 | \ - RC_BIT_RC6_6A_32 | RC_BIT_RC6_MCE) +/* All kernel-based codecs have encoders and decoders */ +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_ALL_IR_DECODER \ + (__RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC) +#define RC_PROTO_BIT_ALL_IR_ENCODER \ + (__RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC | \ + __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC) + +#define RC_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN(x) (x) +#define RC_SCANCODE_OTHER(x) (x) +#define RC_SCANCODE_NEC(addr, cmd) (((addr) << 8) | (cmd)) +#define RC_SCANCODE_NECX(addr, cmd) (((addr) << 8) | (cmd)) +#define RC_SCANCODE_NEC32(data) ((data) & 0xffffffff) +#define RC_SCANCODE_RC5(sys, cmd) (((sys) << 8) | (cmd)) +#define RC_SCANCODE_RC5_SZ(sys, cmd) (((sys) << 8) | (cmd)) +#define RC_SCANCODE_RC6_0(sys, cmd) (((sys) << 8) | (cmd)) +#define RC_SCANCODE_RC6_6A(vendor, sys, cmd) (((vendor) << 16) | ((sys) << 8) | (cmd)) + +/** + * struct rc_map_table - represents a scancode/keycode pair + * + * @scancode: scan code (u64) + * @keycode: Linux input keycode + */ struct rc_map_table { - u32 scancode; + u64 scancode; u32 keycode; }; +/** + * struct rc_map - represents a keycode map table + * + * @scan: pointer to struct &rc_map_table + * @size: Max number of entries + * @len: Number of entries that are in use + * @alloc: size of \*scan, in bytes + * @rc_proto: type of the remote controller protocol, as defined at + * enum &rc_proto + * @name: name of the key map table + * @lock: lock to protect access to this structure + */ struct rc_map { struct rc_map_table *scan; - unsigned int size; /* Max number of entries */ - unsigned int len; /* Used number of entries */ - unsigned int alloc; /* Size of *scan in bytes */ - enum rc_type rc_type; + unsigned int size; + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc; + enum rc_proto rc_proto; const char *name; spinlock_t lock; }; +/** + * struct rc_map_list - list of the registered &rc_map maps + * + * @list: pointer to struct &list_head + * @map: pointer to struct &rc_map + */ struct rc_map_list { struct list_head list; struct rc_map map; }; +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CEC_RC +/* + * rc_map_list from rc-cec.c + */ +extern struct rc_map_list cec_map; +#endif + /* Routines from rc-map.c */ +/** + * rc_map_register() - Registers a Remote Controller scancode map + * + * @map: pointer to struct rc_map_list + */ int rc_map_register(struct rc_map_list *map); + +/** + * rc_map_unregister() - Unregisters a Remote Controller scancode map + * + * @map: pointer to struct rc_map_list + */ void rc_map_unregister(struct rc_map_list *map); + +/** + * rc_map_get - gets an RC map from its name + * @name: name of the RC scancode map + */ struct rc_map *rc_map_get(const char *name); -void rc_map_init(void); /* Names of the several keytables defined in-kernel */ @@ -93,91 +210,120 @@ void rc_map_init(void); #define RC_MAP_ALINK_DTU_M "rc-alink-dtu-m" #define RC_MAP_ANYSEE "rc-anysee" #define RC_MAP_APAC_VIEWCOMP "rc-apac-viewcomp" +#define RC_MAP_ASTROMETA_T2HYBRID "rc-astrometa-t2hybrid" #define RC_MAP_ASUS_PC39 "rc-asus-pc39" #define RC_MAP_ASUS_PS3_100 "rc-asus-ps3-100" #define RC_MAP_ATI_TV_WONDER_HD_600 "rc-ati-tv-wonder-hd-600" #define RC_MAP_ATI_X10 "rc-ati-x10" +#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA "rc-avermedia" #define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_A16D "rc-avermedia-a16d" #define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_CARDBUS "rc-avermedia-cardbus" #define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_DVBT "rc-avermedia-dvbt" #define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_M135A "rc-avermedia-m135a" #define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_M733A_RM_K6 "rc-avermedia-m733a-rm-k6" #define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_RM_KS "rc-avermedia-rm-ks" -#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA "rc-avermedia" #define RC_MAP_AVERTV_303 "rc-avertv-303" #define RC_MAP_AZUREWAVE_AD_TU700 "rc-azurewave-ad-tu700" -#define RC_MAP_BEHOLD_COLUMBUS "rc-behold-columbus" +#define RC_MAP_BEELINK_GS1 "rc-beelink-gs1" +#define RC_MAP_BEELINK_MXIII "rc-beelink-mxiii" #define RC_MAP_BEHOLD "rc-behold" +#define RC_MAP_BEHOLD_COLUMBUS "rc-behold-columbus" #define RC_MAP_BUDGET_CI_OLD "rc-budget-ci-old" -#define RC_MAP_CINERGY_1400 "rc-cinergy-1400" +#define RC_MAP_CEC "rc-cec" #define RC_MAP_CINERGY "rc-cinergy" +#define RC_MAP_CINERGY_1400 "rc-cinergy-1400" +#define RC_MAP_CT_90405 "rc-ct-90405" +#define RC_MAP_D680_DMB "rc-d680-dmb" #define RC_MAP_DELOCK_61959 "rc-delock-61959" #define RC_MAP_DIB0700_NEC_TABLE "rc-dib0700-nec" #define RC_MAP_DIB0700_RC5_TABLE "rc-dib0700-rc5" #define RC_MAP_DIGITALNOW_TINYTWIN "rc-digitalnow-tinytwin" #define RC_MAP_DIGITTRADE "rc-digittrade" #define RC_MAP_DM1105_NEC "rc-dm1105-nec" -#define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVBT_PRO "rc-dntv-live-dvbt-pro" #define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVB_T "rc-dntv-live-dvb-t" +#define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVBT_PRO "rc-dntv-live-dvbt-pro" +#define RC_MAP_DREAMBOX "rc-dreambox" +#define RC_MAP_DTT200U "rc-dtt200u" +#define RC_MAP_DVBSKY "rc-dvbsky" +#define RC_MAP_DVICO_MCE "rc-dvico-mce" +#define RC_MAP_DVICO_PORTABLE "rc-dvico-portable" #define RC_MAP_EMPTY "rc-empty" #define RC_MAP_EM_TERRATEC "rc-em-terratec" +#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV "rc-encore-enltv" #define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV2 "rc-encore-enltv2" #define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV_FM53 "rc-encore-enltv-fm53" -#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV "rc-encore-enltv" #define RC_MAP_EVGA_INDTUBE "rc-evga-indtube" #define RC_MAP_EZTV "rc-eztv" #define RC_MAP_FLYDVB "rc-flydvb" #define RC_MAP_FLYVIDEO "rc-flyvideo" #define RC_MAP_FUSIONHDTV_MCE "rc-fusionhdtv-mce" #define RC_MAP_GADMEI_RM008Z "rc-gadmei-rm008z" +#define RC_MAP_GEEKBOX "rc-geekbox" #define RC_MAP_GENIUS_TVGO_A11MCE "rc-genius-tvgo-a11mce" #define RC_MAP_GOTVIEW7135 "rc-gotview7135" +#define RC_MAP_HAUPPAUGE "rc-hauppauge" #define RC_MAP_HAUPPAUGE_NEW "rc-hauppauge" +#define RC_MAP_HISI_POPLAR "rc-hisi-poplar" +#define RC_MAP_HISI_TV_DEMO "rc-hisi-tv-demo" #define RC_MAP_IMON_MCE "rc-imon-mce" #define RC_MAP_IMON_PAD "rc-imon-pad" +#define RC_MAP_IMON_RSC "rc-imon-rsc" #define RC_MAP_IODATA_BCTV7E "rc-iodata-bctv7e" #define RC_MAP_IT913X_V1 "rc-it913x-v1" #define RC_MAP_IT913X_V2 "rc-it913x-v2" #define RC_MAP_KAIOMY "rc-kaiomy" +#define RC_MAP_KHADAS "rc-khadas" +#define RC_MAP_KHAMSIN "rc-khamsin" #define RC_MAP_KWORLD_315U "rc-kworld-315u" #define RC_MAP_KWORLD_PC150U "rc-kworld-pc150u" #define RC_MAP_KWORLD_PLUS_TV_ANALOG "rc-kworld-plus-tv-analog" #define RC_MAP_LEADTEK_Y04G0051 "rc-leadtek-y04g0051" -#define RC_MAP_LIRC "rc-lirc" #define RC_MAP_LME2510 "rc-lme2510" #define RC_MAP_MANLI "rc-manli" +#define RC_MAP_MECOOL_KII_PRO "rc-mecool-kii-pro" +#define RC_MAP_MECOOL_KIII_PRO "rc-mecool-kiii-pro" #define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10 "rc-medion-x10" #define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10_DIGITAINER "rc-medion-x10-digitainer" #define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10_OR2X "rc-medion-x10-or2x" +#define RC_MAP_MINIX_NEO "rc-minix-neo" #define RC_MAP_MSI_DIGIVOX_II "rc-msi-digivox-ii" #define RC_MAP_MSI_DIGIVOX_III "rc-msi-digivox-iii" -#define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE_PLUS "rc-msi-tvanywhere-plus" #define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE "rc-msi-tvanywhere" +#define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE_PLUS "rc-msi-tvanywhere-plus" +#define RC_MAP_MYGICA_UTV3 "rc-mygica-utv3" #define RC_MAP_NEBULA "rc-nebula" #define RC_MAP_NEC_TERRATEC_CINERGY_XS "rc-nec-terratec-cinergy-xs" #define RC_MAP_NORWOOD "rc-norwood" #define RC_MAP_NPGTECH "rc-npgtech" +#define RC_MAP_ODROID "rc-odroid" #define RC_MAP_PCTV_SEDNA "rc-pctv-sedna" +#define RC_MAP_PINE64 "rc-pine64" #define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_COLOR "rc-pinnacle-color" #define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY "rc-pinnacle-grey" #define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_PCTV_HD "rc-pinnacle-pctv-hd" -#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_NEW "rc-pixelview-new" #define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW "rc-pixelview" -#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_002T "rc-pixelview-002t" +#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_002T "rc-pixelview-002t" #define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_MK12 "rc-pixelview-mk12" +#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_NEW "rc-pixelview-new" #define RC_MAP_POWERCOLOR_REAL_ANGEL "rc-powercolor-real-angel" #define RC_MAP_PROTEUS_2309 "rc-proteus-2309" #define RC_MAP_PURPLETV "rc-purpletv" #define RC_MAP_PV951 "rc-pv951" -#define RC_MAP_HAUPPAUGE "rc-hauppauge" #define RC_MAP_RC5_TV "rc-rc5-tv" #define RC_MAP_RC6_MCE "rc-rc6-mce" #define RC_MAP_REAL_AUDIO_220_32_KEYS "rc-real-audio-220-32-keys" #define RC_MAP_REDDO "rc-reddo" +#define RC_MAP_SIEMENS_GIGASET_RC20 "rc-siemens-gigaset-rc20" #define RC_MAP_SNAPSTREAM_FIREFLY "rc-snapstream-firefly" #define RC_MAP_STREAMZAP "rc-streamzap" +#define RC_MAP_SU3000 "rc-su3000" +#define RC_MAP_TANIX_TX3MINI "rc-tanix-tx3mini" +#define RC_MAP_TANIX_TX5MAX "rc-tanix-tx5max" #define RC_MAP_TBS_NEC "rc-tbs-nec" +#define RC_MAP_TECHNISAT_TS35 "rc-technisat-ts35" #define RC_MAP_TECHNISAT_USB2 "rc-technisat-usb2" +#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_C_PCI "rc-terratec-cinergy-c-pci" +#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_HD "rc-terratec-cinergy-s2-hd" #define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_XS "rc-terratec-cinergy-xs" #define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_SLIM "rc-terratec-slim" #define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_SLIM_2 "rc-terratec-slim-2" @@ -187,14 +333,25 @@ void rc_map_init(void); #define RC_MAP_TOTAL_MEDIA_IN_HAND_02 "rc-total-media-in-hand-02" #define RC_MAP_TREKSTOR "rc-trekstor" #define RC_MAP_TT_1500 "rc-tt-1500" +#define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_DTV_CAB_CI "rc-twinhan-dtv-cab-ci" #define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_VP1027_DVBS "rc-twinhan1027" +#define RC_MAP_VEGA_S9X "rc-vega-s9x" #define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_K100 "rc-videomate-k100" #define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_S350 "rc-videomate-s350" #define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_TV_PVR "rc-videomate-tv-pvr" +#define RC_MAP_KII_PRO "rc-videostrong-kii-pro" +#define RC_MAP_WETEK_HUB "rc-wetek-hub" +#define RC_MAP_WETEK_PLAY2 "rc-wetek-play2" #define RC_MAP_WINFAST "rc-winfast" #define RC_MAP_WINFAST_USBII_DELUXE "rc-winfast-usbii-deluxe" +#define RC_MAP_X96MAX "rc-x96max" +#define RC_MAP_XBOX_360 "rc-xbox-360" +#define RC_MAP_XBOX_DVD "rc-xbox-dvd" +#define RC_MAP_ZX_IRDEC "rc-zx-irdec" /* * Please, do not just append newer Remote Controller names at the end. * The names should be ordered in alphabetical order */ + +#endif /* _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H */ diff --git a/include/media/rcar-fcp.h b/include/media/rcar-fcp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6ac9be9f675e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/rcar-fcp.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */ +/* + * rcar-fcp.h -- R-Car Frame Compression Processor Driver + * + * Copyright (C) 2016 Renesas Electronics Corporation + * + * Contact: Laurent Pinchart (laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com) + */ +#ifndef __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__ +#define __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__ + +struct device_node; +struct rcar_fcp_device; + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_VIDEO_RENESAS_FCP) +struct rcar_fcp_device *rcar_fcp_get(const struct device_node *np); +void rcar_fcp_put(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp); +struct device *rcar_fcp_get_device(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp); +int rcar_fcp_enable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp); +void rcar_fcp_disable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp); +int rcar_fcp_soft_reset(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp); +#else +static inline struct rcar_fcp_device *rcar_fcp_get(const struct device_node *np) +{ + return ERR_PTR(-ENOENT); +} +static inline void rcar_fcp_put(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) { } +static inline struct device *rcar_fcp_get_device(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) +{ + return NULL; +} +static inline int rcar_fcp_enable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) +{ + return 0; +} +static inline void rcar_fcp_disable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) { } +static inline int rcar_fcp_soft_reset(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) +{ + return 0; +} +#endif + +#endif /* __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/s5c73m3.h b/include/media/s5c73m3.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccb9e5448762..000000000000 --- a/include/media/s5c73m3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Samsung LSI S5C73M3 8M pixel camera driver - * - * Copyright (C) 2012, Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd. - * Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> - * Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ -#ifndef MEDIA_S5C73M3__ -#define MEDIA_S5C73M3__ - -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h> - -/** - * struct s5c73m3_gpio - data structure describing a GPIO - * @gpio: GPIO number - * @level: indicates active state of the @gpio - */ -struct s5c73m3_gpio { - int gpio; - int level; -}; - -/** - * struct s5c73m3_platform_data - s5c73m3 driver platform data - * @mclk_frequency: sensor's master clock frequency in Hz - * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving RESET pin - * @gpio_stby: GPIO driving STBY pin - * @nlanes: maximum number of MIPI-CSI lanes used - * @horiz_flip: default horizontal image flip value, non zero to enable - * @vert_flip: default vertical image flip value, non zero to enable - */ - -struct s5c73m3_platform_data { - unsigned long mclk_frequency; - - struct s5c73m3_gpio gpio_reset; - struct s5c73m3_gpio gpio_stby; - - enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type; - u8 nlanes; - u8 horiz_flip; - u8 vert_flip; -}; - -#endif /* MEDIA_S5C73M3__ */ diff --git a/include/media/s5k4ecgx.h b/include/media/s5k4ecgx.h deleted file mode 100644 index 90c1be792ffe..000000000000 --- a/include/media/s5k4ecgx.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/* - * S5K4ECGX image sensor header file - * - * Copyright (C) 2012, Linaro - * Copyright (C) 2012, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef S5K4ECGX_H -#define S5K4ECGX_H - -/** - * struct s5k4ecgx_gpio - data structure describing a GPIO - * @gpio : GPIO number - * @level: indicates active state of the @gpio - */ -struct s5k4ecgx_gpio { - int gpio; - int level; -}; - -/** - * struct ss5k4ecgx_platform_data- s5k4ecgx driver platform data - * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving RESET pin - * @gpio_stby : GPIO driving STBY pin - */ - -struct s5k4ecgx_platform_data { - struct s5k4ecgx_gpio gpio_reset; - struct s5k4ecgx_gpio gpio_stby; -}; - -#endif /* S5K4ECGX_H */ diff --git a/include/media/s5k6aa.h b/include/media/s5k6aa.h deleted file mode 100644 index ba34f7055e55..000000000000 --- a/include/media/s5k6aa.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -/* - * S5K6AAFX camera sensor driver header - * - * Copyright (C) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef S5K6AA_H -#define S5K6AA_H - -#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h> - -/** - * struct s5k6aa_gpio - data structure describing a GPIO - * @gpio: GPIO number - * @level: indicates active state of the @gpio - */ -struct s5k6aa_gpio { - int gpio; - int level; -}; - -/** - * struct s5k6aa_platform_data - s5k6aa driver platform data - * @set_power: an additional callback to the board code, called - * after enabling the regulators and before switching - * the sensor off - * @mclk_frequency: sensor's master clock frequency in Hz - * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving RESET pin - * @gpio_stby: GPIO driving STBY pin - * @nlanes: maximum number of MIPI-CSI lanes used - * @horiz_flip: default horizontal image flip value, non zero to enable - * @vert_flip: default vertical image flip value, non zero to enable - */ - -struct s5k6aa_platform_data { - int (*set_power)(int enable); - unsigned long mclk_frequency; - struct s5k6aa_gpio gpio_reset; - struct s5k6aa_gpio gpio_stby; - enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type; - u8 nlanes; - u8 horiz_flip; - u8 vert_flip; -}; - -#endif /* S5K6AA_H */ diff --git a/include/media/s5p_hdmi.h b/include/media/s5p_hdmi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 181642b8d0a5..000000000000 --- a/include/media/s5p_hdmi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver header for S5P HDMI chip. - * - * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd - * Contact: Tomasz Stanislawski <t.stanislaws@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef S5P_HDMI_H -#define S5P_HDMI_H - -struct i2c_board_info; - -/** - * @hdmiphy_bus: controller id for HDMIPHY bus - * @hdmiphy_info: template for HDMIPHY I2C device - * @mhl_bus: controller id for MHL control bus - * @mhl_info: template for MHL I2C device - * @hpd_gpio: GPIO for Hot-Plug-Detect pin - * - * NULL pointer for *_info fields indicates that - * the corresponding chip is not present - */ -struct s5p_hdmi_platform_data { - int hdmiphy_bus; - struct i2c_board_info *hdmiphy_info; - int mhl_bus; - struct i2c_board_info *mhl_info; - int hpd_gpio; -}; - -#endif /* S5P_HDMI_H */ - diff --git a/include/media/saa6588.h b/include/media/saa6588.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2c3c4420a4eb..000000000000 --- a/include/media/saa6588.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Types and defines needed for RDS. This is included by - saa6588.c and every driver (e.g. bttv-driver.c) that wants - to use the saa6588 module. - - (c) 2005 by Hans J. Koch - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - -*/ - -#ifndef _SAA6588_H -#define _SAA6588_H - -struct saa6588_command { - unsigned int block_count; - int result; - unsigned char __user *buffer; - struct file *instance; - poll_table *event_list; -}; - -/* These ioctls are internal to the kernel */ -#define SAA6588_CMD_OPEN _IOW('R', 1, int) -#define SAA6588_CMD_CLOSE _IOW('R', 2, int) -#define SAA6588_CMD_READ _IOR('R', 3, int) -#define SAA6588_CMD_POLL _IOR('R', 4, int) - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/saa6752hs.h b/include/media/saa6752hs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b8686ead80d..000000000000 --- a/include/media/saa6752hs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -/* - saa6752hs.h - definition for saa6752hs MPEG encoder - - Copyright (C) 2003 Andrew de Quincey <adq@lidskialf.net> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - - -/* - * Local variables: - * c-basic-offset: 8 - * End: - */ diff --git a/include/media/saa7115.h b/include/media/saa7115.h deleted file mode 100644 index 407918625c80..000000000000 --- a/include/media/saa7115.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* - saa7115.h - definition for saa7111/3/4/5 inputs and frequency flags - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _SAA7115_H_ -#define _SAA7115_H_ - -/* s_routing inputs, outputs, and config */ - -/* SAA7111/3/4/5 HW inputs */ -#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE0 0 -#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE1 1 -#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE2 2 -#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE3 3 -#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE4 4 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */ -#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE5 5 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */ -#define SAA7115_SVIDEO0 6 -#define SAA7115_SVIDEO1 7 -#define SAA7115_SVIDEO2 8 -#define SAA7115_SVIDEO3 9 - -/* outputs */ -#define SAA7115_IPORT_ON 1 -#define SAA7115_IPORT_OFF 0 - -/* SAA7111 specific outputs. */ -#define SAA7111_VBI_BYPASS 2 -#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV422 0x00 -#define SAA7111_FMT_RGB 0x40 -#define SAA7111_FMT_CCIR 0x80 -#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV411 0xc0 - -/* config flags */ -/* Register 0x85 should set bit 0 to 0 (it's 1 by default). This bit - * controls the IDQ signal polarity which is set to 'inverted' if the bit - * it 1 and to 'default' if it is 0. */ -#define SAA7115_IDQ_IS_DEFAULT (1 << 0) - -/* s_crystal_freq values and flags */ - -/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq frequency values */ -#define SAA7115_FREQ_32_11_MHZ 32110000 /* 32.11 MHz crystal, SAA7114/5 only */ -#define SAA7115_FREQ_24_576_MHZ 24576000 /* 24.576 MHz crystal */ - -/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq audio clock control flags */ -#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_UCGC (1 << 0) /* SA 3A[7], UCGC, SAA7115 only */ -#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_CGCDIV (1 << 1) /* SA 3A[6], CGCDIV, SAA7115 only */ -#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_APLL (1 << 2) /* SA 3A[3], APLL, SAA7114/5 only */ -#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_DOUBLE_ASCLK (1 << 3) /* SA 39, LRDIV, SAA7114/5 only */ - -#endif - diff --git a/include/media/saa7127.h b/include/media/saa7127.h deleted file mode 100644 index bbcf862141af..000000000000 --- a/include/media/saa7127.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -/* - saa7127.h - definition for saa7126/7/8/9 inputs/outputs - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _SAA7127_H_ -#define _SAA7127_H_ - -/* Enumeration for the supported input types */ -enum saa7127_input_type { - SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_NORMAL, - SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_TEST_IMAGE -}; - -/* Enumeration for the supported output signal types */ -enum saa7127_output_type { - SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_BOTH, - SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_COMPOSITE, - SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_SVIDEO, - SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_RGB, - SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_C, - SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_V -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/include/media/sh_mobile_ceu.h b/include/media/sh_mobile_ceu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7f57056c22ba..000000000000 --- a/include/media/sh_mobile_ceu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef __ASM_SH_MOBILE_CEU_H__ -#define __ASM_SH_MOBILE_CEU_H__ - -#define SH_CEU_FLAG_USE_8BIT_BUS (1 << 0) /* use 8bit bus width */ -#define SH_CEU_FLAG_USE_16BIT_BUS (1 << 1) /* use 16bit bus width */ -#define SH_CEU_FLAG_HSYNC_LOW (1 << 2) /* default High if possible */ -#define SH_CEU_FLAG_VSYNC_LOW (1 << 3) /* default High if possible */ -#define SH_CEU_FLAG_LOWER_8BIT (1 << 4) /* default upper 8bit */ - -struct device; -struct resource; - -struct sh_mobile_ceu_companion { - u32 num_resources; - struct resource *resource; - int id; - void *platform_data; -}; - -struct sh_mobile_ceu_info { - unsigned long flags; - int max_width; - int max_height; - struct sh_mobile_ceu_companion *csi2; - struct v4l2_async_subdev **asd; /* Flat array, arranged in groups */ - unsigned int *asd_sizes; /* 0-terminated array pf asd group sizes */ -}; - -#endif /* __ASM_SH_MOBILE_CEU_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/sh_mobile_csi2.h b/include/media/sh_mobile_csi2.h deleted file mode 100644 index 14030db51f13..000000000000 --- a/include/media/sh_mobile_csi2.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver header for the SH-Mobile MIPI CSI-2 unit - * - * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef SH_MIPI_CSI -#define SH_MIPI_CSI - -#include <linux/list.h> - -enum sh_csi2_phy { - SH_CSI2_PHY_MAIN, - SH_CSI2_PHY_SUB, -}; - -enum sh_csi2_type { - SH_CSI2C, - SH_CSI2I, -}; - -#define SH_CSI2_CRC (1 << 0) -#define SH_CSI2_ECC (1 << 1) - -struct platform_device; - -struct sh_csi2_client_config { - enum sh_csi2_phy phy; - unsigned char lanes; /* bitmask[3:0] */ - unsigned char channel; /* 0..3 */ - struct platform_device *pdev; /* client platform device */ - const char *name; /* async matching: client name */ -}; - -struct v4l2_device; - -struct sh_csi2_pdata { - enum sh_csi2_type type; - unsigned int flags; - struct sh_csi2_client_config *clients; - int num_clients; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/si4713.h b/include/media/si4713.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed7353e8a982..000000000000 --- a/include/media/si4713.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/media/si4713.h - * - * Board related data definitions for Si4713 i2c device driver. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation - * Contact: Eduardo Valentin <eduardo.valentin@nokia.com> - * - * This file is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2. This program is licensed "as is" without any warranty of any - * kind, whether express or implied. - * - */ - -#ifndef SI4713_H -#define SI4713_H - -/* The SI4713 I2C sensor chip has a fixed slave address of 0xc6 or 0x22. */ -#define SI4713_I2C_ADDR_BUSEN_HIGH 0x63 -#define SI4713_I2C_ADDR_BUSEN_LOW 0x11 - -/* - * Platform dependent definition - */ -struct si4713_platform_data { - int gpio_reset; /* < 0 if not used */ -}; - -/* - * Structure to query for Received Noise Level (RNL). - */ -struct si4713_rnl { - __u32 index; /* modulator index */ - __u32 frequency; /* frequency to peform rnl measurement */ - __s32 rnl; /* result of measurement in dBuV */ - __u32 reserved[4]; /* drivers and apps must init this to 0 */ -}; - -/* - * This is the ioctl number to query for rnl. Users must pass a - * struct si4713_rnl pointer specifying desired frequency in 'frequency' field - * following driver capabilities (i.e V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW). - * Driver must return measured value in the same struture, filling 'rnl' field. - */ -#define SI4713_IOC_MEASURE_RNL _IOWR('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE + 0, \ - struct si4713_rnl) - -#endif /* ifndef SI4713_H*/ diff --git a/include/media/sii9234.h b/include/media/sii9234.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6a4a809fe9a3..000000000000 --- a/include/media/sii9234.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver header for SII9234 MHL converter chip. - * - * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd - * Contact: Tomasz Stanislawski <t.stanislaws@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef SII9234_H -#define SII9234_H - -/** - * @gpio_n_reset: GPIO driving nRESET pin - */ - -struct sii9234_platform_data { - int gpio_n_reset; -}; - -#endif /* SII9234_H */ diff --git a/include/media/smiapp.h b/include/media/smiapp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 07f96a89e189..000000000000 --- a/include/media/smiapp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/media/smiapp.h - * - * Generic driver for SMIA/SMIA++ compliant camera modules - * - * Copyright (C) 2011--2012 Nokia Corporation - * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA - * - */ - -#ifndef __SMIAPP_H_ -#define __SMIAPP_H_ - -#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> - -#define SMIAPP_NAME "smiapp" - -#define SMIAPP_DFL_I2C_ADDR (0x20 >> 1) /* Default I2C Address */ -#define SMIAPP_ALT_I2C_ADDR (0x6e >> 1) /* Alternate I2C Address */ - -#define SMIAPP_CSI_SIGNALLING_MODE_CCP2_DATA_CLOCK 0 -#define SMIAPP_CSI_SIGNALLING_MODE_CCP2_DATA_STROBE 1 -#define SMIAPP_CSI_SIGNALLING_MODE_CSI2 2 - -#define SMIAPP_NO_XSHUTDOWN -1 - -/* - * Sometimes due to board layout considerations the camera module can be - * mounted rotated. The typical rotation used is 180 degrees which can be - * corrected by giving a default H-FLIP and V-FLIP in the sensor readout. - * FIXME: rotation also changes the bayer pattern. - */ -enum smiapp_module_board_orient { - SMIAPP_MODULE_BOARD_ORIENT_0 = 0, - SMIAPP_MODULE_BOARD_ORIENT_180, -}; - -struct smiapp_flash_strobe_parms { - u8 mode; - u32 strobe_width_high_us; - u16 strobe_delay; - u16 stobe_start_point; - u8 trigger; -}; - -struct smiapp_platform_data { - /* - * Change the cci address if i2c_addr_alt is set. - * Both default and alternate cci addr need to be present - */ - unsigned short i2c_addr_dfl; /* Default i2c addr */ - unsigned short i2c_addr_alt; /* Alternate i2c addr */ - - unsigned int nvm_size; /* bytes */ - unsigned int ext_clk; /* sensor external clk */ - - unsigned int lanes; /* Number of CSI-2 lanes */ - u8 csi_signalling_mode; /* SMIAPP_CSI_SIGNALLING_MODE_* */ - const s64 *op_sys_clock; - - enum smiapp_module_board_orient module_board_orient; - - struct smiapp_flash_strobe_parms *strobe_setup; - - int (*set_xclk)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int hz); - char *ext_clk_name; - int xshutdown; /* gpio or SMIAPP_NO_XSHUTDOWN */ -}; - -#endif /* __SMIAPP_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/soc_camera.h b/include/media/soc_camera.h deleted file mode 100644 index 34d2414f2b8c..000000000000 --- a/include/media/soc_camera.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,400 +0,0 @@ -/* - * camera image capture (abstract) bus driver header - * - * Copyright (C) 2006, Sascha Hauer, Pengutronix - * Copyright (C) 2008, Guennadi Liakhovetski <kernel@pengutronix.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef SOC_CAMERA_H -#define SOC_CAMERA_H - -#include <linux/bitops.h> -#include <linux/device.h> -#include <linux/mutex.h> -#include <linux/pm.h> -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <media/videobuf-core.h> -#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> -#include <media/v4l2-async.h> -#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> -#include <media/v4l2-device.h> - -struct file; -struct soc_camera_desc; -struct soc_camera_async_client; - -struct soc_camera_device { - struct list_head list; /* list of all registered devices */ - struct soc_camera_desc *sdesc; - struct device *pdev; /* Platform device */ - struct device *parent; /* Camera host device */ - struct device *control; /* E.g., the i2c client */ - s32 user_width; - s32 user_height; - u32 bytesperline; /* for padding, zero if unused */ - u32 sizeimage; - enum v4l2_colorspace colorspace; - unsigned char iface; /* Host number */ - unsigned char devnum; /* Device number per host */ - struct soc_camera_sense *sense; /* See comment in struct definition */ - struct video_device *vdev; - struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; - const struct soc_camera_format_xlate *current_fmt; - struct soc_camera_format_xlate *user_formats; - int num_user_formats; - enum v4l2_field field; /* Preserve field over close() */ - void *host_priv; /* Per-device host private data */ - /* soc_camera.c private count. Only accessed with .host_lock held */ - int use_count; - struct file *streamer; /* stream owner */ - struct v4l2_clk *clk; - /* Asynchronous subdevice management */ - struct soc_camera_async_client *sasc; - /* video buffer queue */ - union { - struct videobuf_queue vb_vidq; - struct vb2_queue vb2_vidq; - }; -}; - -/* Host supports programmable stride */ -#define SOCAM_HOST_CAP_STRIDE (1 << 0) - -enum soc_camera_subdev_role { - SOCAM_SUBDEV_DATA_SOURCE = 1, - SOCAM_SUBDEV_DATA_SINK, - SOCAM_SUBDEV_DATA_PROCESSOR, -}; - -struct soc_camera_async_subdev { - struct v4l2_async_subdev asd; - enum soc_camera_subdev_role role; -}; - -struct soc_camera_host { - struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; - struct list_head list; - struct mutex host_lock; /* Main synchronisation lock */ - struct mutex clk_lock; /* Protect pipeline modifications */ - unsigned char nr; /* Host number */ - u32 capabilities; - struct soc_camera_device *icd; /* Currently attached client */ - void *priv; - const char *drv_name; - struct soc_camera_host_ops *ops; - struct v4l2_async_subdev **asd; /* Flat array, arranged in groups */ - unsigned int *asd_sizes; /* 0-terminated array of asd group sizes */ -}; - -struct soc_camera_host_ops { - struct module *owner; - int (*add)(struct soc_camera_device *); - void (*remove)(struct soc_camera_device *); - int (*clock_start)(struct soc_camera_host *); - void (*clock_stop)(struct soc_camera_host *); - /* - * .get_formats() is called for each client device format, but - * .put_formats() is only called once. Further, if any of the calls to - * .get_formats() fail, .put_formats() will not be called at all, the - * failing .get_formats() must then clean up internally. - */ - int (*get_formats)(struct soc_camera_device *, unsigned int, - struct soc_camera_format_xlate *); - void (*put_formats)(struct soc_camera_device *); - int (*cropcap)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_cropcap *); - int (*get_crop)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_crop *); - int (*set_crop)(struct soc_camera_device *, const struct v4l2_crop *); - int (*get_selection)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_selection *); - int (*set_selection)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_selection *); - /* - * The difference to .set_crop() is, that .set_livecrop is not allowed - * to change the output sizes - */ - int (*set_livecrop)(struct soc_camera_device *, const struct v4l2_crop *); - int (*set_fmt)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_format *); - int (*try_fmt)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_format *); - void (*init_videobuf)(struct videobuf_queue *, - struct soc_camera_device *); - int (*init_videobuf2)(struct vb2_queue *, - struct soc_camera_device *); - int (*reqbufs)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *); - int (*querycap)(struct soc_camera_host *, struct v4l2_capability *); - int (*set_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_device *); - int (*get_parm)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_streamparm *); - int (*set_parm)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_streamparm *); - int (*enum_framesizes)(struct soc_camera_device *, struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *); - unsigned int (*poll)(struct file *, poll_table *); -}; - -#define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_PCLK (1 << 0) -#define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_MCLK (1 << 1) -#define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_HSYNC (1 << 2) -#define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_VSYNC (1 << 3) -#define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_DATA (1 << 4) - -struct i2c_board_info; -struct regulator_bulk_data; - -struct soc_camera_subdev_desc { - /* Per camera SOCAM_SENSOR_* bus flags */ - unsigned long flags; - - /* sensor driver private platform data */ - void *drv_priv; - - /* Optional regulators that have to be managed on power on/off events */ - struct regulator_bulk_data *regulators; - int num_regulators; - - /* Optional callbacks to power on or off and reset the sensor */ - int (*power)(struct device *, int); - int (*reset)(struct device *); - - /* - * some platforms may support different data widths than the sensors - * native ones due to different data line routing. Let the board code - * overwrite the width flags. - */ - int (*set_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *, unsigned long flags); - unsigned long (*query_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *); - void (*free_bus)(struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *); -}; - -struct soc_camera_host_desc { - /* Camera bus id, used to match a camera and a bus */ - int bus_id; - int i2c_adapter_id; - struct i2c_board_info *board_info; - const char *module_name; - - /* - * For non-I2C devices platform has to provide methods to add a device - * to the system and to remove it - */ - int (*add_device)(struct soc_camera_device *); - void (*del_device)(struct soc_camera_device *); -}; - -/* - * Platform data for "soc-camera-pdrv" - * This MUST be kept binary-identical to struct soc_camera_link below, until - * it is completely replaced by this one, after which we can split it into its - * two components. - */ -struct soc_camera_desc { - struct soc_camera_subdev_desc subdev_desc; - struct soc_camera_host_desc host_desc; -}; - -/* Prepare to replace this struct: don't change its layout any more! */ -struct soc_camera_link { - /* - * Subdevice part - keep at top and compatible to - * struct soc_camera_subdev_desc - */ - - /* Per camera SOCAM_SENSOR_* bus flags */ - unsigned long flags; - - void *priv; - - /* Optional regulators that have to be managed on power on/off events */ - struct regulator_bulk_data *regulators; - int num_regulators; - - /* Optional callbacks to power on or off and reset the sensor */ - int (*power)(struct device *, int); - int (*reset)(struct device *); - /* - * some platforms may support different data widths than the sensors - * native ones due to different data line routing. Let the board code - * overwrite the width flags. - */ - int (*set_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_link *, unsigned long flags); - unsigned long (*query_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_link *); - void (*free_bus)(struct soc_camera_link *); - - /* - * Host part - keep at bottom and compatible to - * struct soc_camera_host_desc - */ - - /* Camera bus id, used to match a camera and a bus */ - int bus_id; - int i2c_adapter_id; - struct i2c_board_info *board_info; - const char *module_name; - - /* - * For non-I2C devices platform has to provide methods to add a device - * to the system and to remove it - */ - int (*add_device)(struct soc_camera_device *); - void (*del_device)(struct soc_camera_device *); -}; - -static inline struct soc_camera_host *to_soc_camera_host( - const struct device *dev) -{ - struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev = dev_get_drvdata(dev); - - return container_of(v4l2_dev, struct soc_camera_host, v4l2_dev); -} - -static inline struct soc_camera_desc *to_soc_camera_desc( - const struct soc_camera_device *icd) -{ - return icd->sdesc; -} - -static inline struct device *to_soc_camera_control( - const struct soc_camera_device *icd) -{ - return icd->control; -} - -static inline struct v4l2_subdev *soc_camera_to_subdev( - const struct soc_camera_device *icd) -{ - struct device *control = to_soc_camera_control(icd); - return dev_get_drvdata(control); -} - -int soc_camera_host_register(struct soc_camera_host *ici); -void soc_camera_host_unregister(struct soc_camera_host *ici); - -const struct soc_camera_format_xlate *soc_camera_xlate_by_fourcc( - struct soc_camera_device *icd, unsigned int fourcc); - -/** - * struct soc_camera_format_xlate - match between host and sensor formats - * @code: code of a sensor provided format - * @host_fmt: host format after host translation from code - * - * Host and sensor translation structure. Used in table of host and sensor - * formats matchings in soc_camera_device. A host can override the generic list - * generation by implementing get_formats(), and use it for format checks and - * format setup. - */ -struct soc_camera_format_xlate { - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode code; - const struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt *host_fmt; -}; - -#define SOCAM_SENSE_PCLK_CHANGED (1 << 0) - -/** - * This struct can be attached to struct soc_camera_device by the host driver - * to request sense from the camera, for example, when calling .set_fmt(). The - * host then can check which flags are set and verify respective values if any. - * For example, if SOCAM_SENSE_PCLK_CHANGED is set, it means, pixclock has - * changed during this operation. After completion the host should detach sense. - * - * @flags ored SOCAM_SENSE_* flags - * @master_clock if the host wants to be informed about pixel-clock - * change, it better set master_clock. - * @pixel_clock_max maximum pixel clock frequency supported by the host, - * camera is not allowed to exceed this. - * @pixel_clock if the camera driver changed pixel clock during this - * operation, it sets SOCAM_SENSE_PCLK_CHANGED, uses - * master_clock to calculate the new pixel-clock and - * sets this field. - */ -struct soc_camera_sense { - unsigned long flags; - unsigned long master_clock; - unsigned long pixel_clock_max; - unsigned long pixel_clock; -}; - -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(x) BIT((x) - 1) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_4 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(4) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_8 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(8) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_9 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(9) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_10 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(10) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_12 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(12) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_15 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(15) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_16 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(16) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_18 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(18) -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_24 SOCAM_DATAWIDTH(24) - -#define SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_MASK (SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_4 | SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_8 | \ - SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_9 | SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_10 | \ - SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_12 | SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_15 | \ - SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_16 | SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_18 | \ - SOCAM_DATAWIDTH_24) - -static inline void soc_camera_limit_side(int *start, int *length, - unsigned int start_min, - unsigned int length_min, unsigned int length_max) -{ - if (*length < length_min) - *length = length_min; - else if (*length > length_max) - *length = length_max; - - if (*start < start_min) - *start = start_min; - else if (*start > start_min + length_max - *length) - *start = start_min + length_max - *length; -} - -unsigned long soc_camera_apply_board_flags(struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd, - const struct v4l2_mbus_config *cfg); - -int soc_camera_power_init(struct device *dev, struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd); -int soc_camera_power_on(struct device *dev, struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd, - struct v4l2_clk *clk); -int soc_camera_power_off(struct device *dev, struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd, - struct v4l2_clk *clk); - -static inline int soc_camera_set_power(struct device *dev, - struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd, struct v4l2_clk *clk, bool on) -{ - return on ? soc_camera_power_on(dev, ssdd, clk) - : soc_camera_power_off(dev, ssdd, clk); -} - -/* This is only temporary here - until v4l2-subdev begins to link to video_device */ -#include <linux/i2c.h> -static inline struct video_device *soc_camera_i2c_to_vdev(const struct i2c_client *client) -{ - struct v4l2_subdev *sd = i2c_get_clientdata(client); - struct soc_camera_device *icd = v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata(sd); - return icd ? icd->vdev : NULL; -} - -static inline struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *soc_camera_i2c_to_desc(const struct i2c_client *client) -{ - return client->dev.platform_data; -} - -static inline struct v4l2_subdev *soc_camera_vdev_to_subdev(struct video_device *vdev) -{ - struct soc_camera_device *icd = video_get_drvdata(vdev); - return soc_camera_to_subdev(icd); -} - -static inline struct soc_camera_device *soc_camera_from_vb2q(const struct vb2_queue *vq) -{ - return container_of(vq, struct soc_camera_device, vb2_vidq); -} - -static inline struct soc_camera_device *soc_camera_from_vbq(const struct videobuf_queue *vq) -{ - return container_of(vq, struct soc_camera_device, vb_vidq); -} - -static inline u32 soc_camera_grp_id(const struct soc_camera_device *icd) -{ - return (icd->iface << 8) | (icd->devnum + 1); -} - -void soc_camera_lock(struct vb2_queue *vq); -void soc_camera_unlock(struct vb2_queue *vq); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/soc_camera_platform.h b/include/media/soc_camera_platform.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1e5065dab430..000000000000 --- a/include/media/soc_camera_platform.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Generic Platform Camera Driver Header - * - * Copyright (C) 2008 Magnus Damm - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef __SOC_CAMERA_H__ -#define __SOC_CAMERA_H__ - -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <media/soc_camera.h> -#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h> - -struct device; - -struct soc_camera_platform_info { - const char *format_name; - unsigned long format_depth; - struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt format; - unsigned long mbus_param; - enum v4l2_mbus_type mbus_type; - struct soc_camera_device *icd; - int (*set_capture)(struct soc_camera_platform_info *info, int enable); -}; - -static inline void soc_camera_platform_release(struct platform_device **pdev) -{ - *pdev = NULL; -} - -static inline int soc_camera_platform_add(struct soc_camera_device *icd, - struct platform_device **pdev, - struct soc_camera_link *plink, - void (*release)(struct device *dev), - int id) -{ - struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd = - (struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *)plink; - struct soc_camera_platform_info *info = ssdd->drv_priv; - int ret; - - if (&icd->sdesc->subdev_desc != ssdd) - return -ENODEV; - - if (*pdev) - return -EBUSY; - - *pdev = platform_device_alloc("soc_camera_platform", id); - if (!*pdev) - return -ENOMEM; - - info->icd = icd; - - (*pdev)->dev.platform_data = info; - (*pdev)->dev.release = release; - - ret = platform_device_add(*pdev); - if (ret < 0) { - platform_device_put(*pdev); - *pdev = NULL; - info->icd = NULL; - } - - return ret; -} - -static inline void soc_camera_platform_del(const struct soc_camera_device *icd, - struct platform_device *pdev, - const struct soc_camera_link *plink) -{ - const struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *ssdd = - (const struct soc_camera_subdev_desc *)plink; - if (&icd->sdesc->subdev_desc != ssdd || !pdev) - return; - - platform_device_unregister(pdev); -} - -#endif /* __SOC_CAMERA_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/soc_mediabus.h b/include/media/soc_mediabus.h deleted file mode 100644 index d33f6d059692..000000000000 --- a/include/media/soc_mediabus.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - * SoC-camera Media Bus API extensions - * - * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#ifndef SOC_MEDIABUS_H -#define SOC_MEDIABUS_H - -#include <linux/videodev2.h> -#include <linux/v4l2-mediabus.h> - -/** - * enum soc_mbus_packing - data packing types on the media-bus - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_NONE: no packing, bit-for-bit transfer to RAM, one - * sample represents one pixel - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_2X8_PADHI: 16 bits transferred in 2 8-bit samples, in the - * possibly incomplete byte high bits are padding - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_2X8_PADLO: as above, but low bits are padding - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_EXTEND16: sample width (e.g., 10 bits) has to be extended - * to 16 bits - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_VARIABLE: compressed formats with variable packing - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_1_5X8: used for packed YUV 4:2:0 formats, where 4 - * pixels occupy 6 bytes in RAM - * @SOC_MBUS_PACKING_EXTEND32: sample width (e.g., 24 bits) has to be extended - * to 32 bits - */ -enum soc_mbus_packing { - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_NONE, - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_2X8_PADHI, - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_2X8_PADLO, - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_EXTEND16, - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_VARIABLE, - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_1_5X8, - SOC_MBUS_PACKING_EXTEND32, -}; - -/** - * enum soc_mbus_order - sample order on the media bus - * @SOC_MBUS_ORDER_LE: least significant sample first - * @SOC_MBUS_ORDER_BE: most significant sample first - */ -enum soc_mbus_order { - SOC_MBUS_ORDER_LE, - SOC_MBUS_ORDER_BE, -}; - -/** - * enum soc_mbus_layout - planes layout in memory - * @SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PACKED: color components packed - * @SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PLANAR_2Y_U_V: YUV components stored in 3 planes (4:2:2) - * @SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PLANAR_2Y_C: YUV components stored in a luma and a - * chroma plane (C plane is half the size - * of Y plane) - * @SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PLANAR_Y_C: YUV components stored in a luma and a - * chroma plane (C plane is the same size - * as Y plane) - */ -enum soc_mbus_layout { - SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PACKED = 0, - SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PLANAR_2Y_U_V, - SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PLANAR_2Y_C, - SOC_MBUS_LAYOUT_PLANAR_Y_C, -}; - -/** - * struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt - Data format on the media bus - * @name: Name of the format - * @fourcc: Fourcc code, that will be obtained if the data is - * stored in memory in the following way: - * @packing: Type of sample-packing, that has to be used - * @order: Sample order when storing in memory - * @bits_per_sample: How many bits the bridge has to sample - */ -struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt { - const char *name; - u32 fourcc; - enum soc_mbus_packing packing; - enum soc_mbus_order order; - enum soc_mbus_layout layout; - u8 bits_per_sample; -}; - -/** - * struct soc_mbus_lookup - Lookup FOURCC IDs by mediabus codes for pass-through - * @code: mediabus pixel-code - * @fmt: pixel format description - */ -struct soc_mbus_lookup { - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode code; - struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt fmt; -}; - -const struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt *soc_mbus_find_fmtdesc( - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode code, - const struct soc_mbus_lookup *lookup, - int n); -const struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt *soc_mbus_get_fmtdesc( - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode code); -s32 soc_mbus_bytes_per_line(u32 width, const struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt *mf); -s32 soc_mbus_image_size(const struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt *mf, - u32 bytes_per_line, u32 height); -int soc_mbus_samples_per_pixel(const struct soc_mbus_pixelfmt *mf, - unsigned int *numerator, unsigned int *denominator); -unsigned int soc_mbus_config_compatible(const struct v4l2_mbus_config *cfg, - unsigned int flags); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/sr030pc30.h b/include/media/sr030pc30.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f901a653ba2..000000000000 --- a/include/media/sr030pc30.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Driver header for SR030PC30 camera sensor - * - * Copyright (c) 2010 Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd - * Contact: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - */ - -#ifndef SR030PC30_H -#define SR030PC30_H - -struct sr030pc30_platform_data { - unsigned long clk_rate; /* master clock frequency in Hz */ - int (*set_power)(struct device *dev, int on); -}; - -#endif /* SR030PC30_H */ diff --git a/include/media/ths7303.h b/include/media/ths7303.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7b49297da82..000000000000 --- a/include/media/ths7303.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2013 Texas Instruments Inc - * - * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. - * - * Contributors: - * Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> - * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com> - * Martin Bugge <marbugge@cisco.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - * published by the Free Software Foundation version 2. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ - -#ifndef THS7353_H -#define THS7353_H - -/** - * struct ths7303_platform_data - Platform dependent data - * @ch_1: Bias value for channel one. - * @ch_2: Bias value for channel two. - * @ch_3: Bias value for channel three. - */ -struct ths7303_platform_data { - u8 ch_1; - u8 ch_2; - u8 ch_3; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/timb_radio.h b/include/media/timb_radio.h deleted file mode 100644 index a40a6a348d21..000000000000 --- a/include/media/timb_radio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/* - * timb_radio.h Platform struct for the Timberdale radio driver - * Copyright (c) 2009 Intel Corporation - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - */ - -#ifndef _TIMB_RADIO_ -#define _TIMB_RADIO_ 1 - -#include <linux/i2c.h> - -struct timb_radio_platform_data { - int i2c_adapter; /* I2C adapter where the tuner and dsp are attached */ - struct i2c_board_info *tuner; - struct i2c_board_info *dsp; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/timb_video.h b/include/media/timb_video.h deleted file mode 100644 index 70ae43970a49..000000000000 --- a/include/media/timb_video.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -/* - * timb_video.h Platform struct for the Timberdale video driver - * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Intel Corporation - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - */ - -#ifndef _TIMB_VIDEO_ -#define _TIMB_VIDEO_ 1 - -#include <linux/i2c.h> - -struct timb_video_platform_data { - int dma_channel; - int i2c_adapter; /* The I2C adapter where the encoder is attached */ - struct { - const char *module_name; - struct i2c_board_info *info; - } encoder; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h b/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a55088921d1d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h @@ -0,0 +1,668 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * v4l2-tpg.h - Test Pattern Generator + * + * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef _V4L2_TPG_H_ +#define _V4L2_TPG_H_ + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/errno.h> +#include <linux/random.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> +#include <linux/vmalloc.h> +#include <linux/videodev2.h> + +struct tpg_rbg_color8 { + unsigned char r, g, b; +}; + +struct tpg_rbg_color16 { + __u16 r, g, b; +}; + +enum tpg_color { + TPG_COLOR_CSC_WHITE, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_YELLOW, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_CYAN, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_GREEN, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_MAGENTA, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_RED, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLUE, + TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLACK, + TPG_COLOR_75_YELLOW, + TPG_COLOR_75_CYAN, + TPG_COLOR_75_GREEN, + TPG_COLOR_75_MAGENTA, + TPG_COLOR_75_RED, + TPG_COLOR_75_BLUE, + TPG_COLOR_100_WHITE, + TPG_COLOR_100_YELLOW, + TPG_COLOR_100_CYAN, + TPG_COLOR_100_GREEN, + TPG_COLOR_100_MAGENTA, + TPG_COLOR_100_RED, + TPG_COLOR_100_BLUE, + TPG_COLOR_100_BLACK, + TPG_COLOR_TEXTFG, + TPG_COLOR_TEXTBG, + TPG_COLOR_RANDOM, + TPG_COLOR_RAMP, + TPG_COLOR_MAX = TPG_COLOR_RAMP + 256 +}; + +extern const struct tpg_rbg_color8 tpg_colors[TPG_COLOR_MAX]; +extern const unsigned short tpg_rec709_to_linear[255 * 16 + 1]; +extern const unsigned short tpg_linear_to_rec709[255 * 16 + 1]; +extern const struct tpg_rbg_color16 tpg_csc_colors[V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3 + 1] + [V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE2084 + 1] + [TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLACK + 1]; +enum tpg_pattern { + TPG_PAT_75_COLORBAR, + TPG_PAT_100_COLORBAR, + TPG_PAT_CSC_COLORBAR, + TPG_PAT_100_HCOLORBAR, + TPG_PAT_100_COLORSQUARES, + TPG_PAT_BLACK, + TPG_PAT_WHITE, + TPG_PAT_RED, + TPG_PAT_GREEN, + TPG_PAT_BLUE, + TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_16X16, + TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_2X2, + TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_1X1, + TPG_PAT_COLOR_CHECKERS_2X2, + TPG_PAT_COLOR_CHECKERS_1X1, + TPG_PAT_ALTERNATING_HLINES, + TPG_PAT_ALTERNATING_VLINES, + TPG_PAT_CROSS_1_PIXEL, + TPG_PAT_CROSS_2_PIXELS, + TPG_PAT_CROSS_10_PIXELS, + TPG_PAT_GRAY_RAMP, + + /* Must be the last pattern */ + TPG_PAT_NOISE, +}; + +extern const char * const tpg_pattern_strings[]; + +enum tpg_quality { + TPG_QUAL_COLOR, + TPG_QUAL_GRAY, + TPG_QUAL_NOISE +}; + +enum tpg_video_aspect { + TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_IMAGE, + TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4X3, + TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_14X9_CENTRE, + TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16X9_CENTRE, + TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16X9_ANAMORPHIC, +}; + +enum tpg_pixel_aspect { + TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_SQUARE, + TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_NTSC, + TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_PAL, +}; + +enum tpg_move_mode { + TPG_MOVE_NEG_FAST, + TPG_MOVE_NEG, + TPG_MOVE_NEG_SLOW, + TPG_MOVE_NONE, + TPG_MOVE_POS_SLOW, + TPG_MOVE_POS, + TPG_MOVE_POS_FAST, +}; + +enum tgp_color_enc { + TGP_COLOR_ENC_RGB, + TGP_COLOR_ENC_YCBCR, + TGP_COLOR_ENC_HSV, + TGP_COLOR_ENC_LUMA, +}; + +extern const char * const tpg_aspect_strings[]; + +#define TPG_MAX_PLANES 3 +#define TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES 8 + +struct tpg_data { + /* Source frame size */ + unsigned src_width, src_height; + /* Buffer height */ + unsigned buf_height; + /* Scaled output frame size */ + unsigned scaled_width; + u32 field; + bool field_alternate; + /* crop coordinates are frame-based */ + struct v4l2_rect crop; + /* compose coordinates are format-based */ + struct v4l2_rect compose; + /* border and square coordinates are frame-based */ + struct v4l2_rect border; + struct v4l2_rect square; + + /* Color-related fields */ + enum tpg_quality qual; + unsigned qual_offset; + u8 alpha_component; + bool alpha_red_only; + u8 brightness; + u8 contrast; + u8 saturation; + s16 hue; + u32 fourcc; + enum tgp_color_enc color_enc; + u32 colorspace; + u32 xfer_func; + u32 ycbcr_enc; + u32 hsv_enc; + /* + * Stores the actual transfer function, i.e. will never be + * V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT. + */ + u32 real_xfer_func; + /* + * Stores the actual Y'CbCr encoding, i.e. will never be + * V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT. + */ + u32 real_hsv_enc; + u32 real_ycbcr_enc; + u32 quantization; + /* + * Stores the actual quantization, i.e. will never be + * V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT. + */ + u32 real_quantization; + enum tpg_video_aspect vid_aspect; + enum tpg_pixel_aspect pix_aspect; + unsigned rgb_range; + unsigned real_rgb_range; + unsigned buffers; + unsigned planes; + bool interleaved; + u8 vdownsampling[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + u8 hdownsampling[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + /* + * horizontal positions must be ANDed with this value to enforce + * correct boundaries for packed YUYV values. + */ + unsigned hmask[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + /* Used to store the colors in native format, either RGB or YUV */ + u8 colors[TPG_COLOR_MAX][3]; + u8 textfg[TPG_MAX_PLANES][8], textbg[TPG_MAX_PLANES][8]; + /* size in bytes for two pixels in each plane */ + unsigned twopixelsize[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + unsigned bytesperline[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + + /* Configuration */ + enum tpg_pattern pattern; + bool hflip; + bool vflip; + unsigned perc_fill; + bool perc_fill_blank; + bool show_border; + bool show_square; + bool insert_sav; + bool insert_eav; + bool insert_hdmi_video_guard_band; + + /* Test pattern movement */ + enum tpg_move_mode mv_hor_mode; + int mv_hor_count; + int mv_hor_step; + enum tpg_move_mode mv_vert_mode; + int mv_vert_count; + int mv_vert_step; + + bool recalc_colors; + bool recalc_lines; + bool recalc_square_border; + + /* Used to store TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES lines, each with up to two planes */ + unsigned max_line_width; + u8 *lines[TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES][TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + u8 *downsampled_lines[TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES][TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + u8 *random_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + u8 *contrast_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; + u8 *black_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES]; +}; + +void tpg_init(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned w, unsigned h); +int tpg_alloc(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned max_w); +void tpg_free(struct tpg_data *tpg); +void tpg_reset_source(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned width, unsigned height, + u32 field); +void tpg_log_status(struct tpg_data *tpg); + +void tpg_set_font(const u8 *f); +void tpg_gen_text(const struct tpg_data *tpg, + u8 *basep[TPG_MAX_PLANES][2], int y, int x, const char *text); +void tpg_calc_text_basep(struct tpg_data *tpg, + u8 *basep[TPG_MAX_PLANES][2], unsigned p, u8 *vbuf); +unsigned tpg_g_interleaved_plane(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned buf_line); +void tpg_fill_plane_buffer(struct tpg_data *tpg, v4l2_std_id std, + unsigned p, u8 *vbuf); +void tpg_fillbuffer(struct tpg_data *tpg, v4l2_std_id std, + unsigned p, u8 *vbuf); +bool tpg_s_fourcc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 fourcc); +void tpg_s_crop_compose(struct tpg_data *tpg, const struct v4l2_rect *crop, + const struct v4l2_rect *compose); +const char *tpg_g_color_order(const struct tpg_data *tpg); + +static inline void tpg_s_pattern(struct tpg_data *tpg, enum tpg_pattern pattern) +{ + if (tpg->pattern == pattern) + return; + tpg->pattern = pattern; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_quality(struct tpg_data *tpg, + enum tpg_quality qual, unsigned qual_offset) +{ + if (tpg->qual == qual && tpg->qual_offset == qual_offset) + return; + tpg->qual = qual; + tpg->qual_offset = qual_offset; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline enum tpg_quality tpg_g_quality(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->qual; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_alpha_component(struct tpg_data *tpg, + u8 alpha_component) +{ + if (tpg->alpha_component == alpha_component) + return; + tpg->alpha_component = alpha_component; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_alpha_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg, + bool red_only) +{ + if (tpg->alpha_red_only == red_only) + return; + tpg->alpha_red_only = red_only; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_brightness(struct tpg_data *tpg, + u8 brightness) +{ + if (tpg->brightness == brightness) + return; + tpg->brightness = brightness; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_contrast(struct tpg_data *tpg, + u8 contrast) +{ + if (tpg->contrast == contrast) + return; + tpg->contrast = contrast; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_saturation(struct tpg_data *tpg, + u8 saturation) +{ + if (tpg->saturation == saturation) + return; + tpg->saturation = saturation; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_hue(struct tpg_data *tpg, + s16 hue) +{ + hue = clamp_t(s16, hue, -128, 128); + if (tpg->hue == hue) + return; + tpg->hue = hue; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_rgb_range(struct tpg_data *tpg, + unsigned rgb_range) +{ + if (tpg->rgb_range == rgb_range) + return; + tpg->rgb_range = rgb_range; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_real_rgb_range(struct tpg_data *tpg, + unsigned rgb_range) +{ + if (tpg->real_rgb_range == rgb_range) + return; + tpg->real_rgb_range = rgb_range; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_colorspace(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 colorspace) +{ + if (tpg->colorspace == colorspace) + return; + tpg->colorspace = colorspace; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline u32 tpg_g_colorspace(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->colorspace; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_ycbcr_enc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 ycbcr_enc) +{ + if (tpg->ycbcr_enc == ycbcr_enc) + return; + tpg->ycbcr_enc = ycbcr_enc; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline u32 tpg_g_ycbcr_enc(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->ycbcr_enc; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_hsv_enc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 hsv_enc) +{ + if (tpg->hsv_enc == hsv_enc) + return; + tpg->hsv_enc = hsv_enc; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline u32 tpg_g_hsv_enc(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->hsv_enc; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_xfer_func(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 xfer_func) +{ + if (tpg->xfer_func == xfer_func) + return; + tpg->xfer_func = xfer_func; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline u32 tpg_g_xfer_func(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->xfer_func; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_quantization(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 quantization) +{ + if (tpg->quantization == quantization) + return; + tpg->quantization = quantization; + tpg->recalc_colors = true; +} + +static inline u32 tpg_g_quantization(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->quantization; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_g_buffers(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->buffers; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_g_planes(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->interleaved ? 1 : tpg->planes; +} + +static inline bool tpg_g_interleaved(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->interleaved; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_g_twopixelsize(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane) +{ + return tpg->twopixelsize[plane]; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_hdiv(const struct tpg_data *tpg, + unsigned plane, unsigned x) +{ + return ((x / tpg->hdownsampling[plane]) & tpg->hmask[plane]) * + tpg->twopixelsize[plane] / 2; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_hscale(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned x) +{ + return (x * tpg->scaled_width) / tpg->src_width; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_hscale_div(const struct tpg_data *tpg, + unsigned plane, unsigned x) +{ + return tpg_hdiv(tpg, plane, tpg_hscale(tpg, x)); +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_g_bytesperline(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane) +{ + return tpg->bytesperline[plane]; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_bytesperline(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane, unsigned bpl) +{ + unsigned p; + + if (tpg->buffers > 1) { + tpg->bytesperline[plane] = bpl; + return; + } + + for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) { + unsigned plane_w = bpl * tpg->twopixelsize[p] / tpg->twopixelsize[0]; + + tpg->bytesperline[p] = plane_w / tpg->hdownsampling[p]; + } + if (tpg_g_interleaved(tpg)) + tpg->bytesperline[1] = tpg->bytesperline[0]; +} + + +static inline unsigned tpg_g_line_width(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane) +{ + unsigned w = 0; + unsigned p; + + if (tpg->buffers > 1) + return tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, plane); + for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) { + unsigned plane_w = tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, p); + + w += plane_w / tpg->vdownsampling[p]; + } + return w; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_calc_line_width(const struct tpg_data *tpg, + unsigned plane, unsigned bpl) +{ + unsigned w = 0; + unsigned p; + + if (tpg->buffers > 1) + return bpl; + for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) { + unsigned plane_w = bpl * tpg->twopixelsize[p] / tpg->twopixelsize[0]; + + plane_w /= tpg->hdownsampling[p]; + w += plane_w / tpg->vdownsampling[p]; + } + return w; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_calc_plane_size(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane) +{ + if (plane >= tpg_g_planes(tpg)) + return 0; + + return tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, plane) * tpg->buf_height / + tpg->vdownsampling[plane]; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_buf_height(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned h) +{ + tpg->buf_height = h; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_field(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned field, bool alternate) +{ + tpg->field = field; + tpg->field_alternate = alternate; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_perc_fill(struct tpg_data *tpg, + unsigned perc_fill) +{ + tpg->perc_fill = perc_fill; +} + +static inline unsigned tpg_g_perc_fill(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->perc_fill; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_perc_fill_blank(struct tpg_data *tpg, + bool perc_fill_blank) +{ + tpg->perc_fill_blank = perc_fill_blank; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_video_aspect(struct tpg_data *tpg, + enum tpg_video_aspect vid_aspect) +{ + if (tpg->vid_aspect == vid_aspect) + return; + tpg->vid_aspect = vid_aspect; + tpg->recalc_square_border = true; +} + +static inline enum tpg_video_aspect tpg_g_video_aspect(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->vid_aspect; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_pixel_aspect(struct tpg_data *tpg, + enum tpg_pixel_aspect pix_aspect) +{ + if (tpg->pix_aspect == pix_aspect) + return; + tpg->pix_aspect = pix_aspect; + tpg->recalc_square_border = true; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_show_border(struct tpg_data *tpg, + bool show_border) +{ + tpg->show_border = show_border; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_show_square(struct tpg_data *tpg, + bool show_square) +{ + tpg->show_square = show_square; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_insert_sav(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool insert_sav) +{ + tpg->insert_sav = insert_sav; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_insert_eav(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool insert_eav) +{ + tpg->insert_eav = insert_eav; +} + +/* + * This inserts 4 pixels of the RGB color 0xab55ab at the left hand side of the + * image. This is only done for 3 or 4 byte RGB pixel formats. This pixel value + * equals the Video Guard Band value as defined by HDMI (see section 5.2.2.1 + * in the HDMI 1.3 Specification) that preceeds the first actual pixel. If the + * HDMI receiver doesn't handle this correctly, then it might keep skipping + * these Video Guard Band patterns and end up with a shorter video line. So this + * is a nice pattern to test with. + */ +static inline void tpg_s_insert_hdmi_video_guard_band(struct tpg_data *tpg, + bool insert_hdmi_video_guard_band) +{ + tpg->insert_hdmi_video_guard_band = insert_hdmi_video_guard_band; +} + +void tpg_update_mv_step(struct tpg_data *tpg); + +static inline void tpg_s_mv_hor_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg, + enum tpg_move_mode mv_hor_mode) +{ + tpg->mv_hor_mode = mv_hor_mode; + tpg_update_mv_step(tpg); +} + +static inline void tpg_s_mv_vert_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg, + enum tpg_move_mode mv_vert_mode) +{ + tpg->mv_vert_mode = mv_vert_mode; + tpg_update_mv_step(tpg); +} + +static inline void tpg_init_mv_count(struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + tpg->mv_hor_count = tpg->mv_vert_count = 0; +} + +static inline void tpg_update_mv_count(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool frame_is_field) +{ + tpg->mv_hor_count += tpg->mv_hor_step * (frame_is_field ? 1 : 2); + tpg->mv_vert_count += tpg->mv_vert_step * (frame_is_field ? 1 : 2); +} + +static inline void tpg_s_hflip(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool hflip) +{ + if (tpg->hflip == hflip) + return; + tpg->hflip = hflip; + tpg_update_mv_step(tpg); + tpg->recalc_lines = true; +} + +static inline bool tpg_g_hflip(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->hflip; +} + +static inline void tpg_s_vflip(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool vflip) +{ + tpg->vflip = vflip; +} + +static inline bool tpg_g_vflip(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->vflip; +} + +static inline bool tpg_pattern_is_static(const struct tpg_data *tpg) +{ + return tpg->pattern != TPG_PAT_NOISE && + tpg->mv_hor_mode == TPG_MOVE_NONE && + tpg->mv_vert_mode == TPG_MOVE_NONE; +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/tuner-types.h b/include/media/tuner-types.h index ab03c5344209..c79b773f750c 100644 --- a/include/media/tuner-types.h +++ b/include/media/tuner-types.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ /* * descriptions for simple tuners. */ @@ -5,6 +6,15 @@ #ifndef __TUNER_TYPES_H__ #define __TUNER_TYPES_H__ +/** + * enum param_type - type of the tuner pameters + * + * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_RADIO: Tuner params are for FM and/or AM radio + * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_PAL: Tuner params are for PAL color TV standard + * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_SECAM: Tuner params are for SECAM color TV standard + * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_NTSC: Tuner params are for NTSC color TV standard + * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_DIGITAL: Tuner params are for digital TV + */ enum param_type { TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_RADIO, TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_PAL, @@ -13,109 +23,173 @@ enum param_type { TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_DIGITAL, }; +/** + * struct tuner_range - define the frequencies supported by the tuner + * + * @limit: Max frequency supported by that range, in 62.5 kHz + * (TV) or 62.5 Hz (Radio), as defined by + * V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW. + * @config: Value of the band switch byte (BB) to setup this mode. + * @cb: Value of the CB byte to setup this mode. + * + * Please notice that digital tuners like xc3028/xc4000/xc5000 don't use + * those ranges, as they're defined inside the driver. This is used by + * analog tuners that are compatible with the "Philips way" to setup the + * tuners. On those devices, the tuner set is done via 4 bytes: + * + * #) divider byte1 (DB1) + * #) divider byte 2 (DB2) + * #) Control byte (CB) + * #) band switch byte (BB) + * + * Some tuners also have an additional optional Auxiliary byte (AB). + */ struct tuner_range { unsigned short limit; unsigned char config; unsigned char cb; }; +/** + * struct tuner_params - Parameters to be used to setup the tuner. Those + * are used by drivers/media/tuners/tuner-types.c in + * order to specify the tuner properties. Most of + * the parameters are for tuners based on tda9887 IF-PLL + * multi-standard analog TV/Radio demodulator, with is + * very common on legacy analog tuners. + * + * @type: Type of the tuner parameters, as defined at + * enum param_type. If the tuner supports multiple + * standards, an array should be used, with one + * row per different standard. + * @cb_first_if_lower_freq: Many Philips-based tuners have a comment in + * their datasheet like + * "For channel selection involving band + * switching, and to ensure smooth tuning to the + * desired channel without causing unnecessary + * charge pump action, it is recommended to + * consider the difference between wanted channel + * frequency and the current channel frequency. + * Unnecessary charge pump action will result + * in very low tuning voltage which may drive the + * oscillator to extreme conditions". + * Set cb_first_if_lower_freq to 1, if this check + * is required for this tuner. I tested this for + * PAL by first setting the TV frequency to + * 203 MHz and then switching to 96.6 MHz FM + * radio. The result was static unless the + * control byte was sent first. + * @has_tda9887: Set to 1 if this tuner uses a tda9887 + * @port1_fm_high_sensitivity: Many Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT1 to select + * the FM radio sensitivity. If this setting is 1, + * then set PORT1 to 1 to get proper FM reception. + * @port2_fm_high_sensitivity: Some Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT2 to select + * the FM radio sensitivity. If this setting is 1, + * then set PORT2 to 1 to get proper FM reception. + * @fm_gain_normal: Some Philips tuners use tda9887 cGainNormal to + * select the FM radio sensitivity. If this + * setting is 1, e register will use cGainNormal + * instead of cGainLow. + * @intercarrier_mode: Most tuners with a tda9887 use QSS mode. + * Some (cheaper) tuners use Intercarrier mode. + * If this setting is 1, then the tuner needs to + * be set to intercarrier mode. + * @port1_active: This setting sets the default value for PORT1. + * 0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the + * actual bit value written to the tda9887 is + * inverted. So a 0 here means a 1 in the B6 bit. + * @port2_active: This setting sets the default value for PORT2. + * 0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the + * actual bit value written to the tda9887 is + * inverted. So a 0 here means a 1 in the B7 bit. + * @port1_invert_for_secam_lc: Sometimes PORT1 is inverted when the SECAM-L' + * standard is selected. Set this bit to 1 if this + * is needed. + * @port2_invert_for_secam_lc: Sometimes PORT2 is inverted when the SECAM-L' + * standard is selected. Set this bit to 1 if this + * is needed. + * @port1_set_for_fm_mono: Some cards require PORT1 to be 1 for mono Radio + * FM and 0 for stereo. + * @default_pll_gating_18: Select 18% (or according to datasheet 0%) + * L standard PLL gating, vs the driver default + * of 36%. + * @radio_if: IF to use in radio mode. Tuners with a + * separate radio IF filter seem to use 10.7, + * while those without use 33.3 for PAL/SECAM + * tuners and 41.3 for NTSC tuners. + * 0 = 10.7, 1 = 33.3, 2 = 41.3 + * @default_top_low: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the low + * band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15 + * @default_top_mid: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the mid + * band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15 + * @default_top_high: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the high + * band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15 + * @default_top_secam_low: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L' + * for the low band. Default is 0. Several tuners + * require a different TOP value for the + * SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15 + * @default_top_secam_mid: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L' + * for the mid band. Default is 0. Several tuners + * require a different TOP value for the + * SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15 + * @default_top_secam_high: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L' + * for the high band. Default is 0. Several tuners + * require a different TOP value for the + * SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15 + * @iffreq: Intermediate frequency (IF) used by the tuner + * on digital mode. + * @count: Size of the ranges array. + * @ranges: Array with the frequency ranges supported by + * the tuner. + */ struct tuner_params { enum param_type type; - /* Many Philips based tuners have a comment like this in their - * datasheet: - * - * For channel selection involving band switching, and to ensure - * smooth tuning to the desired channel without causing - * unnecessary charge pump action, it is recommended to consider - * the difference between wanted channel frequency and the - * current channel frequency. Unnecessary charge pump action - * will result in very low tuning voltage which may drive the - * oscillator to extreme conditions. - * - * Set cb_first_if_lower_freq to 1, if this check is - * required for this tuner. - * - * I tested this for PAL by first setting the TV frequency to - * 203 MHz and then switching to 96.6 MHz FM radio. The result was - * static unless the control byte was sent first. - */ unsigned int cb_first_if_lower_freq:1; - /* Set to 1 if this tuner uses a tda9887 */ unsigned int has_tda9887:1; - /* Many Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT1 to select the FM radio - sensitivity. If this setting is 1, then set PORT1 to 1 to - get proper FM reception. */ unsigned int port1_fm_high_sensitivity:1; - /* Some Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT2 to select the FM radio - sensitivity. If this setting is 1, then set PORT2 to 1 to - get proper FM reception. */ unsigned int port2_fm_high_sensitivity:1; - /* Some Philips tuners use tda9887 cGainNormal to select the FM radio - sensitivity. If this setting is 1, e register will use cGainNormal - instead of cGainLow. */ unsigned int fm_gain_normal:1; - /* Most tuners with a tda9887 use QSS mode. Some (cheaper) tuners - use Intercarrier mode. If this setting is 1, then the tuner - needs to be set to intercarrier mode. */ unsigned int intercarrier_mode:1; - /* This setting sets the default value for PORT1. - 0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the actual bit - value written to the tda9887 is inverted. So a 0 here - means a 1 in the B6 bit. */ unsigned int port1_active:1; - /* This setting sets the default value for PORT2. - 0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the actual bit - value written to the tda9887 is inverted. So a 0 here - means a 1 in the B7 bit. */ unsigned int port2_active:1; - /* Sometimes PORT1 is inverted when the SECAM-L' standard is selected. - Set this bit to 1 if this is needed. */ unsigned int port1_invert_for_secam_lc:1; - /* Sometimes PORT2 is inverted when the SECAM-L' standard is selected. - Set this bit to 1 if this is needed. */ unsigned int port2_invert_for_secam_lc:1; - /* Some cards require PORT1 to be 1 for mono Radio FM and 0 for stereo. */ unsigned int port1_set_for_fm_mono:1; - /* Select 18% (or according to datasheet 0%) L standard PLL gating, - vs the driver default of 36%. */ unsigned int default_pll_gating_18:1; - /* IF to use in radio mode. Tuners with a separate radio IF filter - seem to use 10.7, while those without use 33.3 for PAL/SECAM tuners - and 41.3 for NTSC tuners. 0 = 10.7, 1 = 33.3, 2 = 41.3 */ unsigned int radio_if:2; - /* Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the low band. Default is 0. - Range: -16:+15 */ signed int default_top_low:5; - /* Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the mid band. Default is 0. - Range: -16:+15 */ signed int default_top_mid:5; - /* Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the high band. Default is 0. - Range: -16:+15 */ signed int default_top_high:5; - /* Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L' for the low band. - Default is 0. Several tuners require a different TOP value for - the SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15 */ signed int default_top_secam_low:5; - /* Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L' for the mid band. - Default is 0. Several tuners require a different TOP value for - the SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15 */ signed int default_top_secam_mid:5; - /* Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L' for the high band. - Default is 0. Several tuners require a different TOP value for - the SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15 */ signed int default_top_secam_high:5; u16 iffreq; unsigned int count; - struct tuner_range *ranges; + const struct tuner_range *ranges; }; +/** + * struct tunertype - describes the known tuners. + * + * @name: string with the tuner's name. + * @count: size of &struct tuner_params array. + * @params: pointer to &struct tuner_params array. + * + * @min: minimal tuner frequency, in 62.5 kHz step. + * should be multiplied to 16 to convert to MHz. + * @max: minimal tuner frequency, in 62.5 kHz step. + * Should be multiplied to 16 to convert to MHz. + * @stepsize: frequency step, in Hz. + * @initdata: optional byte sequence to initialize the tuner. + * @sleepdata: optional byte sequence to power down the tuner. + */ struct tunertype { char *name; unsigned int count; - struct tuner_params *params; + const struct tuner_params *params; u16 min; u16 max; @@ -125,7 +199,7 @@ struct tunertype { u8 *sleepdata; }; -extern struct tunertype tuners[]; +extern const struct tunertype tuners[]; extern unsigned const int tuner_count; #endif diff --git a/include/media/tuner.h b/include/media/tuner.h index b46ebb48fe74..c5fd6faabfd6 100644 --- a/include/media/tuner.h +++ b/include/media/tuner.h @@ -1,29 +1,17 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* - tuner.h - definition for different tuners - - Copyright (C) 1997 Markus Schroeder (schroedm@uni-duesseldorf.de) - minor modifications by Ralph Metzler (rjkm@thp.uni-koeln.de) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ + * tuner.h - definition for different tuners + * + * Copyright (C) 1997 Markus Schroeder (schroedm@uni-duesseldorf.de) + * minor modifications by Ralph Metzler (rjkm@thp.uni-koeln.de) + */ #ifndef _TUNER_H #define _TUNER_H #ifdef __KERNEL__ #include <linux/videodev2.h> +#include <media/v4l2-mc.h> #define ADDR_UNSET (255) @@ -83,8 +71,11 @@ #define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1236_MK3 43 #define TUNER_PHILIPS_4IN1 44 /* ATI TV Wonder Pro - Conexant */ -/* Microtune merged with Temic 12/31/1999 partially financed by Alps - these may be similar to Temic */ -#define TUNER_MICROTUNE_4049FM5 45 + /* + * Microtune merged with Temic 12/31/1999 partially financed by Alps. + * these may be similar to Temic + */ +#define TUNER_MICROTUNE_4049FM5 45 #define TUNER_PANASONIC_VP27 46 #define TUNER_LG_NTSC_TAPE 47 @@ -115,11 +106,11 @@ #define TUNER_PHILIPS_TUV1236D 68 /* ATI HDTV Wonder */ #define TUNER_TNF_5335MF 69 /* Sabrent Bt848 */ -#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPN_2121P30A 70 /* Hauppauge PVR-500MCE NTSC */ +#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPN_2121P30A 70 /* Hauppauge PVR-500MCE NTSC */ #define TUNER_XC2028 71 #define TUNER_THOMSON_FE6600 72 /* DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Hybrid */ -#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPG_6121P30A 73 /* Hauppauge PVR-500 PAL */ +#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPG_6121P30A 73 /* Hauppauge PVR-500 PAL */ #define TUNER_TDA9887 74 /* This tuner should be used only internally */ #define TUNER_TEA5761 75 /* Only FM Radio Tuner */ #define TUNER_XC5000 76 /* Xceive Silicon Tuner */ @@ -141,59 +132,96 @@ #define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PG472Z 89 /* PAL+SECAM */ #define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PK467Z 90 /* NTSC_JP */ #define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PB463Z 91 /* NTSC */ +#define TUNER_SI2157 92 +#define TUNER_TENA_TNF_931D_DFDR1 93 /* tv card specific */ -#define TDA9887_PRESENT (1<<0) -#define TDA9887_PORT1_INACTIVE (1<<1) -#define TDA9887_PORT2_INACTIVE (1<<2) -#define TDA9887_QSS (1<<3) -#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER (1<<4) -#define TDA9887_PORT1_ACTIVE (1<<5) -#define TDA9887_PORT2_ACTIVE (1<<6) -#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER_NTSC (1<<7) +#define TDA9887_PRESENT (1<<0) +#define TDA9887_PORT1_INACTIVE (1<<1) +#define TDA9887_PORT2_INACTIVE (1<<2) +#define TDA9887_QSS (1<<3) +#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER (1<<4) +#define TDA9887_PORT1_ACTIVE (1<<5) +#define TDA9887_PORT2_ACTIVE (1<<6) +#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER_NTSC (1<<7) /* Tuner takeover point adjustment, in dB, -16 <= top <= 15 */ -#define TDA9887_TOP_MASK (0x3f << 8) -#define TDA9887_TOP_SET (1 << 13) -#define TDA9887_TOP(top) (TDA9887_TOP_SET | (((16 + (top)) & 0x1f) << 8)) +#define TDA9887_TOP_MASK (0x3f << 8) +#define TDA9887_TOP_SET (1 << 13) +#define TDA9887_TOP(top) (TDA9887_TOP_SET | \ + (((16 + (top)) & 0x1f) << 8)) /* config options */ -#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_MASK (3<<16) -#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_NONE (1<<16) -#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_50 (2<<16) -#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_75 (3<<16) -#define TDA9887_AUTOMUTE (1<<18) +#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_MASK (3<<16) +#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_NONE (1<<16) +#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_50 (2<<16) +#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_75 (3<<16) +#define TDA9887_AUTOMUTE (1<<18) #define TDA9887_GATING_18 (1<<19) #define TDA9887_GAIN_NORMAL (1<<20) #define TDA9887_RIF_41_3 (1<<21) /* radio IF1 41.3 vs 33.3 */ +/** + * enum tuner_mode - Mode of the tuner + * + * @T_RADIO: Tuner core will work in radio mode + * @T_ANALOG_TV: Tuner core will work in analog TV mode + * + * Older boards only had a single tuner device, but some devices have a + * separate tuner for radio. In any case, the tuner-core needs to know if + * the tuner chip(s) will be used in radio mode or analog TV mode, as, on + * radio mode, frequencies are specified on a different range than on TV + * mode. This enum is used by the tuner core in order to work with the + * proper tuner range and eventually use a different tuner chip while in + * radio mode. + */ enum tuner_mode { T_RADIO = 1 << V4L2_TUNER_RADIO, T_ANALOG_TV = 1 << V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV, - /* Don't need to map V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV, as tuner-core won't use it */ + /* Don't map V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV, as tuner-core won't use it */ }; -/* Older boards only had a single tuner device. Nowadays multiple tuner - devices may be present on a single board. Using TUNER_SET_TYPE_ADDR - to pass the tuner_setup structure it is possible to setup each tuner - device in turn. - - Since multiple devices may be present it is no longer sufficient to - send a command to a single i2c device. Instead you should broadcast - the command to all i2c devices. - - By setting the mode_mask correctly you can select which commands are - accepted by a specific tuner device. For example, set mode_mask to - T_RADIO if the device is a radio-only tuner. That specific tuner will - only accept commands when the tuner is in radio mode and ignore them - when the tuner is set to TV mode. +/** + * struct tuner_setup - setup the tuner chipsets + * + * @addr: I2C address used to control the tuner device/chipset + * @type: Type of the tuner, as defined at the TUNER_* macros. + * Each different tuner model should have an unique + * identifier. + * @mode_mask: Mask with the allowed tuner modes: V4L2_TUNER_RADIO, + * V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV and/or V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV, + * describing if the tuner should be used to support + * Radio, analog TV and/or digital TV. + * @config: Used to send tuner-specific configuration for complex + * tuners that require extra parameters to be set. + * Only a very few tuners require it and its usage on + * newer tuners should be avoided. + * @tuner_callback: Some tuners require to call back the bridge driver, + * in order to do some tasks like rising a GPIO at the + * bridge chipset, in order to do things like resetting + * the device. + * + * Older boards only had a single tuner device. Nowadays multiple tuner + * devices may be present on a single board. Using TUNER_SET_TYPE_ADDR + * to pass the tuner_setup structure it is possible to setup each tuner + * device in turn. + * + * Since multiple devices may be present it is no longer sufficient to + * send a command to a single i2c device. Instead you should broadcast + * the command to all i2c devices. + * + * By setting the mode_mask correctly you can select which commands are + * accepted by a specific tuner device. For example, set mode_mask to + * T_RADIO if the device is a radio-only tuner. That specific tuner will + * only accept commands when the tuner is in radio mode and ignore them + * when the tuner is set to TV mode. */ struct tuner_setup { - unsigned short addr; /* I2C address */ - unsigned int type; /* Tuner type */ - unsigned int mode_mask; /* Allowed tuner modes */ - void *config; /* configuraion for more complex tuners */ - int (*tuner_callback) (void *dev, int component, int cmd, int arg); + unsigned short addr; + unsigned int type; + unsigned int mode_mask; + void *config; + int (*tuner_callback)(void *dev, int component, int cmd, int arg); }; #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ diff --git a/include/media/tvaudio.h b/include/media/tvaudio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1ac8184693f8..000000000000 --- a/include/media/tvaudio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* - tvaudio.h - definition for tvaudio inputs - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _TVAUDIO_H -#define _TVAUDIO_H - -#include <media/i2c-addr.h> - -/* The tvaudio module accepts the following inputs: */ -#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_TUNER 0 -#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_RADIO 1 -#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_EXTERN 2 -#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_INTERN 3 - -static inline const unsigned short *tvaudio_addrs(void) -{ - static const unsigned short addrs[] = { - I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_TEA6420 >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 >> 1, - I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54 >> 1, - I2C_CLIENT_END - }; - - return addrs; -} - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/tveeprom.h b/include/media/tveeprom.h index 4a1191abd936..f37c9b15ffdb 100644 --- a/include/media/tveeprom.h +++ b/include/media/tveeprom.h @@ -1,26 +1,76 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ + /* + * tveeprom - Contains structures and functions to work with Hauppauge + * eeproms. */ +#include <uapi/linux/if_ether.h> + +/** + * enum tveeprom_audio_processor - Specifies the type of audio processor + * used on a Hauppauge device. + * + * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_NONE: No audio processor present + * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_INTERNAL: The audio processor is internal to the + * video processor + * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_MSP: The audio processor is a MSPXXXX device + * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_OTHER: The audio processor is another device + */ enum tveeprom_audio_processor { - /* No audio processor present */ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_NONE, - /* The audio processor is internal to the video processor */ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_INTERNAL, - /* The audio processor is a MSPXXXX device */ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_MSP, - /* The audio processor is another device */ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_OTHER, }; +/** + * struct tveeprom - Contains the fields parsed from Hauppauge eeproms + * + * @has_radio: 1 if the device has radio; 0 otherwise. + * + * @has_ir: If has_ir == 0, then it is unknown what the IR + * capabilities are. Otherwise: + * bit 0) 1 (= IR capabilities are known); + * bit 1) IR receiver present; + * bit 2) IR transmitter (blaster) present. + * + * @has_MAC_address: 0: no MAC, 1: MAC present, 2: unknown. + * @tuner_type: type of the tuner (TUNER_*, as defined at + * include/media/tuner.h). + * + * @tuner_formats: Supported analog TV standards (V4L2_STD_*). + * @tuner_hauppauge_model: Hauppauge's code for the device model number. + * @tuner2_type: type of the second tuner (TUNER_*, as defined + * at include/media/tuner.h). + * + * @tuner2_formats: Tuner 2 supported analog TV standards + * (V4L2_STD_*). + * + * @tuner2_hauppauge_model: tuner 2 Hauppauge's code for the device model + * number. + * + * @audio_processor: analog audio decoder, as defined by enum + * tveeprom_audio_processor. + * + * @decoder_processor: Hauppauge's code for the decoder chipset. + * Unused by the drivers, as they probe the + * decoder based on the PCI or USB ID. + * + * @model: Hauppauge's model number + * + * @revision: Card revision number + * + * @serial_number: Card's serial number + * + * @rev_str: Card revision converted to number + * + * @MAC_address: MAC address for the network interface + */ struct tveeprom { u32 has_radio; - /* If has_ir == 0, then it is unknown what the IR capabilities are, - otherwise: - bit 0: 1 (= IR capabilities are known) - bit 1: IR receiver present - bit 2: IR transmitter (blaster) present */ u32 has_ir; - u32 has_MAC_address; /* 0: no MAC, 1: MAC present, 2: unknown */ + u32 has_MAC_address; u32 tuner_type; u32 tuner_formats; @@ -30,9 +80,6 @@ struct tveeprom { u32 tuner2_formats; u32 tuner2_hauppauge_model; - u32 digitizer; - u32 digitizer_formats; - u32 audio_processor; u32 decoder_processor; @@ -40,10 +87,30 @@ struct tveeprom { u32 revision; u32 serial_number; char rev_str[5]; - u8 MAC_address[6]; + u8 MAC_address[ETH_ALEN]; }; -void tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(struct i2c_client *c, struct tveeprom *tvee, +/** + * tveeprom_hauppauge_analog - Fill struct tveeprom using the contents + * of the eeprom previously filled at + * @eeprom_data field. + * + * @tvee: Struct to where the eeprom parsed data will be filled; + * @eeprom_data: Array with the contents of the eeprom_data. It should + * contain 256 bytes filled with the contents of the + * eeprom read from the Hauppauge device. + */ +void tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(struct tveeprom *tvee, unsigned char *eeprom_data); +/** + * tveeprom_read - Reads the contents of the eeprom found at the Hauppauge + * devices. + * + * @c: I2C client struct + * @eedata: Array where the eeprom content will be stored. + * @len: Size of @eedata array. If the eeprom content will be latter + * be parsed by tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(), len should be, at + * least, 256. + */ int tveeprom_read(struct i2c_client *c, unsigned char *eedata, int len); diff --git a/include/media/tvp5150.h b/include/media/tvp5150.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72bd2a2b8bfd..000000000000 --- a/include/media/tvp5150.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -/* - tvp5150.h - definition for tvp5150 inputs - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _TVP5150_H_ -#define _TVP5150_H_ - -/* TVP5150 HW inputs */ -#define TVP5150_COMPOSITE0 0 -#define TVP5150_COMPOSITE1 1 -#define TVP5150_SVIDEO 2 - -/* TVP5150 HW outputs */ -#define TVP5150_NORMAL 0 -#define TVP5150_BLACK_SCREEN 1 - -#endif - diff --git a/include/media/uda1342.h b/include/media/uda1342.h deleted file mode 100644 index cd156403a368..000000000000 --- a/include/media/uda1342.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - * uda1342.h - definition for uda1342 inputs - * - * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - * - * This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS - * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN - * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE - * SOFTWARE. - * - */ - -#ifndef _UDA1342_H_ -#define _UDA1342_H_ - -/* The UDA1342 has 2 inputs */ - -#define UDA1342_IN1 1 -#define UDA1342_IN2 2 - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/upd64031a.h b/include/media/upd64031a.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ad6a32e1bce..000000000000 --- a/include/media/upd64031a.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upd64031a - NEC Electronics Ghost Reduction input defines - * - * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef _UPD64031A_H_ -#define _UPD64031A_H_ - -/* Ghost reduction modes */ -#define UPD64031A_GR_ON 0 -#define UPD64031A_GR_OFF 1 -#define UPD64031A_GR_THROUGH 3 - -/* Direct 3D/YCS Connection */ -#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_DISABLE (0 << 2) -#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_COMPOSITE (2 << 2) -#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_SVIDEO (3 << 2) - -/* Composite sync digital separation circuit */ -#define UPD64031A_COMPOSITE_EXTERNAL (1 << 4) - -/* Vertical sync digital separation circuit */ -#define UPD64031A_VERTICAL_EXTERNAL (1 << 5) - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-async.h b/include/media/v4l2-async.h index c3ec6ac75f7e..f26c323e9c96 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-async.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-async.h @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * V4L2 asynchronous subdevice registration API * * Copyright (C) 2012-2013, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef V4L2_ASYNC_H @@ -14,92 +11,336 @@ #include <linux/list.h> #include <linux/mutex.h> +struct dentry; struct device; +struct device_node; struct v4l2_device; struct v4l2_subdev; struct v4l2_async_notifier; -/* A random max subdevice number, used to allocate an array on stack */ -#define V4L2_MAX_SUBDEVS 128U - -enum v4l2_async_bus_type { - V4L2_ASYNC_BUS_CUSTOM, - V4L2_ASYNC_BUS_PLATFORM, - V4L2_ASYNC_BUS_I2C, +/** + * enum v4l2_async_match_type - type of asynchronous subdevice logic to be used + * in order to identify a match + * + * @V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C: Match will check for I2C adapter ID and address + * @V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_FWNODE: Match will use firmware node + * + * This enum is used by the asynchronous connection logic to define the + * algorithm that will be used to match an asynchronous device. + */ +enum v4l2_async_match_type { + V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C, + V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_FWNODE, }; /** - * struct v4l2_async_subdev - sub-device descriptor, as known to a bridge - * @bus_type: subdevice bus type to select the appropriate matching method - * @match: union of per-bus type matching data sets - * @list: used to link struct v4l2_async_subdev objects, waiting to be - * probed, to a notifier->waiting list + * struct v4l2_async_match_desc - async connection match information + * + * @type: type of match that will be used + * @fwnode: pointer to &struct fwnode_handle to be matched. + * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_FWNODE. + * @i2c: embedded struct with I2C parameters to be matched. + * Both @match.i2c.adapter_id and @match.i2c.address + * should be matched. + * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C. + * @i2c.adapter_id: + * I2C adapter ID to be matched. + * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C. + * @i2c.address: + * I2C address to be matched. + * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C. */ -struct v4l2_async_subdev { - enum v4l2_async_bus_type bus_type; +struct v4l2_async_match_desc { + enum v4l2_async_match_type type; union { - struct { - const char *name; - } platform; + struct fwnode_handle *fwnode; struct { int adapter_id; unsigned short address; } i2c; - struct { - bool (*match)(struct device *, - struct v4l2_async_subdev *); - void *priv; - } custom; - } match; - - /* v4l2-async core private: not to be used by drivers */ - struct list_head list; + }; }; /** - * v4l2_async_subdev_list - provided by subdevices - * @list: links struct v4l2_async_subdev_list objects to a global list - * before probing, and onto notifier->done after probing - * @asd: pointer to respective struct v4l2_async_subdev - * @notifier: pointer to managing notifier + * struct v4l2_async_connection - sub-device connection descriptor, as known to + * a bridge + * + * @match: struct of match type and per-bus type matching data sets + * @notifier: the async notifier the connection is related to + * @asc_entry: used to add struct v4l2_async_connection objects to the + * notifier @waiting_list or @done_list + * @asc_subdev_entry: entry in struct v4l2_async_subdev.asc_list list + * @sd: the related sub-device + * + * When this struct is used as a member in a driver specific struct, the driver + * specific struct shall contain the &struct v4l2_async_connection as its first + * member. */ -struct v4l2_async_subdev_list { - struct list_head list; - struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd; +struct v4l2_async_connection { + struct v4l2_async_match_desc match; struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier; + struct list_head asc_entry; + struct list_head asc_subdev_entry; + struct v4l2_subdev *sd; }; /** - * v4l2_async_notifier - v4l2_device notifier data - * @num_subdevs:number of subdevices - * @subdev: array of pointers to subdevice descriptors - * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device - * @waiting: list of struct v4l2_async_subdev, waiting for their drivers - * @done: list of struct v4l2_async_subdev_list, already probed - * @list: member in a global list of notifiers - * @bound: a subdevice driver has successfully probed one of subdevices - * @complete: all subdevices have been probed successfully + * struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations - Asynchronous V4L2 notifier operations + * @bound: a sub-device has been bound by the given connection + * @complete: All connections have been bound successfully. The complete + * callback is only executed for the root notifier. * @unbind: a subdevice is leaving + * @destroy: the asc is about to be freed */ -struct v4l2_async_notifier { - unsigned int num_subdevs; - struct v4l2_async_subdev **subdev; - struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; - struct list_head waiting; - struct list_head done; - struct list_head list; +struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations { int (*bound)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier, struct v4l2_subdev *subdev, - struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd); + struct v4l2_async_connection *asc); int (*complete)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier); void (*unbind)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier, struct v4l2_subdev *subdev, - struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd); + struct v4l2_async_connection *asc); + void (*destroy)(struct v4l2_async_connection *asc); +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_async_notifier - v4l2_device notifier data + * + * @ops: notifier operations + * @v4l2_dev: v4l2_device of the root notifier, NULL otherwise + * @sd: sub-device that registered the notifier, NULL otherwise + * @parent: parent notifier + * @waiting_list: list of struct v4l2_async_connection, waiting for their + * drivers + * @done_list: list of struct v4l2_subdev, already probed + * @notifier_entry: member in a global list of notifiers + */ +struct v4l2_async_notifier { + const struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations *ops; + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; + struct v4l2_subdev *sd; + struct v4l2_async_notifier *parent; + struct list_head waiting_list; + struct list_head done_list; + struct list_head notifier_entry; }; -int v4l2_async_notifier_register(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier); -void v4l2_async_notifier_unregister(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier); -int v4l2_async_register_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); +/** + * struct v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint - Entry in sub-device's fwnode list + * + * @async_subdev_endpoint_entry: An entry in async_subdev_endpoint_list of + * &struct v4l2_subdev + * @endpoint: Endpoint fwnode agains which to match the sub-device + */ +struct v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint { + struct list_head async_subdev_endpoint_entry; + struct fwnode_handle *endpoint; +}; + +/** + * v4l2_async_debug_init - Initialize debugging tools. + * + * @debugfs_dir: pointer to the parent debugfs &struct dentry + */ +void v4l2_async_debug_init(struct dentry *debugfs_dir); + +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_init - Initialize a notifier. + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device + * + * This function initializes the notifier @asc_entry. It must be called + * before adding a subdevice to a notifier, using one of: + * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(), + * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() or + * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(). + */ +void v4l2_async_nf_init(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier, + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +/** + * v4l2_async_subdev_nf_init - Initialize a sub-device notifier. + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * + * This function initializes the notifier @asc_list. It must be called + * before adding a subdevice to a notifier, using one of: + * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(), v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() or + * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(). + */ +void v4l2_async_subdev_nf_init(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier, + struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +struct v4l2_async_connection * +__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier, + struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + unsigned int asc_struct_size); +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode - Allocate and add a fwnode async + * subdev to the notifier's master asc_list. + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + * @fwnode: fwnode handle of the sub-device to be matched, pointer to + * &struct fwnode_handle + * @type: Type of the driver's async sub-device or connection struct. The + * &struct v4l2_async_connection shall be the first member of the + * driver's async struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address. + * + * Allocate a fwnode-matched asc of size asc_struct_size, and add it to the + * notifiers @asc_list. The function also gets a reference of the fwnode which + * is released later at notifier cleanup time. + */ +#define v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(notifier, fwnode, type) \ + ((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(notifier, fwnode, sizeof(type))) + +struct v4l2_async_connection * +__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notif, + struct fwnode_handle *endpoint, + unsigned int asc_struct_size); +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote - Allocate and add a fwnode + * remote async subdev to the + * notifier's master asc_list. + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + * @ep: local endpoint pointing to the remote connection to be matched, + * pointer to &struct fwnode_handle + * @type: Type of the driver's async connection struct. The &struct + * v4l2_async_connection shall be the first member of the driver's async + * connection struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address. + * + * Gets the remote endpoint of a given local endpoint, set it up for fwnode + * matching and adds the async connection to the notifier's @asc_list. The + * function also gets a reference of the fwnode which is released later at + * notifier cleanup time. + * + * This is just like v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(), but with the + * exception that the fwnode refers to a local endpoint, not the remote one. + */ +#define v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(notifier, ep, type) \ + ((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(notifier, ep, sizeof(type))) + +struct v4l2_async_connection * +__v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier, + int adapter_id, unsigned short address, + unsigned int asc_struct_size); +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c - Allocate and add an i2c async + * subdev to the notifier's master asc_list. + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + * @adapter: I2C adapter ID to be matched + * @address: I2C address of connection to be matched + * @type: Type of the driver's async connection struct. The &struct + * v4l2_async_connection shall be the first member of the driver's async + * connection struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address. + * + * Same as v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() but for I2C matched + * connections. + */ +#define v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(notifier, adapter, address, type) \ + ((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(notifier, adapter, address, \ + sizeof(type))) + +/** + * v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint_add - Add an endpoint fwnode to async sub-device + * matching list + * + * @sd: the sub-device + * @fwnode: the endpoint fwnode to match + * + * Add a fwnode to the async sub-device's matching list. This allows registering + * multiple async sub-devices from a single device. + * + * Note that calling v4l2_subdev_cleanup() as part of the sub-device's cleanup + * if endpoints have been added to the sub-device's fwnode matching list. + * + * Returns an error on failure, 0 on success. + */ +int v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint_add(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct fwnode_handle *fwnode); + +/** + * v4l2_async_connection_unique - return a unique &struct v4l2_async_connection + * for a sub-device + * @sd: the sub-device + * + * Return an async connection for a sub-device, when there is a single + * one only. + */ +struct v4l2_async_connection * +v4l2_async_connection_unique(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_register - registers a subdevice asynchronous notifier + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + */ +int v4l2_async_nf_register(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier); + +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_unregister - unregisters a subdevice + * asynchronous notifier + * + * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier + */ +void v4l2_async_nf_unregister(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier); + +/** + * v4l2_async_nf_cleanup - clean up notifier resources + * @notifier: the notifier the resources of which are to be cleaned up + * + * Release memory resources related to a notifier, including the async + * connections allocated for the purposes of the notifier but not the notifier + * itself. The user is responsible for calling this function to clean up the + * notifier after calling v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(), + * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() or v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(). + * + * There is no harm from calling v4l2_async_nf_cleanup() in other + * cases as long as its memory has been zeroed after it has been + * allocated. + */ +void v4l2_async_nf_cleanup(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier); + +/** + * v4l2_async_register_subdev - registers a sub-device to the asynchronous + * subdevice framework + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + */ +#define v4l2_async_register_subdev(sd) \ + __v4l2_async_register_subdev(sd, THIS_MODULE) +int __v4l2_async_register_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct module *module); + +/** + * v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor - registers a sensor sub-device to the + * asynchronous sub-device framework and + * parse set up common sensor related + * devices + * + * @sd: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev + * + * This function is just like v4l2_async_register_subdev() with the exception + * that calling it will also parse firmware interfaces for remote references + * using v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_sensor() and registers the + * async sub-devices. The sub-device is similarly unregistered by calling + * v4l2_async_unregister_subdev(). + * + * While registered, the subdev module is marked as in-use. + * + * An error is returned if the module is no longer loaded on any attempts + * to register it. + */ +int __must_check +v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +/** + * v4l2_async_unregister_subdev - unregisters a sub-device to the asynchronous + * subdevice framework + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + */ void v4l2_async_unregister_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); #endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-cci.h b/include/media/v4l2-cci.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4e96e90ee636 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-cci.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ +/* + * MIPI Camera Control Interface (CCI) register access helpers. + * + * Copyright (C) 2023 Hans de Goede <hansg@kernel.org> + */ +#ifndef _V4L2_CCI_H +#define _V4L2_CCI_H + +#include <linux/bitfield.h> +#include <linux/bits.h> +#include <linux/types.h> + +struct i2c_client; +struct regmap; + +/** + * struct cci_reg_sequence - An individual write from a sequence of CCI writes + * + * @reg: Register address, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width + * @val: Register value + * + * Register/value pairs for sequences of writes. + */ +struct cci_reg_sequence { + u32 reg; + u64 val; +}; + +/* + * Macros to define register address with the register width encoded + * into the higher bits. + */ +#define CCI_REG_ADDR_MASK GENMASK(15, 0) +#define CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT 16 +#define CCI_REG_WIDTH_MASK GENMASK(19, 16) +/* + * Private CCI register flags, for the use of drivers. + */ +#define CCI_REG_PRIVATE_SHIFT 28U +#define CCI_REG_PRIVATE_MASK GENMASK(31U, CCI_REG_PRIVATE_SHIFT) + +#define CCI_REG_WIDTH_BYTES(x) FIELD_GET(CCI_REG_WIDTH_MASK, x) +#define CCI_REG_WIDTH(x) (CCI_REG_WIDTH_BYTES(x) << 3) +#define CCI_REG_ADDR(x) FIELD_GET(CCI_REG_ADDR_MASK, x) +#define CCI_REG_LE BIT(20) + +#define CCI_REG8(x) ((1 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG16(x) ((2 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG24(x) ((3 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG32(x) ((4 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG64(x) ((8 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG16_LE(x) (CCI_REG_LE | (2U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG24_LE(x) (CCI_REG_LE | (3U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG32_LE(x) (CCI_REG_LE | (4U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) +#define CCI_REG64_LE(x) (CCI_REG_LE | (8U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x)) + +/** + * cci_read() - Read a value from a single CCI register + * + * @map: Register map to read from + * @reg: Register address to read, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width + * @val: Pointer to store read value + * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set + * then the read will be skipped + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int cci_read(struct regmap *map, u32 reg, u64 *val, int *err); + +/** + * cci_write() - Write a value to a single CCI register + * + * @map: Register map to write to + * @reg: Register address to write, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width + * @val: Value to be written + * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set + * then the write will be skipped + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int cci_write(struct regmap *map, u32 reg, u64 val, int *err); + +/** + * cci_update_bits() - Perform a read/modify/write cycle on + * a single CCI register + * + * @map: Register map to update + * @reg: Register address to update, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width + * @mask: Bitmask to change + * @val: New value for bitmask + * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set + * then the update will be skipped + * + * Note this uses read-modify-write to update the bits, atomicity with regards + * to other cci_*() register access functions is NOT guaranteed. + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int cci_update_bits(struct regmap *map, u32 reg, u64 mask, u64 val, int *err); + +/** + * cci_multi_reg_write() - Write multiple registers to the device + * + * @map: Register map to write to + * @regs: Array of structures containing register-address, -value pairs to be + * written, register-addresses use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width + * @num_regs: Number of registers to write + * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set + * then the write will be skipped + * + * Write multiple registers to the device where the set of register, value + * pairs are supplied in any order, possibly not all in a single range. + * + * Use of the CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width is mandatory. + * + * For raw lists of register-address, -value pairs with only 8 bit + * wide writes regmap_multi_reg_write() can be used instead. + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int cci_multi_reg_write(struct regmap *map, const struct cci_reg_sequence *regs, + unsigned int num_regs, int *err); + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_V4L2_CCI_I2C) +/** + * devm_cci_regmap_init_i2c() - Create regmap to use with cci_*() register + * access functions + * + * @client: i2c_client to create the regmap for + * @reg_addr_bits: register address width to use (8 or 16) + * + * Note the memory for the created regmap is devm() managed, tied to the client. + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +struct regmap *devm_cci_regmap_init_i2c(struct i2c_client *client, + int reg_addr_bits); +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-clk.h b/include/media/v4l2-clk.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0503a90b48bb..000000000000 --- a/include/media/v4l2-clk.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -/* - * V4L2 clock service - * - * Copyright (C) 2012-2013, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * ATTENTION: This is a temporary API and it shall be replaced by the generic - * clock API, when the latter becomes widely available. - */ - -#ifndef MEDIA_V4L2_CLK_H -#define MEDIA_V4L2_CLK_H - -#include <linux/atomic.h> -#include <linux/list.h> -#include <linux/mutex.h> - -struct module; -struct device; - -struct v4l2_clk { - struct list_head list; - const struct v4l2_clk_ops *ops; - const char *dev_id; - const char *id; - int enable; - struct mutex lock; /* Protect the enable count */ - atomic_t use_count; - void *priv; -}; - -struct v4l2_clk_ops { - struct module *owner; - int (*enable)(struct v4l2_clk *clk); - void (*disable)(struct v4l2_clk *clk); - unsigned long (*get_rate)(struct v4l2_clk *clk); - int (*set_rate)(struct v4l2_clk *clk, unsigned long); -}; - -struct v4l2_clk *v4l2_clk_register(const struct v4l2_clk_ops *ops, - const char *dev_name, - const char *name, void *priv); -void v4l2_clk_unregister(struct v4l2_clk *clk); -struct v4l2_clk *v4l2_clk_get(struct device *dev, const char *id); -void v4l2_clk_put(struct v4l2_clk *clk); -int v4l2_clk_enable(struct v4l2_clk *clk); -void v4l2_clk_disable(struct v4l2_clk *clk); -unsigned long v4l2_clk_get_rate(struct v4l2_clk *clk); -int v4l2_clk_set_rate(struct v4l2_clk *clk, unsigned long rate); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-common.h b/include/media/v4l2-common.h index 015ff82da73c..f8b1faced79c 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-common.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-common.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* v4l2 common internal API header @@ -6,36 +7,24 @@ Each ioctl begins with VIDIOC_INT_ to clearly mark that it is an internal define, - Copyright (C) 2005 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> + Copyright (C) 2005 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef V4L2_COMMON_H_ #define V4L2_COMMON_H_ +#include <linux/time.h> #include <media/v4l2-dev.h> -/* Common printk constucts for v4l-i2c drivers. These macros create a unique +/* Common printk constructs for v4l-i2c drivers. These macros create a unique prefix consisting of the driver name, the adapter number and the i2c address. */ #define v4l_printk(level, name, adapter, addr, fmt, arg...) \ printk(level "%s %d-%04x: " fmt, name, i2c_adapter_id(adapter), addr , ## arg) #define v4l_client_printk(level, client, fmt, arg...) \ - v4l_printk(level, (client)->driver->driver.name, (client)->adapter, \ + v4l_printk(level, (client)->dev.driver->name, (client)->adapter, \ (client)->addr, fmt , ## arg) #define v4l_err(client, fmt, arg...) \ @@ -50,11 +39,18 @@ /* These three macros assume that the debug level is set with a module parameter called 'debug'. */ #define v4l_dbg(level, debug, client, fmt, arg...) \ - do { \ + do { \ if (debug >= (level)) \ v4l_client_printk(KERN_DEBUG, client, fmt , ## arg); \ } while (0) +/* Add a version of v4l_dbg to be used on drivers using dev_foo() macros */ +#define dev_dbg_lvl(__dev, __level, __debug, __fmt, __arg...) \ + do { \ + if (__debug >= (__level)) \ + dev_printk(KERN_DEBUG, __dev, __fmt, ##__arg); \ + } while (0) + /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* These printk constructs can be used with v4l2_device and v4l2_subdev */ @@ -73,100 +69,270 @@ /* These three macros assume that the debug level is set with a module parameter called 'debug'. */ #define v4l2_dbg(level, debug, dev, fmt, arg...) \ - do { \ + do { \ if (debug >= (level)) \ - v4l2_printk(KERN_DEBUG, dev, fmt , ## arg); \ + v4l2_printk(KERN_DEBUG, dev, fmt , ## arg); \ } while (0) -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Control helper functions */ - -int v4l2_ctrl_check(struct v4l2_ext_control *ctrl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, - const char * const *menu_items); -const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id); -const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id); -int v4l2_ctrl_query_fill(struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, s32 min, s32 max, s32 step, s32 def); -int v4l2_ctrl_query_menu(struct v4l2_querymenu *qmenu, - struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, const char * const *menu_items); -#define V4L2_CTRL_MENU_IDS_END (0xffffffff) -int v4l2_ctrl_query_menu_valid_items(struct v4l2_querymenu *qmenu, const u32 *ids); +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_query_fill- Fill in a struct v4l2_queryctrl + * + * @qctrl: pointer to the &struct v4l2_queryctrl to be filled + * @min: minimum value for the control + * @max: maximum value for the control + * @step: control step + * @def: default value for the control + * + * Fills the &struct v4l2_queryctrl fields for the query control. + * + * .. note:: + * + * This function assumes that the @qctrl->id field is filled. + * + * Returns -EINVAL if the control is not known by the V4L2 core, 0 on success. + */ -/* Note: ctrl_classes points to an array of u32 pointers. Each u32 array is a - 0-terminated array of control IDs. Each array must be sorted low to high - and belong to the same control class. The array of u32 pointers must also - be sorted, from low class IDs to high class IDs. */ -u32 v4l2_ctrl_next(const u32 * const *ctrl_classes, u32 id); +int v4l2_ctrl_query_fill(struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl, + s32 min, s32 max, s32 step, s32 def); /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* I2C Helper functions */ - -struct i2c_driver; -struct i2c_adapter; -struct i2c_client; -struct i2c_device_id; +struct clk; struct v4l2_device; struct v4l2_subdev; struct v4l2_subdev_ops; +/* I2C Helper functions */ +#include <linux/i2c.h> + +/** + * enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type - specifies the range of tuner address that + * should be used when seeking for I2C devices. + * + * @ADDRS_RADIO: Radio tuner addresses. + * Represent the following I2C addresses: + * 0x10 (if compiled with tea5761 support) + * and 0x60. + * @ADDRS_DEMOD: Demod tuner addresses. + * Represent the following I2C addresses: + * 0x42, 0x43, 0x4a and 0x4b. + * @ADDRS_TV: TV tuner addresses. + * Represent the following I2C addresses: + * 0x42, 0x43, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x60, 0x61, 0x62, + * 0x63 and 0x64. + * @ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD: TV tuner addresses if demod is present, this + * excludes addresses used by the demodulator + * from the list of candidates. + * Represent the following I2C addresses: + * 0x60, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63 and 0x64. + * + * NOTE: All I2C addresses above use the 7-bit notation. + */ +enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type { + ADDRS_RADIO, + ADDRS_DEMOD, + ADDRS_TV, + ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD, +}; -/* Load an i2c module and return an initialized v4l2_subdev struct. - The client_type argument is the name of the chip that's on the adapter. */ +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_I2C) + +/** + * v4l2_i2c_new_subdev - Load an i2c module and return an initialized + * &struct v4l2_subdev. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device + * @adapter: pointer to struct i2c_adapter + * @client_type: name of the chip that's on the adapter. + * @addr: I2C address. If zero, it will use @probe_addrs + * @probe_addrs: array with a list of address. The last entry at such + * array should be %I2C_CLIENT_END. + * + * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer. + */ struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type, u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs); -struct i2c_board_info; - +/** + * v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board - Load an i2c module and return an initialized + * &struct v4l2_subdev. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device + * @adapter: pointer to struct i2c_adapter + * @info: pointer to struct i2c_board_info used to replace the irq, + * platform_data and addr arguments. + * @probe_addrs: array with a list of address. The last entry at such + * array should be %I2C_CLIENT_END. + * + * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer. + */ struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info, const unsigned short *probe_addrs); -/* Initialize a v4l2_subdev with data from an i2c_client struct */ +/** + * v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name - Set name for an I²C sub-device + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @client: pointer to struct i2c_client + * @devname: the name of the device; if NULL, the I²C device drivers's name + * will be used + * @postfix: sub-device specific string to put right after the I²C device name; + * may be NULL + */ +void v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client, + const char *devname, const char *postfix); + +/** + * v4l2_i2c_subdev_init - Initializes a &struct v4l2_subdev with data from + * an i2c_client struct. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @client: pointer to struct i2c_client + * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops + */ void v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client, const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops); -/* Return i2c client address of v4l2_subdev. */ + +/** + * v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr - returns i2c client address of &struct v4l2_subdev. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * + * Returns the address of an I2C sub-device + */ unsigned short v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); -enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type { - ADDRS_RADIO, /* Radio tuner addresses */ - ADDRS_DEMOD, /* Demod tuner addresses */ - ADDRS_TV, /* TV tuner addresses */ - /* TV tuner addresses if demod is present, this excludes - addresses used by the demodulator from the list of - candidates. */ - ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD, -}; -/* Return a list of I2C tuner addresses to probe. Use only if the tuner - addresses are unknown. */ +/** + * v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs - Return a list of I2C tuner addresses to probe. + * + * @type: type of the tuner to seek, as defined by + * &enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type. + * + * NOTE: Use only if the tuner addresses are unknown. + */ const unsigned short *v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs(enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type type); +/** + * v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister - Unregister a v4l2_subdev + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + */ +void v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +#else + +static inline struct v4l2_subdev * +v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, + struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type, + u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct v4l2_subdev * +v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, + struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info, + const unsigned short *probe_addrs) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline void +v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client, + const char *devname, const char *postfix) +{} + +static inline void +v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client, + const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops) +{} + +static inline unsigned short v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{ + return I2C_CLIENT_END; +} + +static inline const unsigned short * +v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs(enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type type) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline void v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{} + +#endif + /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* SPI Helper functions */ -#if defined(CONFIG_SPI) #include <linux/spi/spi.h> -struct spi_device; +#if defined(CONFIG_SPI) -/* Load an spi module and return an initialized v4l2_subdev struct. - The client_type argument is the name of the chip that's on the adapter. */ +/** + * v4l2_spi_new_subdev - Load an spi module and return an initialized + * &struct v4l2_subdev. + * + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device. + * @ctlr: pointer to struct spi_controller. + * @info: pointer to struct spi_board_info. + * + * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer. + */ struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_spi_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - struct spi_master *master, struct spi_board_info *info); - -/* Initialize a v4l2_subdev with data from an spi_device struct */ + struct spi_controller *ctlr, struct spi_board_info *info); + +/** + * v4l2_spi_subdev_init - Initialize a v4l2_subdev with data from an + * spi_device struct. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @spi: pointer to struct spi_device. + * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops + */ void v4l2_spi_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct spi_device *spi, const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops); + +/** + * v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister - Unregister a v4l2_subdev + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + */ +void v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +#else + +static inline struct v4l2_subdev * +v4l2_spi_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, + struct spi_controller *ctlr, struct spi_board_info *info) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline void +v4l2_spi_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct spi_device *spi, + const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops) +{} + +static inline void v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{} #endif /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Note: these remaining ioctls/structs should be removed as well, but they are - still used in tuner-simple.c (TUNER_SET_CONFIG), cx18/ivtv (RESET) and - v4l2-int-device.h (v4l2_routing). To remove these ioctls some more cleanup - is needed in those modules. */ +/* + * FIXME: these remaining ioctls/structs should be removed as well, but they + * are still used in tuner-simple.c (TUNER_SET_CONFIG) and cx18/ivtv (RESET). + * To remove these ioctls some more cleanup is needed in those modules. + * + * It doesn't make much sense on documenting them, as what we really want is + * to get rid of them. + */ /* s_config */ struct v4l2_priv_tun_config { @@ -175,45 +341,417 @@ struct v4l2_priv_tun_config { }; #define TUNER_SET_CONFIG _IOW('d', 92, struct v4l2_priv_tun_config) -#define VIDIOC_INT_RESET _IOW ('d', 102, u32) - -struct v4l2_routing { - u32 input; - u32 output; -}; +#define VIDIOC_INT_RESET _IOW ('d', 102, u32) /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* Miscellaneous helper functions */ -void v4l_bound_align_image(unsigned int *w, unsigned int wmin, +/** + * v4l_bound_align_image - adjust video dimensions according to + * a given constraints. + * + * @width: pointer to width that will be adjusted if needed. + * @wmin: minimum width. + * @wmax: maximum width. + * @walign: least significant bit on width. + * @height: pointer to height that will be adjusted if needed. + * @hmin: minimum height. + * @hmax: maximum height. + * @halign: least significant bit on height. + * @salign: least significant bit for the image size (e. g. + * :math:`width * height`). + * + * Clip an image to have @width between @wmin and @wmax, and @height between + * @hmin and @hmax, inclusive. + * + * Additionally, the @width will be a multiple of :math:`2^{walign}`, + * the @height will be a multiple of :math:`2^{halign}`, and the overall + * size :math:`width * height` will be a multiple of :math:`2^{salign}`. + * + * .. note:: + * + * #. The clipping rectangle may be shrunk or enlarged to fit the alignment + * constraints. + * #. @wmax must not be smaller than @wmin. + * #. @hmax must not be smaller than @hmin. + * #. The alignments must not be so high there are no possible image + * sizes within the allowed bounds. + * #. @wmin and @hmin must be at least 1 (don't use 0). + * #. For @walign, @halign and @salign, if you don't care about a certain + * alignment, specify ``0``, as :math:`2^0 = 1` and one byte alignment + * is equivalent to no alignment. + * #. If you only want to adjust downward, specify a maximum that's the + * same as the initial value. + */ +void v4l_bound_align_image(unsigned int *width, unsigned int wmin, unsigned int wmax, unsigned int walign, - unsigned int *h, unsigned int hmin, + unsigned int *height, unsigned int hmin, unsigned int hmax, unsigned int halign, unsigned int salign); -struct v4l2_discrete_probe { - const struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete *sizes; - int num_sizes; -}; +/** + * v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional - Find the nearest size among a discrete + * set of resolutions contained in an array of a driver specific struct, + * with conditionally exlusion of certain modes + * + * @array: a driver specific array of image sizes + * @array_size: the length of the driver specific array of image sizes + * @width_field: the name of the width field in the driver specific struct + * @height_field: the name of the height field in the driver specific struct + * @width: desired width + * @height: desired height + * @func: ignores mode if returns false + * @context: context for the function + * + * Finds the closest resolution to minimize the width and height differences + * between what requested and the supported resolutions. The size of the width + * and height fields in the driver specific must equal to that of u32, i.e. four + * bytes. @func is called for each mode considered, a mode is ignored if @func + * returns false for it. + * + * Returns the best match or NULL if the length of the array is zero. + */ +#define v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional(array, array_size, width_field, \ + height_field, width, height, \ + func, context) \ + ({ \ + BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof((array)->width_field) != sizeof(u32) || \ + sizeof((array)->height_field) != sizeof(u32)); \ + (typeof(&(array)[0]))__v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional( \ + (array), array_size, sizeof(*(array)), \ + offsetof(typeof(*(array)), width_field), \ + offsetof(typeof(*(array)), height_field), \ + width, height, func, context); \ + }) +const void * +__v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional(const void *array, size_t array_size, + size_t entry_size, size_t width_offset, + size_t height_offset, s32 width, + s32 height, + bool (*func)(const void *array, + size_t index, + const void *context), + const void *context); + +/** + * v4l2_find_nearest_size - Find the nearest size among a discrete set of + * resolutions contained in an array of a driver specific struct + * + * @array: a driver specific array of image sizes + * @array_size: the length of the driver specific array of image sizes + * @width_field: the name of the width field in the driver specific struct + * @height_field: the name of the height field in the driver specific struct + * @width: desired width + * @height: desired height + * + * Finds the closest resolution to minimize the width and height differences + * between what requested and the supported resolutions. The size of the width + * and height fields in the driver specific must equal to that of u32, i.e. four + * bytes. + * + * Returns the best match or NULL if the length of the array is zero. + */ +#define v4l2_find_nearest_size(array, array_size, width_field, \ + height_field, width, height) \ + v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional(array, array_size, width_field, \ + height_field, width, height, NULL, \ + NULL) + +/** + * v4l2_g_parm_cap - helper routine for vidioc_g_parm to fill this in by + * calling the get_frame_interval op of the given subdev. It only works + * for V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE(_MPLANE), hence the _cap in the + * function name. + * + * @vdev: the struct video_device pointer. Used to determine the device caps. + * @sd: the sub-device pointer. + * @a: the VIDIOC_G_PARM argument. + */ +int v4l2_g_parm_cap(struct video_device *vdev, + struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *a); + +/** + * v4l2_s_parm_cap - helper routine for vidioc_s_parm to fill this in by + * calling the set_frame_interval op of the given subdev. It only works + * for V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE(_MPLANE), hence the _cap in the + * function name. + * + * @vdev: the struct video_device pointer. Used to determine the device caps. + * @sd: the sub-device pointer. + * @a: the VIDIOC_S_PARM argument. + */ +int v4l2_s_parm_cap(struct video_device *vdev, + struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *a); -const struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete *v4l2_find_nearest_format( - const struct v4l2_discrete_probe *probe, - s32 width, s32 height); +/* Compare two v4l2_fract structs */ +#define V4L2_FRACT_COMPARE(a, OP, b) \ + ((u64)(a).numerator * (b).denominator OP \ + (u64)(b).numerator * (a).denominator) -bool v4l_match_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t1, - const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t2, - unsigned pclock_delta); +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -bool v4l2_detect_cvt(unsigned frame_height, unsigned hfreq, unsigned vsync, - u32 polarities, struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt); +/* Pixel format and FourCC helpers */ -bool v4l2_detect_gtf(unsigned frame_height, unsigned hfreq, unsigned vsync, - u32 polarities, struct v4l2_fract aspect, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt); +/** + * enum v4l2_pixel_encoding - specifies the pixel encoding value + * + * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_UNKNOWN: Pixel encoding is unknown/un-initialized + * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV: Pixel encoding is YUV + * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB: Pixel encoding is RGB + * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER: Pixel encoding is Bayer + */ +enum v4l2_pixel_encoding { + V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_UNKNOWN = 0, + V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV = 1, + V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB = 2, + V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER = 3, +}; -struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio(u8 hor_landscape, u8 vert_portrait); +/** + * struct v4l2_format_info - information about a V4L2 format + * @format: 4CC format identifier (V4L2_PIX_FMT_*) + * @pixel_enc: Pixel encoding (see enum v4l2_pixel_encoding above) + * @mem_planes: Number of memory planes, which includes the alpha plane (1 to 4). + * @comp_planes: Number of component planes, which includes the alpha plane (1 to 4). + * @bpp: Array of per-plane bytes per pixel + * @bpp_div: Array of per-plane bytes per pixel divisors to support fractional pixel sizes. + * @hdiv: Horizontal chroma subsampling factor + * @vdiv: Vertical chroma subsampling factor + * @block_w: Per-plane macroblock pixel width (optional) + * @block_h: Per-plane macroblock pixel height (optional) + */ +struct v4l2_format_info { + u32 format; + u8 pixel_enc; + u8 mem_planes; + u8 comp_planes; + u8 bpp[4]; + u8 bpp_div[4]; + u8 hdiv; + u8 vdiv; + u8 block_w[4]; + u8 block_h[4]; +}; -void v4l2_get_timestamp(struct timeval *tv); +static inline bool v4l2_is_format_rgb(const struct v4l2_format_info *f) +{ + return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_format_yuv(const struct v4l2_format_info *f) +{ + return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_format_bayer(const struct v4l2_format_info *f) +{ + return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER; +} + +const struct v4l2_format_info *v4l2_format_info(u32 format); +void v4l2_apply_frmsize_constraints(u32 *width, u32 *height, + const struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise *frmsize); +int v4l2_fill_pixfmt(struct v4l2_pix_format *pixfmt, u32 pixelformat, + u32 width, u32 height); +int v4l2_fill_pixfmt_mp(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pixfmt, u32 pixelformat, + u32 width, u32 height); + +/** + * v4l2_get_link_freq - Get link rate from transmitter + * + * @pad: The transmitter's media pad + * @mul: The multiplier between pixel rate and link frequency. Bits per pixel on + * D-PHY, samples per clock on parallel. 0 otherwise. + * @div: The divisor between pixel rate and link frequency. Number of data lanes + * times two on D-PHY, 1 on parallel. 0 otherwise. + * + * This function obtains and returns the link frequency from the transmitter + * sub-device's pad. The link frequency is retrieved using the get_mbus_config + * sub-device pad operation. If this fails, the function falls back to obtaining + * the frequency either directly from the V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ control if + * implemented by the transmitter, or by calculating it from the pixel rate + * obtained from the V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE control. + * + * Return: + * * >0: Link frequency + * * %-ENOENT: Link frequency or pixel rate control not found + * * %-EINVAL: Invalid link frequency value + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER +s64 v4l2_get_link_freq(const struct media_pad *pad, unsigned int mul, + unsigned int div); + +/** + * v4l2_get_active_data_lanes - Get number of active data lanes from driver + * + * @pad: The transmitter's media pad. + * @max_data_lanes: The maximum number of active data lanes supported by + * the MIPI CSI link in hardware. + * + * This function is intended for obtaining the number of data lanes that are + * actively being used by the driver for a MIPI CSI-2 device on a given media pad. + * This information is derived from a mbus_config fetched from a device driver + * using the get_mbus_config v4l2_subdev pad op. + * + * Return: + * * >0: Number of active data lanes + * * %-EINVAL: Number of active data lanes is invalid, as it exceeds the maximum + * supported data lanes. + */ +int v4l2_get_active_data_lanes(const struct media_pad *pad, + unsigned int max_data_lanes); +#endif + +void v4l2_simplify_fraction(u32 *numerator, u32 *denominator, + unsigned int n_terms, unsigned int threshold); +u32 v4l2_fraction_to_interval(u32 numerator, u32 denominator); + +/** + * v4l2_link_freq_to_bitmap - Figure out platform-supported link frequencies + * @dev: The struct device + * @fw_link_freqs: Array of link frequencies from firmware + * @num_of_fw_link_freqs: Number of entries in @fw_link_freqs + * @driver_link_freqs: Array of link frequencies supported by the driver + * @num_of_driver_link_freqs: Number of entries in @driver_link_freqs + * @bitmap: Bitmap of driver-supported link frequencies found in @fw_link_freqs + * + * This function checks which driver-supported link frequencies are enabled in + * system firmware and sets the corresponding bits in @bitmap (after first + * zeroing it). + * + * Return: + * * %0: Success + * * %-ENOENT: No match found between driver-supported link frequencies and + * those available in firmware. + * * %-ENODATA: No link frequencies were specified in firmware. + */ +int v4l2_link_freq_to_bitmap(struct device *dev, const u64 *fw_link_freqs, + unsigned int num_of_fw_link_freqs, + const s64 *driver_link_freqs, + unsigned int num_of_driver_link_freqs, + unsigned long *bitmap); + +struct clk *__devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(struct device *dev, const char *id, + bool legacy, bool fixed_rate, + unsigned long clk_rate); + +/** + * devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get - lookup and obtain a reference to a clock producer + * for a camera sensor + * + * @dev: device for v4l2 sensor clock "consumer" + * @id: clock consumer ID + * + * This function behaves the same way as devm_clk_get() except where there + * is no clock producer like in ACPI-based platforms. + * + * For ACPI-based platforms, the function will read the "clock-frequency" + * ACPI _DSD property and register a fixed-clock with the frequency indicated + * in the property. + * + * This function also handles the special ACPI-based system case where: + * + * * The clock-frequency _DSD property is present. + * * A reference to the clock producer is present, where the clock is provided + * by a camera sensor PMIC driver (e.g. int3472/tps68470.c) + * + * In this case try to set the clock-frequency value to the provided clock. + * + * As the name indicates, this function may only be used on camera sensor + * devices. This is because generally only camera sensors do need a clock to + * query the frequency from, due to the requirement to configure the PLL for a + * given CSI-2 interface frequency where the sensor's external clock frequency + * is a factor. Additionally, the clock frequency tends to be available on ACPI + * firmware based systems for camera sensors specifically (if e.g. DisCo for + * Imaging compliant). + * + * Returns a pointer to a struct clk on success or an error pointer on failure. + */ +static inline struct clk * +devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(struct device *dev, const char *id) +{ + return __devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(dev, id, false, false, 0); +} + +/** + * devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get_legacy - lookup and obtain a reference to a clock + * producer for a camera sensor. + * + * @dev: device for v4l2 sensor clock "consumer" + * @id: clock consumer ID + * @fixed_rate: interpret the @clk_rate as a fixed rate or default rate + * @clk_rate: the clock rate + * + * This function behaves the same way as devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get() except that + * it extends the behaviour on ACPI platforms to all platforms. + * + * The function also provides the ability to set the clock rate to a fixed + * frequency by setting @fixed_rate to true and specifying the fixed frequency + * in @clk_rate, or to use a default clock rate when the "clock-frequency" + * property is absent by setting @fixed_rate to false and specifying the default + * frequency in @clk_rate. Setting @fixed_rate to true and @clk_rate to 0 is an + * error. + * + * This function is meant to support legacy behaviour in existing drivers only. + * It must not be used in any new driver. + * + * Returns a pointer to a struct clk on success or an error pointer on failure. + */ +static inline struct clk * +devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get_legacy(struct device *dev, const char *id, + bool fixed_rate, unsigned long clk_rate) +{ + return __devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(dev, id, true, fixed_rate, clk_rate); +} + +static inline u64 v4l2_buffer_get_timestamp(const struct v4l2_buffer *buf) +{ + /* + * When the timestamp comes from 32-bit user space, there may be + * uninitialized data in tv_usec, so cast it to u32. + * Otherwise allow invalid input for backwards compatibility. + */ + return buf->timestamp.tv_sec * NSEC_PER_SEC + + (u32)buf->timestamp.tv_usec * NSEC_PER_USEC; +} + +static inline void v4l2_buffer_set_timestamp(struct v4l2_buffer *buf, + u64 timestamp) +{ + struct timespec64 ts = ns_to_timespec64(timestamp); + + buf->timestamp.tv_sec = ts.tv_sec; + buf->timestamp.tv_usec = ts.tv_nsec / NSEC_PER_USEC; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_colorspace_valid(__u32 colorspace) +{ + return colorspace > V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT && + colorspace < V4L2_COLORSPACE_LAST; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_xfer_func_valid(__u32 xfer_func) +{ + return xfer_func > V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT && + xfer_func < V4L2_XFER_FUNC_LAST; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_ycbcr_enc_valid(__u8 ycbcr_enc) +{ + return ycbcr_enc > V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT && + ycbcr_enc < V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_LAST; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_hsv_enc_valid(__u8 hsv_enc) +{ + return hsv_enc == V4L2_HSV_ENC_180 || hsv_enc == V4L2_HSV_ENC_256; +} + +static inline bool v4l2_is_quant_valid(__u8 quantization) +{ + return quantization == V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE || + quantization == V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE; +} #endif /* V4L2_COMMON_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h index 7343a27fe819..31fc1bee3797 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h @@ -1,194 +1,414 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* - V4L2 controls support header. - - Copyright (C) 2010 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + * V4L2 controls support header. + * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> */ #ifndef _V4L2_CTRLS_H #define _V4L2_CTRLS_H #include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/mutex.h> #include <linux/videodev2.h> +#include <media/media-request.h> /* forward references */ struct file; +struct poll_table_struct; +struct v4l2_ctrl; struct v4l2_ctrl_handler; struct v4l2_ctrl_helper; -struct v4l2_ctrl; -struct video_device; +struct v4l2_fh; +struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties; struct v4l2_subdev; struct v4l2_subscribed_event; -struct v4l2_fh; -struct poll_table_struct; +struct video_device; -/** struct v4l2_ctrl_ops - The control operations that the driver has to provide. - * @g_volatile_ctrl: Get a new value for this control. Generally only relevant - * for volatile (and usually read-only) controls such as a control - * that returns the current signal strength which changes - * continuously. - * If not set, then the currently cached value will be returned. - * @try_ctrl: Test whether the control's value is valid. Only relevant when - * the usual min/max/step checks are not sufficient. - * @s_ctrl: Actually set the new control value. s_ctrl is compulsory. The - * ctrl->handler->lock is held when these ops are called, so no - * one else can access controls owned by that handler. - */ +/** + * union v4l2_ctrl_ptr - A pointer to a control value. + * @p_s32: Pointer to a 32-bit signed value. + * @p_s64: Pointer to a 64-bit signed value. + * @p_u8: Pointer to a 8-bit unsigned value. + * @p_u16: Pointer to a 16-bit unsigned value. + * @p_u32: Pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value. + * @p_char: Pointer to a string. + * @p_mpeg2_sequence: Pointer to a MPEG2 sequence structure. + * @p_mpeg2_picture: Pointer to a MPEG2 picture structure. + * @p_mpeg2_quantisation: Pointer to a MPEG2 quantisation data structure. + * @p_fwht_params: Pointer to a FWHT stateless parameters structure. + * @p_h264_sps: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps. + * @p_h264_pps: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pps. + * @p_h264_scaling_matrix: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_scaling_matrix. + * @p_h264_slice_params: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_slice_params. + * @p_h264_decode_params: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params. + * @p_h264_pred_weights: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pred_weights. + * @p_vp8_frame: Pointer to a VP8 frame params structure. + * @p_vp9_compressed_hdr_probs: Pointer to a VP9 frame compressed header probs structure. + * @p_vp9_frame: Pointer to a VP9 frame params structure. + * @p_hevc_sps: Pointer to an HEVC sequence parameter set structure. + * @p_hevc_pps: Pointer to an HEVC picture parameter set structure. + * @p_hevc_slice_params: Pointer to an HEVC slice parameters structure. + * @p_hdr10_cll: Pointer to an HDR10 Content Light Level structure. + * @p_hdr10_mastering: Pointer to an HDR10 Mastering Display structure. + * @p_area: Pointer to an area. + * @p_av1_sequence: Pointer to an AV1 sequence structure. + * @p_av1_tile_group_entry: Pointer to an AV1 tile group entry structure. + * @p_av1_frame: Pointer to an AV1 frame structure. + * @p_av1_film_grain: Pointer to an AV1 film grain structure. + * @p_rect: Pointer to a rectangle. + * @p: Pointer to a compound value. + * @p_const: Pointer to a constant compound value. + */ +union v4l2_ctrl_ptr { + s32 *p_s32; + s64 *p_s64; + u8 *p_u8; + u16 *p_u16; + u32 *p_u32; + char *p_char; + struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_sequence *p_mpeg2_sequence; + struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_picture *p_mpeg2_picture; + struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantisation *p_mpeg2_quantisation; + struct v4l2_ctrl_fwht_params *p_fwht_params; + struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps *p_h264_sps; + struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pps *p_h264_pps; + struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_scaling_matrix *p_h264_scaling_matrix; + struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_slice_params *p_h264_slice_params; + struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params *p_h264_decode_params; + struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pred_weights *p_h264_pred_weights; + struct v4l2_ctrl_vp8_frame *p_vp8_frame; + struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_sps *p_hevc_sps; + struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_pps *p_hevc_pps; + struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_slice_params *p_hevc_slice_params; + struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_compressed_hdr *p_vp9_compressed_hdr_probs; + struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *p_vp9_frame; + struct v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_cll_info *p_hdr10_cll; + struct v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_mastering_display *p_hdr10_mastering; + struct v4l2_area *p_area; + struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_sequence *p_av1_sequence; + struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_tile_group_entry *p_av1_tile_group_entry; + struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_frame *p_av1_frame; + struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_film_grain *p_av1_film_grain; + struct v4l2_rect *p_rect; + void *p; + const void *p_const; +}; + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create() - Helper function to return a v4l2_ctrl_ptr from a + * void pointer + * @ptr: The void pointer + */ +static inline union v4l2_ctrl_ptr v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(void *ptr) +{ + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p = { .p = ptr }; + + return p; +} + +/** + * struct v4l2_ctrl_ops - The control operations that the driver has to provide. + * + * @g_volatile_ctrl: Get a new value for this control. Generally only relevant + * for volatile (and usually read-only) controls such as a control + * that returns the current signal strength which changes + * continuously. + * If not set, then the currently cached value will be returned. + * @try_ctrl: Test whether the control's value is valid. Only relevant when + * the usual min/max/step checks are not sufficient. + * @s_ctrl: Actually set the new control value. s_ctrl is compulsory. The + * ctrl->handler->lock is held when these ops are called, so no + * one else can access controls owned by that handler. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl_ops { int (*g_volatile_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); int (*try_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); int (*s_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); }; +/** + * struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops - The control type operations that the driver + * has to provide. + * + * @equal: return true if all ctrl->elems array elements are equal. + * @init: initialize the value for array elements from from_idx to ctrl->elems. + * @minimum: set the value to the minimum value of the control. + * @maximum: set the value to the maximum value of the control. + * @log: log the value. + * @validate: validate the value for ctrl->new_elems array elements. + * Return 0 on success and a negative value otherwise. + */ +struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops { + bool (*equal)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2); + void (*init)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 from_idx, + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr); + void (*minimum)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx, + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr); + void (*maximum)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx, + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr); + void (*log)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); + int (*validate)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr); +}; + +/** + * typedef v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc - typedef for a notify argument with a function + * that should be called when a control value has changed. + * + * @ctrl: pointer to struct &v4l2_ctrl + * @priv: control private data + * + * This typedef definition is used as an argument to v4l2_ctrl_notify() + * and as an argument at struct &v4l2_ctrl_handler. + */ typedef void (*v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, void *priv); -/** struct v4l2_ctrl - The control structure. - * @node: The list node. - * @ev_subs: The list of control event subscriptions. - * @handler: The handler that owns the control. - * @cluster: Point to start of cluster array. - * @ncontrols: Number of controls in cluster array. - * @done: Internal flag: set for each processed control. - * @is_new: Set when the user specified a new value for this control. It - * is also set when called from v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup. Drivers - * should never set this flag. - * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it - * will not be added to any other handlers. Drivers can set - * this flag. - * @is_auto: If set, then this control selects whether the other cluster - * members are in 'automatic' mode or 'manual' mode. This is - * used for autogain/gain type clusters. Drivers should never - * set this flag directly. - * @has_volatiles: If set, then one or more members of the cluster are volatile. - * Drivers should never touch this flag. - * @call_notify: If set, then call the handler's notify function whenever the - * control's value changes. - * @manual_mode_value: If the is_auto flag is set, then this is the value - * of the auto control that determines if that control is in - * manual mode. So if the value of the auto control equals this - * value, then the whole cluster is in manual mode. Drivers should - * never set this flag directly. - * @ops: The control ops. - * @id: The control ID. - * @name: The control name. - * @type: The control type. - * @minimum: The control's minimum value. - * @maximum: The control's maximum value. - * @default_value: The control's default value. - * @step: The control's step value for non-menu controls. - * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it - * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, - * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for - * menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come - * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, - * then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array. - * @qmenu: A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are - * empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this - * is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry - * must be NULL. - * @flags: The control's flags. - * @cur: The control's current value. - * @val: The control's new s32 value. - * @val64: The control's new s64 value. - * @string: The control's new string value. - * @priv: The control's private pointer. For use by the driver. It is - * untouched by the control framework. Note that this pointer is - * not freed when the control is deleted. Should this be needed - * then a new internal bitfield can be added to tell the framework - * to free this pointer. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_ctrl - The control structure. + * + * @node: The list node. + * @ev_subs: The list of control event subscriptions. + * @handler: The handler that owns the control. + * @cluster: Point to start of cluster array. + * @ncontrols: Number of controls in cluster array. + * @done: Internal flag: set for each processed control. + * @is_new: Set when the user specified a new value for this control. It + * is also set when called from v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(). Drivers + * should never set this flag. + * @has_changed: Set when the current value differs from the new value. Drivers + * should never use this flag. + * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it + * will not be added to any other handlers. Drivers can set + * this flag. + * @is_auto: If set, then this control selects whether the other cluster + * members are in 'automatic' mode or 'manual' mode. This is + * used for autogain/gain type clusters. Drivers should never + * set this flag directly. + * @is_int: If set, then this control has a simple integer value (i.e. it + * uses ctrl->val). + * @is_string: If set, then this control has type %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING. + * @is_ptr: If set, then this control is an array and/or has type >= + * %V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES + * and/or has type %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING. In other words, &struct + * v4l2_ext_control uses field p to point to the data. + * @is_array: If set, then this control contains an N-dimensional array. + * @is_dyn_array: If set, then this control contains a dynamically sized 1-dimensional array. + * If this is set, then @is_array is also set. + * @has_volatiles: If set, then one or more members of the cluster are volatile. + * Drivers should never touch this flag. + * @call_notify: If set, then call the handler's notify function whenever the + * control's value changes. + * @manual_mode_value: If the is_auto flag is set, then this is the value + * of the auto control that determines if that control is in + * manual mode. So if the value of the auto control equals this + * value, then the whole cluster is in manual mode. Drivers should + * never set this flag directly. + * @ops: The control ops. + * @type_ops: The control type ops. + * @id: The control ID. + * @name: The control name. + * @type: The control type. + * @minimum: The control's minimum value. + * @maximum: The control's maximum value. + * @default_value: The control's default value. + * @step: The control's step value for non-menu controls. + * @elems: The number of elements in the N-dimensional array. + * @elem_size: The size in bytes of the control. + * @new_elems: The number of elements in p_new. This is the same as @elems, + * except for dynamic arrays. In that case it is in the range of + * 1 to @p_array_alloc_elems. + * @dims: The size of each dimension. + * @nr_of_dims:The number of dimensions in @dims. + * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it + * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, + * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for + * menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come + * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, + * then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array. + * @qmenu: A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are + * empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this + * is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry + * must be NULL. + * Used only if the @type is %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU. + * @qmenu_int: A 64-bit integer array for with integer menu items. + * The size of array must be equal to the menu size, e. g.: + * :math:`ceil(\frac{maximum - minimum}{step}) + 1`. + * Used only if the @type is %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. + * @flags: The control's flags. + * @priv: The control's private pointer. For use by the driver. It is + * untouched by the control framework. Note that this pointer is + * not freed when the control is deleted. Should this be needed + * then a new internal bitfield can be added to tell the framework + * to free this pointer. + * @p_array: Pointer to the allocated array. Only valid if @is_array is true. + * @p_array_alloc_elems: The number of elements in the allocated + * array for both the cur and new values. So @p_array is actually + * sized for 2 * @p_array_alloc_elems * @elem_size. Only valid if + * @is_array is true. + * @cur: Structure to store the current value. + * @cur.val: The control's current value, if the @type is represented via + * a u32 integer (see &enum v4l2_ctrl_type). + * @val: The control's new s32 value. + * @p_def: The control's default value represented via a union which + * provides a standard way of accessing control types + * through a pointer (for compound controls only). + * @p_min: The control's minimum value represented via a union which + * provides a standard way of accessing control types + * through a pointer (for compound controls only). + * @p_max: The control's maximum value represented via a union which + * provides a standard way of accessing control types + * through a pointer (for compound controls only). + * @p_cur: The control's current value represented via a union which + * provides a standard way of accessing control types + * through a pointer. + * @p_new: The control's new value represented via a union which provides + * a standard way of accessing control types + * through a pointer. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl { /* Administrative fields */ struct list_head node; struct list_head ev_subs; struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *handler; struct v4l2_ctrl **cluster; - unsigned ncontrols; + unsigned int ncontrols; + unsigned int done:1; unsigned int is_new:1; + unsigned int has_changed:1; unsigned int is_private:1; unsigned int is_auto:1; + unsigned int is_int:1; + unsigned int is_string:1; + unsigned int is_ptr:1; + unsigned int is_array:1; + unsigned int is_dyn_array:1; unsigned int has_volatiles:1; unsigned int call_notify:1; unsigned int manual_mode_value:8; const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops; + const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops; u32 id; const char *name; enum v4l2_ctrl_type type; - s32 minimum, maximum, default_value; + s64 minimum, maximum, default_value; + u32 elems; + u32 elem_size; + u32 new_elems; + u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]; + u32 nr_of_dims; union { - u32 step; - u32 menu_skip_mask; + u64 step; + u64 menu_skip_mask; }; union { const char * const *qmenu; const s64 *qmenu_int; }; unsigned long flags; - union { + void *priv; + void *p_array; + u32 p_array_alloc_elems; + s32 val; + struct { s32 val; - s64 val64; - char *string; } cur; - union { - s32 val; - s64 val64; - char *string; - }; - void *priv; + + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_min; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_max; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_cur; }; -/** struct v4l2_ctrl_ref - The control reference. - * @node: List node for the sorted list. - * @next: Single-link list node for the hash. - * @ctrl: The actual control information. - * @helper: Pointer to helper struct. Used internally in prepare_ext_ctrls(). - * - * Each control handler has a list of these refs. The list_head is used to - * keep a sorted-by-control-ID list of all controls, while the next pointer - * is used to link the control in the hash's bucket. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_ctrl_ref - The control reference. + * + * @node: List node for the sorted list. + * @next: Single-link list node for the hash. + * @ctrl: The actual control information. + * @helper: Pointer to helper struct. Used internally in + * ``prepare_ext_ctrls`` function at ``v4l2-ctrl.c``. + * @from_other_dev: If true, then @ctrl was defined in another + * device than the &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler. + * @req_done: Internal flag: if the control handler containing this control + * reference is bound to a media request, then this is set when + * the control has been applied. This prevents applying controls + * from a cluster with multiple controls twice (when the first + * control of a cluster is applied, they all are). + * @p_req_valid: If set, then p_req contains the control value for the request. + * @p_req_array_enomem: If set, then p_req is invalid since allocating space for + * an array failed. Attempting to read this value shall + * result in ENOMEM. Only valid if ctrl->is_array is true. + * @p_req_array_alloc_elems: The number of elements allocated for the + * array. Only valid if @p_req_valid and ctrl->is_array are + * true. + * @p_req_elems: The number of elements in @p_req. This is the same as + * ctrl->elems, except for dynamic arrays. In that case it is in + * the range of 1 to @p_req_array_alloc_elems. Only valid if + * @p_req_valid is true. + * @p_req: If the control handler containing this control reference + * is bound to a media request, then this points to the + * value of the control that must be applied when the request + * is executed, or to the value of the control at the time + * that the request was completed. If @p_req_valid is false, + * then this control was never set for this request and the + * control will not be updated when this request is applied. + * + * Each control handler has a list of these refs. The list_head is used to + * keep a sorted-by-control-ID list of all controls, while the next pointer + * is used to link the control in the hash's bucket. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl_ref { struct list_head node; struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *next; struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl; struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helper; + bool from_other_dev; + bool req_done; + bool p_req_valid; + bool p_req_array_enomem; + u32 p_req_array_alloc_elems; + u32 p_req_elems; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_req; }; -/** struct v4l2_ctrl_handler - The control handler keeps track of all the - * controls: both the controls owned by the handler and those inherited - * from other handlers. - * @_lock: Default for "lock". - * @lock: Lock to control access to this handler and its controls. - * May be replaced by the user right after init. - * @ctrls: The list of controls owned by this handler. - * @ctrl_refs: The list of control references. - * @cached: The last found control reference. It is common that the same - * control is needed multiple times, so this is a simple - * optimization. - * @buckets: Buckets for the hashing. Allows for quick control lookup. - * @notify: A notify callback that is called whenever the control changes value. - * Note that the handler's lock is held when the notify function - * is called! - * @notify_priv: Passed as argument to the v4l2_ctrl notify callback. - * @nr_of_buckets: Total number of buckets in the array. - * @error: The error code of the first failed control addition. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_ctrl_handler - The control handler keeps track of all the + * controls: both the controls owned by the handler and those inherited + * from other handlers. + * + * @_lock: Default for "lock". + * @lock: Lock to control access to this handler and its controls. + * May be replaced by the user right after init. + * @ctrls: The list of controls owned by this handler. + * @ctrl_refs: The list of control references. + * @cached: The last found control reference. It is common that the same + * control is needed multiple times, so this is a simple + * optimization. + * @buckets: Buckets for the hashing. Allows for quick control lookup. + * @notify: A notify callback that is called whenever the control changes + * value. + * Note that the handler's lock is held when the notify function + * is called! + * @notify_priv: Passed as argument to the v4l2_ctrl notify callback. + * @nr_of_buckets: Total number of buckets in the array. + * @error: The error code of the first failed control addition. + * @request_is_queued: True if the request was queued. + * @requests: List to keep track of open control handler request objects. + * For the parent control handler (@req_obj.ops == NULL) this + * is the list header. When the parent control handler is + * removed, it has to unbind and put all these requests since + * they refer to the parent. + * @requests_queued: List of the queued requests. This determines the order + * in which these controls are applied. Once the request is + * completed it is removed from this list. + * @req_obj: The &struct media_request_object, used to link into a + * &struct media_request. This request object has a refcount. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler { struct mutex _lock; struct mutex *lock; @@ -200,88 +420,143 @@ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler { void *notify_priv; u16 nr_of_buckets; int error; + bool request_is_queued; + struct list_head requests; + struct list_head requests_queued; + struct media_request_object req_obj; }; -/** struct v4l2_ctrl_config - Control configuration structure. - * @ops: The control ops. - * @id: The control ID. - * @name: The control name. - * @type: The control type. - * @min: The control's minimum value. - * @max: The control's maximum value. - * @step: The control's step value for non-menu controls. - * @def: The control's default value. - * @flags: The control's flags. - * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it - * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, - * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for - * menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come - * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, - * then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array. - * @qmenu: A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are - * empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this - * is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry - * must be NULL. - * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it - * will not be added to any other handlers. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_ctrl_config - Control configuration structure. + * + * @ops: The control ops. + * @type_ops: The control type ops. Only needed for compound controls. + * @id: The control ID. + * @name: The control name. + * @type: The control type. + * @min: The control's minimum value. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @step: The control's step value for non-menu controls. + * @def: The control's default value. + * @p_def: The control's default value for compound controls. + * @p_min: The control's minimum value for compound controls. + * @p_max: The control's maximum value for compound controls. + * @dims: The size of each dimension. + * @elem_size: The size in bytes of the control. + * @flags: The control's flags. + * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it + * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, + * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for + * menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come + * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, + * then this will have to be extended to a bit array. + * @qmenu: A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are + * empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this + * is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry + * must be NULL. + * @qmenu_int: A const s64 integer array for all menu items of the type + * V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. + * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it + * will not be added to any other handlers. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl_config { const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops; + const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops; u32 id; const char *name; enum v4l2_ctrl_type type; - s32 min; - s32 max; - u32 step; - s32 def; + s64 min; + s64 max; + u64 step; + s64 def; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_min; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_max; + u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]; + u32 elem_size; u32 flags; - u32 menu_skip_mask; + u64 menu_skip_mask; const char * const *qmenu; const s64 *qmenu_int; unsigned int is_private:1; }; -/** v4l2_ctrl_fill() - Fill in the control fields based on the control ID. - * - * This works for all standard V4L2 controls. - * For non-standard controls it will only fill in the given arguments - * and @name will be NULL. - * - * This function will overwrite the contents of @name, @type and @flags. - * The contents of @min, @max, @step and @def may be modified depending on - * the type. - * - * Do not use in drivers! It is used internally for backwards compatibility - * control handling only. Once all drivers are converted to use the new - * control framework this function will no longer be exported. - */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_fill - Fill in the control fields based on the control ID. + * + * @id: ID of the control + * @name: pointer to be filled with a string with the name of the control + * @type: pointer for storing the type of the control + * @min: pointer for storing the minimum value for the control + * @max: pointer for storing the maximum value for the control + * @step: pointer for storing the control step + * @def: pointer for storing the default value for the control + * @flags: pointer for storing the flags to be used on the control + * + * This works for all standard V4L2 controls. + * For non-standard controls it will only fill in the given arguments + * and @name content will be set to %NULL. + * + * This function will overwrite the contents of @name, @type and @flags. + * The contents of @min, @max, @step and @def may be modified depending on + * the type. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Do not use in drivers! It is used internally for backwards compatibility + * control handling only. Once all drivers are converted to use the new + * control framework this function will no longer be exported. + */ void v4l2_ctrl_fill(u32 id, const char **name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type *type, - s32 *min, s32 *max, s32 *step, s32 *def, u32 *flags); - - -/** v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class() - Initialize the control handler. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is - * expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including - * any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if - * it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets - * are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough - * buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups). - * It will always work, though. - * @key: Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set. - * @name: Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set. - * - * Returns an error if the buckets could not be allocated. This error will - * also be stored in @hdl->error. - * - * Never use this call directly, always use the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init - * macro that hides the @key and @name arguments. - */ + s64 *min, s64 *max, u64 *step, s64 *def, u32 *flags); + + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class() - Initialize the control handler. + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is + * expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including + * any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if + * it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets + * are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough + * buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups). + * It will always work, though. + * @key: Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set. + * @name: Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set. + * + * .. attention:: + * + * Never use this call directly, always use the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init() + * macro that hides the @key and @name arguments. + * + * Return: returns an error if the buckets could not be allocated. This + * error will also be stored in @hdl->error. + */ int v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - unsigned nr_of_controls_hint, + unsigned int nr_of_controls_hint, struct lock_class_key *key, const char *name); #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_handler_init - helper function to create a static struct + * &lock_class_key and calls v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class() + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is + * expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including + * any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if + * it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets + * are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough + * buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups). + * It will always work, though. + * + * This helper function creates a static struct &lock_class_key and + * calls v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(), providing a proper name for the lock + * validador. + * + * Use this helper function to initialize a control handler. + */ #define v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint) \ ( \ ({ \ @@ -298,391 +573,1061 @@ int v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint, NULL, NULL) #endif -/** v4l2_ctrl_handler_free() - Free all controls owned by the handler and free - * the control list. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * - * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL. - */ -void v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging - * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * - * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls. - * - * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0. - */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_handler_free() - Free all controls owned by the handler and free + * the control list. + * @hdl: The control handler. + * + * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL. + * + * Return: @hdl's error field or 0 if @hdl is NULL. + */ +int v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_lock() - Helper function to lock the handler + * associated with the control. + * @ctrl: The control to lock. + */ +static inline void v4l2_ctrl_lock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) +{ + mutex_lock(ctrl->handler->lock); +} + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_unlock() - Helper function to unlock the handler + * associated with the control. + * @ctrl: The control to unlock. + */ +static inline void v4l2_ctrl_unlock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) +{ + mutex_unlock(ctrl->handler->lock); +} + +/** + * __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging + * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values. The + * caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf of + * __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(). + * @hdl: The control handler. + * + * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls. + * + * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0. + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging + * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values. + * @hdl: The control handler. + * + * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls. + * + * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0. + */ int v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl); -/** v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status() - Log all controls owned by the handler. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @prefix: The prefix to use when logging the control values. If the - * prefix does not end with a space, then ": " will be added - * after the prefix. If @prefix == NULL, then no prefix will be - * used. - * - * For use with VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS. - * - * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL. - */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status() - Log all controls owned by the handler. + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @prefix: The prefix to use when logging the control values. If the + * prefix does not end with a space, then ": " will be added + * after the prefix. If @prefix == NULL, then no prefix will be + * used. + * + * For use with VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS. + * + * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL. + */ void v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, const char *prefix); -/** v4l2_ctrl_new_custom() - Allocate and initialize a new custom V4L2 - * control. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @cfg: The control's configuration data. - * @priv: The control's driver-specific private data. - * - * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated then NULL is returned - * and @hdl->error is set to the error code (if it wasn't set already). - */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_custom() - Allocate and initialize a new custom V4L2 + * control. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @cfg: The control's configuration data. + * @priv: The control's driver-specific private data. + * + * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated then NULL is returned + * and @hdl->error is set to the error code (if it wasn't set already). + */ struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - const struct v4l2_ctrl_config *cfg, void *priv); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_new_std() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 non-menu control. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @ops: The control ops. - * @id: The control ID. - * @min: The control's minimum value. - * @max: The control's maximum value. - * @step: The control's step value - * @def: The control's default value. - * - * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated, or the control - * ID is not known, then NULL is returned and @hdl->error is set to the - * appropriate error code (if it wasn't set already). - * - * If @id refers to a menu control, then this function will return NULL. - * - * Use v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() when adding menu controls. - */ + const struct v4l2_ctrl_config *cfg, + void *priv); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_std() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 non-menu + * control. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @ops: The control ops. + * @id: The control ID. + * @min: The control's minimum value. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @step: The control's step value + * @def: The control's default value. + * + * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated, or the control + * ID is not known, then NULL is returned and @hdl->error is set to the + * appropriate error code (if it wasn't set already). + * + * If @id refers to a menu control, then this function will return NULL. + * + * Use v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() when adding menu controls. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, - u32 id, s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 menu control. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @ops: The control ops. - * @id: The control ID. - * @max: The control's maximum value. - * @mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it - * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, - * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for - * menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come - * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, - * then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array. - * @def: The control's default value. - * - * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but @min is set to 0 and the @mask value - * determines which menu items are to be skipped. - * - * If @id refers to a non-menu control, then this function will return NULL. - */ + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, + s64 def); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 + * menu control. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @ops: The control ops. + * @id: The control ID. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it + * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, + * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for + * menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come + * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, + * then this will have to be extended to a bit array. + * @def: The control's default value. + * + * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but @min is set to 0 and the @mask value + * determines which menu items are to be skipped. + * + * If @id refers to a non-menu control, then this function will return NULL. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, - u32 id, s32 max, s32 mask, s32 def); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items() - Create a new standard V4L2 menu control - * with driver specific menu. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @ops: The control ops. - * @id: The control ID. - * @max: The control's maximum value. - * @mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it - * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, - * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for - * menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come - * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, - * then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array. - * @def: The control's default value. - * @qmenu: The new menu. - * - * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @qmenu will be the driver specific - * menu of this control. - * - */ + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, u8 max, u64 mask, u8 def); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items() - Create a new standard V4L2 menu control + * with driver specific menu. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @ops: The control ops. + * @id: The control ID. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it + * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set, + * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for + * menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come + * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more, + * then this will have to be extended to a bit array. + * @def: The control's default value. + * @qmenu: The new menu. + * + * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @qmenu will be the driver specific + * menu of this control. + * + */ struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, u32 id, s32 max, - s32 mask, s32 def, const char * const *qmenu); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu() - Create a new standard V4L2 integer menu control. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @ops: The control ops. - * @id: The control ID. - * @max: The control's maximum value. - * @def: The control's default value. - * @qmenu_int: The control's menu entries. - * - * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @mask is set to 0 and it additionaly - * takes as an argument an array of integers determining the menu items. - * - * If @id refers to a non-integer-menu control, then this function will return NULL. - */ + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, u8 max, + u64 mask, u8 def, + const char * const *qmenu); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_compound() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 + * compound control. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @ops: The control ops. + * @id: The control ID. + * @p_def: The control's default value. + * @p_min: The control's minimum value. + * @p_max: The control's maximum value. + * + * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but with support for compound controls. + * To fill in the @p_def, @p_min and @p_max fields, use v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create() + * to convert a pointer to a const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr. + * Use v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(NULL) if you want the default, minimum or maximum + * value of the compound control to be all zeroes. + * If the compound control does not set the ``V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_WHICH_MIN_MAX`` + * flag, then it does not has minimum and maximum values. In that case just use + * v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(NULL) for the @p_min and @p_max arguments. + * + */ +struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, + const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def, + const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_min, + const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_max); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu() - Create a new standard V4L2 integer menu control. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @ops: The control ops. + * @id: The control ID. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @def: The control's default value. + * @qmenu_int: The control's menu entries. + * + * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @mask is set to 0 and it additionally + * takes as an argument an array of integers determining the menu items. + * + * If @id refers to a non-integer-menu control, then this function will + * return %NULL. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, - u32 id, s32 max, s32 def, const s64 *qmenu_int); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl() - Add a control from another handler to this handler. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @ctrl: The control to add. - * - * It will return NULL if it was unable to add the control reference. - * If the control already belonged to the handler, then it will do - * nothing and just return @ctrl. - */ -struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() - Add all controls from handler @add to - * handler @hdl. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @add: The control handler whose controls you want to add to - * the @hdl control handler. - * @filter: This function will filter which controls should be added. - * - * Does nothing if either of the two handlers is a NULL pointer. - * If @filter is NULL, then all controls are added. Otherwise only those - * controls for which @filter returns true will be added. - * In case of an error @hdl->error will be set to the error code (if it - * wasn't set already). - */ + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, u8 max, u8 def, + const s64 *qmenu_int); + +/** + * typedef v4l2_ctrl_filter - Typedef to define the filter function to be + * used when adding a control handler. + * + * @ctrl: pointer to struct &v4l2_ctrl. + */ + +typedef bool (*v4l2_ctrl_filter)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() - Add all controls from handler @add to + * handler @hdl. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @add: The control handler whose controls you want to add to + * the @hdl control handler. + * @filter: This function will filter which controls should be added. + * @from_other_dev: If true, then the controls in @add were defined in another + * device than @hdl. + * + * Does nothing if either of the two handlers is a NULL pointer. + * If @filter is NULL, then all controls are added. Otherwise only those + * controls for which @filter returns true will be added. + * In case of an error @hdl->error will be set to the error code (if it + * wasn't set already). + */ int v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *add, - bool (*filter)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter() - Standard filter for radio controls. - * @ctrl: The control that is filtered. - * - * This will return true for any controls that are valid for radio device - * nodes. Those are all of the V4L2_CID_AUDIO_* user controls and all FM - * transmitter class controls. - * - * This function is to be used with v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(). - */ + v4l2_ctrl_filter filter, + bool from_other_dev); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter() - Standard filter for radio controls. + * + * @ctrl: The control that is filtered. + * + * This will return true for any controls that are valid for radio device + * nodes. Those are all of the V4L2_CID_AUDIO_* user controls and all FM + * transmitter class controls. + * + * This function is to be used with v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(). + */ bool v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); -/** v4l2_ctrl_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging to that cluster. - * @ncontrols: The number of controls in this cluster. - * @controls: The cluster control array of size @ncontrols. - */ -void v4l2_ctrl_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls); - - -/** v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging to - * that cluster and set it up for autofoo/foo-type handling. - * @ncontrols: The number of controls in this cluster. - * @controls: The cluster control array of size @ncontrols. The first control - * must be the 'auto' control (e.g. autogain, autoexposure, etc.) - * @manual_val: The value for the first control in the cluster that equals the - * manual setting. - * @set_volatile: If true, then all controls except the first auto control will - * be volatile. - * - * Use for control groups where one control selects some automatic feature and - * the other controls are only active whenever the automatic feature is turned - * off (manual mode). Typical examples: autogain vs gain, auto-whitebalance vs - * red and blue balance, etc. - * - * The behavior of such controls is as follows: - * - * When the autofoo control is set to automatic, then any manual controls - * are set to inactive and any reads will call g_volatile_ctrl (if the control - * was marked volatile). - * - * When the autofoo control is set to manual, then any manual controls will - * be marked active, and any reads will just return the current value without - * going through g_volatile_ctrl. - * - * In addition, this function will set the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE flag - * on the autofoo control and V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE on the foo control(s) - * if autofoo is in auto mode. - */ -void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls, - u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile); - - -/** v4l2_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID. - * @hdl: The control handler. - * @id: The control ID to find. - * - * If @hdl == NULL this will return NULL as well. Will lock the handler so - * do not use from inside &v4l2_ctrl_ops. - */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging + * to that cluster. + * + * @ncontrols: The number of controls in this cluster. + * @controls: The cluster control array of size @ncontrols. + */ +void v4l2_ctrl_cluster(unsigned int ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls); + + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging + * to that cluster and set it up for autofoo/foo-type handling. + * + * @ncontrols: The number of controls in this cluster. + * @controls: The cluster control array of size @ncontrols. The first control + * must be the 'auto' control (e.g. autogain, autoexposure, etc.) + * @manual_val: The value for the first control in the cluster that equals the + * manual setting. + * @set_volatile: If true, then all controls except the first auto control will + * be volatile. + * + * Use for control groups where one control selects some automatic feature and + * the other controls are only active whenever the automatic feature is turned + * off (manual mode). Typical examples: autogain vs gain, auto-whitebalance vs + * red and blue balance, etc. + * + * The behavior of such controls is as follows: + * + * When the autofoo control is set to automatic, then any manual controls + * are set to inactive and any reads will call g_volatile_ctrl (if the control + * was marked volatile). + * + * When the autofoo control is set to manual, then any manual controls will + * be marked active, and any reads will just return the current value without + * going through g_volatile_ctrl. + * + * In addition, this function will set the %V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE flag + * on the autofoo control and %V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE on the foo control(s) + * if autofoo is in auto mode. + */ +void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned int ncontrols, + struct v4l2_ctrl **controls, + u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile); + + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID. + * + * @hdl: The control handler. + * @id: The control ID to find. + * + * If @hdl == NULL this will return NULL as well. Will lock the handler so + * do not use from inside &v4l2_ctrl_ops. + */ struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id); -/** v4l2_ctrl_activate() - Make the control active or inactive. - * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate. - * @active: True if the control should become active. - * - * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE flag atomically. - * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL. - * This will usually be called from within the s_ctrl op. - * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards. - * - * This function assumes that the control handler is locked. - */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_activate() - Make the control active or inactive. + * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate. + * @active: True if the control should become active. + * + * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE flag atomically. + * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL. + * This will usually be called from within the s_ctrl op. + * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards. + * + * This function assumes that the control handler is locked. + */ void v4l2_ctrl_activate(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool active); -/** v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Mark the control as grabbed or not grabbed. - * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate. - * @grabbed: True if the control should become grabbed. - * - * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically. - * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL. - * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards. - * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the - * driver. - * - * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will - * take the lock itself. - */ -void v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Update the range of a control. - * @ctrl: The control to update. - * @min: The control's minimum value. - * @max: The control's maximum value. - * @step: The control's step value - * @def: The control's default value. - * - * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types - * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the - * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask. - * - * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this - * control type. - * - * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will - * take the lock itself. - */ -int v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, - s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_lock() - Helper function to lock the handler - * associated with the control. - * @ctrl: The control to lock. - */ -static inline void v4l2_ctrl_lock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) +/** + * __v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_grab. + * + * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate. + * @grabbed: True if the control should become grabbed. + * + * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically. + * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL. + * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards. + * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the + * driver. + * + * This function assumes that the control handler is locked by the caller. + */ +void __v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Mark the control as grabbed or not grabbed. + * + * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate. + * @grabbed: True if the control should become grabbed. + * + * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically. + * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL. + * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards. + * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the + * driver. + * + * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will + * take the lock itself. + */ +static inline void v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed) { - mutex_lock(ctrl->handler->lock); + if (!ctrl) + return; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + __v4l2_ctrl_grab(ctrl, grabbed); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); } -/** v4l2_ctrl_lock() - Helper function to unlock the handler - * associated with the control. - * @ctrl: The control to unlock. - */ -static inline void v4l2_ctrl_unlock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) +/** + *__v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() + * + * @ctrl: The control to update. + * @min: The control's minimum value. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @step: The control's step value + * @def: The control's default value. + * + * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types + * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the + * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask. + * + * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this + * control type. + * + * The caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf + * of __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(). + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Update the range of a control. + * + * @ctrl: The control to update. + * @min: The control's minimum value. + * @max: The control's maximum value. + * @step: The control's step value + * @def: The control's default value. + * + * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types + * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the + * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask. + * + * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this + * control type. + * + * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will + * take the lock itself. + */ +static inline int v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def) { - mutex_unlock(ctrl->handler->lock); + int rval; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + rval = __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(ctrl, min, max, step, def); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); + + return rval; } -/** v4l2_ctrl_notify() - Function to set a notify callback for a control. - * @ctrl: The control. - * @notify: The callback function. - * @priv: The callback private handle, passed as argument to the callback. - * - * This function sets a callback function for the control. If @ctrl is NULL, - * then it will do nothing. If @notify is NULL, then the notify callback will - * be removed. - * - * There can be only one notify. If another already exists, then a WARN_ON - * will be issued and the function will do nothing. - */ -void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify, void *priv); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl() - Helper function to get the control's value from within a driver. - * @ctrl: The control. - * - * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control - * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be - * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. - * - * This function is for integer type controls only. - */ +/** + *__v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() + * + * @ctrl: The control to update. + * @dims: The control's new dimensions. + * + * Update the dimensions of an array control on the fly. The elements of the + * array are reset to their default value, even if the dimensions are + * unchanged. + * + * An error is returned if @dims is invalid for this control. + * + * The caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf + * of __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(). + * + * Note: calling this function when the same control is used in pending requests + * is untested. It should work (a request with the wrong size of the control + * will drop that control silently), but it will be very confusing. + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() - Update the dimensions of an array control. + * + * @ctrl: The control to update. + * @dims: The control's new dimensions. + * + * Update the dimensions of an array control on the fly. The elements of the + * array are reset to their default value, even if the dimensions are + * unchanged. + * + * An error is returned if @dims is invalid for this control type. + * + * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will + * take the lock itself. + * + * Note: calling this function when the same control is used in pending requests + * is untested. It should work (a request with the wrong size of the control + * will drop that control silently), but it will be very confusing. + */ +static inline int v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]) +{ + int rval; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + rval = __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(ctrl, dims); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); + + return rval; +} + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_notify() - Function to set a notify callback for a control. + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @notify: The callback function. + * @priv: The callback private handle, passed as argument to the callback. + * + * This function sets a callback function for the control. If @ctrl is NULL, + * then it will do nothing. If @notify is NULL, then the notify callback will + * be removed. + * + * There can be only one notify. If another already exists, then a WARN_ON + * will be issued and the function will do nothing. + */ +void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify, + void *priv); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_get_name() - Get the name of the control + * + * @id: The control ID. + * + * This function returns the name of the given control ID or NULL if it isn't + * a known control. + */ +const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_get_menu() - Get the menu string array of the control + * + * @id: The control ID. + * + * This function returns the NULL-terminated menu string array name of the + * given control ID or NULL if it isn't a known menu control. + */ +const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu() - Get the integer menu array of the control + * + * @id: The control ID. + * @len: The size of the integer array. + * + * This function returns the integer array of the given control ID or NULL if it + * if it isn't a known integer menu control. + */ +const s64 *v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu(u32 id, u32 *len); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl() - Helper function to get the control's value from + * within a driver. + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * + * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control + * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be + * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for integer type controls only. + */ s32 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); -/** v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Helper function to set the control's value from within a driver. - * @ctrl: The control. - * @val: The new value. - * - * This set the control's new value safely by going through the control - * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be - * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. - * - * This function is for integer type controls only. - */ -int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val); - -/** v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to get a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. - * @ctrl: The control. - * - * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control - * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be - * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. - * - * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only. - */ +/** + * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(). + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @val: The new value. + * + * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control + * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked, + * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for integer type controls only. + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Helper function to set the control's value from + * within a driver. + * @ctrl: The control. + * @val: The new value. + * + * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control + * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be + * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for integer type controls only. + */ +static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val) +{ + int rval; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(ctrl, val); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); + + return rval; +} + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to get a 64-bit control's value + * from within a driver. + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * + * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control + * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be + * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only. + */ s64 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); -/** v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. - * @ctrl: The control. - * @val: The new value. - * - * This set the control's new value safely by going through the control - * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be - * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. - * - * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only. - */ -int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val); +/** + * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(). + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @val: The new value. + * + * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control + * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked, + * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only. + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to set a 64-bit control's value + * from within a driver. + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @val: The new value. + * + * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control + * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be + * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only. + */ +static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val) +{ + int rval; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(ctrl, val); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); + + return rval; +} + +/** + * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(). + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @s: The new string. + * + * This sets the control's new string safely by going through the control + * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked, + * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for string type controls only. + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string() - Helper function to set a control's string value + * from within a driver. + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @s: The new string. + * + * This sets the control's new string safely by going through the control + * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be + * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for string type controls only. + */ +static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s) +{ + int rval; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(ctrl, s); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); + + return rval; +} + +/** + * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound() - Unlocked variant to set a compound control + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @type: The type of the data. + * @p: The new compound payload. + * + * This sets the control's new compound payload safely by going through the + * control framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already + * locked, allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for compound type controls only. + */ +int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + enum v4l2_ctrl_type type, const void *p); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound() - Helper function to set a compound control + * from within a driver. + * + * @ctrl: The control. + * @type: The type of the data. + * @p: The new compound payload. + * + * This sets the control's new compound payload safely by going through the + * control framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it + * cannot be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions. + * + * This function is for compound type controls only. + */ +static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + enum v4l2_ctrl_type type, + const void *p) +{ + int rval; + + v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl); + rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(ctrl, type, p); + v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl); + + return rval; +} + +/* Helper defines for area type controls */ +#define __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_area(ctrl, area) \ + __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound((ctrl), V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AREA, (area)) +#define v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_area(ctrl, area) \ + v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound((ctrl), V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AREA, (area)) /* Internal helper functions that deal with control events. */ extern const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops; + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_replace - Function to be used as a callback to + * &struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops replace\(\) + * + * @old: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the reported + * event; + * @new: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the modified + * event; + */ void v4l2_ctrl_replace(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_merge - Function to be used as a callback to + * &struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops merge(\) + * + * @old: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the reported + * event; + * @new: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the merged + * event; + */ void v4l2_ctrl_merge(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new); -/* Can be used as a vidioc_log_status function that just dumps all controls - associated with the filehandle. */ -int v4l2_ctrl_log_status(struct file *file, void *fh); +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_log_status - helper function to implement %VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl + * + * @file: pointer to struct file + * @priv: unused. Kept just to be compatible to the arguments expected by + * &struct v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_log_status. + * + * Can be used as a vidioc_log_status function that just dumps all controls + * associated with the filehandle. + */ +int v4l2_ctrl_log_status(struct file *file, void *priv); -/* Can be used as a vidioc_subscribe_event function that just subscribes - control events. */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event - Subscribes to an event + * + * + * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + * + * Can be used as a vidioc_subscribe_event function that just subscribes + * control events. + */ int v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh, const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); -/* Can be used as a poll function that just polls for control events. */ -unsigned int v4l2_ctrl_poll(struct file *file, struct poll_table_struct *wait); +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_poll - function to be used as a callback to the poll() + * That just polls for control events. + * + * @file: pointer to struct file + * @wait: pointer to struct poll_table_struct + */ +__poll_t v4l2_ctrl_poll(struct file *file, struct poll_table_struct *wait); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_request_setup - helper function to apply control values in a request + * + * @req: The request + * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find()) + * + * This is a helper function to call the control handler's s_ctrl callback with + * the control values contained in the request. Do note that this approach of + * applying control values in a request is only applicable to memory-to-memory + * devices. + */ +int v4l2_ctrl_request_setup(struct media_request *req, + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_request_complete - Complete a control handler request object + * + * @req: The request + * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find()) + * + * This function is to be called on each control handler that may have had a + * request object associated with it, i.e. control handlers of a driver that + * supports requests. + * + * The function first obtains the values of any volatile controls in the control + * handler and attach them to the request. Then, the function completes the + * request object. + */ +void v4l2_ctrl_request_complete(struct media_request *req, + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find - Find the control handler in the request + * + * @req: The request + * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find()) + * + * This function finds the control handler in the request. It may return + * NULL if not found. When done, you must call v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put() + * with the returned handler pointer. + * + * If the request is not in state VALIDATING or QUEUED, then this function + * will always return NULL. + * + * Note that in state VALIDATING the req_queue_mutex is held, so + * no objects can be added or deleted from the request. + * + * In state QUEUED it is the driver that will have to ensure this. + */ +struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find(struct media_request *req, + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent); -/* Helpers for ioctl_ops. If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put - Put the control handler + * + * @hdl: Put this control handler + * + * This function released the control handler previously obtained from' + * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find(). + */ +static inline void v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl) +{ + if (hdl) + media_request_object_put(&hdl->req_obj); +} + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID. + * + * @hdl: The control handler from the request. + * @id: The ID of the control to find. + * + * This function returns a pointer to the control if this control is + * part of the request or NULL otherwise. + */ +struct v4l2_ctrl * +v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id); + +/* Helpers for ioctl_ops */ + +/** + * v4l2_queryctrl - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @qc: pointer to &struct v4l2_queryctrl + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ int v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc); + +/** + * v4l2_query_ext_ctrl_to_v4l2_queryctrl - Convert a qec to qe. + * + * @to: The v4l2_queryctrl to write to. + * @from: The v4l2_query_ext_ctrl to read from. + * + * This function is a helper to convert a v4l2_query_ext_ctrl into a + * v4l2_queryctrl. + */ +void v4l2_query_ext_ctrl_to_v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_queryctrl *to, + const struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *from); + +/** + * v4l2_query_ext_ctrl - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @qc: pointer to &struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ +int v4l2_query_ext_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *qc); + +/** + * v4l2_querymenu - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYMENU <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @qm: pointer to &struct v4l2_querymenu + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ int v4l2_querymenu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm); + +/** + * v4l2_g_ctrl - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @ctrl: pointer to &struct v4l2_control + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ int v4l2_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_control *ctrl); + +/** + * v4l2_s_ctrl - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * + * @ctrl: pointer to &struct v4l2_control + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ int v4l2_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - struct v4l2_control *ctrl); -int v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ext_controls *c); -int v4l2_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ext_controls *c); + struct v4l2_control *ctrl); + +/** + * v4l2_g_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device + * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ +int v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct video_device *vdev, + struct media_device *mdev, struct v4l2_ext_controls *c); + +/** + * v4l2_try_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device + * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ +int v4l2_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + struct video_device *vdev, + struct media_device *mdev, + struct v4l2_ext_controls *c); + +/** + * v4l2_s_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device + * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls + * + * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL. + */ int v4l2_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, - struct v4l2_ext_controls *c); - -/* Helpers for subdevices. If the associated ctrl_handler == NULL then they - will all return -EINVAL. */ -int v4l2_subdev_queryctrl(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc); -int v4l2_subdev_querymenu(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm); -int v4l2_subdev_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs); -int v4l2_subdev_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs); -int v4l2_subdev_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs); -int v4l2_subdev_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_control *ctrl); -int v4l2_subdev_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_control *ctrl); - -/* Can be used as a subscribe_event function that just subscribes control - events. */ + struct video_device *vdev, + struct media_device *mdev, + struct v4l2_ext_controls *c); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event - Helper function to implement + * as a &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops subscribe_event function + * that just subscribes control events. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + */ int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); -/* Log all controls owned by subdev's control handler. */ +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status - Log all controls owned by subdev's control + * handler. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + */ int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_new_fwnode_properties() - Register controls for the device + * properties + * + * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler to register controls on + * @ctrl_ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_ops to register controls with + * @p: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties + * + * This function registers controls associated to device properties, using the + * property values contained in @p parameter, if the property has been set to + * a value. + * + * Currently the following v4l2 controls are parsed and registered: + * - V4L2_CID_CAMERA_ORIENTATION + * - V4L2_CID_CAMERA_SENSOR_ROTATION; + * + * Controls already registered by the caller with the @hdl control handler are + * not overwritten. Callers should register the controls they want to handle + * themselves before calling this function. + * + * Return: 0 on success, a negative error code on failure. + */ +int v4l2_ctrl_new_fwnode_properties(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ctrl_ops, + const struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties *p); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_equal - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops equal callback. + * + * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer. + * @ptr1: A v4l2 control value. + * @ptr2: A v4l2 control value. + * + * Return: true if values are equal, otherwise false. + */ +bool v4l2_ctrl_type_op_equal(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_init - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops init callback. + * + * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer. + * @from_idx: Starting element index. + * @ptr: The v4l2 control value. + * + * Return: void + */ +void v4l2_ctrl_type_op_init(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 from_idx, + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_log - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops log callback. + * + * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer. + * + * Return: void + */ +void v4l2_ctrl_type_op_log(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_validate - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops validate callback. + * + * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer. + * @ptr: The v4l2 control value. + * + * Return: 0 on success, a negative error code on failure. + */ +int v4l2_ctrl_type_op_validate(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr); + #endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-dev.h b/include/media/v4l2-dev.h index c768c9f8abc2..2e0f6d2e6a78 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-dev.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-dev.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ /* * * V 4 L 2 D R I V E R H E L P E R A P I @@ -20,53 +21,188 @@ #define VIDEO_MAJOR 81 -#define VFL_TYPE_GRABBER 0 -#define VFL_TYPE_VBI 1 -#define VFL_TYPE_RADIO 2 -#define VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV 3 -#define VFL_TYPE_MAX 4 +/** + * enum vfl_devnode_type - type of V4L2 device node + * + * @VFL_TYPE_VIDEO: for video input/output devices + * @VFL_TYPE_VBI: for vertical blank data (i.e. closed captions, teletext) + * @VFL_TYPE_RADIO: for radio tuners + * @VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV: for V4L2 subdevices + * @VFL_TYPE_SDR: for Software Defined Radio tuners + * @VFL_TYPE_TOUCH: for touch sensors + * @VFL_TYPE_MAX: number of VFL types, must always be last in the enum + */ +enum vfl_devnode_type { + VFL_TYPE_VIDEO, + VFL_TYPE_VBI, + VFL_TYPE_RADIO, + VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV, + VFL_TYPE_SDR, + VFL_TYPE_TOUCH, + VFL_TYPE_MAX /* Shall be the last one */ +}; -/* Is this a receiver, transmitter or mem-to-mem? */ -/* Ignored for VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV. */ -#define VFL_DIR_RX 0 -#define VFL_DIR_TX 1 -#define VFL_DIR_M2M 2 +/** + * enum vfl_devnode_direction - Identifies if a &struct video_device + * corresponds to a receiver, a transmitter or a mem-to-mem device. + * + * @VFL_DIR_RX: device is a receiver. + * @VFL_DIR_TX: device is a transmitter. + * @VFL_DIR_M2M: device is a memory to memory device. + * + * Note: Ignored if &enum vfl_devnode_type is %VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV. + */ +enum vfl_devnode_direction { + VFL_DIR_RX, + VFL_DIR_TX, + VFL_DIR_M2M, +}; struct v4l2_ioctl_callbacks; struct video_device; struct v4l2_device; struct v4l2_ctrl_handler; +struct dentry; -/* Flag to mark the video_device struct as registered. - Drivers can clear this flag if they want to block all future - device access. It is cleared by video_unregister_device. */ -#define V4L2_FL_REGISTERED (0) -/* file->private_data points to struct v4l2_fh */ -#define V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH (1) -/* Use the prio field of v4l2_fh for core priority checking */ -#define V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO (2) +/** + * enum v4l2_video_device_flags - Flags used by &struct video_device + * + * @V4L2_FL_REGISTERED: + * indicates that a &struct video_device is registered. + * Drivers can clear this flag if they want to block all future + * device access. It is cleared by video_unregister_device. + * @V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH: + * indicates that file->private_data points to &struct v4l2_fh. + * This flag is set by the core when v4l2_fh_init() is called. + * All drivers must use it. + * @V4L2_FL_QUIRK_INVERTED_CROP: + * some old M2M drivers use g/s_crop/cropcap incorrectly: crop and + * compose are swapped. If this flag is set, then the selection + * targets are swapped in the g/s_crop/cropcap functions in v4l2-ioctl.c. + * This allows those drivers to correctly implement the selection API, + * but the old crop API will still work as expected in order to preserve + * backwards compatibility. + * Never set this flag for new drivers. + * @V4L2_FL_SUBDEV_RO_DEVNODE: + * indicates that the video device node is registered in read-only mode. + * The flag only applies to device nodes registered for sub-devices, it is + * set by the core when the sub-devices device nodes are registered with + * v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes() and used by the sub-device ioctl + * handler to restrict access to some ioctl calls. + */ +enum v4l2_video_device_flags { + V4L2_FL_REGISTERED = 0, + V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH = 1, + V4L2_FL_QUIRK_INVERTED_CROP = 2, + V4L2_FL_SUBDEV_RO_DEVNODE = 3, +}; /* Priority helper functions */ +/** + * struct v4l2_prio_state - stores the priority states + * + * @prios: array with elements to store the array priorities + * + * + * .. note:: + * The size of @prios array matches the number of priority types defined + * by enum &v4l2_priority. + */ struct v4l2_prio_state { atomic_t prios[4]; }; +/** + * v4l2_prio_init - initializes a struct v4l2_prio_state + * + * @global: pointer to &struct v4l2_prio_state + */ void v4l2_prio_init(struct v4l2_prio_state *global); + +/** + * v4l2_prio_change - changes the v4l2 file handler priority + * + * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node. + * @local: pointer to the desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority + * @new: Priority type requested, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority. + * + * .. note:: + * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core. + */ int v4l2_prio_change(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority *local, enum v4l2_priority new); + +/** + * v4l2_prio_open - Implements the priority logic for a file handler open + * + * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node. + * @local: pointer to the desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority + * + * .. note:: + * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core. + */ void v4l2_prio_open(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority *local); + +/** + * v4l2_prio_close - Implements the priority logic for a file handler close + * + * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node. + * @local: priority to be released, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority + * + * .. note:: + * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core. + */ void v4l2_prio_close(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local); + +/** + * v4l2_prio_max - Return the maximum priority, as stored at the @global array. + * + * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node. + * + * .. note:: + * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core. + */ enum v4l2_priority v4l2_prio_max(struct v4l2_prio_state *global); -int v4l2_prio_check(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local); +/** + * v4l2_prio_check - Implements the priority logic for a file handler close + * + * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node. + * @local: desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority local + * + * .. note:: + * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core. + */ +int v4l2_prio_check(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local); +/** + * struct v4l2_file_operations - fs operations used by a V4L2 device + * + * @owner: pointer to struct module + * @read: operations needed to implement the read() syscall + * @write: operations needed to implement the write() syscall + * @poll: operations needed to implement the poll() syscall + * @unlocked_ioctl: operations needed to implement the ioctl() syscall + * @compat_ioctl32: operations needed to implement the ioctl() syscall for + * the special case where the Kernel uses 64 bits instructions, but + * the userspace uses 32 bits. + * @get_unmapped_area: called by the mmap() syscall, used when %!CONFIG_MMU + * @mmap: operations needed to implement the mmap() syscall + * @open: operations needed to implement the open() syscall + * @release: operations needed to implement the release() syscall + * + * .. note:: + * + * Those operations are used to implemente the fs struct file_operations + * at the V4L2 drivers. The V4L2 core overrides the fs ops with some + * extra logic needed by the subsystem. + */ struct v4l2_file_operations { struct module *owner; ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); - unsigned int (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *); - long (*ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); + __poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *); long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT long (*compat_ioctl32) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); @@ -80,158 +216,450 @@ struct v4l2_file_operations { /* * Newer version of video_device, handled by videodev2.c - * This version moves redundant code from video device code to + * This version moves redundant code from video device code to * the common handler */ -struct video_device -{ +/** + * struct video_device - Structure used to create and manage the V4L2 device + * nodes. + * + * @entity: &struct media_entity + * @intf_devnode: pointer to &struct media_intf_devnode + * @pipe: &struct media_pipeline + * @fops: pointer to &struct v4l2_file_operations for the video device + * @device_caps: device capabilities as used in v4l2_capabilities + * @dev: &struct device for the video device + * @cdev: character device + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device parent + * @dev_parent: pointer to &struct device parent + * @ctrl_handler: Control handler associated with this device node. + * May be NULL. + * @queue: &struct vb2_queue associated with this device node. May be NULL. + * @prio: pointer to &struct v4l2_prio_state with device's Priority state. + * If NULL, then v4l2_dev->prio will be used. + * @name: video device name + * @vfl_type: V4L device type, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type + * @vfl_dir: V4L receiver, transmitter or m2m + * @minor: device node 'minor'. It is set to -1 if the registration failed + * @num: number of the video device node + * @flags: video device flags. Use bitops to set/clear/test flags. + * Contains a set of &enum v4l2_video_device_flags. + * @index: attribute to differentiate multiple indices on one physical device + * @fh_lock: Lock for all v4l2_fhs + * @fh_list: List of &struct v4l2_fh + * @dev_debug: Internal device debug flags, not for use by drivers + * @tvnorms: Supported tv norms + * + * @release: video device release() callback + * @ioctl_ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_ioctl_ops with ioctl callbacks + * + * @valid_ioctls: bitmap with the valid ioctls for this device + * @lock: pointer to &struct mutex serialization lock + * + * .. note:: + * Only set @dev_parent if that can't be deduced from @v4l2_dev. + */ + +struct video_device { #if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) struct media_entity entity; + struct media_intf_devnode *intf_devnode; + struct media_pipeline pipe; #endif - /* device ops */ const struct v4l2_file_operations *fops; + u32 device_caps; + /* sysfs */ - struct device dev; /* v4l device */ - struct cdev *cdev; /* character device */ + struct device dev; + struct cdev *cdev; - struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; /* v4l2_device parent */ - /* Only set parent if that can't be deduced from v4l2_dev */ - struct device *dev_parent; /* device parent */ + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; + struct device *dev_parent; - /* Control handler associated with this device node. May be NULL. */ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler; - /* vb2_queue associated with this device node. May be NULL. */ struct vb2_queue *queue; - /* Priority state. If NULL, then v4l2_dev->prio will be used. */ struct v4l2_prio_state *prio; /* device info */ - char name[32]; - int vfl_type; /* device type */ - int vfl_dir; /* receiver, transmitter or m2m */ - /* 'minor' is set to -1 if the registration failed */ + char name[64]; + enum vfl_devnode_type vfl_type; + enum vfl_devnode_direction vfl_dir; int minor; u16 num; - /* use bitops to set/clear/test flags */ unsigned long flags; - /* attribute to differentiate multiple indices on one physical device */ int index; /* V4L2 file handles */ - spinlock_t fh_lock; /* Lock for all v4l2_fhs */ - struct list_head fh_list; /* List of struct v4l2_fh */ + spinlock_t fh_lock; + struct list_head fh_list; - int debug; /* Activates debug level*/ + int dev_debug; - /* Video standard vars */ - v4l2_std_id tvnorms; /* Supported tv norms */ + v4l2_std_id tvnorms; /* callbacks */ void (*release)(struct video_device *vdev); - - /* ioctl callbacks */ const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops *ioctl_ops; DECLARE_BITMAP(valid_ioctls, BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE); - /* serialization lock */ - DECLARE_BITMAP(disable_locking, BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE); struct mutex *lock; }; -#define media_entity_to_video_device(__e) \ - container_of(__e, struct video_device, entity) -/* dev to video-device */ -#define to_video_device(cd) container_of(cd, struct video_device, dev) +/** + * media_entity_to_video_device - Returns a &struct video_device from + * the &struct media_entity embedded on it. + * + * @__entity: pointer to &struct media_entity, may be NULL + */ +#define media_entity_to_video_device(__entity) \ +({ \ + typeof(__entity) __me_vdev_ent = __entity; \ + \ + __me_vdev_ent ? \ + container_of_const(__me_vdev_ent, struct video_device, \ + entity) : NULL; \ +}) + +/** + * to_video_device - Returns a &struct video_device from the + * &struct device embedded on it. + * + * @cd: pointer to &struct device + */ +#define to_video_device(cd) container_of_const(cd, struct video_device, dev) -int __must_check __video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev, int type, - int nr, int warn_if_nr_in_use, struct module *owner); +/** + * __video_register_device - register video4linux devices + * + * @vdev: struct video_device to register + * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type + * @nr: which device node number is desired: + * (0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free) + * @warn_if_nr_in_use: warn if the desired device node number + * was already in use and another number was chosen instead. + * @owner: module that owns the video device node + * + * The registration code assigns minor numbers and device node numbers + * based on the requested type and registers the new device node with + * the kernel. + * + * This function assumes that struct video_device was zeroed when it + * was allocated and does not contain any stale date. + * + * An error is returned if no free minor or device node number could be + * found, or if the registration of the device node failed. + * + * Returns 0 on success. + * + * .. note:: + * + * This function is meant to be used only inside the V4L2 core. + * Drivers should use video_register_device() or + * video_register_device_no_warn(). + */ +int __must_check __video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev, + enum vfl_devnode_type type, + int nr, int warn_if_nr_in_use, + struct module *owner); -/* Register video devices. Note that if video_register_device fails, - the release() callback of the video_device structure is *not* called, so - the caller is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that - you call video_device_release() on failure. */ +/** + * video_register_device - register video4linux devices + * + * @vdev: struct video_device to register + * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type + * @nr: which device node number is desired: + * (0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free) + * + * Internally, it calls __video_register_device(). Please see its + * documentation for more details. + * + * .. note:: + * if video_register_device fails, the release() callback of + * &struct video_device structure is *not* called, so the caller + * is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that + * you video_device_release() should be called on failure. + */ static inline int __must_check video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev, - int type, int nr) + enum vfl_devnode_type type, + int nr) { return __video_register_device(vdev, type, nr, 1, vdev->fops->owner); } -/* Same as video_register_device, but no warning is issued if the desired - device node number was already in use. */ -static inline int __must_check video_register_device_no_warn( - struct video_device *vdev, int type, int nr) +/** + * video_register_device_no_warn - register video4linux devices + * + * @vdev: struct video_device to register + * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type + * @nr: which device node number is desired: + * (0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free) + * + * This function is identical to video_register_device() except that no + * warning is issued if the desired device node number was already in use. + * + * Internally, it calls __video_register_device(). Please see its + * documentation for more details. + * + * .. note:: + * if video_register_device fails, the release() callback of + * &struct video_device structure is *not* called, so the caller + * is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that + * you video_device_release() should be called on failure. + */ +static inline int __must_check +video_register_device_no_warn(struct video_device *vdev, + enum vfl_devnode_type type, int nr) { return __video_register_device(vdev, type, nr, 0, vdev->fops->owner); } -/* Unregister video devices. Will do nothing if vdev == NULL or - video_is_registered() returns false. */ +/** + * video_unregister_device - Unregister video devices. + * + * @vdev: &struct video_device to register + * + * Does nothing if vdev == NULL or if video_is_registered() returns false. + */ void video_unregister_device(struct video_device *vdev); -/* helper functions to alloc/release struct video_device, the - latter can also be used for video_device->release(). */ +/** + * video_device_alloc - helper function to alloc &struct video_device + * + * Returns NULL if %-ENOMEM or a &struct video_device on success. + */ struct video_device * __must_check video_device_alloc(void); -/* this release function frees the vdev pointer */ +/** + * video_device_release - helper function to release &struct video_device + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * + * Can also be used for video_device->release\(\). + */ void video_device_release(struct video_device *vdev); -/* this release function does nothing, use when the video_device is a - static global struct. Note that having a static video_device is - a dubious construction at best. */ +/** + * video_device_release_empty - helper function to implement the + * video_device->release\(\) callback. + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * + * This release function does nothing. + * + * It should be used when the video_device is a static global struct. + * + * .. note:: + * Having a static video_device is a dubious construction at best. + */ void video_device_release_empty(struct video_device *vdev); -/* returns true if cmd is a known V4L2 ioctl */ -bool v4l2_is_known_ioctl(unsigned int cmd); - -/* mark that this command shouldn't use core locking */ -static inline void v4l2_disable_ioctl_locking(struct video_device *vdev, unsigned int cmd) -{ - if (_IOC_NR(cmd) < BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE) - set_bit(_IOC_NR(cmd), vdev->disable_locking); -} - -/* Mark that this command isn't implemented. This must be called before - video_device_register. See also the comments in determine_valid_ioctls(). - This function allows drivers to provide just one v4l2_ioctl_ops struct, but - disable ioctls based on the specific card that is actually found. */ -static inline void v4l2_disable_ioctl(struct video_device *vdev, unsigned int cmd) +/** + * v4l2_disable_ioctl- mark that a given command isn't implemented. + * shouldn't use core locking + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @cmd: ioctl command + * + * This function allows drivers to provide just one v4l2_ioctl_ops struct, but + * disable ioctls based on the specific card that is actually found. + * + * .. note:: + * + * This must be called before video_register_device. + * See also the comments for determine_valid_ioctls(). + */ +static inline void v4l2_disable_ioctl(struct video_device *vdev, + unsigned int cmd) { if (_IOC_NR(cmd) < BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE) set_bit(_IOC_NR(cmd), vdev->valid_ioctls); } -/* helper functions to access driver private data. */ +/** + * video_get_drvdata - gets private data from &struct video_device. + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * + * returns a pointer to the private data + */ static inline void *video_get_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev) { return dev_get_drvdata(&vdev->dev); } +/** + * video_set_drvdata - sets private data from &struct video_device. + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @data: private data pointer + */ static inline void video_set_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev, void *data) { dev_set_drvdata(&vdev->dev, data); } +/** + * video_devdata - gets &struct video_device from struct file. + * + * @file: pointer to struct file + */ struct video_device *video_devdata(struct file *file); -/* Combine video_get_drvdata and video_devdata as this is - used very often. */ +/** + * video_drvdata - gets private data from &struct video_device using the + * struct file. + * + * @file: pointer to struct file + * + * This is function combines both video_get_drvdata() and video_devdata() + * as this is used very often. + */ static inline void *video_drvdata(struct file *file) { return video_get_drvdata(video_devdata(file)); } +/** + * video_device_node_name - returns the video device name + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * + * Returns the device name string + */ static inline const char *video_device_node_name(struct video_device *vdev) { return dev_name(&vdev->dev); } +/** + * video_is_registered - returns true if the &struct video_device is registered. + * + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + */ static inline int video_is_registered(struct video_device *vdev) { return test_bit(V4L2_FL_REGISTERED, &vdev->flags); } +/** + * v4l2_debugfs_root - returns the dentry of the top-level "v4l2" debugfs dir + * + * If this directory does not yet exist, then it will be created. + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_FS +struct dentry *v4l2_debugfs_root(void); +#else +static inline struct dentry *v4l2_debugfs_root(void) +{ + return NULL; +} +#endif + +#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) + +/** + * video_device_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming + * @vdev: Starting video device + * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all entities in the pipeline. + * + * Mark all entities connected to a given video device through enabled links, + * either directly or indirectly, as streaming. The given pipeline object is + * assigned to every pad in the pipeline and stored in the media_pad pipe + * field. + * + * Calls to this function can be nested, in which case the same number of + * video_device_pipeline_stop() calls will be required to stop streaming. The + * pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to + * video_device_pipeline_start(). + * + * The video device must contain a single pad. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper around media_pipeline_start(). + */ +__must_check int video_device_pipeline_start(struct video_device *vdev, + struct media_pipeline *pipe); + +/** + * __video_device_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming + * @vdev: Starting video device + * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all entities in the pipeline. + * + * ..note:: This is the non-locking version of video_device_pipeline_start() + * + * The video device must contain a single pad. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper around __media_pipeline_start(). + */ +__must_check int __video_device_pipeline_start(struct video_device *vdev, + struct media_pipeline *pipe); + +/** + * video_device_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming + * @vdev: Starting video device + * + * Mark all entities connected to a given video device through enabled links, + * either directly or indirectly, as not streaming. The media_pad pipe field + * is reset to %NULL. + * + * If multiple calls to media_pipeline_start() have been made, the same + * number of calls to this function are required to mark the pipeline as not + * streaming. + * + * The video device must contain a single pad. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper around media_pipeline_stop(). + */ +void video_device_pipeline_stop(struct video_device *vdev); + +/** + * __video_device_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming + * @vdev: Starting video device + * + * .. note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_stop() + * + * The video device must contain a single pad. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper around __media_pipeline_stop(). + */ +void __video_device_pipeline_stop(struct video_device *vdev); + +/** + * video_device_pipeline_alloc_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming + * @vdev: Starting video device + * + * video_device_pipeline_alloc_start() is similar to video_device_pipeline_start() + * but instead of working on a given pipeline the function will use an + * existing pipeline if the video device is already part of a pipeline, or + * allocate a new pipeline. + * + * Calls to video_device_pipeline_alloc_start() must be matched with + * video_device_pipeline_stop(). + */ +__must_check int video_device_pipeline_alloc_start(struct video_device *vdev); + +/** + * video_device_pipeline - Get the media pipeline a video device is part of + * @vdev: The video device + * + * This function returns the media pipeline that a video device has been + * associated with when constructing the pipeline with + * video_device_pipeline_start(). The pointer remains valid until + * video_device_pipeline_stop() is called. + * + * Return: The media_pipeline the video device is part of, or NULL if the video + * device is not part of any pipeline. + * + * The video device must contain a single pad. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper around media_entity_pipeline(). + */ +struct media_pipeline *video_device_pipeline(struct video_device *vdev); + +#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */ + #endif /* _V4L2_DEV_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-device.h index c9b1593923f6..25f69b1b8db0 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-device.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-device.h @@ -1,21 +1,9 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* V4L2 device support header. - Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> + Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */ #ifndef _V4L2_DEVICE_H @@ -25,115 +13,308 @@ #include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> #include <media/v4l2-dev.h> -/* Each instance of a V4L2 device should create the v4l2_device struct, - either stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct. - - It allows easy access to sub-devices (see v4l2-subdev.h) and provides - basic V4L2 device-level support. - */ - -#define V4L2_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE (20 + 16) - struct v4l2_ctrl_handler; +/** + * struct v4l2_device - main struct to for V4L2 device drivers + * + * @dev: pointer to struct device. + * @mdev: pointer to struct media_device, may be NULL. + * @subdevs: used to keep track of the registered subdevs + * @lock: lock this struct; can be used by the driver as well + * if this struct is embedded into a larger struct. + * @name: unique device name, by default the driver name + bus ID + * @notify: notify operation called by some sub-devices. + * @ctrl_handler: The control handler. May be %NULL. + * @prio: Device's priority state + * @ref: Keep track of the references to this struct. + * @release: Release function that is called when the ref count + * goes to 0. + * + * Each instance of a V4L2 device should create the v4l2_device struct, + * either stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct. + * + * It allows easy access to sub-devices (see v4l2-subdev.h) and provides + * basic V4L2 device-level support. + * + * .. note:: + * + * #) @dev->driver_data points to this struct. + * #) @dev might be %NULL if there is no parent device + */ struct v4l2_device { - /* dev->driver_data points to this struct. - Note: dev might be NULL if there is no parent device - as is the case with e.g. ISA devices. */ struct device *dev; -#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) struct media_device *mdev; -#endif - /* used to keep track of the registered subdevs */ struct list_head subdevs; - /* lock this struct; can be used by the driver as well if this - struct is embedded into a larger struct. */ spinlock_t lock; - /* unique device name, by default the driver name + bus ID */ - char name[V4L2_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE]; - /* notify callback called by some sub-devices. */ + char name[36]; void (*notify)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int notification, void *arg); - /* The control handler. May be NULL. */ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler; - /* Device's priority state */ struct v4l2_prio_state prio; - /* BKL replacement mutex. Temporary solution only. */ - struct mutex ioctl_lock; - /* Keep track of the references to this struct. */ struct kref ref; - /* Release function that is called when the ref count goes to 0. */ void (*release)(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); }; +/** + * v4l2_device_get - gets a V4L2 device reference + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device + * + * This is an ancillary routine meant to increment the usage for the + * struct &v4l2_device pointed by @v4l2_dev. + */ static inline void v4l2_device_get(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev) { kref_get(&v4l2_dev->ref); } +/** + * v4l2_device_put - puts a V4L2 device reference + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device + * + * This is an ancillary routine meant to decrement the usage for the + * struct &v4l2_device pointed by @v4l2_dev. + */ int v4l2_device_put(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); -/* Initialize v4l2_dev and make dev->driver_data point to v4l2_dev. - dev may be NULL in rare cases (ISA devices). In that case you - must fill in the v4l2_dev->name field before calling this function. */ -int __must_check v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev, struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); - -/* Optional function to initialize the name field of struct v4l2_device using - the driver name and a driver-global atomic_t instance. - This function will increment the instance counter and returns the instance - value used in the name. - - Example: - - static atomic_t drv_instance = ATOMIC_INIT(0); - - ... - - instance = v4l2_device_set_name(&v4l2_dev, "foo", &drv_instance); - - The first time this is called the name field will be set to foo0 and - this function returns 0. If the name ends with a digit (e.g. cx18), - then the name will be set to cx18-0 since cx180 looks really odd. */ +/** + * v4l2_device_register - Initialize v4l2_dev and make @dev->driver_data + * point to @v4l2_dev. + * + * @dev: pointer to struct &device + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device + * + * .. note:: + * @dev may be %NULL in rare cases (ISA devices). + * In such case the caller must fill in the @v4l2_dev->name field + * before calling this function. + */ +int __must_check v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev, + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +/** + * v4l2_device_set_name - Optional function to initialize the + * name field of struct &v4l2_device + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device + * @basename: base name for the device name + * @instance: pointer to a static atomic_t var with the instance usage for + * the device driver. + * + * v4l2_device_set_name() initializes the name field of struct &v4l2_device + * using the driver name and a driver-global atomic_t instance. + * + * This function will increment the instance counter and returns the + * instance value used in the name. + * + * Example: + * + * static atomic_t drv_instance = ATOMIC_INIT(0); + * + * ... + * + * instance = v4l2_device_set_name(&\ v4l2_dev, "foo", &\ drv_instance); + * + * The first time this is called the name field will be set to foo0 and + * this function returns 0. If the name ends with a digit (e.g. cx18), + * then the name will be set to cx18-0 since cx180 would look really odd. + */ int v4l2_device_set_name(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, const char *basename, - atomic_t *instance); - -/* Set v4l2_dev->dev to NULL. Call when the USB parent disconnects. - Since the parent disappears this ensures that v4l2_dev doesn't have an - invalid parent pointer. */ + atomic_t *instance); + +/** + * v4l2_device_disconnect - Change V4L2 device state to disconnected. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device + * + * Should be called when the USB parent disconnects. + * Since the parent disappears, this ensures that @v4l2_dev doesn't have + * an invalid parent pointer. + * + * .. note:: This function sets @v4l2_dev->dev to NULL. + */ void v4l2_device_disconnect(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); -/* Unregister all sub-devices and any other resources related to v4l2_dev. */ +/** + * v4l2_device_unregister - Unregister all sub-devices and any other + * resources related to @v4l2_dev. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device + */ void v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); -/* Register a subdev with a v4l2 device. While registered the subdev module - is marked as in-use. An error is returned if the module is no longer - loaded when you attempt to register it. */ -int __must_check v4l2_device_register_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, - struct v4l2_subdev *sd); -/* Unregister a subdev with a v4l2 device. Can also be called if the subdev - wasn't registered. In that case it will do nothing. */ +/** + * v4l2_device_register_subdev - Registers a subdev with a v4l2 device. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * + * While registered, the subdev module is marked as in-use. + * + * An error is returned if the module is no longer loaded on any attempts + * to register it. + */ +#define v4l2_device_register_subdev(v4l2_dev, sd) \ + __v4l2_device_register_subdev(v4l2_dev, sd, THIS_MODULE) +int __must_check __v4l2_device_register_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, + struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct module *module); + +/** + * v4l2_device_unregister_subdev - Unregisters a subdev with a v4l2 device. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * + * .. note :: + * + * Can also be called if the subdev wasn't registered. In such + * case, it will do nothing. + */ void v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); -/* Register device nodes for all subdev of the v4l2 device that are marked with - * the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag. +/** + * __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes - Registers device nodes for + * all subdevs of the v4l2 device that are marked with the + * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device + * @read_only: subdevices read-only flag. True to register the subdevices + * device nodes in read-only mode, false to allow full access to the + * subdevice userspace API. */ int __must_check -v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); +__v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, + bool read_only); + +/** + * v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes - Registers subdevices device nodes with + * unrestricted access to the subdevice userspace operations + * + * Internally calls __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). See its documentation + * for more details. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device + */ +static inline int __must_check +v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API) + return __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(v4l2_dev, false); +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/** + * v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes - Registers subdevices device nodes + * in read-only mode + * + * Internally calls __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). See its documentation + * for more details. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device + */ +static inline int __must_check +v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API) + return __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(v4l2_dev, true); +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_notify - Sends a notification to v4l2_device. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @notification: type of notification. Please notice that the notification + * type is driver-specific. + * @arg: arguments for the notification. Those are specific to each + * notification type. + */ +static inline void v4l2_subdev_notify(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + unsigned int notification, void *arg) +{ + if (sd && sd->v4l2_dev && sd->v4l2_dev->notify) + sd->v4l2_dev->notify(sd, notification, arg); +} + +/** + * v4l2_device_supports_requests - Test if requests are supported. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device + */ +static inline bool v4l2_device_supports_requests(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev) +{ + return v4l2_dev->mdev && v4l2_dev->mdev->ops && + v4l2_dev->mdev->ops->req_queue; +} -/* Iterate over all subdevs. */ +/* Helper macros to iterate over all subdevs. */ + +/** + * v4l2_device_for_each_subdev - Helper macro that interates over all + * sub-devices of a given &v4l2_device. + * + * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all + * &struct v4l2_subdev pointer used as an iterator by the loop. + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * + * This macro iterates over all sub-devices owned by the @v4l2_dev device. + * It acts as a for loop iterator and executes the next statement with + * the @sd variable pointing to each sub-device in turn. + */ #define v4l2_device_for_each_subdev(sd, v4l2_dev) \ list_for_each_entry(sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) -/* Call the specified callback for all subdevs matching the condition. - Ignore any errors. Note that you cannot add or delete a subdev - while walking the subdevs list. */ +/** + * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevs matching the condition. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all + * &struct v4l2_subdev pointer used as an iterator by the loop. + * @cond: condition to be match + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Ignore any errors. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ #define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, sd, cond, o, f, args...) \ - do { \ + do { \ list_for_each_entry((sd), &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) \ if ((cond) && (sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f) \ (sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args); \ } while (0) +/** + * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevs matching the condition. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @cond: condition to be match + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Ignore any errors. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ #define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs(v4l2_dev, cond, o, f, args...) \ do { \ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ @@ -142,23 +323,65 @@ v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); f , ##args); \ } while (0) -/* Call the specified callback for all subdevs matching the condition. - If the callback returns an error other than 0 or -ENOIOCTLCMD, then - return with that error code. Note that you cannot add or delete a - subdev while walking the subdevs list. */ +/** + * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevs matching the condition. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all + * &struct v4l2_subdev sub-devices associated with @v4l2_dev. + * @cond: condition to be match + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Return: + * + * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD`` + * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code, zero + * otherwise. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ #define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, sd, cond, o, f, args...) \ -({ \ +({ \ long __err = 0; \ \ list_for_each_entry((sd), &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) { \ if ((cond) && (sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f) \ __err = (sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args); \ if (__err && __err != -ENOIOCTLCMD) \ - break; \ - } \ + break; \ + } \ (__err == -ENOIOCTLCMD) ? 0 : __err; \ }) +/** + * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevs matching the condition. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @cond: condition to be match + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Return: + * + * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD`` + * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code, + * zero otherwise. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ #define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err(v4l2_dev, cond, o, f, args...) \ ({ \ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ @@ -166,35 +389,175 @@ v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); f , ##args); \ }) -/* Call the specified callback for all subdevs matching grp_id (if 0, then - match them all). Ignore any errors. Note that you cannot add or delete - a subdev while walking the subdevs list. */ +/** + * v4l2_device_call_all - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevs matching the &v4l2_subdev.grp_id, as assigned + * by the bridge driver. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match. + * Use 0 to match them all. + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Ignore any errors. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ #define v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...) \ do { \ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ \ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \ - !(grpid) || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f , \ + (grpid) == 0 || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f , \ ##args); \ } while (0) -/* Call the specified callback for all subdevs matching grp_id (if 0, then - match them all). If the callback returns an error other than 0 or - -ENOIOCTLCMD, then return with that error code. Note that you cannot - add or delete a subdev while walking the subdevs list. */ -#define v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...) \ +/** + * v4l2_device_call_until_err - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevs matching the &v4l2_subdev.grp_id, as assigned + * by the bridge driver, until an error occurs. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match. + * Use 0 to match them all. + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Return: + * + * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD`` + * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code, + * zero otherwise. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ +#define v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...) \ ({ \ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \ - !(grpid) || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f , \ + (grpid) == 0 || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f , \ ##args); \ }) -#define v4l2_device_has_op(v4l2_dev, o, f) \ +/** + * v4l2_device_mask_call_all - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevices where a group ID matches a specified bitmask. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id + * group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all. + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Ignore any errors. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ +#define v4l2_device_mask_call_all(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f, args...) \ + do { \ + struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ + \ + __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \ + (grpmsk) == 0 || (__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)), o, \ + f , ##args); \ + } while (0) + +/** + * v4l2_device_mask_call_until_err - Calls the specified operation for + * all subdevices where a group ID matches a specified bitmask. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id + * group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all. + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Return: + * + * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD`` + * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code, + * zero otherwise. + * + * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking + * the subdevs list. + */ +#define v4l2_device_mask_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f, args...) \ +({ \ + struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ + __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \ + (grpmsk) == 0 || (__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)), o, \ + f , ##args); \ +}) + + +/** + * v4l2_device_has_op - checks if any subdev with matching grpid has a + * given ops. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match. + * Use 0 to match them all. + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + */ +#define v4l2_device_has_op(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f) \ +({ \ + struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ + bool __result = false; \ + list_for_each_entry(__sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) { \ + if ((grpid) && __sd->grp_id != (grpid)) \ + continue; \ + if (v4l2_subdev_has_op(__sd, o, f)) { \ + __result = true; \ + break; \ + } \ + } \ + __result; \ +}) + +/** + * v4l2_device_mask_has_op - checks if any subdev with matching group + * mask has a given ops. + * + * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over. + * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id + * group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all. + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of operations functions. + * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches. + * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + */ +#define v4l2_device_mask_has_op(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f) \ ({ \ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \ bool __result = false; \ list_for_each_entry(__sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) { \ + if ((grpmsk) && !(__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk))) \ + continue; \ if (v4l2_subdev_has_op(__sd, o, f)) { \ __result = true; \ break; \ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h b/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2b42e5d81f9e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * v4l2-dv-timings - Internal header with dv-timings helper functions + * + * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef __V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H +#define __V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H + +#include <linux/debugfs.h> +#include <linux/videodev2.h> + +/** + * v4l2_calc_timeperframe - helper function to calculate timeperframe based + * v4l2_dv_timings fields. + * @t: Timings for the video mode. + * + * Calculates the expected timeperframe using the pixel clock value and + * horizontal/vertical measures. This means that v4l2_dv_timings structure + * must be correctly and fully filled. + */ +struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_timeperframe(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t); + +/* + * v4l2_dv_timings_presets: list of all dv_timings presets. + */ +extern const struct v4l2_dv_timings v4l2_dv_timings_presets[]; + +/** + * typedef v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc - timings check callback + * + * @t: the v4l2_dv_timings struct. + * @handle: a handle from the driver. + * + * Returns true if the given timings are valid. + */ +typedef bool v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, void *handle); + +/** + * v4l2_valid_dv_timings() - are these timings valid? + * + * @t: the v4l2_dv_timings struct. + * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities. + * @fnc: callback to check if this timing is OK. May be NULL. + * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc. + * + * Returns true if the given dv_timings struct is supported by the + * hardware capabilities and the callback function (if non-NULL), returns + * false otherwise. + */ +bool v4l2_valid_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap, + v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc, + void *fnc_handle); + +/** + * v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap() - Helper function to enumerate possible DV + * timings based on capabilities + * + * @t: the v4l2_enum_dv_timings struct. + * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities. + * @fnc: callback to check if this timing is OK. May be NULL. + * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc. + * + * This enumerates dv_timings using the full list of possible CEA-861 and DMT + * timings, filtering out any timings that are not supported based on the + * hardware capabilities and the callback function (if non-NULL). + * + * If a valid timing for the given index is found, it will fill in @t and + * return 0, otherwise it returns -EINVAL. + */ +int v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap(struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *t, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap, + v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc, + void *fnc_handle); + +/** + * v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap() - Find the closest timings struct + * + * @t: the v4l2_enum_dv_timings struct. + * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities. + * @pclock_delta: maximum delta between t->pixelclock and the timing struct + * under consideration. + * @fnc: callback to check if a given timings struct is OK. May be NULL. + * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc. + * + * This function tries to map the given timings to an entry in the + * full list of possible CEA-861 and DMT timings, filtering out any timings + * that are not supported based on the hardware capabilities and the callback + * function (if non-NULL). + * + * On success it will fill in @t with the found timings and it returns true. + * On failure it will return false. + */ +bool v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap(struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap, + unsigned pclock_delta, + v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc, + void *fnc_handle); + +/** + * v4l2_find_dv_timings_cea861_vic() - find timings based on CEA-861 VIC + * @t: the timings data. + * @vic: CEA-861 VIC code + * + * On success it will fill in @t with the found timings and it returns true. + * On failure it will return false. + */ +bool v4l2_find_dv_timings_cea861_vic(struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, u8 vic); + +/** + * v4l2_match_dv_timings() - do two timings match? + * + * @measured: the measured timings data. + * @standard: the timings according to the standard. + * @pclock_delta: maximum delta in Hz between standard->pixelclock and + * the measured timings. + * @match_reduced_fps: if true, then fail if V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS does not + * match. + * + * Returns true if the two timings match, returns false otherwise. + */ +bool v4l2_match_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *measured, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings *standard, + unsigned pclock_delta, bool match_reduced_fps); + +/** + * v4l2_print_dv_timings() - log the contents of a dv_timings struct + * @dev_prefix:device prefix for each log line. + * @prefix: additional prefix for each log line, may be NULL. + * @t: the timings data. + * @detailed: if true, give a detailed log. + */ +void v4l2_print_dv_timings(const char *dev_prefix, const char *prefix, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, bool detailed); + +/** + * v4l2_detect_cvt - detect if the given timings follow the CVT standard + * + * @frame_height: the total height of the frame (including blanking) in lines. + * @hfreq: the horizontal frequency in Hz. + * @vsync: the height of the vertical sync in lines. + * @active_width: active width of image (does not include blanking). This + * information is needed only in case of version 2 of reduced blanking. + * In other cases, this parameter does not have any effect on timings. + * @polarities: the horizontal and vertical polarities (same as struct + * v4l2_bt_timings polarities). + * @interlaced: if this flag is true, it indicates interlaced format + * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities. + * @fmt: the resulting timings. + * + * This function will attempt to detect if the given values correspond to a + * valid CVT format. If so, then it will return true, and fmt will be filled + * in with the found CVT timings. + */ +bool v4l2_detect_cvt(unsigned int frame_height, unsigned int hfreq, + unsigned int vsync, unsigned int active_width, + u32 polarities, bool interlaced, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt); + +/** + * v4l2_detect_gtf - detect if the given timings follow the GTF standard + * + * @frame_height: the total height of the frame (including blanking) in lines. + * @hfreq: the horizontal frequency in Hz. + * @vsync: the height of the vertical sync in lines. + * @polarities: the horizontal and vertical polarities (same as struct + * v4l2_bt_timings polarities). + * @interlaced: if this flag is true, it indicates interlaced format + * @aspect: preferred aspect ratio. GTF has no method of determining the + * aspect ratio in order to derive the image width from the + * image height, so it has to be passed explicitly. Usually + * the native screen aspect ratio is used for this. If it + * is not filled in correctly, then 16:9 will be assumed. + * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities. + * @fmt: the resulting timings. + * + * This function will attempt to detect if the given values correspond to a + * valid GTF format. If so, then it will return true, and fmt will be filled + * in with the found GTF timings. + */ +bool v4l2_detect_gtf(unsigned int frame_height, unsigned int hfreq, + unsigned int vsync, u32 polarities, bool interlaced, + struct v4l2_fract aspect, + const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt); + +/** + * v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio - calculate the aspect ratio based on bytes + * 0x15 and 0x16 from the EDID. + * + * @hor_landscape: byte 0x15 from the EDID. + * @vert_portrait: byte 0x16 from the EDID. + * + * Determines the aspect ratio from the EDID. + * See VESA Enhanced EDID standard, release A, rev 2, section 3.6.2: + * "Horizontal and Vertical Screen Size or Aspect Ratio" + */ +struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio(u8 hor_landscape, u8 vert_portrait); + +/** + * v4l2_dv_timings_aspect_ratio - calculate the aspect ratio based on the + * v4l2_dv_timings information. + * + * @t: the timings data. + */ +struct v4l2_fract v4l2_dv_timings_aspect_ratio(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t); + +/** + * can_reduce_fps - check if conditions for reduced fps are true. + * @bt: v4l2 timing structure + * + * For different timings reduced fps is allowed if the following conditions + * are met: + * + * - For CVT timings: if reduced blanking v2 (vsync == 8) is true. + * - For CEA861 timings: if %V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS flag is true. + */ +static inline bool can_reduce_fps(struct v4l2_bt_timings *bt) +{ + if ((bt->standards & V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT) && (bt->vsync == 8)) + return true; + + if ((bt->standards & V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861) && + (bt->flags & V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS)) + return true; + + return false; +} + +/** + * struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry - describes the HDMI colorimetry information + * @colorspace: enum v4l2_colorspace, the colorspace + * @ycbcr_enc: enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding, Y'CbCr encoding + * @quantization: enum v4l2_quantization, colorspace quantization + * @xfer_func: enum v4l2_xfer_func, colorspace transfer function + */ +struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry { + enum v4l2_colorspace colorspace; + enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding ycbcr_enc; + enum v4l2_quantization quantization; + enum v4l2_xfer_func xfer_func; +}; + +struct hdmi_avi_infoframe; +struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe; + +struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry +v4l2_hdmi_rx_colorimetry(const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *avi, + const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *hdmi, + unsigned int height); + +unsigned int v4l2_num_edid_blocks(const u8 *edid, unsigned int max_blocks); +u16 v4l2_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size, + unsigned int *offset); +void v4l2_set_edid_phys_addr(u8 *edid, unsigned int size, u16 phys_addr); +u16 v4l2_phys_addr_for_input(u16 phys_addr, u8 input); +int v4l2_phys_addr_validate(u16 phys_addr, u16 *parent, u16 *port); + +/* Add support for exporting InfoFrames to debugfs */ + +/* + * HDMI InfoFrames start with a 3 byte header, then a checksum, + * followed by the actual IF payload. + * + * The payload length is limited to 30 bytes according to the HDMI spec, + * but since the length is encoded in 5 bits, it can be 31 bytes theoretically. + * So set the max length as 31 + 3 (header) + 1 (checksum) = 35. + */ +#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_MAX_LEN (35) + +#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_AVI BIT(0) +#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_AUDIO BIT(1) +#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_SPD BIT(2) +#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_HDMI BIT(3) +#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_DRM BIT(4) + +typedef ssize_t (*v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t)(u32 type, void *priv, + struct file *filp, char __user *ubuf, + size_t count, loff_t *ppos); + +struct v4l2_debugfs_if { + struct dentry *if_dir; + void *priv; + + v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t if_read; +}; + +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_FS +struct v4l2_debugfs_if *v4l2_debugfs_if_alloc(struct dentry *root, u32 if_types, + void *priv, + v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t if_read); +void v4l2_debugfs_if_free(struct v4l2_debugfs_if *infoframes); +#else +static inline +struct v4l2_debugfs_if *v4l2_debugfs_if_alloc(struct dentry *root, u32 if_types, + void *priv, + v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t if_read) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline void v4l2_debugfs_if_free(struct v4l2_debugfs_if *infoframes) +{ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-event.h b/include/media/v4l2-event.h index be05d019de25..3a0e2588361c 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-event.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-event.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * v4l2-event.h * @@ -6,20 +7,6 @@ * Copyright (C) 2009--2010 Nokia Corporation. * * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA */ #ifndef V4L2_EVENT_H @@ -29,82 +16,57 @@ #include <linux/videodev2.h> #include <linux/wait.h> -/* - * Overview: - * - * Events are subscribed per-filehandle. An event specification consists of a - * type and is optionally associated with an object identified through the - * 'id' field. So an event is uniquely identified by the (type, id) tuple. - * - * The v4l2-fh struct has a list of subscribed events. The v4l2_subscribed_event - * struct is added to that list, one for every subscribed event. - * - * Each v4l2_subscribed_event struct ends with an array of v4l2_kevent structs. - * This array (ringbuffer, really) is used to store any events raised by the - * driver. The v4l2_kevent struct links into the 'available' list of the - * v4l2_fh struct so VIDIOC_DQEVENT will know which event to dequeue first. - * - * Finally, if the event subscription is associated with a particular object - * such as a V4L2 control, then that object needs to know about that as well - * so that an event can be raised by that object. So the 'node' field can - * be used to link the v4l2_subscribed_event struct into a list of that - * object. - * - * So to summarize: - * - * struct v4l2_fh has two lists: one of the subscribed events, and one of the - * pending events. - * - * struct v4l2_subscribed_event has a ringbuffer of raised (pending) events of - * that particular type. - * - * If struct v4l2_subscribed_event is associated with a specific object, then - * that object will have an internal list of struct v4l2_subscribed_event so - * it knows who subscribed an event to that object. - */ - struct v4l2_fh; struct v4l2_subdev; struct v4l2_subscribed_event; struct video_device; -/** struct v4l2_kevent - Internal kernel event struct. - * @list: List node for the v4l2_fh->available list. - * @sev: Pointer to parent v4l2_subscribed_event. - * @event: The event itself. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_kevent - Internal kernel event struct. + * @list: List node for the v4l2_fh->available list. + * @sev: Pointer to parent v4l2_subscribed_event. + * @event: The event itself. + * @ts: The timestamp of the event. + */ struct v4l2_kevent { struct list_head list; struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev; struct v4l2_event event; + u64 ts; }; -/** struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops - Subscribed event operations. - * @add: Optional callback, called when a new listener is added - * @del: Optional callback, called when a listener stops listening - * @replace: Optional callback that can replace event 'old' with event 'new'. - * @merge: Optional callback that can merge event 'old' into event 'new'. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops - Subscribed event operations. + * + * @add: Optional callback, called when a new listener is added + * @del: Optional callback, called when a listener stops listening + * @replace: Optional callback that can replace event 'old' with event 'new'. + * @merge: Optional callback that can merge event 'old' into event 'new'. + */ struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops { - int (*add)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, unsigned elems); + int (*add)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, unsigned int elems); void (*del)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev); void (*replace)(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new); void (*merge)(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new); }; -/** struct v4l2_subscribed_event - Internal struct representing a subscribed event. - * @list: List node for the v4l2_fh->subscribed list. - * @type: Event type. - * @id: Associated object ID (e.g. control ID). 0 if there isn't any. - * @flags: Copy of v4l2_event_subscription->flags. - * @fh: Filehandle that subscribed to this event. - * @node: List node that hooks into the object's event list (if there is one). - * @ops: v4l2_subscribed_event_ops - * @elems: The number of elements in the events array. - * @first: The index of the events containing the oldest available event. - * @in_use: The number of queued events. - * @events: An array of @elems events. - */ +/** + * struct v4l2_subscribed_event - Internal struct representing a subscribed + * event. + * + * @list: List node for the v4l2_fh->subscribed list. + * @type: Event type. + * @id: Associated object ID (e.g. control ID). 0 if there isn't any. + * @flags: Copy of v4l2_event_subscription->flags. + * @fh: Filehandle that subscribed to this event. + * @node: List node that hooks into the object's event list + * (if there is one). + * @ops: v4l2_subscribed_event_ops + * @elems: The number of elements in the events array. + * @first: The index of the events containing the oldest available event. + * @in_use: The number of queued events. + * @events: An array of @elems events. + */ struct v4l2_subscribed_event { struct list_head list; u32 type; @@ -113,23 +75,134 @@ struct v4l2_subscribed_event { struct v4l2_fh *fh; struct list_head node; const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops; - unsigned elems; - unsigned first; - unsigned in_use; - struct v4l2_kevent events[]; + unsigned int elems; + unsigned int first; + unsigned int in_use; + struct v4l2_kevent events[] __counted_by(elems); }; +/** + * v4l2_event_dequeue - Dequeue events from video device. + * + * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh + * @event: pointer to struct v4l2_event + * @nonblocking: if not zero, waits for an event to arrive + */ int v4l2_event_dequeue(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_event *event, int nonblocking); + +/** + * v4l2_event_queue - Queue events to video device. + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @ev: pointer to &struct v4l2_event + * + * The event will be queued for all &struct v4l2_fh file handlers. + * + * .. note:: + * The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data + * fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2. + */ void v4l2_event_queue(struct video_device *vdev, const struct v4l2_event *ev); + +/** + * v4l2_event_queue_fh - Queue events to video device. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @ev: pointer to &struct v4l2_event + * + * + * The event will be queued only for the specified &struct v4l2_fh file handler. + * + * .. note:: + * The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data + * fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2. + */ void v4l2_event_queue_fh(struct v4l2_fh *fh, const struct v4l2_event *ev); + +/** + * v4l2_event_wake_all - Wake all filehandles. + * + * Used when unregistering a video device. + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + */ +void v4l2_event_wake_all(struct video_device *vdev); + +/** + * v4l2_event_pending - Check if an event is available + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * + * Returns the number of pending events. + */ int v4l2_event_pending(struct v4l2_fh *fh); + +/** + * v4l2_event_subscribe - Subscribes to an event + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + * @elems: size of the events queue + * @ops: pointer to &v4l2_subscribed_event_ops + * + * .. note:: + * + * if @elems is zero, the framework will fill in a default value, + * with is currently 1 element. + */ int v4l2_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, - const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub, unsigned elems, + const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub, + unsigned int elems, const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops); +/** + * v4l2_event_unsubscribe - Unsubscribes to an event + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + */ int v4l2_event_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); +/** + * v4l2_event_unsubscribe_all - Unsubscribes to all events + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + */ void v4l2_event_unsubscribe_all(struct v4l2_fh *fh); -int v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh, + +/** + * v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe - Subdev variant of v4l2_event_unsubscribe() + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + * + * .. note:: + * + * This function should be used for the &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops + * %unsubscribe_event field. + */ +int v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); +/** + * v4l2_src_change_event_subscribe - helper function that calls + * v4l2_event_subscribe() if the event is %V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE. + * + * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + */ +int v4l2_src_change_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, + const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); +/** + * v4l2_src_change_event_subdev_subscribe - Variant of v4l2_event_subscribe(), + * meant to subscribe only events of the type %V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription + */ +int v4l2_src_change_event_subdev_subscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); #endif /* V4L2_EVENT_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-fh.h b/include/media/v4l2-fh.h index a62ee18cb7b7..aad4b3689d7e 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-fh.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-fh.h @@ -1,36 +1,44 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * v4l2-fh.h * * V4L2 file handle. Store per file handle data for the V4L2 - * framework. Using file handles is optional for the drivers. + * framework. Using file handles is mandatory for the drivers. * * Copyright (C) 2009--2010 Nokia Corporation. * * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA */ #ifndef V4L2_FH_H #define V4L2_FH_H +#include <linux/fs.h> +#include <linux/kconfig.h> #include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/videodev2.h> struct video_device; struct v4l2_ctrl_handler; +/** + * struct v4l2_fh - Describes a V4L2 file handler + * + * @list: list of file handlers + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * @ctrl_handler: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler + * @prio: priority of the file handler, as defined by &enum v4l2_priority + * + * @wait: event' s wait queue + * @subscribe_lock: serialise changes to the subscribed list; guarantee that + * the add and del event callbacks are orderly called + * @subscribed: list of subscribed events + * @available: list of events waiting to be dequeued + * @navailable: number of available events at @available list + * @sequence: event sequence number + * + * @m2m_ctx: pointer to &struct v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ struct v4l2_fh { struct list_head list; struct video_device *vdev; @@ -39,59 +47,131 @@ struct v4l2_fh { /* Events */ wait_queue_head_t wait; - struct list_head subscribed; /* Subscribed events */ - struct list_head available; /* Dequeueable event */ + struct mutex subscribe_lock; + struct list_head subscribed; + struct list_head available; unsigned int navailable; u32 sequence; + + struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx; }; -/* - * Initialise the file handle. Parts of the V4L2 framework using the +/** + * file_to_v4l2_fh - Return the v4l2_fh associated with a struct file + * + * @filp: pointer to &struct file + * + * This function should be used by drivers to retrieve the &struct v4l2_fh + * instance pointer stored in the file private_data instead of accessing the + * private_data field directly. + */ +static inline struct v4l2_fh *file_to_v4l2_fh(struct file *filp) +{ + return filp->private_data; +} + +/** + * v4l2_fh_init - Initialise the file handle. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * + * Parts of the V4L2 framework using the * file handles should be initialised in this function. Must be called - * from driver's v4l2_file_operations->open() handler if the driver - * uses v4l2_fh. + * from driver's v4l2_file_operations->open\(\) handler if the driver + * uses &struct v4l2_fh. */ void v4l2_fh_init(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct video_device *vdev); -/* - * Add the fh to the list of file handles on a video_device. The file - * handle must be initialised first. + +/** + * v4l2_fh_add - Add the fh to the list of file handles on a video_device. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @filp: pointer to &struct file associated with @fh + * + * The function sets filp->private_data to point to @fh. + * + * .. note:: + * The @fh file handle must be initialised first. */ -void v4l2_fh_add(struct v4l2_fh *fh); -/* - * Can be used as the open() op of v4l2_file_operations. - * It allocates a v4l2_fh and inits and adds it to the video_device associated - * with the file pointer. +void v4l2_fh_add(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct file *filp); + +/** + * v4l2_fh_open - Ancillary routine that can be used as the open\(\) op + * of v4l2_file_operations. + * + * @filp: pointer to struct file + * + * It allocates a v4l2_fh and inits and adds it to the &struct video_device + * associated with the file pointer. + * + * On error filp->private_data will be %NULL, otherwise it will point to + * the &struct v4l2_fh. */ int v4l2_fh_open(struct file *filp); -/* - * Remove file handle from the list of file handles. Must be called in - * v4l2_file_operations->release() handler if the driver uses v4l2_fh. - * On error filp->private_data will be NULL, otherwise it will point to - * the v4l2_fh struct. + +/** + * v4l2_fh_del - Remove file handle from the list of file handles. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @filp: pointer to &struct file associated with @fh + * + * The function resets filp->private_data to NULL. + * + * .. note:: + * Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release\(\) handler if the driver + * uses &struct v4l2_fh. */ -void v4l2_fh_del(struct v4l2_fh *fh); -/* - * Release resources related to a file handle. Parts of the V4L2 - * framework using the v4l2_fh must release their resources here, too. - * Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release() handler if the - * driver uses v4l2_fh. +void v4l2_fh_del(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct file *filp); + +/** + * v4l2_fh_exit - Release resources related to a file handle. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * + * Parts of the V4L2 framework using the v4l2_fh must release their + * resources here, too. + * + * .. note:: + * Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release\(\) handler if the + * driver uses &struct v4l2_fh. */ void v4l2_fh_exit(struct v4l2_fh *fh); -/* - * Can be used as the release() op of v4l2_file_operations. + +/** + * v4l2_fh_release - Ancillary routine that can be used as the release\(\) op + * of v4l2_file_operations. + * + * @filp: pointer to struct file + * * It deletes and exits the v4l2_fh associated with the file pointer and * frees it. It will do nothing if filp->private_data (the pointer to the - * v4l2_fh struct) is NULL. This function always returns 0. + * v4l2_fh struct) is %NULL. + * + * This function always returns 0. */ int v4l2_fh_release(struct file *filp); -/* - * Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only filehandle opened for the - * associated video_device. If fh is NULL, then it returns 0. + +/** + * v4l2_fh_is_singular - Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only filehandle + * opened for the associated video_device. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * + * If @fh is NULL, then it returns 0. */ int v4l2_fh_is_singular(struct v4l2_fh *fh); -/* - * Helper function with struct file as argument. If filp->private_data is - * NULL, then it will return 0. + +/** + * v4l2_fh_is_singular_file - Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only + * filehandle opened for the associated video_device. + * + * @filp: pointer to struct file + * + * This is a helper function variant of v4l2_fh_is_singular() with uses + * struct file as argument. + * + * If filp->private_data is %NULL, then it will return 0. */ static inline int v4l2_fh_is_singular_file(struct file *filp) { diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h b/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b106e7a74e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * V4L2 flash LED sub-device registration helpers. + * + * Copyright (C) 2015 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd + * Author: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> + */ + +#ifndef _V4L2_FLASH_H +#define _V4L2_FLASH_H + +#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> +#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> + +struct led_classdev_flash; +struct led_classdev; +struct v4l2_flash; +enum led_brightness; + +/** + * struct v4l2_flash_ctrl_data - flash control initialization data, filled + * basing on the features declared by the LED flash + * class driver in the v4l2_flash_config + * @config: initialization data for a control + * @cid: contains v4l2 flash control id if the config + * field was initialized, 0 otherwise + */ +struct v4l2_flash_ctrl_data { + struct v4l2_ctrl_config config; + u32 cid; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_flash_ops - V4L2 flash operations + * + * @external_strobe_set: Setup strobing the flash by hardware pin state + * assertion. + * @intensity_to_led_brightness: Convert intensity to brightness in a device + * specific manner + * @led_brightness_to_intensity: convert brightness to intensity in a device + * specific manner. + */ +struct v4l2_flash_ops { + int (*external_strobe_set)(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, + bool enable); + enum led_brightness (*intensity_to_led_brightness) + (struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, s32 intensity); + s32 (*led_brightness_to_intensity) + (struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, enum led_brightness); +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_flash_config - V4L2 Flash sub-device initialization data + * @dev_name: the name of the media entity, + * unique in the system + * @intensity: non-flash strobe constraints for the LED + * @flash_faults: bitmask of flash faults that the LED flash class + * device can report; corresponding LED_FAULT* bit + * definitions are available in the header file + * <linux/led-class-flash.h> + * @has_external_strobe: external strobe capability + */ +struct v4l2_flash_config { + char dev_name[32]; + struct led_flash_setting intensity; + u32 flash_faults; + unsigned int has_external_strobe:1; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_flash - Flash sub-device context + * @fled_cdev: LED flash class device controlled by this sub-device + * @iled_cdev: LED class device representing indicator LED associated + * with the LED flash class device + * @ops: V4L2 specific flash ops + * @sd: V4L2 sub-device + * @hdl: flash controls handler + * @ctrls: array of pointers to controls, whose values define + * the sub-device state + */ +struct v4l2_flash { + struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev; + struct led_classdev *iled_cdev; + const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops; + + struct v4l2_subdev sd; + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler hdl; + struct v4l2_ctrl **ctrls; +}; + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_to_v4l2_flash - Returns a &struct v4l2_flash from the + * &struct v4l2_subdev embedded on it. + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + */ +static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_subdev_to_v4l2_flash( + struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{ + return container_of(sd, struct v4l2_flash, sd); +} + +/** + * v4l2_ctrl_to_v4l2_flash - Returns a &struct v4l2_flash from the + * &struct v4l2_ctrl embedded on it. + * + * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl + */ +static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_ctrl_to_v4l2_flash(struct v4l2_ctrl *c) +{ + return container_of(c->handler, struct v4l2_flash, hdl); +} + +#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS) +/** + * v4l2_flash_init - initialize V4L2 flash led sub-device + * @dev: flash device, e.g. an I2C device + * @fwn: fwnode_handle of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's + * @fled_cdev: LED flash class device to wrap + * @ops: V4L2 Flash device ops + * @config: initialization data for V4L2 Flash sub-device + * + * Create V4L2 Flash sub-device wrapping given LED subsystem device. + * The ops pointer is stored by the V4L2 flash framework. No + * references are held to config nor its contents once this function + * has returned. + * + * Returns: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, the return + * value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to check and + * PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. + */ +struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_init( + struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn, + struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev, + const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops, struct v4l2_flash_config *config); + +/** + * v4l2_flash_indicator_init - initialize V4L2 indicator sub-device + * @dev: flash device, e.g. an I2C device + * @fwn: fwnode_handle of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's + * @iled_cdev: LED flash class device representing the indicator LED + * @config: initialization data for V4L2 Flash sub-device + * + * Create V4L2 Flash sub-device wrapping given LED subsystem device. + * The ops pointer is stored by the V4L2 flash framework. No + * references are held to config nor its contents once this function + * has returned. + * + * Returns: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, the return + * value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to check and + * PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. + */ +struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_indicator_init( + struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn, + struct led_classdev *iled_cdev, struct v4l2_flash_config *config); + +/** + * v4l2_flash_release - release V4L2 Flash sub-device + * @v4l2_flash: the V4L2 Flash sub-device to release + * + * Release V4L2 Flash sub-device. + */ +void v4l2_flash_release(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash); + +#else +static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_init( + struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn, + struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev, + const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops, struct v4l2_flash_config *config) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_indicator_init( + struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn, + struct led_classdev *iled_cdev, struct v4l2_flash_config *config) +{ + return NULL; +} + +static inline void v4l2_flash_release(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash) +{ +} +#endif /* CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS */ + +#endif /* _V4L2_FLASH_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h b/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7c57c776589 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * V4L2 fwnode binding parsing library + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corporation. + * Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com> + * + * Copyright (C) 2012 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. + * Author: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> + * + * Copyright (C) 2012 Renesas Electronics Corp. + * Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> + */ +#ifndef _V4L2_FWNODE_H +#define _V4L2_FWNODE_H + +#include <linux/errno.h> +#include <linux/fwnode.h> +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/types.h> + +#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h> + +/** + * struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint - the endpoint data structure + * @base: fwnode endpoint of the v4l2_fwnode + * @bus_type: bus type + * @bus: bus configuration data structure + * @bus.parallel: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel. + * Used if the bus is parallel. + * @bus.mipi_csi1: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1. + * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial + * Interface version 1 (MIPI CSI1) or Standard + * Mobile Imaging Architecture's Compact Camera Port 2 + * (SMIA CCP2). + * @bus.mipi_csi2: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2. + * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial + * Interface version 2 (MIPI CSI2). + * @link_frequencies: array of supported link frequencies + * @nr_of_link_frequencies: number of elements in link_frequenccies array + */ +struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint { + struct fwnode_endpoint base; + enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type; + struct { + struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel parallel; + struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 mipi_csi1; + struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2; + } bus; + u64 *link_frequencies; + unsigned int nr_of_link_frequencies; +}; + +/** + * V4L2_FWNODE_PROPERTY_UNSET - identify a non initialized property + * + * All properties in &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties are initialized + * to this value. + */ +#define V4L2_FWNODE_PROPERTY_UNSET (-1U) + +/** + * enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation - possible device orientation + * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_FRONT: device installed on the front side + * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_BACK: device installed on the back side + * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_EXTERNAL: device externally located + */ +enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation { + V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_FRONT, + V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_BACK, + V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_EXTERNAL +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties - fwnode device properties + * @orientation: device orientation. See &enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation + * @rotation: device rotation + */ +struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties { + enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation orientation; + unsigned int rotation; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_fwnode_link - a link between two endpoints + * @local_node: pointer to device_node of this endpoint + * @local_port: identifier of the port this endpoint belongs to + * @local_id: identifier of the id this endpoint belongs to + * @remote_node: pointer to device_node of the remote endpoint + * @remote_port: identifier of the port the remote endpoint belongs to + * @remote_id: identifier of the id the remote endpoint belongs to + */ +struct v4l2_fwnode_link { + struct fwnode_handle *local_node; + unsigned int local_port; + unsigned int local_id; + struct fwnode_handle *remote_node; + unsigned int remote_port; + unsigned int remote_id; +}; + +/** + * enum v4l2_connector_type - connector type + * @V4L2_CONN_UNKNOWN: unknown connector type, no V4L2 connector configuration + * @V4L2_CONN_COMPOSITE: analog composite connector + * @V4L2_CONN_SVIDEO: analog svideo connector + */ +enum v4l2_connector_type { + V4L2_CONN_UNKNOWN, + V4L2_CONN_COMPOSITE, + V4L2_CONN_SVIDEO, +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_connector_link - connector link data structure + * @head: structure to be used to add the link to the + * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector + * @fwnode_link: &struct v4l2_fwnode_link link between the connector and the + * device the connector belongs to. + */ +struct v4l2_connector_link { + struct list_head head; + struct v4l2_fwnode_link fwnode_link; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog - analog connector data structure + * @sdtv_stds: sdtv standards this connector supports, set to V4L2_STD_ALL + * if no restrictions are specified. + */ +struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog { + v4l2_std_id sdtv_stds; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_fwnode_connector - the connector data structure + * @name: the connector device name + * @label: optional connector label + * @type: connector type + * @links: list of all connector &struct v4l2_connector_link links + * @nr_of_links: total number of links + * @connector: connector configuration + * @connector.analog: analog connector configuration + * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog + */ +struct v4l2_fwnode_connector { + const char *name; + const char *label; + enum v4l2_connector_type type; + struct list_head links; + unsigned int nr_of_links; + + union { + struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog analog; + /* future connectors */ + } connector; +}; + +/** + * enum v4l2_fwnode_bus_type - Video bus types defined by firmware properties + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_GUESS: Default value if no bus-type fwnode property + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_CPHY: MIPI CSI-2 bus, C-PHY physical layer + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI1: MIPI CSI-1 bus + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CCP2: SMIA Compact Camera Port 2 bus + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_DPHY: MIPI CSI-2 bus, D-PHY physical layer + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_PARALLEL: Camera Parallel Interface bus + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_BT656: BT.656 video format bus-type + * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_DPI: Video Parallel Interface bus + * @NR_OF_V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE: Number of bus-types + */ +enum v4l2_fwnode_bus_type { + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_GUESS = 0, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_CPHY, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI1, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CCP2, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_DPHY, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_PARALLEL, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_BT656, + V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_DPI, + NR_OF_V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE +}; + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse() - parse all fwnode node properties + * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode handle + * @vep: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode data structure + * + * This function parses the V4L2 fwnode endpoint specific parameters from the + * firmware. There are two ways to use this function, either by letting it + * obtain the type of the bus (by setting the @vep.bus_type field to + * V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN) or specifying the bus type explicitly to one of the &enum + * v4l2_mbus_type types. + * + * When @vep.bus_type is V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, the function will use the "bus-type" + * property to determine the type when it is available. The caller is + * responsible for validating the contents of @vep.bus_type field after the call + * returns. + * + * As a deprecated functionality to support older DT bindings without "bus-type" + * property for devices that support multiple types, if the "bus-type" property + * does not exist, the function will attempt to guess the type based on the + * endpoint properties available. NEVER RELY ON GUESSING THE BUS TYPE IN NEW + * DRIVERS OR BINDINGS. + * + * It is also possible to set @vep.bus_type corresponding to an actual bus. In + * this case the function will only attempt to parse properties related to this + * bus, and it will return an error if the value of the "bus-type" property + * corresponds to a different bus. + * + * The caller is required to initialise all fields of @vep, either with + * explicitly values, or by zeroing them. + * + * The function does not change the V4L2 fwnode endpoint state if it fails. + * + * NOTE: This function does not parse "link-frequencies" property as its size is + * not known in advance. Please use v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() if you + * need properties of variable size. + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure: + * %-ENOMEM on memory allocation failure + * %-EINVAL on parsing failure + * %-ENXIO on mismatching bus types + */ +int v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free() - free the V4L2 fwnode acquired by + * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() + * @vep: the V4L2 fwnode the resources of which are to be released + * + * It is safe to call this function with NULL argument or on a V4L2 fwnode the + * parsing of which failed. + */ +void v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free(struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() - parse all fwnode node properties + * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode handle + * @vep: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode data structure + * + * This function parses the V4L2 fwnode endpoint specific parameters from the + * firmware. There are two ways to use this function, either by letting it + * obtain the type of the bus (by setting the @vep.bus_type field to + * V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN) or specifying the bus type explicitly to one of the &enum + * v4l2_mbus_type types. + * + * When @vep.bus_type is V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, the function will use the "bus-type" + * property to determine the type when it is available. The caller is + * responsible for validating the contents of @vep.bus_type field after the call + * returns. + * + * As a deprecated functionality to support older DT bindings without "bus-type" + * property for devices that support multiple types, if the "bus-type" property + * does not exist, the function will attempt to guess the type based on the + * endpoint properties available. NEVER RELY ON GUESSING THE BUS TYPE IN NEW + * DRIVERS OR BINDINGS. + * + * It is also possible to set @vep.bus_type corresponding to an actual bus. In + * this case the function will only attempt to parse properties related to this + * bus, and it will return an error if the value of the "bus-type" property + * corresponds to a different bus. + * + * The caller is required to initialise all fields of @vep, either with + * explicitly values, or by zeroing them. + * + * The function does not change the V4L2 fwnode endpoint state if it fails. + * + * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() has two important differences to + * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse(): + * + * 1. It also parses variable size data. + * + * 2. The memory it has allocated to store the variable size data must be freed + * using v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free() when no longer needed. + * + * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure: + * %-ENOMEM on memory allocation failure + * %-EINVAL on parsing failure + * %-ENXIO on mismatching bus types + */ +int v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_parse_link() - parse a link between two endpoints + * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode at the local end of the link + * @link: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode link data structure + * + * Fill the link structure with the local and remote nodes and port numbers. + * The local_node and remote_node fields are set to point to the local and + * remote port's parent nodes respectively (the port parent node being the + * parent node of the port node if that node isn't a 'ports' node, or the + * grand-parent node of the port node otherwise). + * + * A reference is taken to both the local and remote nodes, the caller must use + * v4l2_fwnode_put_link() to drop the references when done with the + * link. + * + * Return: 0 on success, or -ENOLINK if the remote endpoint fwnode can't be + * found. + */ +int v4l2_fwnode_parse_link(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + struct v4l2_fwnode_link *link); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_put_link() - drop references to nodes in a link + * @link: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode link data structure + * + * Drop references to the local and remote nodes in the link. This function + * must be called on every link parsed with v4l2_fwnode_parse_link(). + */ +void v4l2_fwnode_put_link(struct v4l2_fwnode_link *link); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_connector_free() - free the V4L2 connector acquired memory + * @connector: the V4L2 connector resources of which are to be released + * + * Free all allocated memory and put all links acquired by + * v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse() and v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link(). + * + * It is safe to call this function with NULL argument or on a V4L2 connector + * the parsing of which failed. + */ +void v4l2_fwnode_connector_free(struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse() - initialize the 'struct v4l2_fwnode_connector' + * @fwnode: pointer to the subdev endpoint's fwnode handle where the connector + * is connected to or to the connector endpoint fwnode handle. + * @connector: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode connector data structure + * + * Fill the &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector with the connector type, label and + * all &enum v4l2_connector_type specific connector data. The label is optional + * so it is set to %NULL if no one was found. The function initialize the links + * to zero. Adding links to the connector is done by calling + * v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link(). + * + * The memory allocated for the label must be freed when no longer needed. + * Freeing the memory is done by v4l2_fwnode_connector_free(). + * + * Return: + * * %0 on success or a negative error code on failure: + * * %-EINVAL if @fwnode is invalid + * * %-ENOTCONN if connector type is unknown or connector device can't be found + */ +int v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link - add a link between a connector node and + * a v4l2-subdev node. + * @fwnode: pointer to the subdev endpoint's fwnode handle where the connector + * is connected to + * @connector: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode connector data structure + * + * Add a new &struct v4l2_connector_link link to the + * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector connector links list. The link local_node + * points to the connector node, the remote_node to the host v4l2 (sub)dev. + * + * The taken references to remote_node and local_node must be dropped and the + * allocated memory must be freed when no longer needed. Both is done by calling + * v4l2_fwnode_connector_free(). + * + * Return: + * * %0 on success or a negative error code on failure: + * * %-EINVAL if @fwnode or @connector is invalid or @connector type is unknown + * * %-ENOMEM on link memory allocation failure + * * %-ENOTCONN if remote connector device can't be found + * * %-ENOLINK if link parsing between v4l2 (sub)dev and connector fails + */ +int v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode, + struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector); + +/** + * v4l2_fwnode_device_parse() - parse fwnode device properties + * @dev: pointer to &struct device + * @props: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties where to store the + * parsed properties values + * + * This function parses and validates the V4L2 fwnode device properties from the + * firmware interface, and fills the @struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties + * provided by the caller. + * + * Return: + * % 0 on success + * %-EINVAL if a parsed property value is not valid + */ +int v4l2_fwnode_device_parse(struct device *dev, + struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties *props); + +/* Helper macros to access the connector links. */ + +/** v4l2_connector_last_link - Helper macro to get the first + * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector link + * @v4l2c: &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector owning the connector links + * + * This marco returns the first added &struct v4l2_connector_link connector + * link or @NULL if the connector has no links. + */ +#define v4l2_connector_first_link(v4l2c) \ + list_first_entry_or_null(&(v4l2c)->links, \ + struct v4l2_connector_link, head) + +/** v4l2_connector_last_link - Helper macro to get the last + * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector link + * @v4l2c: &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector owning the connector links + * + * This marco returns the last &struct v4l2_connector_link added connector link. + */ +#define v4l2_connector_last_link(v4l2c) \ + list_last_entry(&(v4l2c)->links, struct v4l2_connector_link, head) + +#endif /* _V4L2_FWNODE_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-h264.h b/include/media/v4l2-h264.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0d9eaa956123 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-h264.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + * Helper functions for H264 codecs. + * + * Copyright (c) 2019 Collabora, Ltd. + * + * Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@collabora.com> + */ + +#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H +#define _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H + +#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> + +/** + * struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder - Reference list builder object + * + * @refs.top_field_order_cnt: top field order count + * @refs.bottom_field_order_cnt: bottom field order count + * @refs.frame_num: reference frame number + * @refs.longterm: set to true for a long term reference + * @refs: array of references + * @cur_pic_order_count: picture order count of the frame being decoded + * @cur_pic_fields: fields present in the frame being decoded + * @unordered_reflist: unordered list of references. Will be used to generate + * ordered P/B0/B1 lists + * @num_valid: number of valid references in the refs array + * + * This object stores the context of the P/B0/B1 reference list builder. + * This procedure is described in section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference + * picture lists construction' of the H264 spec. + */ +struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder { + struct { + s32 top_field_order_cnt; + s32 bottom_field_order_cnt; + int frame_num; + u16 longterm : 1; + } refs[V4L2_H264_NUM_DPB_ENTRIES]; + + s32 cur_pic_order_count; + u8 cur_pic_fields; + + struct v4l2_h264_reference unordered_reflist[V4L2_H264_REF_LIST_LEN]; + u8 num_valid; +}; + +void +v4l2_h264_init_reflist_builder(struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *b, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params *dec_params, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps *sps, + const struct v4l2_h264_dpb_entry dpb[V4L2_H264_NUM_DPB_ENTRIES]); + +/** + * v4l2_h264_build_b_ref_lists() - Build the B0/B1 reference lists + * + * @builder: reference list builder context + * @b0_reflist: 32 sized array used to store the B0 reference list. Each entry + * is a v4l2_h264_reference structure + * @b1_reflist: 32 sized array used to store the B1 reference list. Each entry + * is a v4l2_h264_reference structure + * + * This functions builds the B0/B1 reference lists. This procedure is described + * in section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference picture lists construction' + * of the H264 spec. This function can be used by H264 decoder drivers that + * need to pass B0/B1 reference lists to the hardware. + */ +void +v4l2_h264_build_b_ref_lists(const struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *builder, + struct v4l2_h264_reference *b0_reflist, + struct v4l2_h264_reference *b1_reflist); + +/** + * v4l2_h264_build_p_ref_list() - Build the P reference list + * + * @builder: reference list builder context + * @reflist: 32 sized array used to store the P reference list. Each entry + * is a v4l2_h264_reference structure + * + * This functions builds the P reference lists. This procedure is describe in + * section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference picture lists construction' + * of the H264 spec. This function can be used by H264 decoder drivers that + * need to pass a P reference list to the hardware. + */ +void +v4l2_h264_build_p_ref_list(const struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *builder, + struct v4l2_h264_reference *reflist); + +#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h b/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h index 10daf92ff1ab..24a7a0bb59ab 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Standard image size definitions * * Copyright (C) 2013, Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef _IMAGE_SIZES_H #define _IMAGE_SIZES_H @@ -13,6 +10,12 @@ #define CIF_WIDTH 352 #define CIF_HEIGHT 288 +#define HD_720_WIDTH 1280 +#define HD_720_HEIGHT 720 + +#define HD_1080_WIDTH 1920 +#define HD_1080_HEIGHT 1080 + #define QCIF_WIDTH 176 #define QCIF_HEIGHT 144 @@ -25,10 +28,19 @@ #define QVGA_WIDTH 320 #define QVGA_HEIGHT 240 +#define SVGA_WIDTH 800 +#define SVGA_HEIGHT 600 + #define SXGA_WIDTH 1280 #define SXGA_HEIGHT 1024 #define VGA_WIDTH 640 #define VGA_HEIGHT 480 +#define UXGA_WIDTH 1600 +#define UXGA_HEIGHT 1200 + +#define XGA_WIDTH 1024 +#define XGA_HEIGHT 768 + #endif /* _IMAGE_SIZES_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-int-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-int-device.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0286c95814ff..000000000000 --- a/include/media/v4l2-int-device.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -/* - * include/media/v4l2-int-device.h - * - * V4L2 internal ioctl interface. - * - * Copyright (C) 2007 Nokia Corporation. - * - * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@nokia.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef V4L2_INT_DEVICE_H -#define V4L2_INT_DEVICE_H - -#include <media/v4l2-common.h> - -#define V4L2NAMESIZE 32 - -/* - * - * The internal V4L2 device interface core. - * - */ - -enum v4l2_int_type { - v4l2_int_type_master = 1, - v4l2_int_type_slave -}; - -struct module; - -struct v4l2_int_device; - -struct v4l2_int_master { - int (*attach)(struct v4l2_int_device *slave); - void (*detach)(struct v4l2_int_device *slave); -}; - -typedef int (v4l2_int_ioctl_func)(struct v4l2_int_device *); -typedef int (v4l2_int_ioctl_func_0)(struct v4l2_int_device *); -typedef int (v4l2_int_ioctl_func_1)(struct v4l2_int_device *, void *); - -struct v4l2_int_ioctl_desc { - int num; - v4l2_int_ioctl_func *func; -}; - -struct v4l2_int_slave { - /* Don't touch master. */ - struct v4l2_int_device *master; - - char attach_to[V4L2NAMESIZE]; - - int num_ioctls; - struct v4l2_int_ioctl_desc *ioctls; -}; - -struct v4l2_int_device { - /* Don't touch head. */ - struct list_head head; - - struct module *module; - - char name[V4L2NAMESIZE]; - - enum v4l2_int_type type; - union { - struct v4l2_int_master *master; - struct v4l2_int_slave *slave; - } u; - - void *priv; -}; - -void v4l2_int_device_try_attach_all(void); - -int v4l2_int_device_register(struct v4l2_int_device *d); -void v4l2_int_device_unregister(struct v4l2_int_device *d); - -int v4l2_int_ioctl_0(struct v4l2_int_device *d, int cmd); -int v4l2_int_ioctl_1(struct v4l2_int_device *d, int cmd, void *arg); - -/* - * - * Types and definitions for IOCTL commands. - * - */ - -enum v4l2_power { - V4L2_POWER_OFF = 0, - V4L2_POWER_ON, - V4L2_POWER_STANDBY, -}; - -/* Slave interface type. */ -enum v4l2_if_type { - /* - * Parallel 8-, 10- or 12-bit interface, used by for example - * on certain image sensors. - */ - V4L2_IF_TYPE_BT656, -}; - -enum v4l2_if_type_bt656_mode { - /* - * Modes without Bt synchronisation codes. Separate - * synchronisation signal lines are used. - */ - V4L2_IF_TYPE_BT656_MODE_NOBT_8BIT, - V4L2_IF_TYPE_BT656_MODE_NOBT_10BIT, - V4L2_IF_TYPE_BT656_MODE_NOBT_12BIT, - /* - * Use Bt synchronisation codes. The vertical and horizontal - * synchronisation is done based on synchronisation codes. - */ - V4L2_IF_TYPE_BT656_MODE_BT_8BIT, - V4L2_IF_TYPE_BT656_MODE_BT_10BIT, -}; - -struct v4l2_if_type_bt656 { - /* - * 0: Frame begins when vsync is high. - * 1: Frame begins when vsync changes from low to high. - */ - unsigned frame_start_on_rising_vs:1; - /* Use Bt synchronisation codes for sync correction. */ - unsigned bt_sync_correct:1; - /* Swap every two adjacent image data elements. */ - unsigned swap:1; - /* Inverted latch clock polarity from slave. */ - unsigned latch_clk_inv:1; - /* Hs polarity. 0 is active high, 1 active low. */ - unsigned nobt_hs_inv:1; - /* Vs polarity. 0 is active high, 1 active low. */ - unsigned nobt_vs_inv:1; - enum v4l2_if_type_bt656_mode mode; - /* Minimum accepted bus clock for slave (in Hz). */ - u32 clock_min; - /* Maximum accepted bus clock for slave. */ - u32 clock_max; - /* - * Current wish of the slave. May only change in response to - * ioctls that affect image capture. - */ - u32 clock_curr; -}; - -struct v4l2_ifparm { - enum v4l2_if_type if_type; - union { - struct v4l2_if_type_bt656 bt656; - } u; -}; - -/* IOCTL command numbers. */ -enum v4l2_int_ioctl_num { - /* - * - * "Proper" V4L ioctls, as in struct video_device. - * - */ - vidioc_int_enum_fmt_cap_num = 1, - vidioc_int_g_fmt_cap_num, - vidioc_int_s_fmt_cap_num, - vidioc_int_try_fmt_cap_num, - vidioc_int_queryctrl_num, - vidioc_int_g_ctrl_num, - vidioc_int_s_ctrl_num, - vidioc_int_cropcap_num, - vidioc_int_g_crop_num, - vidioc_int_s_crop_num, - vidioc_int_g_parm_num, - vidioc_int_s_parm_num, - vidioc_int_querystd_num, - vidioc_int_s_std_num, - vidioc_int_s_video_routing_num, - - /* - * - * Strictly internal ioctls. - * - */ - /* Initialise the device when slave attaches to the master. */ - vidioc_int_dev_init_num = 1000, - /* Delinitialise the device at slave detach. */ - vidioc_int_dev_exit_num, - /* Set device power state. */ - vidioc_int_s_power_num, - /* - * Get slave private data, e.g. platform-specific slave - * configuration used by the master. - */ - vidioc_int_g_priv_num, - /* Get slave interface parameters. */ - vidioc_int_g_ifparm_num, - /* Does the slave need to be reset after VIDIOC_DQBUF? */ - vidioc_int_g_needs_reset_num, - vidioc_int_enum_framesizes_num, - vidioc_int_enum_frameintervals_num, - - /* - * - * VIDIOC_INT_* ioctls. - * - */ - /* VIDIOC_INT_RESET */ - vidioc_int_reset_num, - /* VIDIOC_INT_INIT */ - vidioc_int_init_num, - - /* - * - * Start of private ioctls. - * - */ - vidioc_int_priv_start_num = 2000, -}; - -/* - * - * IOCTL wrapper functions for better type checking. - * - */ - -#define V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_0(name) \ - static inline int vidioc_int_##name(struct v4l2_int_device *d) \ - { \ - return v4l2_int_ioctl_0(d, vidioc_int_##name##_num); \ - } \ - \ - static inline struct v4l2_int_ioctl_desc \ - vidioc_int_##name##_cb(int (*func) \ - (struct v4l2_int_device *)) \ - { \ - struct v4l2_int_ioctl_desc desc; \ - \ - desc.num = vidioc_int_##name##_num; \ - desc.func = (v4l2_int_ioctl_func *)func; \ - \ - return desc; \ - } - -#define V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(name, arg_type, asterisk) \ - static inline int vidioc_int_##name(struct v4l2_int_device *d, \ - arg_type asterisk arg) \ - { \ - return v4l2_int_ioctl_1(d, vidioc_int_##name##_num, \ - (void *)(unsigned long)arg); \ - } \ - \ - static inline struct v4l2_int_ioctl_desc \ - vidioc_int_##name##_cb(int (*func) \ - (struct v4l2_int_device *, \ - arg_type asterisk)) \ - { \ - struct v4l2_int_ioctl_desc desc; \ - \ - desc.num = vidioc_int_##name##_num; \ - desc.func = (v4l2_int_ioctl_func *)func; \ - \ - return desc; \ - } - -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(enum_fmt_cap, struct v4l2_fmtdesc, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_fmt_cap, struct v4l2_format, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_fmt_cap, struct v4l2_format, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(try_fmt_cap, struct v4l2_format, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(queryctrl, struct v4l2_queryctrl, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_ctrl, struct v4l2_control, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_ctrl, struct v4l2_control, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(cropcap, struct v4l2_cropcap, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_crop, struct v4l2_crop, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_crop, struct v4l2_crop, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_parm, struct v4l2_streamparm, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_parm, struct v4l2_streamparm, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(querystd, v4l2_std_id, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_std, v4l2_std_id, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_video_routing, struct v4l2_routing, *); - -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_0(dev_init); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_0(dev_exit); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(s_power, enum v4l2_power, ); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_priv, void, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_ifparm, struct v4l2_ifparm, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(g_needs_reset, void, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(enum_framesizes, struct v4l2_frmsizeenum, *); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_1(enum_frameintervals, struct v4l2_frmivalenum, *); - -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_0(reset); -V4L2_INT_WRAPPER_0(init); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h index e0b74a430b3a..6f7a58350441 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ /* * * V 4 L 2 D R I V E R H E L P E R A P I @@ -12,310 +13,773 @@ #include <linux/poll.h> #include <linux/fs.h> #include <linux/mutex.h> +#include <linux/sched/signal.h> #include <linux/compiler.h> /* need __user */ #include <linux/videodev2.h> struct v4l2_fh; +/** + * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops - describe operations for each V4L2 ioctl + * + * @vidioc_querycap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCAP <vidioc_querycap>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for video capture in single and multi plane mode + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for video overlay + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for video output in single and multi plane mode + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for Software Defined Radio capture + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for Software Defined Radio output + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for metadata capture + * @vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic + * for metadata output + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture + * in single plane mode + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out + * in single plane mode + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay output + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output + * @vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI capture + * @vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture + * in multiple plane mode + * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out + * in multiplane plane mode + * @vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined + * Radio capture + * @vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined + * Radio output + * @vidioc_g_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture + * @vidioc_g_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture + * in single plane mode + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out + * in single plane mode + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay output + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output + * @vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI capture + * @vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture + * in multiple plane mode + * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out + * in multiplane plane mode + * @vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined + * Radio capture + * @vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined + * Radio output + * @vidioc_s_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture + * @vidioc_s_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture + * in single plane mode + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out + * in single plane mode + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay + * output + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output + * @vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI + * capture + * @vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture + * in multiple plane mode + * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out + * in multiplane plane mode + * @vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined + * Radio capture + * @vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined + * Radio output + * @vidioc_try_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture + * @vidioc_try_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output + * @vidioc_reqbufs: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_REQBUFS <vidioc_reqbufs>` ioctl + * @vidioc_querybuf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYBUF <vidioc_querybuf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_qbuf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <vidioc_qbuf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_expbuf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_EXPBUF <vidioc_expbuf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_dqbuf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <vidioc_qbuf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_create_bufs: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS <vidioc_create_bufs>` ioctl + * @vidioc_prepare_buf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF <vidioc_prepare_buf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_remove_bufs: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_REMOVE_BUFS <vidioc_remove_bufs>` ioctl + * @vidioc_overlay: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_OVERLAY <vidioc_overlay>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_fbuf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FBUF <vidioc_g_fbuf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_fbuf: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FBUF <vidioc_g_fbuf>` ioctl + * @vidioc_streamon: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON <vidioc_streamon>` ioctl + * @vidioc_streamoff: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <vidioc_streamon>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_std: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_STD <vidioc_g_std>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_std: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_STD <vidioc_g_std>` ioctl + * @vidioc_querystd: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYSTD <vidioc_querystd>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_input: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_input: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_input: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_output: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_output: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_output: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl + * @vidioc_query_ext_ctrl: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl + * @vidioc_try_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl + * @vidioc_querymenu: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYMENU <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enumaudio: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO <vidioc_enumaudio>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_audio: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_AUDIO <vidioc_g_audio>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_audio: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_AUDIO <vidioc_g_audio>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enumaudout: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT <vidioc_enumaudout>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_audout: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT <vidioc_g_audout>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_audout: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT <vidioc_g_audout>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_modulator: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR <vidioc_g_modulator>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_modulator: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR <vidioc_g_modulator>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_pixelaspect: pointer to the function that implements + * the pixelaspect part of the :ref:`VIDIOC_CROPCAP <vidioc_cropcap>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_selection: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_SELECTION <vidioc_g_selection>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_selection: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_SELECTION <vidioc_g_selection>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_jpegcomp: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP <vidioc_g_jpegcomp>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_jpegcomp: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP <vidioc_g_jpegcomp>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_enc_index: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX <vidioc_g_enc_index>` ioctl + * @vidioc_encoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD <vidioc_encoder_cmd>` ioctl + * @vidioc_try_encoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD <vidioc_encoder_cmd>` ioctl + * @vidioc_decoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD <vidioc_decoder_cmd>` ioctl + * @vidioc_try_decoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD <vidioc_decoder_cmd>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_parm: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_PARM <vidioc_g_parm>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_parm: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_PARM <vidioc_g_parm>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_tuner: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_TUNER <vidioc_g_tuner>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_tuner: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_TUNER <vidioc_g_tuner>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_frequency: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY <vidioc_g_frequency>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_frequency: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY <vidioc_g_frequency>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_freq_bands: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS <vidioc_enum_freq_bands>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP <vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap>` ioctl + * @vidioc_log_status: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS <vidioc_log_status>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK <vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_register: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER <vidioc_dbg_g_register>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_register: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER <vidioc_dbg_g_register>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_chip_info: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO <vidioc_dbg_g_chip_info>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_framesizes: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES <vidioc_enum_framesizes>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_frameintervals: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS <vidioc_enum_frameintervals>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_g_dv_timings>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_g_dv_timings>` ioctl + * @vidioc_query_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_query_dv_timings>` ioctl + * @vidioc_enum_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_enum_dv_timings>` ioctl + * @vidioc_dv_timings_cap: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP <vidioc_dv_timings_cap>` ioctl + * @vidioc_g_edid: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EDID <vidioc_g_edid>` ioctl + * @vidioc_s_edid: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EDID <vidioc_g_edid>` ioctl + * @vidioc_subscribe_event: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT <vidioc_subscribe_event>` ioctl + * @vidioc_unsubscribe_event: pointer to the function that implements + * :ref:`VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT <vidioc_unsubscribe_event>` ioctl + * @vidioc_default: pointed used to allow other ioctls + */ struct v4l2_ioctl_ops { /* ioctl callbacks */ /* VIDIOC_QUERYCAP handler */ - int (*vidioc_querycap)(struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_capability *cap); - - /* Priority handling */ - int (*vidioc_g_priority) (struct file *file, void *fh, - enum v4l2_priority *p); - int (*vidioc_s_priority) (struct file *file, void *fh, - enum v4l2_priority p); + int (*vidioc_querycap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_capability *cap); /* VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT handlers */ - int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); - int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); - int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); - int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); - int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); + int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f); /* VIDIOC_G_FMT handlers */ - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_g_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); /* VIDIOC_S_FMT handlers */ - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_s_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); /* VIDIOC_TRY_FMT handlers */ - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); - int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); + int (*vidioc_try_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f); /* Buffer handlers */ - int (*vidioc_reqbufs) (struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *b); - int (*vidioc_querybuf)(struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_buffer *b); - int (*vidioc_qbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_buffer *b); - int (*vidioc_expbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_exportbuffer *e); - int (*vidioc_dqbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_buffer *b); - - int (*vidioc_create_bufs)(struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_create_buffers *b); - int (*vidioc_prepare_buf)(struct file *file, void *fh, struct v4l2_buffer *b); - - int (*vidioc_overlay) (struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i); - int (*vidioc_g_fbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_framebuffer *a); - int (*vidioc_s_fbuf) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_framebuffer *a); + int (*vidioc_reqbufs)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_requestbuffers *b); + int (*vidioc_querybuf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *b); + int (*vidioc_qbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *b); + int (*vidioc_expbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_exportbuffer *e); + int (*vidioc_dqbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *b); + + int (*vidioc_create_bufs)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_create_buffers *b); + int (*vidioc_prepare_buf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *b); + int (*vidioc_remove_bufs)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_remove_buffers *d); + + int (*vidioc_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i); + int (*vidioc_g_fbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_framebuffer *a); + int (*vidioc_s_fbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_framebuffer *a); /* Stream on/off */ - int (*vidioc_streamon) (struct file *file, void *fh, enum v4l2_buf_type i); - int (*vidioc_streamoff)(struct file *file, void *fh, enum v4l2_buf_type i); - - /* Standard handling - ENUMSTD is handled by videodev.c + int (*vidioc_streamon)(struct file *file, void *priv, + enum v4l2_buf_type i); + int (*vidioc_streamoff)(struct file *file, void *priv, + enum v4l2_buf_type i); + + /* + * Standard handling + * + * Note: ENUMSTD is handled by videodev.c */ - int (*vidioc_g_std) (struct file *file, void *fh, v4l2_std_id *norm); - int (*vidioc_s_std) (struct file *file, void *fh, v4l2_std_id norm); - int (*vidioc_querystd) (struct file *file, void *fh, v4l2_std_id *a); + int (*vidioc_g_std)(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id *norm); + int (*vidioc_s_std)(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id norm); + int (*vidioc_querystd)(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id *a); /* Input handling */ - int (*vidioc_enum_input)(struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_enum_input)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_input *inp); - int (*vidioc_g_input) (struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int *i); - int (*vidioc_s_input) (struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i); + int (*vidioc_g_input)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int *i); + int (*vidioc_s_input)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i); /* Output handling */ - int (*vidioc_enum_output) (struct file *file, void *fh, + int (*vidioc_enum_output)(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_output *a); - int (*vidioc_g_output) (struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int *i); - int (*vidioc_s_output) (struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i); + int (*vidioc_g_output)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int *i); + int (*vidioc_s_output)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i); /* Control handling */ - int (*vidioc_queryctrl) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_queryctrl *a); - int (*vidioc_g_ctrl) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_control *a); - int (*vidioc_s_ctrl) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_control *a); - int (*vidioc_g_ext_ctrls) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_ext_controls *a); - int (*vidioc_s_ext_ctrls) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_ext_controls *a); - int (*vidioc_try_ext_ctrls) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_ext_controls *a); - int (*vidioc_querymenu) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_querymenu *a); + int (*vidioc_query_ext_ctrl)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *a); + int (*vidioc_g_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_ext_controls *a); + int (*vidioc_s_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_ext_controls *a); + int (*vidioc_try_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_ext_controls *a); + int (*vidioc_querymenu)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_querymenu *a); /* Audio ioctls */ - int (*vidioc_enumaudio) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_audio *a); - int (*vidioc_g_audio) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_audio *a); - int (*vidioc_s_audio) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_audio *a); + int (*vidioc_enumaudio)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_audio *a); + int (*vidioc_g_audio)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_audio *a); + int (*vidioc_s_audio)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_audio *a); /* Audio out ioctls */ - int (*vidioc_enumaudout) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_audioout *a); - int (*vidioc_g_audout) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_audioout *a); - int (*vidioc_s_audout) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_audioout *a); - int (*vidioc_g_modulator) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_modulator *a); - int (*vidioc_s_modulator) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_modulator *a); + int (*vidioc_enumaudout)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_audioout *a); + int (*vidioc_g_audout)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_audioout *a); + int (*vidioc_s_audout)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_audioout *a); + int (*vidioc_g_modulator)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_modulator *a); + int (*vidioc_s_modulator)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_modulator *a); /* Crop ioctls */ - int (*vidioc_cropcap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_cropcap *a); - int (*vidioc_g_crop) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_crop *a); - int (*vidioc_s_crop) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_crop *a); - int (*vidioc_g_selection) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_selection *s); - int (*vidioc_s_selection) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_selection *s); + int (*vidioc_g_pixelaspect)(struct file *file, void *priv, + int buf_type, struct v4l2_fract *aspect); + int (*vidioc_g_selection)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_selection *s); + int (*vidioc_s_selection)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_selection *s); /* Compression ioctls */ - int (*vidioc_g_jpegcomp) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a); - int (*vidioc_s_jpegcomp) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a); - int (*vidioc_g_enc_index) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_enc_idx *a); - int (*vidioc_encoder_cmd) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a); - int (*vidioc_try_encoder_cmd) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a); - int (*vidioc_decoder_cmd) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a); - int (*vidioc_try_decoder_cmd) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a); + int (*vidioc_g_jpegcomp)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a); + int (*vidioc_s_jpegcomp)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a); + int (*vidioc_g_enc_index)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_enc_idx *a); + int (*vidioc_encoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a); + int (*vidioc_try_encoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a); + int (*vidioc_decoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a); + int (*vidioc_try_decoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a); /* Stream type-dependent parameter ioctls */ - int (*vidioc_g_parm) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_streamparm *a); - int (*vidioc_s_parm) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_streamparm *a); + int (*vidioc_g_parm)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_streamparm *a); + int (*vidioc_s_parm)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_streamparm *a); /* Tuner ioctls */ - int (*vidioc_g_tuner) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_tuner *a); - int (*vidioc_s_tuner) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_tuner *a); - int (*vidioc_g_frequency) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_frequency *a); - int (*vidioc_s_frequency) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_frequency *a); - int (*vidioc_enum_freq_bands) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_frequency_band *band); + int (*vidioc_g_tuner)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_tuner *a); + int (*vidioc_s_tuner)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_tuner *a); + int (*vidioc_g_frequency)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_frequency *a); + int (*vidioc_s_frequency)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_frequency *a); + int (*vidioc_enum_freq_bands)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_frequency_band *band); /* Sliced VBI cap */ - int (*vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *a); + int (*vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *a); /* Log status ioctl */ - int (*vidioc_log_status) (struct file *file, void *fh); + int (*vidioc_log_status)(struct file *file, void *priv); - int (*vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a); + int (*vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a); /* Debugging ioctls */ #ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG - int (*vidioc_g_register) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg); - int (*vidioc_s_register) (struct file *file, void *fh, - const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg); + int (*vidioc_g_register)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg); + int (*vidioc_s_register)(struct file *file, void *priv, + const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg); - int (*vidioc_g_chip_info) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info *chip); + int (*vidioc_g_chip_info)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info *chip); #endif - int (*vidioc_enum_framesizes) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *fsize); + int (*vidioc_enum_framesizes)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *fsize); - int (*vidioc_enum_frameintervals) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_frmivalenum *fival); + int (*vidioc_enum_frameintervals)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_frmivalenum *fival); /* DV Timings IOCTLs */ - int (*vidioc_s_dv_timings) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); - int (*vidioc_g_dv_timings) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); - int (*vidioc_query_dv_timings) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); - int (*vidioc_enum_dv_timings) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings); - int (*vidioc_dv_timings_cap) (struct file *file, void *fh, - struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap); - - int (*vidioc_subscribe_event) (struct v4l2_fh *fh, - const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); + int (*vidioc_s_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); + int (*vidioc_g_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); + int (*vidioc_query_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); + int (*vidioc_enum_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings); + int (*vidioc_dv_timings_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap); + int (*vidioc_g_edid)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_edid *edid); + int (*vidioc_s_edid)(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_edid *edid); + + int (*vidioc_subscribe_event)(struct v4l2_fh *fh, + const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); int (*vidioc_unsubscribe_event)(struct v4l2_fh *fh, const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); /* For other private ioctls */ - long (*vidioc_default) (struct file *file, void *fh, - bool valid_prio, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); + long (*vidioc_default)(struct file *file, void *priv, + bool valid_prio, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); }; /* v4l debugging and diagnostics */ -/* Debug bitmask flags to be used on V4L2 */ -#define V4L2_DEBUG_IOCTL 0x01 -#define V4L2_DEBUG_IOCTL_ARG 0x02 +/* Device debug flags to be used with the video device debug attribute */ + +/* Just log the ioctl name + error code */ +#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_IOCTL 0x01 +/* Log the ioctl name arguments + error code */ +#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_IOCTL_ARG 0x02 +/* Log the file operations open, release, mmap and get_unmapped_area */ +#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_FOP 0x04 +/* Log the read and write file operations and the VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls */ +#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_STREAMING 0x08 +/* Log poll() */ +#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_POLL 0x10 +/* Log controls */ +#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_CTRL 0x20 /* Video standard functions */ -extern const char *v4l2_norm_to_name(v4l2_std_id id); -extern void v4l2_video_std_frame_period(int id, struct v4l2_fract *frameperiod); -extern int v4l2_video_std_construct(struct v4l2_standard *vs, + +/** + * v4l2_norm_to_name - Ancillary routine to analog TV standard name from its ID. + * + * @id: analog TV standard ID. + * + * Return: returns a string with the name of the analog TV standard. + * If the standard is not found or if @id points to multiple standard, + * it returns "Unknown". + */ +const char *v4l2_norm_to_name(v4l2_std_id id); + +/** + * v4l2_video_std_frame_period - Ancillary routine that fills a + * struct &v4l2_fract pointer with the default framerate fraction. + * + * @id: analog TV standard ID. + * @frameperiod: struct &v4l2_fract pointer to be filled + * + */ +void v4l2_video_std_frame_period(int id, struct v4l2_fract *frameperiod); + +/** + * v4l2_video_std_construct - Ancillary routine that fills in the fields of + * a &v4l2_standard structure according to the @id parameter. + * + * @vs: struct &v4l2_standard pointer to be filled + * @id: analog TV standard ID. + * @name: name of the standard to be used + * + * .. note:: + * + * This ancillary routine is obsolete. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers. + */ +int v4l2_video_std_construct(struct v4l2_standard *vs, int id, const char *name); -/* Prints the ioctl in a human-readable format. If prefix != NULL, - then do printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: ", prefix) first. */ -extern void v4l_printk_ioctl(const char *prefix, unsigned int cmd); -/* Internal use only: get the mutex (if any) that we need to lock for the - given command. */ +/** + * v4l_video_std_enumstd - Ancillary routine that fills in the fields of + * a &v4l2_standard structure according to the @id and @vs->index + * parameters. + * + * @vs: struct &v4l2_standard pointer to be filled. + * @id: analog TV standard ID. + * + */ +int v4l_video_std_enumstd(struct v4l2_standard *vs, v4l2_std_id id); + +/** + * v4l_printk_ioctl - Ancillary routine that prints the ioctl in a + * human-readable format. + * + * @prefix: prefix to be added at the ioctl prints. + * @cmd: ioctl name + * + * .. note:: + * + * If prefix != %NULL, then it will issue a + * ``printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: ", prefix)`` first. + */ +void v4l_printk_ioctl(const char *prefix, unsigned int cmd); + struct video_device; -extern struct mutex *v4l2_ioctl_get_lock(struct video_device *vdev, unsigned cmd); /* names for fancy debug output */ extern const char *v4l2_field_names[]; extern const char *v4l2_type_names[]; #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT -/* 32 Bits compatibility layer for 64 bits processors */ -extern long v4l2_compat_ioctl32(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, - unsigned long arg); +/** + * v4l2_compat_ioctl32 -32 Bits compatibility layer for 64 bits processors + * + * @file: Pointer to struct &file. + * @cmd: Ioctl name. + * @arg: Ioctl argument. + */ +long int v4l2_compat_ioctl32(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, + unsigned long arg); #endif -typedef long (*v4l2_kioctl)(struct file *file, - unsigned int cmd, void *arg); +unsigned int v4l2_compat_translate_cmd(unsigned int cmd); +unsigned int v4l2_translate_cmd(unsigned int cmd); +int v4l2_compat_get_user(void __user *arg, void *parg, unsigned int cmd); +int v4l2_compat_put_user(void __user *arg, void *parg, unsigned int cmd); +int v4l2_compat_get_array_args(struct file *file, void *mbuf, + void __user *user_ptr, size_t array_size, + unsigned int cmd, void *arg); +int v4l2_compat_put_array_args(struct file *file, void __user *user_ptr, + void *mbuf, size_t array_size, + unsigned int cmd, void *arg); + +/** + * typedef v4l2_kioctl - Typedef used to pass an ioctl handler. + * + * @file: Pointer to struct &file. + * @cmd: Ioctl name. + * @arg: Ioctl argument. + */ +typedef long (*v4l2_kioctl)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); -/* Include support for obsoleted stuff */ -extern long video_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, - unsigned long arg, v4l2_kioctl func); +/** + * video_usercopy - copies data from/to userspace memory when an ioctl is + * issued. + * + * @file: Pointer to struct &file. + * @cmd: Ioctl name. + * @arg: Ioctl argument. + * @func: function that will handle the ioctl + * + * .. note:: + * + * This routine should be used only inside the V4L2 core. + */ +long int video_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, + unsigned long int arg, v4l2_kioctl func); -/* Standard handlers for V4L ioctl's */ -extern long video_ioctl2(struct file *file, - unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); +/** + * video_ioctl2 - Handles a V4L2 ioctl. + * + * @file: Pointer to struct &file. + * @cmd: Ioctl name. + * @arg: Ioctl argument. + * + * Method used to hancle an ioctl. Should be used to fill the + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops.unlocked_ioctl on all V4L2 drivers. + */ +long int video_ioctl2(struct file *file, + unsigned int cmd, unsigned long int arg); + +/* + * The user space interpretation of the 'v4l2_event' differs + * based on the 'time_t' definition on 32-bit architectures, so + * the kernel has to handle both. + * This is the old version for 32-bit architectures. + */ +struct v4l2_event_time32 { + __u32 type; + union { + struct v4l2_event_vsync vsync; + struct v4l2_event_ctrl ctrl; + struct v4l2_event_frame_sync frame_sync; + struct v4l2_event_src_change src_change; + struct v4l2_event_motion_det motion_det; + __u8 data[64]; + } u; + __u32 pending; + __u32 sequence; + struct old_timespec32 timestamp; + __u32 id; + __u32 reserved[8]; +}; + +#define VIDIOC_DQEVENT_TIME32 _IOR('V', 89, struct v4l2_event_time32) + +struct v4l2_buffer_time32 { + __u32 index; + __u32 type; + __u32 bytesused; + __u32 flags; + __u32 field; + struct old_timeval32 timestamp; + struct v4l2_timecode timecode; + __u32 sequence; + + /* memory location */ + __u32 memory; + union { + __u32 offset; + unsigned long userptr; + struct v4l2_plane *planes; + __s32 fd; + } m; + __u32 length; + __u32 reserved2; + union { + __s32 request_fd; + __u32 reserved; + }; +}; +#define VIDIOC_QUERYBUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 9, struct v4l2_buffer_time32) +#define VIDIOC_QBUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 15, struct v4l2_buffer_time32) +#define VIDIOC_DQBUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 17, struct v4l2_buffer_time32) +#define VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 93, struct v4l2_buffer_time32) #endif /* _V4L2_IOCTL_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-isp.h b/include/media/v4l2-isp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f3a6d0edcb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-isp.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + * Video4Linux2 generic ISP parameters and statistics support + * + * Copyright (C) 2025 Ideas On Board Oy + * Author: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo.mondi@ideasonboard.com> + */ + +#ifndef _V4L2_ISP_H_ +#define _V4L2_ISP_H_ + +#include <linux/media/v4l2-isp.h> + +struct device; +struct vb2_buffer; + +/** + * v4l2_isp_params_buffer_size - Calculate size of v4l2_isp_params_buffer + * @max_params_size: The total size of the ISP configuration blocks + * + * Users of the v4l2 extensible parameters will have differing sized data arrays + * depending on their specific parameter buffers. Drivers and userspace will + * need to be able to calculate the appropriate size of the struct to + * accommodate all ISP configuration blocks provided by the platform. + * This macro provides a convenient tool for the calculation. + */ +#define v4l2_isp_params_buffer_size(max_params_size) \ + (offsetof(struct v4l2_isp_params_buffer, data) + (max_params_size)) + +/** + * v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer_size - Validate a V4L2 ISP buffer sizes + * @dev: the driver's device pointer + * @vb: the videobuf2 buffer + * @max_size: the maximum allowed buffer size + * + * This function performs validation of the size of a V4L2 ISP parameters buffer + * before the driver can access the actual data buffer content. + * + * After the sizes validation, drivers should copy the buffer content to a + * kernel-only memory area to prevent userspace from modifying it, + * before completing validation using v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer(). + * + * The @vb buffer as received from the vb2 .buf_prepare() operation is checked + * against @max_size and it's validated to be large enough to accommodate at + * least one ISP configuration block. + */ +int v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer_size(struct device *dev, + struct vb2_buffer *vb, + size_t max_size); + +/** + * struct v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info - V4L2 ISP per-block-type info + * @size: the block type expected size + * + * The v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info collects information of the ISP + * configuration block types for validation purposes. It currently only contains + * the expected block type size. + * + * Drivers shall prepare a list of block type info, indexed by block type, one + * for each supported ISP block type and correctly populate them with the + * expected block type size. + */ +struct v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info { + size_t size; +}; + +/** + * v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer - Validate a V4L2 ISP parameters buffer + * @dev: the driver's device pointer + * @vb: the videobuf2 buffer + * @buffer: the V4L2 ISP parameters buffer + * @type_info: the array of per-block-type validation info + * @num_block_types: the number of block types in the type_info array + * + * This function completes the validation of a V4L2 ISP parameters buffer, + * verifying each configuration block correctness before the driver can use + * them to program the hardware. + * + * Drivers should use this function after having validated the correctness of + * the vb2 buffer sizes by using the v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer_size() + * helper first. Once the buffer size has been validated, drivers should + * perform a copy of the user provided buffer into a kernel-only memory buffer + * to prevent userspace from modifying its content after it has been submitted + * to the driver, and then call this function to complete validation. + */ +int v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer(struct device *dev, struct vb2_buffer *vb, + const struct v4l2_isp_params_buffer *buffer, + const struct v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info *type_info, + size_t num_block_types); + +#endif /* _V4L2_ISP_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h b/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..62dda1560275 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * V4L2 JPEG helpers header + * + * Copyright (C) 2019 Pengutronix, Philipp Zabel <kernel@pengutronix.de> + * + * For reference, see JPEG ITU-T.81 (ISO/IEC 10918-1) + */ + +#ifndef _V4L2_JPEG_H +#define _V4L2_JPEG_H + +#include <linux/v4l2-controls.h> + +#define V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS 4 +#define V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES 4 +/* + * Prefixes used to generate huffman table class and destination identifiers as + * described below: + * + * V4L2_JPEG_LUM_HT | V4L2_JPEG_DC_HT : Prefix for Luma DC coefficients + * huffman table + * V4L2_JPEG_LUM_HT | V4L2_JPEG_AC_HT : Prefix for Luma AC coefficients + * huffman table + * V4L2_JPEG_CHR_HT | V4L2_JPEG_DC_HT : Prefix for Chroma DC coefficients + * huffman table + * V4L2_JPEG_CHR_HT | V4L2_JPEG_AC_HT : Prefix for Chroma AC coefficients + * huffman table + */ +#define V4L2_JPEG_LUM_HT 0x00 +#define V4L2_JPEG_CHR_HT 0x01 +#define V4L2_JPEG_DC_HT 0x00 +#define V4L2_JPEG_AC_HT 0x10 + +/* Length of reference huffman tables as provided in Table K.3 of ITU-T.81 */ +#define V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_AC_LEN 178 +#define V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_DC_LEN 28 + +/* Array size for 8x8 block of samples or DCT coefficient */ +#define V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK 64 + +/** + * struct v4l2_jpeg_reference - reference into the JPEG buffer + * @start: pointer to the start of the referenced segment or table + * @length: size of the referenced segment or table + * + * Wnen referencing marker segments, start points right after the marker code, + * and length is the size of the segment parameters, excluding the marker code. + */ +struct v4l2_jpeg_reference { + u8 *start; + size_t length; +}; + +/* B.2.2 Frame header syntax */ + +/** + * struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec - frame component-specification + * @component_identifier: C[i] + * @horizontal_sampling_factor: H[i] + * @vertical_sampling_factor: V[i] + * @quantization_table_selector: quantization table destination selector Tq[i] + */ +struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec { + u8 component_identifier; + u8 horizontal_sampling_factor; + u8 vertical_sampling_factor; + u8 quantization_table_selector; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header - JPEG frame header + * @height: Y + * @width: X + * @precision: P + * @num_components: Nf + * @component: component-specification, see v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec + * @subsampling: decoded subsampling from component-specification + */ +struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header { + u16 height; + u16 width; + u8 precision; + u8 num_components; + struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec component[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS]; + enum v4l2_jpeg_chroma_subsampling subsampling; +}; + +/* B.2.3 Scan header syntax */ + +/** + * struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec - scan component-specification + * @component_selector: Cs[j] + * @dc_entropy_coding_table_selector: Td[j] + * @ac_entropy_coding_table_selector: Ta[j] + */ +struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec { + u8 component_selector; + u8 dc_entropy_coding_table_selector; + u8 ac_entropy_coding_table_selector; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header - JPEG scan header + * @num_components: Ns + * @component: component-specification, see v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec + */ +struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header { + u8 num_components; /* Ns */ + struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec component[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS]; + /* Ss, Se, Ah, and Al are not used by any driver */ +}; + +/** + * enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf - APP14 transform flag + * According to Rec. ITU-T T.872 (06/2012) 6.5.3 + * APP14 segment is for color encoding, it contains a transform flag, + * which may have values of 0, 1 and 2 and are interpreted as follows: + * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_CMYK_RGB: CMYK for images encoded with four components + * RGB for images encoded with three components + * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCBCR: an image encoded with three components using YCbCr + * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCCK: an image encoded with four components using YCCK + * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_UNKNOWN: indicate app14 is not present + */ +enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf { + V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_CMYK_RGB = 0, + V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCBCR = 1, + V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCCK = 2, + V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_UNKNOWN = -1, +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_jpeg_header - parsed JPEG header + * @sof: pointer to frame header and size + * @sos: pointer to scan header and size + * @num_dht: number of entries in @dht + * @dht: pointers to huffman tables and sizes + * @num_dqt: number of entries in @dqt + * @dqt: pointers to quantization tables and sizes + * @frame: parsed frame header + * @scan: pointer to parsed scan header, optional + * @quantization_tables: references to four quantization tables, optional + * @huffman_tables: references to four Huffman tables in DC0, DC1, AC0, AC1 + * order, optional + * @restart_interval: number of MCU per restart interval, Ri + * @ecs_offset: buffer offset in bytes to the entropy coded segment + * @app14_tf: transform flag from app14 data + * + * When this structure is passed to v4l2_jpeg_parse_header, the optional scan, + * quantization_tables, and huffman_tables pointers must be initialized to NULL + * or point at valid memory. + */ +struct v4l2_jpeg_header { + struct v4l2_jpeg_reference sof; + struct v4l2_jpeg_reference sos; + unsigned int num_dht; + struct v4l2_jpeg_reference dht[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES]; + unsigned int num_dqt; + struct v4l2_jpeg_reference dqt[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES]; + + struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header frame; + struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header *scan; + struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *quantization_tables; + struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *huffman_tables; + u16 restart_interval; + size_t ecs_offset; + enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf app14_tf; +}; + +int v4l2_jpeg_parse_header(void *buf, size_t len, struct v4l2_jpeg_header *out); + +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_zigzag_scan_index[V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK]; +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_luma_qt[V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK]; +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_chroma_qt[V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK]; +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_luma_dc_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_DC_LEN]; +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_luma_ac_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_AC_LEN]; +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_chroma_dc_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_DC_LEN]; +extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_chroma_ac_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_AC_LEN]; + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mc.h b/include/media/v4l2-mc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1837c9fd78cf --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-mc.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + * v4l2-mc.h - Media Controller V4L2 types and prototypes + * + * Copyright (C) 2016 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> + * Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Nokia Corporation + * Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corporation. + */ + +#ifndef _V4L2_MC_H +#define _V4L2_MC_H + +#include <media/media-device.h> +#include <media/v4l2-dev.h> +#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h> +#include <linux/types.h> + +/* We don't need to include pci.h or usb.h here */ +struct pci_dev; +struct usb_device; + +#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER +/** + * v4l2_mc_create_media_graph() - create Media Controller links at the graph. + * + * @mdev: pointer to the &media_device struct. + * + * Add links between the entities commonly found on PC customer's hardware at + * the V4L2 side: camera sensors, audio and video PLL-IF decoders, tuners, + * analog TV decoder and I/O entities (video, VBI and Software Defined Radio). + * + * .. note:: + * + * Webcams are modelled on a very simple way: the sensor is + * connected directly to the I/O entity. All dirty details, like + * scaler and crop HW are hidden. While such mapping is enough for v4l2 + * interface centric PC-consumer's hardware, V4L2 subdev centric camera + * hardware should not use this routine, as it will not build the right graph. + */ +int v4l2_mc_create_media_graph(struct media_device *mdev); + +/** + * v4l_enable_media_source() - Hold media source for exclusive use + * if free + * + * @vdev: pointer to struct video_device + * + * This interface calls enable_source handler to determine if + * media source is free for use. The enable_source handler is + * responsible for checking is the media source is free and + * start a pipeline between the media source and the media + * entity associated with the video device. This interface + * should be called from v4l2-core and dvb-core interfaces + * that change the source configuration. + * + * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code. + */ +int v4l_enable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev); + +/** + * v4l_disable_media_source() - Release media source + * + * @vdev: pointer to struct video_device + * + * This interface calls disable_source handler to release + * the media source. The disable_source handler stops the + * active media pipeline between the media source and the + * media entity associated with the video device. + * + * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code. + */ +void v4l_disable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev); + +/* + * v4l_vb2q_enable_media_tuner - Hold media source for exclusive use + * if free. + * @q - pointer to struct vb2_queue + * + * Wrapper for v4l_enable_media_source(). This function should + * be called from v4l2-core to enable the media source with + * pointer to struct vb2_queue as the input argument. Some + * v4l2-core interfaces don't have access to video device and + * this interface finds the struct video_device for the q and + * calls v4l_enable_media_source(). + */ +int v4l_vb2q_enable_media_source(struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * v4l2_create_fwnode_links_to_pad - Create fwnode-based links from a + * source subdev to a sink pad. + * + * @src_sd: pointer to a source subdev + * @sink: pointer to a sink pad + * @flags: the link flags + * + * This function searches for fwnode endpoint connections from a source + * subdevice to a single sink pad, and if suitable connections are found, + * translates them into media links to that pad. The function can be + * called by the sink, in its v4l2-async notifier bound callback, to create + * links from a bound source subdevice. + * + * The @flags argument specifies the link flags. The caller shall ensure that + * the flags are valid regardless of the number of links that may be created. + * For instance, setting the MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED flag will cause all created + * links to be enabled, which isn't valid if more than one link is created. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Any sink subdevice that calls this function must implement the + * .get_fwnode_pad media operation in order to verify endpoints passed + * to the sink are owned by the sink. + * + * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int v4l2_create_fwnode_links_to_pad(struct v4l2_subdev *src_sd, + struct media_pad *sink, u32 flags); + +/** + * v4l2_create_fwnode_links - Create fwnode-based links from a source + * subdev to a sink subdev. + * + * @src_sd: pointer to a source subdevice + * @sink_sd: pointer to a sink subdevice + * + * This function searches for any and all fwnode endpoint connections + * between source and sink subdevices, and translates them into media + * links. The function can be called by the sink subdevice, in its + * v4l2-async notifier subdev bound callback, to create all links from + * a bound source subdevice. + * + * .. note:: + * + * Any sink subdevice that calls this function must implement the + * .get_fwnode_pad media operation in order to verify endpoints passed + * to the sink are owned by the sink. + * + * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int v4l2_create_fwnode_links(struct v4l2_subdev *src_sd, + struct v4l2_subdev *sink_sd); + +/** + * v4l2_pipeline_pm_get - Increase the use count of a pipeline + * @entity: The root entity of a pipeline + * + * THIS FUNCTION IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IN NEW DRIVERS. USE RUNTIME PM + * ON SUB-DEVICE DRIVERS INSTEAD. + * + * Update the use count of all entities in the pipeline and power entities on. + * + * This function is intended to be called in video node open. It uses + * struct media_entity.use_count to track the power status. The use + * of this function should be paired with v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(). + * + * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. + */ +int v4l2_pipeline_pm_get(struct media_entity *entity); + +/** + * v4l2_pipeline_pm_put - Decrease the use count of a pipeline + * @entity: The root entity of a pipeline + * + * THIS FUNCTION IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IN NEW DRIVERS. USE RUNTIME PM + * ON SUB-DEVICE DRIVERS INSTEAD. + * + * Update the use count of all entities in the pipeline and power entities off. + * + * This function is intended to be called in video node release. It uses + * struct media_entity.use_count to track the power status. The use + * of this function should be paired with v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(). + */ +void v4l2_pipeline_pm_put(struct media_entity *entity); + + +/** + * v4l2_pipeline_link_notify - Link management notification callback + * @link: The link + * @flags: New link flags that will be applied + * @notification: The link's state change notification type (MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_*) + * + * THIS FUNCTION IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IN NEW DRIVERS. USE RUNTIME PM + * ON SUB-DEVICE DRIVERS INSTEAD. + * + * React to link management on powered pipelines by updating the use count of + * all entities in the source and sink sides of the link. Entities are powered + * on or off accordingly. The use of this function should be paired + * with v4l2_pipeline_pm_{get,put}(). + * + * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. Powering entities + * off is assumed to never fail. This function will not fail for disconnection + * events. + */ +int v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(struct media_link *link, u32 flags, + unsigned int notification); + +#else /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */ + +static inline int v4l2_mc_create_media_graph(struct media_device *mdev) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline int v4l_enable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline void v4l_disable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev) +{ +} + +static inline int v4l_vb2q_enable_media_source(struct vb2_queue *q) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline int v4l2_pipeline_pm_get(struct media_entity *entity) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline void v4l2_pipeline_pm_put(struct media_entity *entity) +{} + +static inline int v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(struct media_link *link, u32 flags, + unsigned int notification) +{ + return 0; +} + +#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */ +#endif /* _V4L2_MC_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h b/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h index 83ae07e53350..24c738cd7894 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h @@ -1,107 +1,278 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ /* * Media Bus API header * * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. */ #ifndef V4L2_MEDIABUS_H #define V4L2_MEDIABUS_H #include <linux/v4l2-mediabus.h> +#include <linux/bitops.h> + +/* + * How to use the V4L2_MBUS_* flags: + * Flags are defined for each of the possible states and values of a media + * bus configuration parameter. One and only one bit of each group of flags + * shall be set by the users of the v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_mbus_config + * operation to ensure that no conflicting settings are specified when + * reporting the media bus configuration. For example, it is invalid to set or + * clear both the V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH and the + * V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW flag at the same time. Instead either flag + * V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH or flag V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW shall be set. + * + * TODO: replace the existing V4L2_MBUS_* flags with structures of fields + * to avoid conflicting settings. + * + * In example: + * #define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(2) + * #define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(3) + * will be replaced by a field whose value reports the intended active state of + * the signal: + * unsigned int v4l2_mbus_hsync_active : 1; + */ /* Parallel flags */ /* - * Can the client run in master or in slave mode. By "Master mode" an operation + * The client runs in master or in slave mode. By "Master mode" an operation * mode is meant, when the client (e.g., a camera sensor) is producing * horizontal and vertical synchronisation. In "Slave mode" the host is * providing these signals to the slave. */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_MASTER (1 << 0) -#define V4L2_MBUS_SLAVE (1 << 1) +#define V4L2_MBUS_MASTER BIT(0) +#define V4L2_MBUS_SLAVE BIT(1) /* * Signal polarity flags * Note: in BT.656 mode HSYNC, FIELD, and VSYNC are unused * V4L2_MBUS_[HV]SYNC* flags should be also used for specifying * configuration of hardware that uses [HV]REF signals */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH (1 << 2) -#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW (1 << 3) -#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH (1 << 4) -#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW (1 << 5) -#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_RISING (1 << 6) -#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_FALLING (1 << 7) -#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_HIGH (1 << 8) -#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_LOW (1 << 9) +#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(2) +#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(3) +#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(4) +#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(5) +#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_RISING BIT(6) +#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_FALLING BIT(7) +#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_DUALEDGE BIT(8) +#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(9) +#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(10) /* FIELD = 0/1 - Field1 (odd)/Field2 (even) */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_HIGH (1 << 10) +#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_HIGH BIT(11) /* FIELD = 1/0 - Field1 (odd)/Field2 (even) */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_LOW (1 << 11) +#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_LOW BIT(12) +/* Active state of Sync-on-green (SoG) signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. */ +#define V4L2_MBUS_VIDEO_SOG_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(13) +#define V4L2_MBUS_VIDEO_SOG_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(14) +#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ENABLE_HIGH BIT(15) +#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ENABLE_LOW BIT(16) /* Serial flags */ -/* How many lanes the client can use */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_1_LANE (1 << 0) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_2_LANE (1 << 1) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_3_LANE (1 << 2) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_4_LANE (1 << 3) -/* On which channels it can send video data */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_0 (1 << 4) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_1 (1 << 5) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_2 (1 << 6) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_3 (1 << 7) -/* Does it support only continuous or also non-continuous clock mode */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CONTINUOUS_CLOCK (1 << 8) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_NONCONTINUOUS_CLOCK (1 << 9) - -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_LANES (V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_1_LANE | V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_2_LANE | \ - V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_3_LANE | V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_4_LANE) -#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNELS (V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_0 | V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_1 | \ - V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_2 | V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CHANNEL_3) +/* Clock non-continuous mode support. */ +#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_NONCONTINUOUS_CLOCK BIT(0) + +#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES 8 + +/** + * enum v4l2_mbus_csi2_cphy_line_orders_type - CSI-2 C-PHY line order + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ABC: C-PHY line order ABC (default) + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ACB: C-PHY line order ACB + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BAC: C-PHY line order BAC + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BCA: C-PHY line order BCA + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CAB: C-PHY line order CAB + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CBA: C-PHY line order CBA + */ +enum v4l2_mbus_csi2_cphy_line_orders_type { + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ABC, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ACB, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BAC, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BCA, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CAB, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CBA, +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 - MIPI CSI-2 data bus configuration + * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags + * @data_lanes: an array of physical data lane indexes + * @clock_lane: physical lane index of the clock lane + * @num_data_lanes: number of data lanes + * @lane_polarities: polarity of the lanes. The order is the same of + * the physical lanes. + * @line_orders: line order of the data lanes. The order is the same of the + * physical lanes. + */ +struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 { + unsigned int flags; + unsigned char data_lanes[V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES]; + unsigned char clock_lane; + unsigned char num_data_lanes; + bool lane_polarities[1 + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES]; + enum v4l2_mbus_csi2_cphy_line_orders_type line_orders[V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES]; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel - parallel data bus configuration + * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags + * @bus_width: bus width in bits + * @data_shift: data shift in bits + */ +struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel { + unsigned int flags; + unsigned char bus_width; + unsigned char data_shift; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 - CSI-1/CCP2 data bus configuration + * @clock_inv: polarity of clock/strobe signal + * false - not inverted, true - inverted + * @strobe: false - data/clock, true - data/strobe + * @lane_polarity: the polarities of the clock (index 0) and data lanes + * index (1) + * @data_lane: the number of the data lane + * @clock_lane: the number of the clock lane + */ +struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 { + unsigned char clock_inv:1; + unsigned char strobe:1; + bool lane_polarity[2]; + unsigned char data_lane; + unsigned char clock_lane; +}; /** - * v4l2_mbus_type - media bus type + * enum v4l2_mbus_type - media bus type + * @V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN: unknown bus type, no V4L2 mediabus configuration * @V4L2_MBUS_PARALLEL: parallel interface with hsync and vsync * @V4L2_MBUS_BT656: parallel interface with embedded synchronisation, can * also be used for BT.1120 - * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI1: MIPI CSI-1 serial interface + * @V4L2_MBUS_CCP2: CCP2 (Compact Camera Port 2) + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_DPHY: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface, with D-PHY + * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface, with C-PHY + * @V4L2_MBUS_DPI: MIPI VIDEO DPI interface + * @V4L2_MBUS_INVALID: invalid bus type (keep as last) */ enum v4l2_mbus_type { + V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, V4L2_MBUS_PARALLEL, V4L2_MBUS_BT656, - V4L2_MBUS_CSI2, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI1, + V4L2_MBUS_CCP2, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_DPHY, + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY, + V4L2_MBUS_DPI, + V4L2_MBUS_INVALID, }; /** - * v4l2_mbus_config - media bus configuration - * @type: in: interface type - * @flags: in / out: configuration flags, depending on @type + * struct v4l2_mbus_config - media bus configuration + * @type: interface type + * @link_freq: The link frequency. See also V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ control. + * @bus: bus configuration data structure + * @bus.parallel: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel. + * Used if the bus is parallel or BT.656. + * @bus.mipi_csi1: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1. + * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial + * Interface version 1 (MIPI CSI1) or Standard + * Mobile Imaging Architecture's Compact Camera Port 2 + * (SMIA CCP2). + * @bus.mipi_csi2: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2. + * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial + * Interface version 2 (MIPI CSI2). */ struct v4l2_mbus_config { enum v4l2_mbus_type type; - unsigned int flags; + u64 link_freq; + union { + struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel parallel; + struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 mipi_csi1; + struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2; + } bus; }; -static inline void v4l2_fill_pix_format(struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt, - const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt) +/** + * v4l2_fill_pix_format - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct + * v4l2_pix_format fields from a &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt. + * + * @pix_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format to be filled + * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be used as model + */ +static inline void +v4l2_fill_pix_format(struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt, + const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt) { pix_fmt->width = mbus_fmt->width; pix_fmt->height = mbus_fmt->height; pix_fmt->field = mbus_fmt->field; pix_fmt->colorspace = mbus_fmt->colorspace; + pix_fmt->ycbcr_enc = mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc; + pix_fmt->quantization = mbus_fmt->quantization; + pix_fmt->xfer_func = mbus_fmt->xfer_func; } +/** + * v4l2_fill_mbus_format - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct + * v4l2_mbus_framefmt from a &struct v4l2_pix_format and a + * data format code. + * + * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be filled + * @pix_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format to be used as model + * @code: data format code (from &enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode) + */ static inline void v4l2_fill_mbus_format(struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt, - const struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt, - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode code) + const struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt, + u32 code) { mbus_fmt->width = pix_fmt->width; mbus_fmt->height = pix_fmt->height; mbus_fmt->field = pix_fmt->field; mbus_fmt->colorspace = pix_fmt->colorspace; + mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc = pix_fmt->ycbcr_enc; + mbus_fmt->quantization = pix_fmt->quantization; + mbus_fmt->xfer_func = pix_fmt->xfer_func; mbus_fmt->code = code; } +/** + * v4l2_fill_pix_format_mplane - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct + * v4l2_pix_format_mplane fields from a media bus structure. + * + * @pix_mp_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane to be filled + * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be used as model + */ +static inline void +v4l2_fill_pix_format_mplane(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pix_mp_fmt, + const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt) +{ + pix_mp_fmt->width = mbus_fmt->width; + pix_mp_fmt->height = mbus_fmt->height; + pix_mp_fmt->field = mbus_fmt->field; + pix_mp_fmt->colorspace = mbus_fmt->colorspace; + pix_mp_fmt->ycbcr_enc = mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc; + pix_mp_fmt->quantization = mbus_fmt->quantization; + pix_mp_fmt->xfer_func = mbus_fmt->xfer_func; +} + +/** + * v4l2_fill_mbus_format_mplane - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct + * v4l2_mbus_framefmt from a &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane. + * + * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be filled + * @pix_mp_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane to be used as model + */ +static inline void +v4l2_fill_mbus_format_mplane(struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt, + const struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pix_mp_fmt) +{ + mbus_fmt->width = pix_mp_fmt->width; + mbus_fmt->height = pix_mp_fmt->height; + mbus_fmt->field = pix_mp_fmt->field; + mbus_fmt->colorspace = pix_mp_fmt->colorspace; + mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc = pix_mp_fmt->ycbcr_enc; + mbus_fmt->quantization = pix_mp_fmt->quantization; + mbus_fmt->xfer_func = pix_mp_fmt->xfer_func; +} + #endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h b/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h index 0f4555b2a31b..bf6a09a04dcf 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* * Memory-to-memory device framework for Video for Linux 2. * @@ -7,17 +8,12 @@ * Copyright (c) 2009 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. * Pawel Osciak, <pawel@osciak.com> * Marek Szyprowski, <m.szyprowski@samsung.com> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - * Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - * License, or (at your option) any later version */ #ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H #define _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H -#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> /** * struct v4l2_m2m_ops - mem-to-mem device driver callbacks @@ -25,19 +21,21 @@ * callback. * The job does NOT have to end before this callback returns * (and it will be the usual case). When the job finishes, - * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() has to be called. + * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() or v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() + * has to be called. * @job_ready: optional. Should return 0 if the driver does not have a job * fully prepared to run yet (i.e. it will not be able to finish a * transaction without sleeping). If not provided, it will be * assumed that one source and one destination buffer are all * that is required for the driver to perform one full transaction. * This method may not sleep. - * @job_abort: required. Informs the driver that it has to abort the currently + * @job_abort: optional. Informs the driver that it has to abort the currently * running transaction as soon as possible (i.e. as soon as it can * stop the device safely; e.g. in the next interrupt handler), * even if the transaction would not have been finished by then. * After the driver performs the necessary steps, it has to call - * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() (as if the transaction ended normally). + * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() or v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() as + * if the transaction ended normally. * This function does not have to (and will usually not) wait * until the device enters a state when it can be stopped. */ @@ -45,31 +43,82 @@ struct v4l2_m2m_ops { void (*device_run)(void *priv); int (*job_ready)(void *priv); void (*job_abort)(void *priv); - void (*lock)(void *priv); - void (*unlock)(void *priv); }; +struct video_device; struct v4l2_m2m_dev; +/** + * struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx - represents a queue for buffers ready to be + * processed + * + * @q: pointer to struct &vb2_queue + * @rdy_queue: List of V4L2 mem-to-mem queues + * @rdy_spinlock: spin lock to protect the struct usage + * @num_rdy: number of buffers ready to be processed + * @buffered: is the queue buffered? + * + * Queue for buffers ready to be processed as soon as this + * instance receives access to the device. + */ + struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx { -/* private: internal use only */ struct vb2_queue q; - /* Queue for buffers ready to be processed as soon as this - * instance receives access to the device */ struct list_head rdy_queue; spinlock_t rdy_spinlock; u8 num_rdy; + bool buffered; }; +/** + * struct v4l2_m2m_ctx - Memory to memory context structure + * + * @q_lock: struct &mutex lock + * @new_frame: valid in the device_run callback: if true, then this + * starts a new frame; if false, then this is a new slice + * for an existing frame. This is always true unless + * V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF is set, which + * indicates slicing support. + * @is_draining: indicates device is in draining phase + * @last_src_buf: indicate the last source buffer for draining + * @next_buf_last: next capture queud buffer will be tagged as last + * @has_stopped: indicate the device has been stopped + * @ignore_cap_streaming: If true, job_ready can be called even if the CAPTURE + * queue is not streaming. This allows firmware to + * analyze the bitstream header which arrives on the + * OUTPUT queue. The driver must implement the job_ready + * callback correctly to make sure that the requirements + * for actual decoding are met. + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * @cap_q_ctx: Capture (output to memory) queue context + * @out_q_ctx: Output (input from memory) queue context + * @queue: List of memory to memory contexts + * @job_flags: Job queue flags, used internally by v4l2-mem2mem.c: + * %TRANS_QUEUED, %TRANS_RUNNING and %TRANS_ABORT. + * @finished: Wait queue used to signalize when a job queue finished. + * @priv: Instance private data + * + * The memory to memory context is specific to a file handle, NOT to e.g. + * a device. + */ struct v4l2_m2m_ctx { -/* private: internal use only */ + /* optional cap/out vb2 queues lock */ + struct mutex *q_lock; + + bool new_frame; + + bool is_draining; + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *last_src_buf; + bool next_buf_last; + bool has_stopped; + bool ignore_cap_streaming; + + /* internal use only */ struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev; - /* Capture (output to memory) queue context */ struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx cap_q_ctx; - /* Output (input from memory) queue context */ struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx out_q_ctx; /* For device job queue */ @@ -77,94 +126,526 @@ struct v4l2_m2m_ctx { unsigned long job_flags; wait_queue_head_t finished; - /* Instance private data */ void *priv; }; +/** + * struct v4l2_m2m_buffer - Memory to memory buffer + * + * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_v4l2_buffer + * @list: list of m2m buffers + */ struct v4l2_m2m_buffer { - struct vb2_buffer vb; + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer vb; struct list_head list; }; +/** + * v4l2_m2m_get_curr_priv() - return driver private data for the currently + * running instance or NULL if no instance is running + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + */ void *v4l2_m2m_get_curr_priv(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_get_vq() - return vb2_queue for the given type + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type + * + * This function returns the capture queue when @type is a capture type, and the + * output queue otherwise. It never returns a NULL pointer. + */ struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, enum v4l2_buf_type type); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_try_schedule() - check whether an instance is ready to be added to + * the pending job queue and add it if so. + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * + * There are three basic requirements an instance has to meet to be able to run: + * 1) at least one source buffer has to be queued, + * 2) at least one destination buffer has to be queued, + * 3) streaming has to be on. + * + * If a queue is buffered (for example a decoder hardware ringbuffer that has + * to be drained before doing streamoff), allow scheduling without v4l2 buffers + * on that queue. + * + * There may also be additional, custom requirements. In such case the driver + * should supply a custom callback (job_ready in v4l2_m2m_ops) that should + * return 1 if the instance is ready. + * An example of the above could be an instance that requires more than one + * src/dst buffer per transaction. + */ +void v4l2_m2m_try_schedule(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() - inform the framework that a job has been finished + * and have it clean up + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * + * Called by a driver to yield back the device after it has finished with it. + * Should be called as soon as possible after reaching a state which allows + * other instances to take control of the device. + * + * This function has to be called only after &v4l2_m2m_ops->device_run + * callback has been called on the driver. + */ void v4l2_m2m_job_finish(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() - return source/destination buffers with + * state and inform the framework that a job has been finished and have it + * clean up + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @state: vb2 buffer state passed to v4l2_m2m_buf_done(). + * + * Drivers that set V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF must use this + * function instead of job_finish() to take held buffers into account. It is + * optional for other drivers. + * + * This function removes the source buffer from the ready list and returns + * it with the given state. The same is done for the destination buffer, unless + * it is marked 'held'. In that case the buffer is kept on the ready list. + * + * After that the job is finished (see job_finish()). + * + * This allows for multiple output buffers to be used to fill in a single + * capture buffer. This is typically used by stateless decoders where + * multiple e.g. H.264 slices contribute to a single decoded frame. + */ +void v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev, + struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + enum vb2_buffer_state state); + +static inline void +v4l2_m2m_buf_done(struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *buf, enum vb2_buffer_state state) +{ + vb2_buffer_done(&buf->vb2_buf, state); +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_clear_state() - clear encoding/decoding state + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ static inline void -v4l2_m2m_buf_done(struct vb2_buffer *buf, enum vb2_buffer_state state) +v4l2_m2m_clear_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +{ + m2m_ctx->next_buf_last = false; + m2m_ctx->is_draining = false; + m2m_ctx->has_stopped = false; +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_mark_stopped() - set current encoding/decoding state as stopped + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ +static inline void +v4l2_m2m_mark_stopped(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +{ + m2m_ctx->next_buf_last = false; + m2m_ctx->is_draining = false; + m2m_ctx->has_stopped = true; +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_is_last() - return the current encoding/decoding session + * draining management state of next queued capture buffer + * + * This last capture buffer should be tagged with V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST to notify + * the end of the capture session. + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ +static inline bool +v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_is_last(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +{ + return m2m_ctx->is_draining && m2m_ctx->next_buf_last; +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_has_stopped() - return the current encoding/decoding session + * stopped state + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ +static inline bool +v4l2_m2m_has_stopped(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { - vb2_buffer_done(buf, state); + return m2m_ctx->has_stopped; } +/** + * v4l2_m2m_is_last_draining_src_buf() - return the output buffer draining + * state in the current encoding/decoding session + * + * This will identify the last output buffer queued before a session stop + * was required, leading to an actual encoding/decoding session stop state + * in the encoding/decoding process after being processed. + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @vbuf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer + */ +static inline bool +v4l2_m2m_is_last_draining_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf) +{ + return m2m_ctx->is_draining && vbuf == m2m_ctx->last_src_buf; +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_last_buffer_done() - marks the buffer with LAST flag and DONE + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @vbuf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer + */ +void v4l2_m2m_last_buffer_done(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_suspend() - stop new jobs from being run and wait for current job + * to finish + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * + * Called by a driver in the suspend hook. Stop new jobs from being run, and + * wait for current running job to finish. + */ +void v4l2_m2m_suspend(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_resume() - resume job running and try to run a queued job + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * + * Called by a driver in the resume hook. This reverts the operation of + * v4l2_m2m_suspend() and allows job to be run. Also try to run a queued job if + * there is any. + */ +void v4l2_m2m_resume(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_reqbufs() - multi-queue-aware REQBUFS multiplexer + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @reqbufs: pointer to struct &v4l2_requestbuffers + */ int v4l2_m2m_reqbufs(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *reqbufs); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_querybuf() - multi-queue-aware QUERYBUF multiplexer + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer + * + * See v4l2_m2m_mmap() documentation for details. + */ int v4l2_m2m_querybuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct v4l2_buffer *buf); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_qbuf() - enqueue a source or destination buffer, depending on + * the type + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer + */ int v4l2_m2m_qbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct v4l2_buffer *buf); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_dqbuf() - dequeue a source or destination buffer, depending on + * the type + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer + */ int v4l2_m2m_dqbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct v4l2_buffer *buf); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_prepare_buf() - prepare a source or destination buffer, depending on + * the type + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer + */ +int v4l2_m2m_prepare_buf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct v4l2_buffer *buf); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_create_bufs() - create a source or destination buffer, depending + * on the type + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @create: pointer to struct &v4l2_create_buffers + */ int v4l2_m2m_create_bufs(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct v4l2_create_buffers *create); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_expbuf() - export a source or destination buffer, depending on + * the type + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @eb: pointer to struct &v4l2_exportbuffer + */ int v4l2_m2m_expbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_streamon() - turn on streaming for a video queue + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type + */ int v4l2_m2m_streamon(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, enum v4l2_buf_type type); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_streamoff() - turn off streaming for a video queue + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type + */ int v4l2_m2m_streamoff(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, enum v4l2_buf_type type); -unsigned int v4l2_m2m_poll(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, +/** + * v4l2_m2m_update_start_streaming_state() - update the encoding/decoding + * session state when a start of streaming of a video queue is requested + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @q: queue + */ +void v4l2_m2m_update_start_streaming_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_update_stop_streaming_state() - update the encoding/decoding + * session state when a stop of streaming of a video queue is requested + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @q: queue + */ +void v4l2_m2m_update_stop_streaming_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_encoder_cmd() - execute an encoder command + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @ec: pointer to the encoder command + */ +int v4l2_m2m_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_decoder_cmd() - execute a decoder command + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @dc: pointer to the decoder command + */ +int v4l2_m2m_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_poll() - poll replacement, for destination buffers only + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @wait: pointer to struct &poll_table_struct + * + * Call from the driver's poll() function. Will poll both queues. If a buffer + * is available to dequeue (with dqbuf) from the source queue, this will + * indicate that a non-blocking write can be performed, while read will be + * returned in case of the destination queue. + */ +__poll_t v4l2_m2m_poll(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct poll_table_struct *wait); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_mmap() - source and destination queues-aware mmap multiplexer + * + * @file: pointer to struct &file + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @vma: pointer to struct &vm_area_struct + * + * Call from driver's mmap() function. Will handle mmap() for both queues + * seamlessly for the video buffer, which will receive normal per-queue offsets + * and proper vb2 queue pointers. The differentiation is made outside + * vb2 by adding a predefined offset to buffers from one of the queues + * and subtracting it before passing it back to vb2. Only drivers (and + * thus applications) receive modified offsets. + */ int v4l2_m2m_mmap(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct vm_area_struct *vma); +#ifndef CONFIG_MMU +unsigned long v4l2_m2m_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr, + unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff, + unsigned long flags); +#endif +/** + * v4l2_m2m_init() - initialize per-driver m2m data + * + * @m2m_ops: pointer to struct v4l2_m2m_ops + * + * Usually called from driver's ``probe()`` function. + * + * Return: returns an opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + */ struct v4l2_m2m_dev *v4l2_m2m_init(const struct v4l2_m2m_ops *m2m_ops); + +#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) +void v4l2_m2m_unregister_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev); +int v4l2_m2m_register_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev, + struct video_device *vdev, int function); +#else +static inline void +v4l2_m2m_unregister_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev) +{ +} + +static inline int +v4l2_m2m_register_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev, + struct video_device *vdev, int function) +{ + return 0; +} +#endif + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_release() - cleans up and frees a m2m_dev structure + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * + * Usually called from driver's ``remove()`` function. + */ void v4l2_m2m_release(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_ctx_init() - allocate and initialize a m2m context + * + * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context + * @drv_priv: driver's instance private data + * @queue_init: a callback for queue type-specific initialization function + * to be used for initializing vb2_queues + * + * Usually called from driver's ``open()`` function. + */ struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *v4l2_m2m_ctx_init(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev, void *drv_priv, int (*queue_init)(void *priv, struct vb2_queue *src_vq, struct vb2_queue *dst_vq)); +static inline void v4l2_m2m_set_src_buffered(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + bool buffered) +{ + m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.buffered = buffered; +} + +static inline void v4l2_m2m_set_dst_buffered(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + bool buffered) +{ + m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.buffered = buffered; +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_ctx_release() - release m2m context + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * + * Usually called from driver's release() function. + */ void v4l2_m2m_ctx_release(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx); -void v4l2_m2m_buf_queue(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, struct vb2_buffer *vb); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_buf_queue() - add a buffer to the proper ready buffers list. + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @vbuf: pointer to struct &vb2_v4l2_buffer + * + * Call from vb2_queue_ops->ops->buf_queue, vb2_queue_ops callback. + */ +void v4l2_m2m_buf_queue(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf); /** * v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready() - return the number of source buffers ready for * use + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ static inline unsigned int v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { - return m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.num_rdy; + unsigned int num_buf_rdy; + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags); + num_buf_rdy = m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.num_rdy; + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags); + + return num_buf_rdy; } /** - * v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready() - return the number of destination buffers + * v4l2_m2m_num_dst_bufs_ready() - return the number of destination buffers * ready for use + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ static inline unsigned int v4l2_m2m_num_dst_bufs_ready(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { - return m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.num_rdy; + unsigned int num_buf_rdy; + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags); + num_buf_rdy = m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.num_rdy; + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags); + + return num_buf_rdy; } -void *v4l2_m2m_next_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_next_buf() - return next buffer from the list of ready buffers + * + * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx + */ +struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_next_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx); /** * v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf() - return next source buffer from the list of ready * buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ -static inline void *v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { return v4l2_m2m_next_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx); } @@ -172,14 +653,91 @@ static inline void *v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) /** * v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf() - return next destination buffer from the list of * ready buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ -static inline void *v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { return v4l2_m2m_next_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx); } /** + * v4l2_m2m_last_buf() - return last buffer from the list of ready buffers + * + * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx + */ +struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_last_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_last_src_buf() - return last source buffer from the list of + * ready buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_last_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +{ + return v4l2_m2m_last_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx); +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_last_dst_buf() - return last destination buffer from the list of + * ready buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + */ +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_last_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +{ + return v4l2_m2m_last_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx); +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf() - iterate over a list of destination ready + * buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer + */ +#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf(m2m_ctx, b) \ + list_for_each_entry(b, &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list) + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf() - iterate over a list of source ready buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer + */ +#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf(m2m_ctx, b) \ + list_for_each_entry(b, &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list) + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe() - iterate over a list of destination ready + * buffers safely + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer + * @n: used as temporary storage + */ +#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe(m2m_ctx, b, n) \ + list_for_each_entry_safe(b, n, &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list) + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe() - iterate over a list of source ready + * buffers safely + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer + * @n: used as temporary storage + */ +#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe(m2m_ctx, b, n) \ + list_for_each_entry_safe(b, n, &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list) + +/** * v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq() - return vb2_queue for source buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ static inline struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) @@ -189,6 +747,8 @@ struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) /** * v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq() - return vb2_queue for destination buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ static inline struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) @@ -196,13 +756,22 @@ struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) return &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.q; } -void *v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx); +/** + * v4l2_m2m_buf_remove() - take off a buffer from the list of ready buffers and + * return it + * + * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx + */ +struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx); /** * v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove() - take off a source buffer from the list of ready * buffers and return it + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ -static inline void *v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx); } @@ -210,11 +779,120 @@ static inline void *v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) /** * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove() - take off a destination buffer from the list of * ready buffers and return it + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx */ -static inline void *v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx) { return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx); } +/** + * v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact buffer from the list of ready + * buffers + * + * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx + * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed + */ +void v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf); + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact source buffer from the list + * of ready buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed + */ +static inline void v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf) +{ + v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx, vbuf); +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact destination buffer from the + * list of ready buffers + * + * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx + * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed + */ +static inline void v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf) +{ + v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx, vbuf); +} + +struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx, unsigned int idx); + +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, unsigned int idx) +{ + return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx, idx); +} + +static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * +v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, unsigned int idx) +{ + return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx, idx); +} + +/** + * v4l2_m2m_buf_copy_metadata() - copy buffer metadata from + * the output buffer to the capture buffer + * + * @out_vb: the output buffer that is the source of the metadata. + * @cap_vb: the capture buffer that will receive the metadata. + * + * This helper function copies the timestamp, timecode (if the TIMECODE + * buffer flag was set), field, and the TIMECODE and TSTAMP_SRC_MASK flags from + * @out_vb to @cap_vb. + */ +void v4l2_m2m_buf_copy_metadata(const struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *out_vb, + struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *cap_vb); + +/* v4l2 request helper */ + +void v4l2_m2m_request_queue(struct media_request *req); + +/* v4l2 ioctl helpers */ + +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_requestbuffers *rb); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_create_buffers *create); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_remove_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_remove_buffers *d); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *buf); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *buf); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *buf); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *buf); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *priv, + enum v4l2_buf_type type); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *priv, + enum v4l2_buf_type type); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_try_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_try_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_stateless_try_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc); +int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_stateless_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc); +int v4l2_m2m_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma); +__poll_t v4l2_m2m_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait); + #endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-of.h b/include/media/v4l2-of.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a8a84124b44..000000000000 --- a/include/media/v4l2-of.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* - * V4L2 OF binding parsing library - * - * Copyright (C) 2012 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. - * Author: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> - * - * Copyright (C) 2012 Renesas Electronics Corp. - * Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ -#ifndef _V4L2_OF_H -#define _V4L2_OF_H - -#include <linux/list.h> -#include <linux/types.h> -#include <linux/errno.h> - -#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h> - -struct device_node; - -/** - * struct v4l2_of_bus_mipi_csi2 - MIPI CSI-2 bus data structure - * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags - * @data_lanes: an array of physical data lane indexes - * @clock_lane: physical lane index of the clock lane - * @num_data_lanes: number of data lanes - */ -struct v4l2_of_bus_mipi_csi2 { - unsigned int flags; - unsigned char data_lanes[4]; - unsigned char clock_lane; - unsigned short num_data_lanes; -}; - -/** - * struct v4l2_of_bus_parallel - parallel data bus data structure - * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags - * @bus_width: bus width in bits - * @data_shift: data shift in bits - */ -struct v4l2_of_bus_parallel { - unsigned int flags; - unsigned char bus_width; - unsigned char data_shift; -}; - -/** - * struct v4l2_of_endpoint - the endpoint data structure - * @port: identifier (value of reg property) of a port this endpoint belongs to - * @id: identifier (value of reg property) of this endpoint - * @local_node: pointer to device_node of this endpoint - * @remote: phandle to remote endpoint node - * @bus_type: bus type - * @bus: bus configuration data structure - * @head: list head for this structure - */ -struct v4l2_of_endpoint { - unsigned int port; - unsigned int id; - const struct device_node *local_node; - const __be32 *remote; - enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type; - union { - struct v4l2_of_bus_parallel parallel; - struct v4l2_of_bus_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2; - } bus; - struct list_head head; -}; - -#ifdef CONFIG_OF -void v4l2_of_parse_endpoint(const struct device_node *node, - struct v4l2_of_endpoint *link); -struct device_node *v4l2_of_get_next_endpoint(const struct device_node *parent, - struct device_node *previous); -struct device_node *v4l2_of_get_remote_port_parent( - const struct device_node *node); -struct device_node *v4l2_of_get_remote_port(const struct device_node *node); -#else /* CONFIG_OF */ - -static inline int v4l2_of_parse_endpoint(const struct device_node *node, - struct v4l2_of_endpoint *link) -{ - return -ENOSYS; -} - -static inline struct device_node *v4l2_of_get_next_endpoint( - const struct device_node *parent, - struct device_node *previous) -{ - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct device_node *v4l2_of_get_remote_port_parent( - const struct device_node *node) -{ - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct device_node *v4l2_of_get_remote_port( - const struct device_node *node) -{ - return NULL; -} - -#endif /* CONFIG_OF */ - -#endif /* _V4L2_OF_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-rect.h b/include/media/v4l2-rect.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd587d0c0dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-rect.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ +/* + * v4l2-rect.h - v4l2_rect helper functions + * + * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + */ + +#ifndef _V4L2_RECT_H_ +#define _V4L2_RECT_H_ + +#include <linux/videodev2.h> + +/** + * v4l2_rect_set_size_to() - copy the width/height values. + * @r: rect whose width and height fields will be set + * @size: rect containing the width and height fields you need. + */ +static inline void v4l2_rect_set_size_to(struct v4l2_rect *r, + const struct v4l2_rect *size) +{ + r->width = size->width; + r->height = size->height; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_set_min_size() - width and height of r should be >= min_size. + * @r: rect whose width and height will be modified + * @min_size: rect containing the minimal width and height + */ +static inline void v4l2_rect_set_min_size(struct v4l2_rect *r, + const struct v4l2_rect *min_size) +{ + if (r->width < min_size->width) + r->width = min_size->width; + if (r->height < min_size->height) + r->height = min_size->height; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_set_max_size() - width and height of r should be <= max_size + * @r: rect whose width and height will be modified + * @max_size: rect containing the maximum width and height + */ +static inline void v4l2_rect_set_max_size(struct v4l2_rect *r, + const struct v4l2_rect *max_size) +{ + if (r->width > max_size->width) + r->width = max_size->width; + if (r->height > max_size->height) + r->height = max_size->height; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_map_inside()- r should be inside boundary. + * @r: rect that will be modified + * @boundary: rect containing the boundary for @r + */ +static inline void v4l2_rect_map_inside(struct v4l2_rect *r, + const struct v4l2_rect *boundary) +{ + v4l2_rect_set_max_size(r, boundary); + if (r->left < boundary->left) + r->left = boundary->left; + if (r->top < boundary->top) + r->top = boundary->top; + if (r->left + r->width > boundary->left + boundary->width) + r->left = boundary->left + boundary->width - r->width; + if (r->top + r->height > boundary->top + boundary->height) + r->top = boundary->top + boundary->height - r->height; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_same_size() - return true if r1 has the same size as r2 + * @r1: rectangle. + * @r2: rectangle. + * + * Return true if both rectangles have the same size. + */ +static inline bool v4l2_rect_same_size(const struct v4l2_rect *r1, + const struct v4l2_rect *r2) +{ + return r1->width == r2->width && r1->height == r2->height; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_same_position() - return true if r1 has the same position as r2 + * @r1: rectangle. + * @r2: rectangle. + * + * Return true if both rectangles have the same position + */ +static inline bool v4l2_rect_same_position(const struct v4l2_rect *r1, + const struct v4l2_rect *r2) +{ + return r1->top == r2->top && r1->left == r2->left; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_equal() - return true if r1 equals r2 + * @r1: rectangle. + * @r2: rectangle. + * + * Return true if both rectangles have the same size and position. + */ +static inline bool v4l2_rect_equal(const struct v4l2_rect *r1, + const struct v4l2_rect *r2) +{ + return v4l2_rect_same_size(r1, r2) && v4l2_rect_same_position(r1, r2); +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_intersect() - calculate the intersection of two rects. + * @r: intersection of @r1 and @r2. + * @r1: rectangle. + * @r2: rectangle. + */ +static inline void v4l2_rect_intersect(struct v4l2_rect *r, + const struct v4l2_rect *r1, + const struct v4l2_rect *r2) +{ + int right, bottom; + + r->top = max(r1->top, r2->top); + r->left = max(r1->left, r2->left); + bottom = min(r1->top + r1->height, r2->top + r2->height); + right = min(r1->left + r1->width, r2->left + r2->width); + r->height = max(0, bottom - r->top); + r->width = max(0, right - r->left); +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_scale() - scale rect r by to/from + * @r: rect to be scaled. + * @from: from rectangle. + * @to: to rectangle. + * + * This scales rectangle @r horizontally by @to->width / @from->width and + * vertically by @to->height / @from->height. + * + * Typically @r is a rectangle inside @from and you want the rectangle as + * it would appear after scaling @from to @to. So the resulting @r will + * be the scaled rectangle inside @to. + */ +static inline void v4l2_rect_scale(struct v4l2_rect *r, + const struct v4l2_rect *from, + const struct v4l2_rect *to) +{ + if (from->width == 0 || from->height == 0) { + r->left = r->top = r->width = r->height = 0; + return; + } + r->left = (((r->left - from->left) * to->width) / from->width) & ~1; + r->width = ((r->width * to->width) / from->width) & ~1; + r->top = ((r->top - from->top) * to->height) / from->height; + r->height = (r->height * to->height) / from->height; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_overlap() - do r1 and r2 overlap? + * @r1: rectangle. + * @r2: rectangle. + * + * Returns true if @r1 and @r2 overlap. + */ +static inline bool v4l2_rect_overlap(const struct v4l2_rect *r1, + const struct v4l2_rect *r2) +{ + /* + * IF the left side of r1 is to the right of the right side of r2 OR + * the left side of r2 is to the right of the right side of r1 THEN + * they do not overlap. + */ + if (r1->left >= r2->left + r2->width || + r2->left >= r1->left + r1->width) + return false; + /* + * IF the top side of r1 is below the bottom of r2 OR + * the top side of r2 is below the bottom of r1 THEN + * they do not overlap. + */ + if (r1->top >= r2->top + r2->height || + r2->top >= r1->top + r1->height) + return false; + return true; +} + +/** + * v4l2_rect_enclosed() - is r1 enclosed in r2? + * @r1: rectangle. + * @r2: rectangle. + * + * Returns true if @r1 is enclosed in @r2. + */ +static inline bool v4l2_rect_enclosed(struct v4l2_rect *r1, + struct v4l2_rect *r2) +{ + if (r1->left < r2->left || r1->top < r2->top) + return false; + if (r1->left + r1->width > r2->left + r2->width) + return false; + if (r1->top + r1->height > r2->top + r2->height) + return false; + + return true; +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h index 3250cc5e7925..a37d9a847196 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h @@ -1,21 +1,8 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ /* - V4L2 sub-device support header. - - Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + * V4L2 sub-device support header. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> */ #ifndef _V4L2_SUBDEV_H @@ -40,109 +27,171 @@ #define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_TX_NOTIFY _IOW('v', 1, u32) #define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_TX_FIFO_SERVICE_REQ 0x00000001 +#define V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT _IOW('v', 2, struct v4l2_event) + struct v4l2_device; struct v4l2_ctrl_handler; +struct v4l2_event; struct v4l2_event_subscription; struct v4l2_fh; struct v4l2_subdev; struct v4l2_subdev_fh; +struct v4l2_subdev_stream_config; struct tuner_setup; struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc; +struct led_classdev; -/* decode_vbi_line */ +/** + * struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line - used to decode_vbi_line + * + * @is_second_field: Set to 0 for the first (odd) field; + * set to 1 for the second (even) field. + * @p: Pointer to the sliced VBI data from the decoder. On exit, points to + * the start of the payload. + * @line: Line number of the sliced VBI data (1-23) + * @type: VBI service type (V4L2_SLICED_*). 0 if no service found + */ struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line { - u32 is_second_field; /* Set to 0 for the first (odd) field, - set to 1 for the second (even) field. */ - u8 *p; /* Pointer to the sliced VBI data from the decoder. - On exit points to the start of the payload. */ - u32 line; /* Line number of the sliced VBI data (1-23) */ - u32 type; /* VBI service type (V4L2_SLICED_*). 0 if no service found */ + u32 is_second_field; + u8 *p; + u32 line; + u32 type; }; -/* Sub-devices are devices that are connected somehow to the main bridge - device. These devices are usually audio/video muxers/encoders/decoders or - sensors and webcam controllers. - - Usually these devices are controlled through an i2c bus, but other busses - may also be used. - - The v4l2_subdev struct provides a way of accessing these devices in a - generic manner. Most operations that these sub-devices support fall in - a few categories: core ops, audio ops, video ops and tuner ops. - - More categories can be added if needed, although this should remain a - limited set (no more than approx. 8 categories). - - Each category has its own set of ops that subdev drivers can implement. - - A subdev driver can leave the pointer to the category ops NULL if - it does not implement them (e.g. an audio subdev will generally not - implement the video category ops). The exception is the core category: - this must always be present. - - These ops are all used internally so it is no problem to change, remove - or add ops or move ops from one to another category. Currently these - ops are based on the original ioctls, but since ops are not limited to - one argument there is room for improvement here once all i2c subdev - drivers are converted to use these ops. +/* + * Sub-devices are devices that are connected somehow to the main bridge + * device. These devices are usually audio/video muxers/encoders/decoders or + * sensors and webcam controllers. + * + * Usually these devices are controlled through an i2c bus, but other buses + * may also be used. + * + * The v4l2_subdev struct provides a way of accessing these devices in a + * generic manner. Most operations that these sub-devices support fall in + * a few categories: core ops, audio ops, video ops and tuner ops. + * + * More categories can be added if needed, although this should remain a + * limited set (no more than approx. 8 categories). + * + * Each category has its own set of ops that subdev drivers can implement. + * + * A subdev driver can leave the pointer to the category ops NULL if + * it does not implement them (e.g. an audio subdev will generally not + * implement the video category ops). The exception is the core category: + * this must always be present. + * + * These ops are all used internally so it is no problem to change, remove + * or add ops or move ops from one to another category. Currently these + * ops are based on the original ioctls, but since ops are not limited to + * one argument there is room for improvement here once all i2c subdev + * drivers are converted to use these ops. */ -/* Core ops: it is highly recommended to implement at least these ops: - - log_status - g_register - s_register - - This provides basic debugging support. - - The ioctl ops is meant for generic ioctl-like commands. Depending on - the use-case it might be better to use subdev-specific ops (currently - not yet implemented) since ops provide proper type-checking. +/* + * Core ops: it is highly recommended to implement at least these ops: + * + * log_status + * g_register + * s_register + * + * This provides basic debugging support. + * + * The ioctl ops is meant for generic ioctl-like commands. Depending on + * the use-case it might be better to use subdev-specific ops (currently + * not yet implemented) since ops provide proper type-checking. */ -/* Subdevice external IO pin configuration */ -#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE (1 << 0) /* ENABLE assumed */ -#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT (1 << 1) -#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT (1 << 2) -#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE (1 << 3) /* Set output value */ -#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW (1 << 4) /* ACTIVE HIGH assumed */ +/** + * enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits - Subdevice external IO pin configuration + * bits + * + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE: disables a pin config. ENABLE assumed. + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT: set it if pin is an output. + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT: set it if pin is an input. + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE: to set the output value via + * &struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config->value. + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW: pin active is bit 0. + * Otherwise, ACTIVE HIGH is assumed. + */ +enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits { + V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE = 0, + V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT = 1, + V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT = 2, + V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE = 3, + V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW = 4, +}; +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config - Subdevice external IO pin configuration + * + * @flags: bitmask with flags for this pin's config, whose bits are defined by + * &enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits. + * @pin: Chip external IO pin to configure + * @function: Internal signal pad/function to route to IO pin + * @value: Initial value for pin - e.g. GPIO output value + * @strength: Pin drive strength + */ struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config { - u32 flags; /* V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_* flags for this pin's config */ - u8 pin; /* Chip external IO pin to configure */ - u8 function; /* Internal signal pad/function to route to IO pin */ - u8 value; /* Initial value for pin - e.g. GPIO output value */ - u8 strength; /* Pin drive strength */ + u32 flags; + u8 pin; + u8 function; + u8 value; + u8 strength; }; -/* - s_io_pin_config: configure one or more chip I/O pins for chips that - multiplex different internal signal pads out to IO pins. This function - takes a pointer to an array of 'n' pin configuration entries, one for - each pin being configured. This function could be called at times - other than just subdevice initialization. - - init: initialize the sensor registers to some sort of reasonable default - values. Do not use for new drivers and should be removed in existing - drivers. - - load_fw: load firmware. - - reset: generic reset command. The argument selects which subsystems to - reset. Passing 0 will always reset the whole chip. Do not use for new - drivers without discussing this first on the linux-media mailinglist. - There should be no reason normally to reset a device. - - s_gpio: set GPIO pins. Very simple right now, might need to be extended with - a direction argument if needed. - - s_power: puts subdevice in power saving mode (on == 0) or normal operation - mode (on == 1). - - interrupt_service_routine: Called by the bridge chip's interrupt service - handler, when an interrupt status has be raised due to this subdev, - so that this subdev can handle the details. It may schedule work to be - performed later. It must not sleep. *Called from an IRQ context*. +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops - Define core ops callbacks for subdevs + * + * @log_status: callback for VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_io_pin_config: configure one or more chip I/O pins for chips that + * multiplex different internal signal pads out to IO pins. This function + * takes a pointer to an array of 'n' pin configuration entries, one for + * each pin being configured. This function could be called at times + * other than just subdevice initialization. + * + * @init: initialize the sensor registers to some sort of reasonable default + * values. Do not use for new drivers and should be removed in existing + * drivers. + * + * @load_fw: load firmware. + * + * @reset: generic reset command. The argument selects which subsystems to + * reset. Passing 0 will always reset the whole chip. Do not use for new + * drivers without discussing this first on the linux-media mailinglist. + * There should be no reason normally to reset a device. + * + * @s_gpio: set GPIO pins. Very simple right now, might need to be extended with + * a direction argument if needed. + * + * @command: called by in-kernel drivers in order to call functions internal + * to subdev drivers driver that have a separate callback. + * + * @ioctl: called at the end of ioctl() syscall handler at the V4L2 core. + * used to provide support for private ioctls used on the driver. + * + * @compat_ioctl32: called when a 32 bits application uses a 64 bits Kernel, + * in order to fix data passed from/to userspace. + * + * @g_register: callback for VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_register: callback for VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_power: puts subdevice in power saving mode (on == 0) or normal operation + * mode (on == 1). DEPRECATED. See + * Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst . pre_streamon and + * post_streamoff callbacks can be used for e.g. setting the bus to LP-11 + * mode before s_stream is called. + * + * @interrupt_service_routine: Called by the bridge chip's interrupt service + * handler, when an interrupt status has be raised due to this subdev, + * so that this subdev can handle the details. It may schedule work to be + * performed later. It must not sleep. **Called from an IRQ context**. + * + * @subscribe_event: used by the drivers to request the control framework that + * for it to be warned when the value of a control changes. + * + * @unsubscribe_event: remove event subscription from the control framework. */ struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops { int (*log_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); @@ -152,16 +201,12 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops { int (*load_fw)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); int (*reset)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val); int (*s_gpio)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val); - int (*queryctrl)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc); - int (*g_ctrl)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_control *ctrl); - int (*s_ctrl)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_control *ctrl); - int (*g_ext_ctrls)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *ctrls); - int (*s_ext_ctrls)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *ctrls); - int (*try_ext_ctrls)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *ctrls); - int (*querymenu)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm); - int (*g_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *norm); - int (*s_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id norm); + long (*command)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); long (*ioctl)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, void *arg); +#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT + long (*compat_ioctl32)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, + unsigned long arg); +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG int (*g_register)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg); int (*s_register)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg); @@ -175,23 +220,62 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops { struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub); }; -/* s_radio: v4l device was opened in radio mode. - - g_frequency: freq->type must be filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2 - or the bridge driver. - - g_tuner: - s_tuner: vt->type must be filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2 or the - bridge driver. - - s_type_addr: sets tuner type and its I2C addr. - - s_config: sets tda9887 specific stuff, like port1, port2 and qss +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened + * in radio mode. + * + * @standby: puts the tuner in standby mode. It will be woken up + * automatically the next time it is used. + * + * @s_radio: callback that switches the tuner to radio mode. + * drivers should explicitly call it when a tuner ops should + * operate on radio mode, before being able to handle it. + * Used on devices that have both AM/FM radio receiver and TV. + * + * @s_frequency: callback for VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY() ioctl handler code. + * + * @g_frequency: callback for VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY() ioctl handler code. + * freq->type must be filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2() + * or the bridge driver. + * + * @enum_freq_bands: callback for VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS() ioctl handler code. + * + * @g_tuner: callback for VIDIOC_G_TUNER() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_tuner: callback for VIDIOC_S_TUNER() ioctl handler code. @vt->type must be + * filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2 or the + * bridge driver. + * + * @g_modulator: callback for VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_modulator: callback for VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_type_addr: sets tuner type and its I2C addr. + * + * @s_config: sets tda9887 specific stuff, like port1, port2 and qss + * + * .. note:: + * + * On devices that have both AM/FM and TV, it is up to the driver + * to explicitly call s_radio when the tuner should be switched to + * radio mode, before handling other &struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops + * that would require it. An example of such usage is:: + * + * static void s_frequency(void *priv, const struct v4l2_frequency *f) + * { + * ... + * if (f.type == V4L2_TUNER_RADIO) + * v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, tuner, s_radio); + * ... + * v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, tuner, s_frequency); + * } */ struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops { + int (*standby)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); int (*s_radio)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); int (*s_frequency)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_frequency *freq); int (*g_frequency)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frequency *freq); + int (*enum_freq_bands)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frequency_band *band); int (*g_tuner)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_tuner *vt); int (*s_tuner)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_tuner *vt); int (*g_modulator)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_modulator *vm); @@ -200,25 +284,31 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops { int (*s_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_priv_tun_config *config); }; -/* s_clock_freq: set the frequency (in Hz) of the audio clock output. - Used to slave an audio processor to the video decoder, ensuring that - audio and video remain synchronized. Usual values for the frequency - are 48000, 44100 or 32000 Hz. If the frequency is not supported, then - -EINVAL is returned. - - s_i2s_clock_freq: sets I2S speed in bps. This is used to provide a standard - way to select I2S clock used by driving digital audio streams at some - board designs. Usual values for the frequency are 1024000 and 2048000. - If the frequency is not supported, then -EINVAL is returned. - - s_routing: used to define the input and/or output pins of an audio chip, - and any additional configuration data. - Never attempt to use user-level input IDs (e.g. Composite, S-Video, - Tuner) at this level. An i2c device shouldn't know about whether an - input pin is connected to a Composite connector, become on another - board or platform it might be connected to something else entirely. - The calling driver is responsible for mapping a user-level input to - the right pins on the i2c device. +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops - Callbacks used for audio-related settings + * + * @s_clock_freq: set the frequency (in Hz) of the audio clock output. + * Used to slave an audio processor to the video decoder, ensuring that + * audio and video remain synchronized. Usual values for the frequency + * are 48000, 44100 or 32000 Hz. If the frequency is not supported, then + * -EINVAL is returned. + * + * @s_i2s_clock_freq: sets I2S speed in bps. This is used to provide a standard + * way to select I2S clock used by driving digital audio streams at some + * board designs. Usual values for the frequency are 1024000 and 2048000. + * If the frequency is not supported, then %-EINVAL is returned. + * + * @s_routing: used to define the input and/or output pins of an audio chip, + * and any additional configuration data. + * Never attempt to use user-level input IDs (e.g. Composite, S-Video, + * Tuner) at this level. An i2c device shouldn't know about whether an + * input pin is connected to a Composite connector, become on another + * board or platform it might be connected to something else entirely. + * The calling driver is responsible for mapping a user-level input to + * the right pins on the i2c device. + * + * @s_stream: used to notify the audio code that stream will start or has + * stopped. */ struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops { int (*s_clock_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq); @@ -227,157 +317,219 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops { int (*s_stream)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable); }; -/* Indicates the @length field specifies maximum data length. */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX (1U << 0) -/* Indicates user defined data format, i.e. non standard frame format. */ -#define V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB (1U << 1) +/** + * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 + * + * @vc: CSI-2 virtual channel + * @dt: CSI-2 data type ID + */ +struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 { + u8 vc; + u8 dt; +}; + +/** + * enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags - media bus frame description flags + * + * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX: + * Indicates that &struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry->length field + * specifies maximum data length. + * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB: + * Indicates that the format does not have line offsets, i.e. + * the receiver should use 1D DMA. + */ +enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags { + V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX = BIT(0), + V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB = BIT(1), +}; /** * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry - media bus frame description structure - * @flags: V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_* flags - * @pixelcode: media bus pixel code, valid if FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB is not set - * @length: number of octets per frame, valid for compressed or unspecified - * formats + * + * @flags: bitmask flags, as defined by &enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags. + * @stream: stream in routing configuration + * @pixelcode: media bus pixel code, valid if @flags + * %FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB is not set. + * @length: number of octets per frame, valid if @flags + * %V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX is set. + * @bus: Bus-specific frame descriptor parameters + * @bus.csi2: CSI-2-specific bus configuration */ struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry { - u16 flags; + enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags flags; + u32 stream; u32 pixelcode; u32 length; + union { + struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 csi2; + } bus; }; -#define V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX 4 + /* + * If this number is too small, it should be dropped altogether and the + * API switched to a dynamic number of frame descriptor entries. + */ +#define V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX 8 + +/** + * enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type - media bus frame description type + * + * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_UNDEFINED: + * Undefined frame desc type. Drivers should not use this, it is + * for backwards compatibility. + * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_PARALLEL: + * Parallel media bus. + * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_CSI2: + * CSI-2 media bus. Frame desc parameters must be set in + * &struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry->csi2. + */ +enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type { + V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_UNDEFINED = 0, + V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_PARALLEL, + V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_CSI2, +}; /** * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc - media bus data frame description + * @type: type of the bus (enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type) * @entry: frame descriptors array * @num_entries: number of entries in @entry array */ struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc { + enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type type; struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry entry[V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX]; unsigned short num_entries; }; -/* - s_std_output: set v4l2_std_id for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored by - video input devices. - - g_std_output: get current standard for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored - by video input devices. - - g_tvnorms_output: get v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by video - OUTPUT device. This is ignored by video input devices. - - s_crystal_freq: sets the frequency of the crystal used to generate the - clocks in Hz. An extra flags field allows device specific configuration - regarding clock frequency dividers, etc. If not used, then set flags - to 0. If the frequency is not supported, then -EINVAL is returned. - - g_input_status: get input status. Same as the status field in the v4l2_input - struct. - - s_routing: see s_routing in audio_ops, except this version is for video - devices. - - s_dv_timings(): Set custom dv timings in the sub device. This is used - when sub device is capable of setting detailed timing information - in the hardware to generate/detect the video signal. - - g_dv_timings(): Get custom dv timings in the sub device. - - enum_mbus_fmt: enumerate pixel formats, provided by a video data source - - g_mbus_fmt: get the current pixel format, provided by a video data source - - try_mbus_fmt: try to set a pixel format on a video data source - - s_mbus_fmt: set a pixel format on a video data source - - g_mbus_config: get supported mediabus configurations - - s_mbus_config: set a certain mediabus configuration. This operation is added - for compatibility with soc-camera drivers and should not be used by new - software. +/** + * enum v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags - Flags for pre_streamon subdev core op + * + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_PRE_STREAMON_FL_MANUAL_LP: Set the transmitter to either LP-11 + * or LP-111 mode before call to s_stream(). + */ +enum v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags { + V4L2_SUBDEV_PRE_STREAMON_FL_MANUAL_LP = BIT(0), +}; - s_rx_buffer: set a host allocated memory buffer for the subdev. The subdev - can adjust @size to a lower value and must not write more data to the - buffer starting at @data than the original value of @size. +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened + * in video mode. + * + * @s_routing: see s_routing in audio_ops, except this version is for video + * devices. + * + * @s_crystal_freq: sets the frequency of the crystal used to generate the + * clocks in Hz. An extra flags field allows device specific configuration + * regarding clock frequency dividers, etc. If not used, then set flags + * to 0. If the frequency is not supported, then -EINVAL is returned. + * + * @g_std: callback for VIDIOC_G_STD() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_std: callback for VIDIOC_S_STD() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_std_output: set v4l2_std_id for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored by + * video input devices. + * + * @g_std_output: get current standard for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored + * by video input devices. + * + * @querystd: callback for VIDIOC_QUERYSTD() ioctl handler code. + * + * @g_tvnorms: get &v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by the video + * CAPTURE device. This is ignored by video output devices. + * + * @g_tvnorms_output: get v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by the video + * OUTPUT device. This is ignored by video capture devices. + * + * @g_input_status: get input status. Same as the status field in the + * &struct v4l2_input + * + * @s_stream: start (enabled == 1) or stop (enabled == 0) streaming on the + * sub-device. Failure on stop will remove any resources acquired in + * streaming start, while the error code is still returned by the driver. + * The caller shall track the subdev state, and shall not start or stop an + * already started or stopped subdev. Also see call_s_stream wrapper in + * v4l2-subdev.c. + * + * This callback is DEPRECATED. New drivers should instead implement + * &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.enable_streams and + * &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.disable_streams operations, and use + * v4l2_subdev_s_stream_helper for the &v4l2_subdev_video_ops.s_stream + * operation to support legacy users. + * + * Drivers should also not call the .s_stream() subdev operation directly, + * but use the v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() and + * v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() helpers. + * + * @s_rx_buffer: set a host allocated memory buffer for the subdev. The subdev + * can adjust @size to a lower value and must not write more data to the + * buffer starting at @data than the original value of @size. + * + * @pre_streamon: May be called before streaming is actually started, to help + * initialising the bus. Current usage is to set a CSI-2 transmitter to + * LP-11 or LP-111 mode before streaming. See &enum + * v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags. + * + * pre_streamon shall return error if it cannot perform the operation as + * indicated by the flags argument. In particular, -EACCES indicates lack + * of support for the operation. The caller shall call post_streamoff for + * each successful call of pre_streamon. + * + * @post_streamoff: Called after streaming is stopped, but if and only if + * pre_streamon was called earlier. */ struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops { int (*s_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 input, u32 output, u32 config); int (*s_crystal_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq, u32 flags); + int (*g_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *norm); + int (*s_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id norm); int (*s_std_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id std); int (*g_std_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std); int (*querystd)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std); + int (*g_tvnorms)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std); int (*g_tvnorms_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std); int (*g_input_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *status); int (*s_stream)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable); - int (*cropcap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_cropcap *cc); - int (*g_crop)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_crop *crop); - int (*s_crop)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_crop *crop); - int (*g_parm)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *param); - int (*s_parm)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *param); - int (*g_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval); - int (*s_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval); - int (*enum_framesizes)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *fsize); - int (*enum_frameintervals)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frmivalenum *fival); - int (*s_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); - int (*g_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); - int (*enum_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings); - int (*query_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); - int (*dv_timings_cap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap); - int (*enum_mbus_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int index, - enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode *code); - int (*enum_mbus_fsizes)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *fsize); - int (*g_mbus_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *fmt); - int (*try_mbus_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *fmt); - int (*s_mbus_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *fmt); - int (*g_mbus_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_mbus_config *cfg); - int (*s_mbus_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - const struct v4l2_mbus_config *cfg); int (*s_rx_buffer)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *buf, unsigned int *size); + int (*pre_streamon)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 flags); + int (*post_streamoff)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); }; -/* - decode_vbi_line: video decoders that support sliced VBI need to implement - this ioctl. Field p of the v4l2_sliced_vbi_line struct is set to the - start of the VBI data that was generated by the decoder. The driver - then parses the sliced VBI data and sets the other fields in the - struct accordingly. The pointer p is updated to point to the start of - the payload which can be copied verbatim into the data field of the - v4l2_sliced_vbi_data struct. If no valid VBI data was found, then the - type field is set to 0 on return. - - s_vbi_data: used to generate VBI signals on a video signal. - v4l2_sliced_vbi_data is filled with the data packets that should be - output. Note that if you set the line field to 0, then that VBI signal - is disabled. If no valid VBI data was found, then the type field is - set to 0 on return. - - g_vbi_data: used to obtain the sliced VBI packet from a readback register. - Not all video decoders support this. If no data is available because - the readback register contains invalid or erroneous data -EIO is - returned. Note that you must fill in the 'id' member and the 'field' - member (to determine whether CC data from the first or second field - should be obtained). - - s_raw_fmt: setup the video encoder/decoder for raw VBI. - - g_sliced_fmt: retrieve the current sliced VBI settings. - - s_sliced_fmt: setup the sliced VBI settings. +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened + * in video mode via the vbi device node. + * + * @decode_vbi_line: video decoders that support sliced VBI need to implement + * this ioctl. Field p of the &struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line is set to the + * start of the VBI data that was generated by the decoder. The driver + * then parses the sliced VBI data and sets the other fields in the + * struct accordingly. The pointer p is updated to point to the start of + * the payload which can be copied verbatim into the data field of the + * &struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data. If no valid VBI data was found, then the + * type field is set to 0 on return. + * + * @s_vbi_data: used to generate VBI signals on a video signal. + * &struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data is filled with the data packets that + * should be output. Note that if you set the line field to 0, then that + * VBI signal is disabled. If no valid VBI data was found, then the type + * field is set to 0 on return. + * + * @g_vbi_data: used to obtain the sliced VBI packet from a readback register. + * Not all video decoders support this. If no data is available because + * the readback register contains invalid or erroneous data %-EIO is + * returned. Note that you must fill in the 'id' member and the 'field' + * member (to determine whether CC data from the first or second field + * should be obtained). + * + * @g_sliced_vbi_cap: callback for VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP() ioctl handler + * code. + * + * @s_raw_fmt: setup the video encoder/decoder for raw VBI. + * + * @g_sliced_fmt: retrieve the current sliced VBI settings. + * + * @s_sliced_fmt: setup the sliced VBI settings. */ struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops { int (*decode_vbi_line)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line *vbi_line); @@ -404,58 +556,99 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops { int (*g_skip_frames)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *frames); }; -/* - [rt]x_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of the - the IR receiver or transmitter. - - [rt]x_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of the - the IR receiver or transmitter. It is recommended to call - [rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change - the fields that need to be changed. Upon return, the actual device - operating parameters and state will be returned. Note that hardware - limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested - settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz - was requested. An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true. - The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual - state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and - processing when shutdown is true. - - rx_read: Reads received codes or pulse width data. - The semantics are similar to a non-blocking read() call. - - tx_write: Writes codes or pulse width data for transmission. - The semantics are similar to a non-blocking write() call. +/** + * enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode- describes the type of IR supported + * + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH: IR uses struct ir_raw_event records */ - enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode { - V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH, /* uses struct ir_raw_event records */ + V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH, }; +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters - Parameters for IR TX or TX + * + * @bytes_per_data_element: bytes per data element of data in read or + * write call. + * @mode: IR mode as defined by &enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode. + * @enable: device is active if true + * @interrupt_enable: IR interrupts are enabled if true + * @shutdown: if true: set hardware to low/no power, false: normal mode + * + * @modulation: if true, it uses carrier, if false: baseband + * @max_pulse_width: maximum pulse width in ns, valid only for baseband signal + * @carrier_freq: carrier frequency in Hz, valid only for modulated signal + * @duty_cycle: duty cycle percentage, valid only for modulated signal + * @invert_level: invert signal level + * + * @invert_carrier_sense: Send 0/space as a carrier burst. used only in TX. + * + * @noise_filter_min_width: min time of a valid pulse, in ns. Used only for RX. + * @carrier_range_lower: Lower carrier range, in Hz, valid only for modulated + * signal. Used only for RX. + * @carrier_range_upper: Upper carrier range, in Hz, valid only for modulated + * signal. Used only for RX. + * @resolution: The receive resolution, in ns . Used only for RX. + */ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters { - /* Either Rx or Tx */ - unsigned int bytes_per_data_element; /* of data in read or write call */ + unsigned int bytes_per_data_element; enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode mode; bool enable; bool interrupt_enable; - bool shutdown; /* true: set hardware to low/no power, false: normal */ + bool shutdown; - bool modulation; /* true: uses carrier, false: baseband */ - u32 max_pulse_width; /* ns, valid only for baseband signal */ - unsigned int carrier_freq; /* Hz, valid only for modulated signal*/ - unsigned int duty_cycle; /* percent, valid only for modulated signal*/ - bool invert_level; /* invert signal level */ + bool modulation; + u32 max_pulse_width; + unsigned int carrier_freq; + unsigned int duty_cycle; + bool invert_level; /* Tx only */ - bool invert_carrier_sense; /* Send 0/space as a carrier burst */ + bool invert_carrier_sense; /* Rx only */ - u32 noise_filter_min_width; /* ns, min time of a valid pulse */ - unsigned int carrier_range_lower; /* Hz, valid only for modulated sig */ - unsigned int carrier_range_upper; /* Hz, valid only for modulated sig */ - u32 resolution; /* ns */ + u32 noise_filter_min_width; + unsigned int carrier_range_lower; + unsigned int carrier_range_upper; + u32 resolution; }; +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops - operations for IR subdevices + * + * @rx_read: Reads received codes or pulse width data. + * The semantics are similar to a non-blocking read() call. + * @rx_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of + * the IR receiver. + * @rx_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of + * the IR receiver. It is recommended to call + * [rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change + * the fields that need to be changed. Upon return, the actual device + * operating parameters and state will be returned. Note that hardware + * limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested + * settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz + * was requested. An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true. + * The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual + * state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and + * processing when shutdown is true. + * + * @tx_write: Writes codes or pulse width data for transmission. + * The semantics are similar to a non-blocking write() call. + * @tx_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of + * the IR transmitter. + * @tx_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of + * the IR transmitter. It is recommended to call + * [rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change + * the fields that need to be changed. Upon return, the actual device + * operating parameters and state will be returned. Note that hardware + * limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested + * settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz + * was requested. An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true. + * The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual + * state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and + * processing when shutdown is true. + */ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops { /* Receiver */ int (*rx_read)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u8 *buf, size_t count, @@ -477,34 +670,200 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops { }; /** + * struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config - Used for storing subdev pad information. + * + * @format: &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt + * @crop: &struct v4l2_rect to be used for crop + * @compose: &struct v4l2_rect to be used for compose + * @interval: frame interval + */ +struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config { + struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt format; + struct v4l2_rect crop; + struct v4l2_rect compose; + struct v4l2_fract interval; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs - A collection of stream configs. + * + * @num_configs: number of entries in @config. + * @configs: an array of &struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs. + */ +struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs { + u32 num_configs; + struct v4l2_subdev_stream_config *configs; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_krouting - subdev routing table + * + * @len_routes: length of routes array, in routes + * @num_routes: number of routes + * @routes: &struct v4l2_subdev_route + * + * This structure contains the routing table for a subdev. + */ +struct v4l2_subdev_krouting { + unsigned int len_routes; + unsigned int num_routes; + struct v4l2_subdev_route *routes; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_state - Used for storing subdev state information. + * + * @_lock: default for 'lock' + * @lock: mutex for the state. May be replaced by the user. + * @sd: the sub-device which the state is related to + * @pads: &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config array + * @routing: routing table for the subdev + * @stream_configs: stream configurations (only for V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS) + * + * This structure only needs to be passed to the pad op if the 'which' field + * of the main argument is set to %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY. For + * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE it is safe to pass %NULL. + */ +struct v4l2_subdev_state { + /* lock for the struct v4l2_subdev_state fields */ + struct mutex _lock; + struct mutex *lock; + struct v4l2_subdev *sd; + struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config *pads; + struct v4l2_subdev_krouting routing; + struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs stream_configs; +}; + +/** * struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops - v4l2-subdev pad level operations + * + * @enum_mbus_code: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE() ioctl handler + * code. + * @enum_frame_size: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE() ioctl handler + * code. + * + * @enum_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL() ioctl + * handler code. + * + * @get_fmt: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT() ioctl handler code. + * + * @set_fmt: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT() ioctl handler code. + * + * @get_selection: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION() ioctl handler code. + * + * @set_selection: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION() ioctl handler code. + * + * @get_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL() + * ioctl handler code. + * + * @set_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL() + * ioctl handler code. + * + * @get_edid: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID() ioctl handler code. + * + * @set_edid: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID() ioctl handler code. + * + * @s_dv_timings: Set custom dv timings in the sub device. This is used + * when sub device is capable of setting detailed timing information + * in the hardware to generate/detect the video signal. + * + * @g_dv_timings: Get custom dv timings in the sub device. + * + * @query_dv_timings: callback for VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS() ioctl handler code. + * + * @dv_timings_cap: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP() ioctl handler + * code. + * + * @enum_dv_timings: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS() ioctl handler + * code. + * + * @link_validate: used by the media controller code to check if the links + * that belongs to a pipeline can be used for stream. + * * @get_frame_desc: get the current low level media bus frame parameters. - * @get_frame_desc: set the low level media bus frame parameters, @fd array + * + * @set_frame_desc: set the low level media bus frame parameters, @fd array * may be adjusted by the subdev driver to device capabilities. + * + * @get_mbus_config: get the media bus configuration of a remote sub-device. + * The media bus configuration is usually retrieved from the + * firmware interface at sub-device probe time, immediately + * applied to the hardware and eventually adjusted by the + * driver. Remote sub-devices (usually video receivers) shall + * use this operation to query the transmitting end bus + * configuration in order to adjust their own one accordingly. + * Callers should make sure they get the most up-to-date as + * possible configuration from the remote end, likely calling + * this operation as close as possible to stream on time. The + * operation shall fail if the pad index it has been called on + * is not valid or in case of unrecoverable failures. The + * config argument has been memset to 0 just before calling + * the op. + * + * @set_routing: Enable or disable data connection routes described in the + * subdevice routing table. Subdevs that implement this operation + * must set the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS flag. + * + * @enable_streams: Enable the streams defined in streams_mask on the given + * source pad. Subdevs that implement this operation must use the active + * state management provided by the subdev core (enabled through a call to + * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() at initialization time). Do not call + * directly, use v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() instead. + * + * Drivers that support only a single stream without setting the + * V4L2_SUBDEV_CAP_STREAMS sub-device capability flag can ignore the mask + * argument. + * + * @disable_streams: Disable the streams defined in streams_mask on the given + * source pad. Subdevs that implement this operation must use the active + * state management provided by the subdev core (enabled through a call to + * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() at initialization time). Do not call + * directly, use v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() instead. + * + * Drivers that support only a single stream without setting the + * V4L2_SUBDEV_CAP_STREAMS sub-device capability flag can ignore the mask + * argument. */ struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops { - int (*enum_mbus_code)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + int (*enum_mbus_code)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum *code); int (*enum_frame_size)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum *fse); int (*enum_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, - struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum *fie); - int (*get_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + int (*get_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_format *format); - int (*set_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + int (*set_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_format *format); - int (*set_crop)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, - struct v4l2_subdev_crop *crop); - int (*get_crop)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, - struct v4l2_subdev_crop *crop); - int (*get_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + int (*get_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_selection *sel); - int (*set_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, + int (*set_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, struct v4l2_subdev_selection *sel); - int (*get_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_edid *edid); - int (*set_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_edid *edid); + int (*get_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval); + int (*set_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval); + int (*get_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_edid *edid); + int (*set_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_edid *edid); + int (*s_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); + int (*g_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); + int (*query_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings); + int (*dv_timings_cap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap); + int (*enum_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings); #ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER int (*link_validate)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct media_link *link, struct v4l2_subdev_format *source_fmt, @@ -514,8 +873,32 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops { struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd); int (*set_frame_desc)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad, struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd); + int (*get_mbus_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad, + struct v4l2_mbus_config *config); + int (*set_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence which, + struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *route); + int (*enable_streams)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, u32 pad, + u64 streams_mask); + int (*disable_streams)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, u32 pad, + u64 streams_mask); }; +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_ops - Subdev operations + * + * @core: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops. Can be %NULL + * @tuner: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops. Can be %NULL + * @audio: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops. Can be %NULL + * @video: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops. Can be %NULL + * @vbi: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops. Can be %NULL + * @ir: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops. Can be %NULL + * @sensor: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops. Can be %NULL + * @pad: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops. Can be %NULL + */ struct v4l2_subdev_ops { const struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops *core; const struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops *tuner; @@ -527,40 +910,142 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_ops { const struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops *pad; }; -/* - * Internal ops. Never call this from drivers, only the v4l2 framework can call - * these ops. +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops - V4L2 subdev internal ops + * + * @init_state: initialize the subdev state to default values * - * registered: called when this subdev is registered. When called the v4l2_dev + * @registered: called when this subdev is registered. When called the v4l2_dev * field is set to the correct v4l2_device. * - * unregistered: called when this subdev is unregistered. When called the + * @unregistered: called when this subdev is unregistered. When called the * v4l2_dev field is still set to the correct v4l2_device. * - * open: called when the subdev device node is opened by an application. + * @open: called when the subdev device node is opened by an application. + * + * @close: called when the subdev device node is closed. Please note that + * it is possible for @close to be called after @unregistered! + * + * @release: called when the last user of the subdev device is gone. This + * happens after the @unregistered callback and when the last open + * filehandle to the v4l-subdevX device node was closed. If no device + * node was created for this sub-device, then the @release callback + * is called right after the @unregistered callback. + * The @release callback is typically used to free the memory containing + * the v4l2_subdev structure. It is almost certainly required for any + * sub-device that sets the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag. * - * close: called when the subdev device node is closed. + * .. note:: + * Never call this from drivers, only the v4l2 framework can call + * these ops. */ struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops { + int (*init_state)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state); int (*registered)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); void (*unregistered)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); int (*open)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh); int (*close)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh); + void (*release)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); }; -#define V4L2_SUBDEV_NAME_SIZE 32 - /* Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device. */ #define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C (1U << 0) /* Set this flag if this subdev is a spi device. */ #define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_SPI (1U << 1) /* Set this flag if this subdev needs a device node. */ #define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE (1U << 2) -/* Set this flag if this subdev generates events. */ +/* + * Set this flag if this subdev generates events. + * Note controls can send events, thus drivers exposing controls + * should set this flag. + */ #define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_EVENTS (1U << 3) +/* + * Set this flag if this subdev supports multiplexed streams. This means + * that the driver supports routing and handles the stream parameter in its + * v4l2_subdev_pad_ops handlers. More specifically, this means: + * + * - Centrally managed subdev active state is enabled + * - Legacy pad config is _not_ supported (state->pads is NULL) + * - Routing ioctls are available + * - Multiple streams per pad are supported + */ +#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS (1U << 4) -/* Each instance of a subdev driver should create this struct, either - stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct. +struct regulator_bulk_data; + +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data - regulators config struct + * + * @regulators: Optional regulators used to power on/off the subdevice + * @num_regulators: Number of regululators + * @host_priv: Per-subdevice data, specific for a certain video host device + */ +struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data { + struct regulator_bulk_data *regulators; + int num_regulators; + + void *host_priv; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev - describes a V4L2 sub-device + * + * @entity: pointer to &struct media_entity + * @list: List of sub-devices + * @owner: The owner is the same as the driver's &struct device owner. + * @owner_v4l2_dev: true if the &sd->owner matches the owner of @v4l2_dev->dev + * owner. Initialized by v4l2_device_register_subdev(). + * @flags: subdev flags. Can be: + * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C - Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device; + * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_SPI - Set this flag if this subdev is a spi device; + * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE - Set this flag if this subdev needs a + * device node; + * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_EVENTS - Set this flag if this subdev generates + * events. + * + * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device + * @ops: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev_ops + * @internal_ops: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev_internal_ops. + * Never call these internal ops from within a driver! + * @ctrl_handler: The control handler of this subdev. May be NULL. + * @name: Name of the sub-device. Please notice that the name must be unique. + * @grp_id: can be used to group similar subdevs. Value is driver-specific + * @dev_priv: pointer to private data + * @host_priv: pointer to private data used by the device where the subdev + * is attached. + * @devnode: subdev device node + * @dev: pointer to the physical device, if any + * @fwnode: The fwnode_handle of the subdev, usually the same as + * either dev->of_node->fwnode or dev->fwnode (whichever is non-NULL). + * @async_list: Links this subdev to a global subdev_list or + * @notifier->done_list list. + * @async_subdev_endpoint_list: List entry in async_subdev_endpoint_entry of + * &struct v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint. + * @subdev_notifier: A sub-device notifier implicitly registered for the sub- + * device using v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor(). + * @asc_list: Async connection list, of &struct + * v4l2_async_connection.subdev_entry. + * @pdata: common part of subdevice platform data + * @state_lock: A pointer to a lock used for all the subdev's states, set by the + * driver. This is optional. If NULL, each state instance will get + * a lock of its own. + * @privacy_led: Optional pointer to a LED classdev for the privacy LED for sensors. + * @active_state: Active state for the subdev (NULL for subdevs tracking the + * state internally). Initialized by calling + * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(). + * @enabled_pads: Bitmask of enabled pads used by v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() + * and v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() helper functions for + * fallback cases. + * @s_stream_enabled: Tracks whether streaming has been enabled with s_stream. + * This is only for call_s_stream() internal use. + * + * Each instance of a subdev driver should create this struct, either + * stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct. + * + * This structure should be initialized by v4l2_subdev_init() or one of + * its variants: v4l2_spi_subdev_init(), v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(). */ struct v4l2_subdev { #if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) @@ -568,118 +1053,946 @@ struct v4l2_subdev { #endif struct list_head list; struct module *owner; + bool owner_v4l2_dev; u32 flags; struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops; - /* Never call these internal ops from within a driver! */ const struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops *internal_ops; - /* The control handler of this subdev. May be NULL. */ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler; - /* name must be unique */ - char name[V4L2_SUBDEV_NAME_SIZE]; - /* can be used to group similar subdevs, value is driver-specific */ + char name[52]; u32 grp_id; - /* pointer to private data */ void *dev_priv; void *host_priv; - /* subdev device node */ struct video_device *devnode; - /* pointer to the physical device, if any */ struct device *dev; - struct v4l2_async_subdev_list asdl; + struct fwnode_handle *fwnode; + struct list_head async_list; + struct list_head async_subdev_endpoint_list; + struct v4l2_async_notifier *subdev_notifier; + struct list_head asc_list; + struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data *pdata; + struct mutex *state_lock; + + /* + * The fields below are private, and should only be accessed via + * appropriate functions. + */ + + struct led_classdev *privacy_led; + + /* + * TODO: active_state should most likely be changed from a pointer to an + * embedded field. For the time being it's kept as a pointer to more + * easily catch uses of active_state in the cases where the driver + * doesn't support it. + */ + struct v4l2_subdev_state *active_state; + u64 enabled_pads; + bool s_stream_enabled; }; -static inline struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_async_to_subdev( - struct v4l2_async_subdev_list *asdl) -{ - return container_of(asdl, struct v4l2_subdev, asdl); -} -#define media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev(ent) \ - container_of(ent, struct v4l2_subdev, entity) +/** + * media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev from + * the &struct media_entity embedded in it. + * + * @ent: pointer to &struct media_entity. + */ +#define media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev(ent) \ +({ \ + typeof(ent) __me_sd_ent = (ent); \ + \ + __me_sd_ent ? \ + container_of_const(__me_sd_ent, struct v4l2_subdev, entity) : \ + NULL; \ +}) + +/** + * vdev_to_v4l2_subdev - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev from + * the &struct video_device embedded on it. + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + */ #define vdev_to_v4l2_subdev(vdev) \ ((struct v4l2_subdev *)video_get_drvdata(vdev)) -/* - * Used for storing subdev information per file handle +/** + * struct v4l2_subdev_fh - Used for storing subdev information per file handle + * + * @vfh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + * @state: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_state + * @owner: module pointer to the owner of this file handle + * @client_caps: bitmask of ``V4L2_SUBDEV_CLIENT_CAP_*`` */ struct v4l2_subdev_fh { struct v4l2_fh vfh; + struct module *owner; #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API) - struct { - struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt try_fmt; - struct v4l2_rect try_crop; - struct v4l2_rect try_compose; - } *pad; + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state; + u64 client_caps; #endif }; +/** + * to_v4l2_subdev_fh - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev_fh from + * the &struct v4l2_fh embedded on it. + * + * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh + */ #define to_v4l2_subdev_fh(fh) \ container_of(fh, struct v4l2_subdev_fh, vfh) -#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API) -#define __V4L2_SUBDEV_MK_GET_TRY(rtype, fun_name, field_name) \ - static inline struct rtype * \ - v4l2_subdev_get_try_##fun_name(struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh, \ - unsigned int pad) \ - { \ - BUG_ON(unlikely(pad >= vdev_to_v4l2_subdev( \ - fh->vfh.vdev)->entity.num_pads)); \ - return &fh->pad[pad].field_name; \ - } - -__V4L2_SUBDEV_MK_GET_TRY(v4l2_mbus_framefmt, format, try_fmt) -__V4L2_SUBDEV_MK_GET_TRY(v4l2_rect, crop, try_compose) -__V4L2_SUBDEV_MK_GET_TRY(v4l2_rect, compose, try_compose) -#endif - extern const struct v4l2_file_operations v4l2_subdev_fops; +/** + * v4l2_set_subdevdata - Sets V4L2 dev private device data + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @p: pointer to the private device data to be stored. + */ static inline void v4l2_set_subdevdata(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *p) { sd->dev_priv = p; } +/** + * v4l2_get_subdevdata - Gets V4L2 dev private device data + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * + * Returns the pointer to the private device data to be stored. + */ static inline void *v4l2_get_subdevdata(const struct v4l2_subdev *sd) { return sd->dev_priv; } +/** + * v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata - Sets V4L2 dev private host data + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @p: pointer to the private data to be stored. + */ static inline void v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *p) { sd->host_priv = p; } +/** + * v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata - Gets V4L2 dev private data + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * + * Returns the pointer to the private host data to be stored. + */ static inline void *v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata(const struct v4l2_subdev *sd) { return sd->host_priv; } #ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_get_fwnode_pad_1_to_1 - Get pad number from a subdev fwnode + * endpoint, assuming 1:1 port:pad + * + * @entity: Pointer to the subdev entity + * @endpoint: Pointer to a parsed fwnode endpoint + * + * This function can be used as the .get_fwnode_pad operation for + * subdevices that map port numbers and pad indexes 1:1. If the endpoint + * is owned by the subdevice, the function returns the endpoint port + * number. + * + * Returns the endpoint port number on success or a negative error code. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_get_fwnode_pad_1_to_1(struct media_entity *entity, + struct fwnode_endpoint *endpoint); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default - validates a media link + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev + * @link: pointer to &struct media_link + * @source_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format + * @sink_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format + * + * This function ensures that width, height and the media bus pixel + * code are equal on both source and sink of the link. + */ int v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct media_link *link, struct v4l2_subdev_format *source_fmt, struct v4l2_subdev_format *sink_fmt); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_link_validate - validates a media link + * + * @link: pointer to &struct media_link + * + * This function calls the subdev's link_validate ops to validate + * if a media link is valid for streaming. It also internally + * calls v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default() to ensure that + * width, height and the media bus pixel code are equal on both + * source and sink of the link. + * + * The function can be used as a drop-in &media_entity_ops.link_validate + * implementation for v4l2_subdev instances. It supports all links between + * subdevs, as well as links between subdevs and video devices, provided that + * the video devices also implement their &media_entity_ops.link_validate + * operation. + */ int v4l2_subdev_link_validate(struct media_link *link); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_has_pad_interdep - MC has_pad_interdep implementation for subdevs + * + * @entity: pointer to &struct media_entity + * @pad0: pad number for the first pad + * @pad1: pad number for the second pad + * + * This function is an implementation of the + * media_entity_operations.has_pad_interdep operation for subdevs that + * implement the multiplexed streams API (as indicated by the + * V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS subdev flag). + * + * It considers two pads interdependent if there is an active route between pad0 + * and pad1. + */ +bool v4l2_subdev_has_pad_interdep(struct media_entity *entity, + unsigned int pad0, unsigned int pad1); + +/** + * __v4l2_subdev_state_alloc - allocate v4l2_subdev_state + * + * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev for which the state is being allocated. + * @lock_name: name of the state lock + * @key: lock_class_key for the lock + * + * Must call __v4l2_subdev_state_free() when state is no longer needed. + * + * Not to be called directly by the drivers. + */ +struct v4l2_subdev_state *__v4l2_subdev_state_alloc(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + const char *lock_name, + struct lock_class_key *key); + +/** + * __v4l2_subdev_state_free - free a v4l2_subdev_state + * + * @state: v4l2_subdev_state to be freed. + * + * Not to be called directly by the drivers. + */ +void __v4l2_subdev_state_free(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() - Finalizes the initialization of the subdevice + * @sd: The subdev + * + * This function finalizes the initialization of the subdev, including + * allocation of the active state for the subdev. + * + * This function must be called by the subdev drivers that use the centralized + * active state, after the subdev struct has been initialized and + * media_entity_pads_init() has been called, but before registering the + * subdev. + * + * The user must call v4l2_subdev_cleanup() when the subdev is being removed. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(sd) \ + ({ \ + static struct lock_class_key __key; \ + const char *name = KBUILD_BASENAME \ + ":" __stringify(__LINE__) ":sd->active_state->lock"; \ + __v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(sd, name, &__key); \ + }) + +int __v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const char *name, + struct lock_class_key *key); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_cleanup() - Releases the resources allocated by the subdevice + * @sd: The subdevice + * + * Clean up a V4L2 async sub-device. Must be called for a sub-device as part of + * its release if resources have been associated with it using + * v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint_add() or v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(). + */ +void v4l2_subdev_cleanup(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +/* + * A macro to generate the macro or function name for sub-devices state access + * wrapper macros below. + */ +#define __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(NAME, _1, ARG, ...) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_get_ ## NAME ## ARG + +/* + * A macro to constify the return value of the state accessors when the state + * parameter is const. + */ +#define __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state, value) \ + _Generic(state, \ + const struct v4l2_subdev_state *: (const typeof(*(value)) *)(value), \ + struct v4l2_subdev_state *: (value) \ + ) + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_state_get_format() - Get pointer to a stream format + * @state: subdevice state + * @pad: pad id + * @...: stream id (optional argument) + * + * This returns a pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt for the given pad + + * stream in the subdev state. + * + * For stream-unaware drivers the format for the corresponding pad is returned. + * If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned. + */ +/* + * Wrap v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(), allowing the function to be called with + * two or three arguments. The purpose of the __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call() + * macro is to come up with the name of the function or macro to call, using + * the last two arguments (_stream and _pad). The selected function or macro is + * then called using the arguments specified by the caller. The + * __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret() macro constifies the returned pointer + * when the state is const, allowing the state accessors to guarantee + * const-correctness in all cases. + * + * A similar arrangement is used for v4l2_subdev_state_crop(), + * v4l2_subdev_state_compose() and v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval() below. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(state, pad, ...) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state, \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(format, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad) \ + ((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__)) +#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_format_pad(state, pad) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(state, pad, 0) +struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt * +__v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + unsigned int pad, u32 stream); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop() - Get pointer to a stream crop rectangle + * @state: subdevice state + * @pad: pad id + * @...: stream id (optional argument) + * + * This returns a pointer to crop rectangle for the given pad + stream in the + * subdev state. + * + * For stream-unaware drivers the crop rectangle for the corresponding pad is + * returned. If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop(state, pad, ...) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state, \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(crop, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad) \ + ((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__)) +#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop_pad(state, pad) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop(state, pad, 0) +struct v4l2_rect * +__v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, unsigned int pad, + u32 stream); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose() - Get pointer to a stream compose rectangle + * @state: subdevice state + * @pad: pad id + * @...: stream id (optional argument) + * + * This returns a pointer to compose rectangle for the given pad + stream in the + * subdev state. + * + * For stream-unaware drivers the compose rectangle for the corresponding pad is + * returned. If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose(state, pad, ...) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state, \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(compose, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad) \ + ((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__)) +#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose_pad(state, pad) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose(state, pad, 0) +struct v4l2_rect * +__v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + unsigned int pad, u32 stream); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval() - Get pointer to a stream frame interval + * @state: subdevice state + * @pad: pad id + * @...: stream id (optional argument) + * + * This returns a pointer to the frame interval for the given pad + stream in + * the subdev state. + * + * For stream-unaware drivers the frame interval for the corresponding pad is + * returned. If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval(state, pad, ...) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state, \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(interval, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad) \ + ((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__)) +#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval_pad(state, pad) \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval(state, pad, 0) +struct v4l2_fract * +__v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + unsigned int pad, u32 stream); + +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API) + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_get_fmt() - Fill format based on state + * @sd: subdevice + * @state: subdevice state + * @format: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format + * + * Fill @format->format field based on the information in the @format struct. + * + * This function can be used by the subdev drivers which support active state to + * implement v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_fmt if the subdev driver does not need to + * do anything special in their get_fmt op. + * + * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_get_fmt(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + struct v4l2_subdev_format *format); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_get_frame_interval() - Fill frame interval based on state + * @sd: subdevice + * @state: subdevice state + * @fi: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval + * + * Fill @fi->interval field based on the information in the @fi struct. + * + * This function can be used by the subdev drivers which support active state to + * implement v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_frame_interval if the subdev driver does + * not need to do anything special in their get_frame_interval op. + * + * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_get_frame_interval(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *fi); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_set_routing() - Set given routing to subdev state + * @sd: The subdevice + * @state: The subdevice state + * @routing: Routing that will be copied to subdev state + * + * This will release old routing table (if any) from the state, allocate + * enough space for the given routing, and copy the routing. + * + * This can be used from the subdev driver's set_routing op, after validating + * the routing. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_set_routing(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing); + +struct v4l2_subdev_route * +__v4l2_subdev_next_active_route(const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing, + struct v4l2_subdev_route *route); + +/** + * for_each_active_route - iterate on all active routes of a routing table + * @routing: The routing table + * @route: The route iterator + */ +#define for_each_active_route(routing, route) \ + for ((route) = NULL; \ + ((route) = __v4l2_subdev_next_active_route((routing), (route)));) + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_set_routing_with_fmt() - Set given routing and format to subdev + * state + * @sd: The subdevice + * @state: The subdevice state + * @routing: Routing that will be copied to subdev state + * @fmt: Format used to initialize all the streams + * + * This is the same as v4l2_subdev_set_routing, but additionally initializes + * all the streams using the given format. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_set_routing_with_fmt(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing, + const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *fmt); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_routing_find_opposite_end() - Find the opposite stream + * @routing: routing used to find the opposite side + * @pad: pad id + * @stream: stream id + * @other_pad: pointer used to return the opposite pad + * @other_stream: pointer used to return the opposite stream + * + * This function uses the routing table to find the pad + stream which is + * opposite the given pad + stream. + * + * @other_pad and/or @other_stream can be NULL if the caller does not need the + * value. + * + * Returns 0 on success, or -EINVAL if no matching route is found. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_routing_find_opposite_end(const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing, + u32 pad, u32 stream, u32 *other_pad, + u32 *other_stream); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_state_get_opposite_stream_format() - Get pointer to opposite + * stream format + * @state: subdevice state + * @pad: pad id + * @stream: stream id + * + * This returns a pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt for the pad + stream + * that is opposite the given pad + stream in the subdev state. + * + * If the state does not contain the given pad + stream, NULL is returned. + */ +struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt * +v4l2_subdev_state_get_opposite_stream_format(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + u32 pad, u32 stream); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_state_xlate_streams() - Translate streams from one pad to another + * + * @state: Subdevice state + * @pad0: The first pad + * @pad1: The second pad + * @streams: Streams bitmask on the first pad + * + * Streams on sink pads of a subdev are routed to source pads as expressed in + * the subdev state routing table. Stream numbers don't necessarily match on + * the sink and source side of a route. This function translates stream numbers + * on @pad0, expressed as a bitmask in @streams, to the corresponding streams + * on @pad1 using the routing table from the @state. It returns the stream mask + * on @pad1, and updates @streams with the streams that have been found in the + * routing table. + * + * @pad0 and @pad1 must be a sink and a source, in any order. + * + * Return: The bitmask of streams of @pad1 that are routed to @streams on @pad0. + */ +u64 v4l2_subdev_state_xlate_streams(const struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, + u32 pad0, u32 pad1, u64 *streams); + +/** + * enum v4l2_subdev_routing_restriction - Subdevice internal routing restrictions + * + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N: + * an input stream shall not be routed to multiple output streams (stream + * duplication) + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1: + * multiple input streams shall not be routed to the same output stream + * (stream merging) + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX: + * all streams from a sink pad must be routed to a single source pad + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX: + * all streams on a source pad must originate from a single sink pad + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_MULTIPLEXING: + * source pads shall not contain multiplexed streams + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_MULTIPLEXING: + * sink pads shall not contain multiplexed streams + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_ONLY_1_TO_1: + * only non-overlapping 1-to-1 stream routing is allowed (a combination of + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N and @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1) + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_STREAM_MIX: + * all streams from a sink pad must be routed to a single source pad, and + * that source pad shall not get routes from any other sink pad + * (a combination of @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX and + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX) + * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_MULTIPLEXING: + * no multiplexed streams allowed on either source or sink sides. + */ +enum v4l2_subdev_routing_restriction { + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N = BIT(0), + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1 = BIT(1), + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX = BIT(2), + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX = BIT(3), + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_MULTIPLEXING = BIT(4), + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_MULTIPLEXING = BIT(5), + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_ONLY_1_TO_1 = + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N | + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1, + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_STREAM_MIX = + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX | + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX, + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_MULTIPLEXING = + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_MULTIPLEXING | + V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_MULTIPLEXING, +}; + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_routing_validate() - Verify that routes comply with driver + * constraints + * @sd: The subdevice + * @routing: Routing to verify + * @disallow: Restrictions on routes + * + * This verifies that the given routing complies with the @disallow constraints. + * + * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_routing_validate(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing, + enum v4l2_subdev_routing_restriction disallow); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() - Enable streams on a pad + * @sd: The subdevice + * @pad: The pad + * @streams_mask: Bitmask of streams to enable + * + * This function enables streams on a source @pad of a subdevice. The pad is + * identified by its index, while the streams are identified by the + * @streams_mask bitmask. This allows enabling multiple streams on a pad at + * once. + * + * Enabling a stream that is already enabled isn't allowed. If @streams_mask + * contains an already enabled stream, this function returns -EALREADY without + * performing any operation. + * + * Per-stream enable is only available for subdevs that implement the + * .enable_streams() and .disable_streams() operations. For other subdevs, this + * function implements a best-effort compatibility by calling the .s_stream() + * operation, limited to subdevs that have a single source pad. + * + * Drivers that are not stream-aware shall set @streams_mask to BIT_ULL(0). + * + * Return: + * * 0: Success + * * -EALREADY: One of the streams in streams_mask is already enabled + * * -EINVAL: The pad index is invalid, or doesn't correspond to a source pad + * * -EOPNOTSUPP: Falling back to the legacy .s_stream() operation is + * impossible because the subdev has multiple source pads + */ +int v4l2_subdev_enable_streams(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 pad, + u64 streams_mask); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() - Disable streams on a pad + * @sd: The subdevice + * @pad: The pad + * @streams_mask: Bitmask of streams to disable + * + * This function disables streams on a source @pad of a subdevice. The pad is + * identified by its index, while the streams are identified by the + * @streams_mask bitmask. This allows disabling multiple streams on a pad at + * once. + * + * Disabling a streams that is not enabled isn't allowed. If @streams_mask + * contains a disabled stream, this function returns -EALREADY without + * performing any operation. + * + * Per-stream disable is only available for subdevs that implement the + * .enable_streams() and .disable_streams() operations. For other subdevs, this + * function implements a best-effort compatibility by calling the .s_stream() + * operation, limited to subdevs that have a single source pad. + * + * Drivers that are not stream-aware shall set @streams_mask to BIT_ULL(0). + * + * Return: + * * 0: Success + * * -EALREADY: One of the streams in streams_mask is not enabled + * * -EINVAL: The pad index is invalid, or doesn't correspond to a source pad + * * -EOPNOTSUPP: Falling back to the legacy .s_stream() operation is + * impossible because the subdev has multiple source pads + */ +int v4l2_subdev_disable_streams(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 pad, + u64 streams_mask); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_s_stream_helper() - Helper to implement the subdev s_stream + * operation using enable_streams and disable_streams + * @sd: The subdevice + * @enable: Enable or disable streaming + * + * Subdevice drivers that implement the streams-aware + * &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.enable_streams and &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.disable_streams + * operations can use this helper to implement the legacy + * &v4l2_subdev_video_ops.s_stream operation. + * + * This helper can only be used by subdevs that have a single source pad. + * + * Return: 0 on success, or a negative error code otherwise. + */ +int v4l2_subdev_s_stream_helper(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable); + +#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API */ + #endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */ + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_lock_state() - Locks the subdev state + * @state: The subdevice state + * + * Locks the given subdev state. + * + * The state must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() after use. + */ +static inline void v4l2_subdev_lock_state(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state) +{ + mutex_lock(state->lock); +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() - Unlocks the subdev state + * @state: The subdevice state + * + * Unlocks the given subdev state. + */ +static inline void v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state) +{ + mutex_unlock(state->lock); +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_lock_states - Lock two sub-device states + * @state1: One subdevice state + * @state2: The other subdevice state + * + * Locks the state of two sub-devices. + * + * The states must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_states() after use. + * + * This differs from calling v4l2_subdev_lock_state() on both states so that if + * the states share the same lock, the lock is acquired only once (so no + * deadlock occurs). The caller is responsible for ensuring the locks will + * always be acquired in the same order. + */ +static inline void v4l2_subdev_lock_states(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state1, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state2) +{ + mutex_lock(state1->lock); + if (state1->lock != state2->lock) + mutex_lock(state2->lock); +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_unlock_states() - Unlock two sub-device states + * @state1: One subdevice state + * @state2: The other subdevice state + * + * Unlocks the state of two sub-devices. + * + * This differs from calling v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() on both states so that + * if the states share the same lock, the lock is released only once. + */ +static inline void v4l2_subdev_unlock_states(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state1, + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state2) +{ + mutex_unlock(state1->lock); + if (state1->lock != state2->lock) + mutex_unlock(state2->lock); +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state() - Checks that the active subdev state + * is unlocked and returns it + * @sd: The subdevice + * + * Returns the active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev does not + * support active state. If the state is not NULL, calls + * lockdep_assert_not_held() to issue a warning if the state is locked. + * + * This function is to be used e.g. when getting the active state for the sole + * purpose of passing it forward, without accessing the state fields. + */ +static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state * +v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{ + if (sd->active_state) + lockdep_assert_not_held(sd->active_state->lock); + return sd->active_state; +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_get_locked_active_state() - Checks that the active subdev state + * is locked and returns it + * + * @sd: The subdevice + * + * Returns the active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev does not + * support active state. If the state is not NULL, calls lockdep_assert_held() + * to issue a warning if the state is not locked. + * + * This function is to be used when the caller knows that the active state is + * already locked. + */ +static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state * +v4l2_subdev_get_locked_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{ + if (sd->active_state) + lockdep_assert_held(sd->active_state->lock); + return sd->active_state; +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_lock_and_get_active_state() - Locks and returns the active subdev + * state for the subdevice + * @sd: The subdevice + * + * Returns the locked active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev + * does not support active state. + * + * The state must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() after use. + */ +static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state * +v4l2_subdev_lock_and_get_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{ + if (sd->active_state) + v4l2_subdev_lock_state(sd->active_state); + return sd->active_state; +} + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_init - initializes the sub-device struct + * + * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev to be initialized + * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + */ void v4l2_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops); -/* Call an ops of a v4l2_subdev, doing the right checks against - NULL pointers. +extern const struct v4l2_subdev_ops v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers; - Example: err = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, core, s_std, norm); +/** + * v4l2_subdev_call - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev. + * + * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions. + * @f: callback function to be called. + * The callback functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * Example: err = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, video, s_std, norm); */ #define v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, args...) \ - (!(sd) ? -ENODEV : (((sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f) ? \ - (sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD)) + ({ \ + struct v4l2_subdev *__sd = (sd); \ + int __result; \ + if (!__sd) \ + __result = -ENODEV; \ + else if (!(__sd->ops->o && __sd->ops->o->f)) \ + __result = -ENOIOCTLCMD; \ + else if (v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o && \ + v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o->f) \ + __result = v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o->f( \ + __sd, ##args); \ + else \ + __result = __sd->ops->o->f(__sd, ##args); \ + __result; \ + }) -/* Send a notification to v4l2_device. */ -#define v4l2_subdev_notify(sd, notification, arg) \ - ((!(sd) || !(sd)->v4l2_dev || !(sd)->v4l2_dev->notify) ? -ENODEV : \ - (sd)->v4l2_dev->notify((sd), (notification), (arg))) +/** + * v4l2_subdev_call_state_active - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev which + * takes state as a parameter, passing the + * subdev its active state. + * + * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions. + * @f: callback function to be called. + * The callback functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * This is similar to v4l2_subdev_call(), except that this version can only be + * used for ops that take a subdev state as a parameter. The macro will get the + * active state, lock it before calling the op and unlock it after the call. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_call_state_active(sd, o, f, args...) \ + ({ \ + int __result; \ + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state; \ + state = v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state(sd); \ + if (state) \ + v4l2_subdev_lock_state(state); \ + __result = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, state, ##args); \ + if (state) \ + v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(state); \ + __result; \ + }) +/** + * v4l2_subdev_call_state_try - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev which + * takes state as a parameter, passing the + * subdev a newly allocated try state. + * + * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev + * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f. + * Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions. + * @f: callback function to be called. + * The callback functions are defined in groups, according to + * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops. + * @args: arguments for @f. + * + * This is similar to v4l2_subdev_call_state_active(), except that as this + * version allocates a new state, this is only usable for + * V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY use cases. + * + * Note: only legacy non-MC drivers may need this macro. + */ +#define v4l2_subdev_call_state_try(sd, o, f, args...) \ + ({ \ + int __result; \ + static struct lock_class_key __key; \ + const char *name = KBUILD_BASENAME \ + ":" __stringify(__LINE__) ":state->lock"; \ + struct v4l2_subdev_state *state = \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_alloc(sd, name, &__key); \ + if (IS_ERR(state)) { \ + __result = PTR_ERR(state); \ + } else { \ + v4l2_subdev_lock_state(state); \ + __result = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, state, ##args); \ + v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(state); \ + __v4l2_subdev_state_free(state); \ + } \ + __result; \ + }) + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_has_op - Checks if a subdev defines a certain operation. + * + * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev + * @o: The group of callback functions in &struct v4l2_subdev_ops + * which @f is a part of. + * @f: callback function to be checked for its existence. + */ #define v4l2_subdev_has_op(sd, o, f) \ ((sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f) -#endif +/** + * v4l2_subdev_notify_event() - Delivers event notification for subdevice + * @sd: The subdev for which to deliver the event + * @ev: The event to deliver + * + * Will deliver the specified event to all userspace event listeners which are + * subscribed to the v42l subdev event queue as well as to the bridge driver + * using the notify callback. The notification type for the notify callback + * will be %V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT. + */ +void v4l2_subdev_notify_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, + const struct v4l2_event *ev); + +/** + * v4l2_subdev_is_streaming() - Returns if the subdevice is streaming + * @sd: The subdevice + * + * v4l2_subdev_is_streaming() tells if the subdevice is currently streaming. + * "Streaming" here means whether .s_stream() or .enable_streams() has been + * successfully called, and the streaming has not yet been disabled. + * + * If the subdevice implements .enable_streams() this function must be called + * while holding the active state lock. + */ +bool v4l2_subdev_is_streaming(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + +#endif /* _V4L2_SUBDEV_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h b/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..05478ad6d4ab --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */ +/* + * Helper functions for vp9 codecs. + * + * Copyright (c) 2021 Collabora, Ltd. + * + * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com> + */ + +#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H +#define _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H + +#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> + +/** + * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context - motion vector-related probabilities + * + * @joint: motion vector joint probabilities. + * @sign: motion vector sign probabilities. + * @classes: motion vector class probabilities. + * @class0_bit: motion vector class0 bit probabilities. + * @bits: motion vector bits probabilities. + * @class0_fr: motion vector class0 fractional bit probabilities. + * @fr: motion vector fractional bit probabilities. + * @class0_hp: motion vector class0 high precision fractional bit probabilities. + * @hp: motion vector high precision fractional bit probabilities. + * + * A member of v4l2_vp9_frame_context. + */ +struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context { + u8 joint[3]; + u8 sign[2]; + u8 classes[2][10]; + u8 class0_bit[2]; + u8 bits[2][10]; + u8 class0_fr[2][2][3]; + u8 fr[2][3]; + u8 class0_hp[2]; + u8 hp[2]; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context - frame probabilities, including motion-vector related + * + * @tx8: TX 8x8 probabilities. + * @tx16: TX 16x16 probabilities. + * @tx32: TX 32x32 probabilities. + * @coef: coefficient probabilities. + * @skip: skip probabilities. + * @inter_mode: inter mode probabilities. + * @interp_filter: interpolation filter probabilities. + * @is_inter: is inter-block probabilities. + * @comp_mode: compound prediction mode probabilities. + * @single_ref: single ref probabilities. + * @comp_ref: compound ref probabilities. + * @y_mode: Y prediction mode probabilities. + * @uv_mode: UV prediction mode probabilities. + * @partition: partition probabilities. + * @mv: motion vector probabilities. + * + * Drivers which need to keep track of frame context(s) can use this struct. + * The members correspond to probability tables, which are specified only implicitly in the + * vp9 spec. Section 10.5 "Default probability tables" contains all the types of involved + * tables, i.e. the actual tables are of the same kind, and when they are reset (which is + * mandated by the spec sometimes) they are overwritten with values from the default tables. + */ +struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context { + u8 tx8[2][1]; + u8 tx16[2][2]; + u8 tx32[2][3]; + u8 coef[4][2][2][6][6][3]; + u8 skip[3]; + u8 inter_mode[7][3]; + u8 interp_filter[4][2]; + u8 is_inter[4]; + u8 comp_mode[5]; + u8 single_ref[5][2]; + u8 comp_ref[5]; + u8 y_mode[4][9]; + u8 uv_mode[10][9]; + u8 partition[16][3]; + + struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context mv; +}; + +/** + * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts - pointers to arrays of symbol counts + * + * @partition: partition counts. + * @skip: skip counts. + * @intra_inter: is inter-block counts. + * @tx32p: TX32 counts. + * @tx16p: TX16 counts. + * @tx8p: TX8 counts. + * @y_mode: Y prediction mode counts. + * @uv_mode: UV prediction mode counts. + * @comp: compound prediction mode counts. + * @comp_ref: compound ref counts. + * @single_ref: single ref counts. + * @mv_mode: inter mode counts. + * @filter: interpolation filter counts. + * @mv_joint: motion vector joint counts. + * @sign: motion vector sign counts. + * @classes: motion vector class counts. + * @class0: motion vector class0 bit counts. + * @bits: motion vector bits counts. + * @class0_fp: motion vector class0 fractional bit counts. + * @fp: motion vector fractional bit counts. + * @class0_hp: motion vector class0 high precision fractional bit counts. + * @hp: motion vector high precision fractional bit counts. + * @coeff: coefficient counts. + * @eob: eob counts + * + * The fields correspond to what is specified in section 8.3 "Clear counts process" of the spec. + * Different pieces of hardware can report the counts in different order, so we cannot rely on + * simply overlaying a struct on a relevant block of memory. Instead we provide pointers to + * arrays or array of pointers to arrays in case of coeff, or array of pointers for eob. + */ +struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts { + u32 (*partition)[16][4]; + u32 (*skip)[3][2]; + u32 (*intra_inter)[4][2]; + u32 (*tx32p)[2][4]; + u32 (*tx16p)[2][4]; + u32 (*tx8p)[2][2]; + u32 (*y_mode)[4][10]; + u32 (*uv_mode)[10][10]; + u32 (*comp)[5][2]; + u32 (*comp_ref)[5][2]; + u32 (*single_ref)[5][2][2]; + u32 (*mv_mode)[7][4]; + u32 (*filter)[4][3]; + u32 (*mv_joint)[4]; + u32 (*sign)[2][2]; + u32 (*classes)[2][11]; + u32 (*class0)[2][2]; + u32 (*bits)[2][10][2]; + u32 (*class0_fp)[2][2][4]; + u32 (*fp)[2][4]; + u32 (*class0_hp)[2][2]; + u32 (*hp)[2][2]; + u32 (*coeff[4][2][2][6][6])[3]; + u32 *eob[4][2][2][6][6][2]; +}; + +extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_y_mode_prob[10][10][9]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */ +extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_partition_probs[16][3]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */ +extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_uv_mode_prob[10][9]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */ +extern const struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context v4l2_vp9_default_probs; /* Section 10.5 of the spec */ + +/** + * v4l2_vp9_fw_update_probs() - Perform forward update of vp9 probabilities + * + * @probs: current probabilities values + * @deltas: delta values from compressed header + * @dec_params: vp9 frame decoding parameters + * + * This function performs forward updates of probabilities for the vp9 boolean decoder. + * The frame header can contain a directive to update the probabilities (deltas), if so, then + * the deltas are provided in the header, too. The userspace parses those and passes the said + * deltas struct to the kernel. + */ +void v4l2_vp9_fw_update_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_compressed_hdr *deltas, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *dec_params); + +/** + * v4l2_vp9_reset_frame_ctx() - Reset appropriate frame context + * + * @dec_params: vp9 frame decoding parameters + * @frame_context: array of the 4 frame contexts + * + * This function resets appropriate frame contexts, based on what's in dec_params. + * + * Returns the frame context index after the update, which might be reset to zero if + * mandated by the spec. + */ +u8 v4l2_vp9_reset_frame_ctx(const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *dec_params, + struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *frame_context); + +/** + * v4l2_vp9_adapt_coef_probs() - Perform backward update of vp9 coefficients probabilities + * + * @probs: current probabilities values + * @counts: values of symbol counts after the current frame has been decoded + * @use_128: flag to request that 128 is used as update factor if true, otherwise 112 is used + * @frame_is_intra: flag indicating that FrameIsIntra is true + * + * This function performs backward updates of coefficients probabilities for the vp9 boolean + * decoder. After a frame has been decoded the counts of how many times a given symbol has + * occurred are known and are used to update the probability of each symbol. + */ +void v4l2_vp9_adapt_coef_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs, + struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts *counts, + bool use_128, + bool frame_is_intra); + +/** + * v4l2_vp9_adapt_noncoef_probs() - Perform backward update of vp9 non-coefficients probabilities + * + * @probs: current probabilities values + * @counts: values of symbol counts after the current frame has been decoded + * @reference_mode: specifies the type of inter prediction to be used. See + * &v4l2_vp9_reference_mode for more details + * @interpolation_filter: specifies the filter selection used for performing inter prediction. + * See &v4l2_vp9_interpolation_filter for more details + * @tx_mode: specifies the TX mode. See &v4l2_vp9_tx_mode for more details + * @flags: combination of V4L2_VP9_FRAME_FLAG_* flags + * + * This function performs backward updates of non-coefficients probabilities for the vp9 boolean + * decoder. After a frame has been decoded the counts of how many times a given symbol has + * occurred are known and are used to update the probability of each symbol. + */ +void v4l2_vp9_adapt_noncoef_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs, + struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts *counts, + u8 reference_mode, u8 interpolation_filter, u8 tx_mode, + u32 flags); + +/** + * v4l2_vp9_seg_feat_enabled() - Check if a segmentation feature is enabled + * + * @feature_enabled: array of 8-bit flags (for all segments) + * @feature: id of the feature to check + * @segid: id of the segment to look up + * + * This function returns true if a given feature is active in a given segment. + */ +bool +v4l2_vp9_seg_feat_enabled(const u8 *feature_enabled, + unsigned int feature, + unsigned int segid); + +#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H */ diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-core.h b/include/media/videobuf-core.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c6e825940e5..000000000000 --- a/include/media/videobuf-core.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -/* - * generic helper functions for handling video4linux capture buffers - * - * (c) 2007 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@infradead.org> - * - * Highly based on video-buf written originally by: - * (c) 2001,02 Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> - * (c) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@infradead.org> - * (c) 2006 Ted Walther and John Sokol - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - */ - -#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_CORE_H -#define _VIDEOBUF_CORE_H - -#include <linux/poll.h> -#include <linux/videodev2.h> - -#define UNSET (-1U) - - -struct videobuf_buffer; -struct videobuf_queue; - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - * A small set of helper functions to manage video4linux buffers. - * - * struct videobuf_buffer holds the data structures used by the helper - * functions, additionally some commonly used fields for v4l buffers - * (width, height, lists, waitqueue) are in there. That struct should - * be used as first element in the drivers buffer struct. - * - * about the mmap helpers (videobuf_mmap_*): - * - * The mmaper function allows to map any subset of contingous buffers. - * This includes one mmap() call for all buffers (which the original - * video4linux API uses) as well as one mmap() for every single buffer - * (which v4l2 uses). - * - * If there is a valid mapping for a buffer, buffer->baddr/bsize holds - * userspace address + size which can be feeded into the - * videobuf_dma_init_user function listed above. - * - */ - -struct videobuf_mapping { - unsigned int count; - struct videobuf_queue *q; -}; - -enum videobuf_state { - VIDEOBUF_NEEDS_INIT = 0, - VIDEOBUF_PREPARED = 1, - VIDEOBUF_QUEUED = 2, - VIDEOBUF_ACTIVE = 3, - VIDEOBUF_DONE = 4, - VIDEOBUF_ERROR = 5, - VIDEOBUF_IDLE = 6, -}; - -struct videobuf_buffer { - unsigned int i; - u32 magic; - - /* info about the buffer */ - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; - unsigned int bytesperline; /* use only if != 0 */ - unsigned long size; - enum v4l2_field field; - enum videobuf_state state; - struct list_head stream; /* QBUF/DQBUF list */ - - /* touched by irq handler */ - struct list_head queue; - wait_queue_head_t done; - unsigned int field_count; - struct timeval ts; - - /* Memory type */ - enum v4l2_memory memory; - - /* buffer size */ - size_t bsize; - - /* buffer offset (mmap + overlay) */ - size_t boff; - - /* buffer addr (userland ptr!) */ - unsigned long baddr; - - /* for mmap'ed buffers */ - struct videobuf_mapping *map; - - /* Private pointer to allow specific methods to store their data */ - int privsize; - void *priv; -}; - -struct videobuf_queue_ops { - int (*buf_setup)(struct videobuf_queue *q, - unsigned int *count, unsigned int *size); - int (*buf_prepare)(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *vb, - enum v4l2_field field); - void (*buf_queue)(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *vb); - void (*buf_release)(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *vb); -}; - -#define MAGIC_QTYPE_OPS 0x12261003 - -/* Helper operations - device type dependent */ -struct videobuf_qtype_ops { - u32 magic; - - struct videobuf_buffer *(*alloc_vb)(size_t size); - void *(*vaddr) (struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - int (*iolock) (struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *vb, - struct v4l2_framebuffer *fbuf); - int (*sync) (struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - int (*mmap_mapper) (struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *buf, - struct vm_area_struct *vma); -}; - -struct videobuf_queue { - struct mutex vb_lock; - struct mutex *ext_lock; - spinlock_t *irqlock; - struct device *dev; - - wait_queue_head_t wait; /* wait if queue is empty */ - - enum v4l2_buf_type type; - unsigned int msize; - enum v4l2_field field; - enum v4l2_field last; /* for field=V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE */ - struct videobuf_buffer *bufs[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; - const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops; - struct videobuf_qtype_ops *int_ops; - - unsigned int streaming:1; - unsigned int reading:1; - - /* capture via mmap() + ioctl(QBUF/DQBUF) */ - struct list_head stream; - - /* capture via read() */ - unsigned int read_off; - struct videobuf_buffer *read_buf; - - /* driver private data */ - void *priv_data; -}; - -static inline void videobuf_queue_lock(struct videobuf_queue *q) -{ - if (!q->ext_lock) - mutex_lock(&q->vb_lock); -} - -static inline void videobuf_queue_unlock(struct videobuf_queue *q) -{ - if (!q->ext_lock) - mutex_unlock(&q->vb_lock); -} - -int videobuf_waiton(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct videobuf_buffer *vb, - int non_blocking, int intr); -int videobuf_iolock(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct videobuf_buffer *vb, - struct v4l2_framebuffer *fbuf); - -struct videobuf_buffer *videobuf_alloc_vb(struct videobuf_queue *q); - -/* Used on videobuf-dvb */ -void *videobuf_queue_to_vaddr(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - -void videobuf_queue_core_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, - const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, - struct device *dev, - spinlock_t *irqlock, - enum v4l2_buf_type type, - enum v4l2_field field, - unsigned int msize, - void *priv, - struct videobuf_qtype_ops *int_ops, - struct mutex *ext_lock); -int videobuf_queue_is_busy(struct videobuf_queue *q); -void videobuf_queue_cancel(struct videobuf_queue *q); - -enum v4l2_field videobuf_next_field(struct videobuf_queue *q); -int videobuf_reqbufs(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req); -int videobuf_querybuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); -int videobuf_qbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct v4l2_buffer *b); -int videobuf_dqbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct v4l2_buffer *b, int nonblocking); -int videobuf_streamon(struct videobuf_queue *q); -int videobuf_streamoff(struct videobuf_queue *q); - -void videobuf_stop(struct videobuf_queue *q); - -int videobuf_read_start(struct videobuf_queue *q); -void videobuf_read_stop(struct videobuf_queue *q); -ssize_t videobuf_read_stream(struct videobuf_queue *q, - char __user *data, size_t count, loff_t *ppos, - int vbihack, int nonblocking); -ssize_t videobuf_read_one(struct videobuf_queue *q, - char __user *data, size_t count, loff_t *ppos, - int nonblocking); -unsigned int videobuf_poll_stream(struct file *file, - struct videobuf_queue *q, - poll_table *wait); - -int videobuf_mmap_setup(struct videobuf_queue *q, - unsigned int bcount, unsigned int bsize, - enum v4l2_memory memory); -int __videobuf_mmap_setup(struct videobuf_queue *q, - unsigned int bcount, unsigned int bsize, - enum v4l2_memory memory); -int videobuf_mmap_free(struct videobuf_queue *q); -int videobuf_mmap_mapper(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct vm_area_struct *vma); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h b/include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0ed82543d9f..000000000000 --- a/include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -/* - * helper functions for physically contiguous capture buffers - * - * The functions support hardware lacking scatter gather support - * (i.e. the buffers must be linear in physical memory) - * - * Copyright (c) 2008 Magnus Damm - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - */ -#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_DMA_CONTIG_H -#define _VIDEOBUF_DMA_CONTIG_H - -#include <linux/dma-mapping.h> -#include <media/videobuf-core.h> - -void videobuf_queue_dma_contig_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, - const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, - struct device *dev, - spinlock_t *irqlock, - enum v4l2_buf_type type, - enum v4l2_field field, - unsigned int msize, - void *priv, - struct mutex *ext_lock); - -dma_addr_t videobuf_to_dma_contig(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); -void videobuf_dma_contig_free(struct videobuf_queue *q, - struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - -#endif /* _VIDEOBUF_DMA_CONTIG_H */ diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h b/include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8fb6012c10d..000000000000 --- a/include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* - * helper functions for SG DMA video4linux capture buffers - * - * The functions expect the hardware being able to scatter gather - * (i.e. the buffers are not linear in physical memory, but fragmented - * into PAGE_SIZE chunks). They also assume the driver does not need - * to touch the video data. - * - * (c) 2007 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@infradead.org> - * - * Highly based on video-buf written originally by: - * (c) 2001,02 Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> - * (c) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@infradead.org> - * (c) 2006 Ted Walther and John Sokol - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - */ -#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_DMA_SG_H -#define _VIDEOBUF_DMA_SG_H - -#include <media/videobuf-core.h> - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - * A small set of helper functions to manage buffers (both userland - * and kernel) for DMA. - * - * videobuf_dma_init_*() - * creates a buffer. The userland version takes a userspace - * pointer + length. The kernel version just wants the size and - * does memory allocation too using vmalloc_32(). - * - * videobuf_dma_*() - * see Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt, these functions to - * basically the same. The map function does also build a - * scatterlist for the buffer (and unmap frees it ...) - * - * videobuf_dma_free() - * no comment ... - * - */ - -struct videobuf_dmabuf { - u32 magic; - - /* for userland buffer */ - int offset; - size_t size; - struct page **pages; - - /* for kernel buffers */ - void *vaddr; - - /* for overlay buffers (pci-pci dma) */ - dma_addr_t bus_addr; - - /* common */ - struct scatterlist *sglist; - int sglen; - int nr_pages; - int direction; -}; - -struct videobuf_dma_sg_memory { - u32 magic; - - /* for mmap'ed buffers */ - struct videobuf_dmabuf dma; -}; - -/* - * Scatter-gather DMA buffer API. - * - * These functions provide a simple way to create a page list and a - * scatter-gather list from a kernel, userspace of physical address and map the - * memory for DMA operation. - * - * Despite the name, this is totally unrelated to videobuf, except that - * videobuf-dma-sg uses the same API internally. - */ -void videobuf_dma_init(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma); -int videobuf_dma_init_user(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma, int direction, - unsigned long data, unsigned long size); -int videobuf_dma_init_kernel(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma, int direction, - int nr_pages); -int videobuf_dma_init_overlay(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma, int direction, - dma_addr_t addr, int nr_pages); -int videobuf_dma_free(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma); - -int videobuf_dma_map(struct device *dev, struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma); -int videobuf_dma_unmap(struct device *dev, struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma); -struct videobuf_dmabuf *videobuf_to_dma(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - -void *videobuf_sg_alloc(size_t size); - -void videobuf_queue_sg_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, - const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, - struct device *dev, - spinlock_t *irqlock, - enum v4l2_buf_type type, - enum v4l2_field field, - unsigned int msize, - void *priv, - struct mutex *ext_lock); - -#endif /* _VIDEOBUF_DMA_SG_H */ - diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-dvb.h b/include/media/videobuf-dvb.h deleted file mode 100644 index d63965a1faaf..000000000000 --- a/include/media/videobuf-dvb.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -#include <dvbdev.h> -#include <dmxdev.h> -#include <dvb_demux.h> -#include <dvb_net.h> -#include <dvb_frontend.h> - -#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_DVB_H_ -#define _VIDEOBUF_DVB_H_ - -struct videobuf_dvb { - /* filling that the job of the driver */ - char *name; - struct dvb_frontend *frontend; - struct videobuf_queue dvbq; - - /* video-buf-dvb state info */ - struct mutex lock; - struct task_struct *thread; - int nfeeds; - - /* videobuf_dvb_(un)register manges this */ - struct dvb_demux demux; - struct dmxdev dmxdev; - struct dmx_frontend fe_hw; - struct dmx_frontend fe_mem; - struct dvb_net net; -}; - -struct videobuf_dvb_frontend { - struct list_head felist; - int id; - struct videobuf_dvb dvb; -}; - -struct videobuf_dvb_frontends { - struct list_head felist; - struct mutex lock; - struct dvb_adapter adapter; - int active_fe_id; /* Indicates which frontend in the felist is in use */ - int gate; /* Frontend with gate control 0=!MFE,1=fe0,2=fe1 etc */ -}; - -int videobuf_dvb_register_bus(struct videobuf_dvb_frontends *f, - struct module *module, - void *adapter_priv, - struct device *device, - short *adapter_nr, - int mfe_shared); - -void videobuf_dvb_unregister_bus(struct videobuf_dvb_frontends *f); - -struct videobuf_dvb_frontend * videobuf_dvb_alloc_frontend(struct videobuf_dvb_frontends *f, int id); -void videobuf_dvb_dealloc_frontends(struct videobuf_dvb_frontends *f); - -struct videobuf_dvb_frontend * videobuf_dvb_get_frontend(struct videobuf_dvb_frontends *f, int id); -int videobuf_dvb_find_frontend(struct videobuf_dvb_frontends *f, struct dvb_frontend *p); - -#endif /* _VIDEOBUF_DVB_H_ */ - -/* - * Local variables: - * c-basic-offset: 8 - * End: - */ diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h b/include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 486a97efdb56..000000000000 --- a/include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/* - * helper functions for vmalloc capture buffers - * - * The functions expect the hardware being able to scatter gather - * (i.e. the buffers are not linear in physical memory, but fragmented - * into PAGE_SIZE chunks). They also assume the driver does not need - * to touch the video data. - * - * (c) 2007 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@infradead.org> - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - */ -#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_VMALLOC_H -#define _VIDEOBUF_VMALLOC_H - -#include <media/videobuf-core.h> - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -struct videobuf_vmalloc_memory { - u32 magic; - - void *vaddr; - - /* remap_vmalloc_range seems to need to run - * after mmap() on some cases */ - struct vm_area_struct *vma; -}; - -void videobuf_queue_vmalloc_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, - const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, - struct device *dev, - spinlock_t *irqlock, - enum v4l2_buf_type type, - enum v4l2_field field, - unsigned int msize, - void *priv, - struct mutex *ext_lock); - -void *videobuf_to_vmalloc(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - -void videobuf_vmalloc_free(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); - -#endif diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-core.h b/include/media/videobuf2-core.h index d88a098d1aff..9b02aeba4108 100644 --- a/include/media/videobuf2-core.h +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-core.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * videobuf2-core.h - V4L2 driver helper framework + * videobuf2-core.h - Video Buffer 2 Core Framework * * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics * @@ -15,146 +15,218 @@ #include <linux/mm_types.h> #include <linux/mutex.h> #include <linux/poll.h> -#include <linux/videodev2.h> #include <linux/dma-buf.h> +#include <linux/bitops.h> +#include <media/media-request.h> +#include <media/frame_vector.h> + +#define VB2_MAX_FRAME (32) +#define VB2_MAX_PLANES (8) + +/** + * enum vb2_memory - type of memory model used to make the buffers visible + * on userspace. + * + * @VB2_MEMORY_UNKNOWN: Buffer status is unknown or it is not used yet on + * userspace. + * @VB2_MEMORY_MMAP: The buffers are allocated by the Kernel and it is + * memory mapped via mmap() ioctl. This model is + * also used when the user is using the buffers via + * read() or write() system calls. + * @VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR: The buffers was allocated in userspace and it is + * memory mapped via mmap() ioctl. + * @VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF: The buffers are passed to userspace via DMA buffer. + */ +enum vb2_memory { + VB2_MEMORY_UNKNOWN = 0, + VB2_MEMORY_MMAP = 1, + VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR = 2, + VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF = 4, +}; -struct vb2_alloc_ctx; struct vb2_fileio_data; +struct vb2_threadio_data; +struct vb2_buffer; /** - * struct vb2_mem_ops - memory handling/memory allocator operations + * struct vb2_mem_ops - memory handling/memory allocator operations. * @alloc: allocate video memory and, optionally, allocator private data, - * return NULL on failure or a pointer to allocator private, + * return ERR_PTR() on failure or a pointer to allocator private, * per-buffer data on success; the returned private structure - * will then be passed as buf_priv argument to other ops in this - * structure. Additional gfp_flags to use when allocating the - * are also passed to this operation. These flags are from the - * gfp_flags field of vb2_queue. + * will then be passed as @buf_priv argument to other ops in this + * structure. The size argument to this function shall be + * *page aligned*. * @put: inform the allocator that the buffer will no longer be used; * usually will result in the allocator freeing the buffer (if - * no other users of this buffer are present); the buf_priv + * no other users of this buffer are present); the @buf_priv * argument is the allocator private per-buffer structure - * previously returned from the alloc callback + * previously returned from the alloc callback. + * @get_dmabuf: acquire userspace memory for a hardware operation; used for + * DMABUF memory types. * @get_userptr: acquire userspace memory for a hardware operation; used for * USERPTR memory types; vaddr is the address passed to the - * videobuf layer when queuing a video buffer of USERPTR type; + * videobuf2 layer when queuing a video buffer of USERPTR type; * should return an allocator private per-buffer structure - * associated with the buffer on success, NULL on failure; - * the returned private structure will then be passed as buf_priv - * argument to other ops in this structure + * associated with the buffer on success, ERR_PTR() on failure; + * the returned private structure will then be passed as @buf_priv + * argument to other ops in this structure. * @put_userptr: inform the allocator that a USERPTR buffer will no longer - * be used - * @attach_dmabuf: attach a shared struct dma_buf for a hardware operation; - * used for DMABUF memory types; alloc_ctx is the alloc context - * dbuf is the shared dma_buf; returns NULL on failure; + * be used. + * @prepare: called every time the buffer is passed from userspace to the + * driver, useful for cache synchronisation, optional. + * @finish: called every time the buffer is passed back from the driver + * to the userspace, also optional. + * @attach_dmabuf: attach a shared &struct dma_buf for a hardware operation; + * used for DMABUF memory types; dev is the alloc device + * dbuf is the shared dma_buf; returns ERR_PTR() on failure; * allocator private per-buffer structure on success; - * this needs to be used for further accesses to the buffer + * this needs to be used for further accesses to the buffer. * @detach_dmabuf: inform the exporter of the buffer that the current DMABUF - * buffer is no longer used; the buf_priv argument is the + * buffer is no longer used; the @buf_priv argument is the * allocator private per-buffer structure previously returned - * from the attach_dmabuf callback + * from the attach_dmabuf callback. * @map_dmabuf: request for access to the dmabuf from allocator; the allocator * of dmabuf is informed that this driver is going to use the - * dmabuf + * dmabuf. * @unmap_dmabuf: releases access control to the dmabuf - allocator is notified - * that this driver is done using the dmabuf for now - * @prepare: called every time the buffer is passed from userspace to the - * driver, useful for cache synchronisation, optional - * @finish: called every time the buffer is passed back from the driver - * to the userspace, also optional + * that this driver is done using the dmabuf for now. * @vaddr: return a kernel virtual address to a given memory buffer * associated with the passed private structure or NULL if no - * such mapping exists + * such mapping exists. * @cookie: return allocator specific cookie for a given memory buffer * associated with the passed private structure or NULL if not - * available + * available. * @num_users: return the current number of users of a memory buffer; - * return 1 if the videobuf layer (or actually the driver using - * it) is the only user + * return 1 if the videobuf2 layer (or actually the driver using + * it) is the only user. * @mmap: setup a userspace mapping for a given memory buffer under - * the provided virtual memory region + * the provided virtual memory region. + * + * Those operations are used by the videobuf2 core to implement the memory + * handling/memory allocators for each type of supported streaming I/O method. + * + * .. note:: + * #) Required ops for USERPTR types: get_userptr, put_userptr. * - * Required ops for USERPTR types: get_userptr, put_userptr. - * Required ops for MMAP types: alloc, put, num_users, mmap. - * Required ops for read/write access types: alloc, put, num_users, vaddr - * Required ops for DMABUF types: attach_dmabuf, detach_dmabuf, map_dmabuf, - * unmap_dmabuf. + * #) Required ops for MMAP types: alloc, put, num_users, mmap. + * + * #) Required ops for read/write access types: alloc, put, num_users, vaddr. + * + * #) Required ops for DMABUF types: attach_dmabuf, detach_dmabuf, + * map_dmabuf, unmap_dmabuf. */ struct vb2_mem_ops { - void *(*alloc)(void *alloc_ctx, unsigned long size, gfp_t gfp_flags); + void *(*alloc)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, + struct device *dev, + unsigned long size); void (*put)(void *buf_priv); - struct dma_buf *(*get_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv); + struct dma_buf *(*get_dmabuf)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, + void *buf_priv, + unsigned long flags); - void *(*get_userptr)(void *alloc_ctx, unsigned long vaddr, - unsigned long size, int write); + void *(*get_userptr)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, + struct device *dev, + unsigned long vaddr, + unsigned long size); void (*put_userptr)(void *buf_priv); void (*prepare)(void *buf_priv); void (*finish)(void *buf_priv); - void *(*attach_dmabuf)(void *alloc_ctx, struct dma_buf *dbuf, - unsigned long size, int write); + void *(*attach_dmabuf)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, + struct device *dev, + struct dma_buf *dbuf, + unsigned long size); void (*detach_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv); int (*map_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv); void (*unmap_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv); - void *(*vaddr)(void *buf_priv); - void *(*cookie)(void *buf_priv); + void *(*vaddr)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *buf_priv); + void *(*cookie)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *buf_priv); unsigned int (*num_users)(void *buf_priv); int (*mmap)(void *buf_priv, struct vm_area_struct *vma); }; +/** + * struct vb2_plane - plane information. + * @mem_priv: private data with this plane. + * @dbuf: dma_buf - shared buffer object. + * @dbuf_mapped: flag to show whether dbuf is mapped or not + * @dbuf_duplicated: boolean to show whether dbuf is duplicated with a + * previous plane of the buffer. + * @bytesused: number of bytes occupied by data in the plane (payload). + * @length: size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes. The maximum + * valid size is MAX_UINT - PAGE_SIZE. + * @min_length: minimum required size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes. + * @length is always greater or equal to @min_length, and like + * @length, it is limited to MAX_UINT - PAGE_SIZE. + * @m: Union with memtype-specific data. + * @m.offset: when memory in the associated struct vb2_buffer is + * %VB2_MEMORY_MMAP, equals the offset from the start of + * the device memory for this plane (or is a "cookie" that + * should be passed to mmap() called on the video node). + * @m.userptr: when memory is %VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR, a userspace pointer + * pointing to this plane. + * @m.fd: when memory is %VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF, a userspace file + * descriptor associated with this plane. + * @data_offset: offset in the plane to the start of data; usually 0, + * unless there is a header in front of the data. + * + * Should contain enough information to be able to cover all the fields + * of &struct v4l2_plane at videodev2.h. + */ struct vb2_plane { void *mem_priv; struct dma_buf *dbuf; unsigned int dbuf_mapped; + bool dbuf_duplicated; + unsigned int bytesused; + unsigned int length; + unsigned int min_length; + union { + unsigned int offset; + unsigned long userptr; + int fd; + } m; + unsigned int data_offset; }; /** - * enum vb2_io_modes - queue access methods - * @VB2_MMAP: driver supports MMAP with streaming API - * @VB2_USERPTR: driver supports USERPTR with streaming API - * @VB2_READ: driver supports read() style access - * @VB2_WRITE: driver supports write() style access - * @VB2_DMABUF: driver supports DMABUF with streaming API + * enum vb2_io_modes - queue access methods. + * @VB2_MMAP: driver supports MMAP with streaming API. + * @VB2_USERPTR: driver supports USERPTR with streaming API. + * @VB2_READ: driver supports read() style access. + * @VB2_WRITE: driver supports write() style access. + * @VB2_DMABUF: driver supports DMABUF with streaming API. */ enum vb2_io_modes { - VB2_MMAP = (1 << 0), - VB2_USERPTR = (1 << 1), - VB2_READ = (1 << 2), - VB2_WRITE = (1 << 3), - VB2_DMABUF = (1 << 4), + VB2_MMAP = BIT(0), + VB2_USERPTR = BIT(1), + VB2_READ = BIT(2), + VB2_WRITE = BIT(3), + VB2_DMABUF = BIT(4), }; /** - * enum vb2_fileio_flags - flags for selecting a mode of the file io emulator, - * by default the 'streaming' style is used by the file io emulator - * @VB2_FILEIO_READ_ONCE: report EOF after reading the first buffer - * @VB2_FILEIO_WRITE_IMMEDIATELY: queue buffer after each write() call - */ -enum vb2_fileio_flags { - VB2_FILEIO_READ_ONCE = (1 << 0), - VB2_FILEIO_WRITE_IMMEDIATELY = (1 << 1), -}; - -/** - * enum vb2_buffer_state - current video buffer state - * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED: buffer under userspace control - * @VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARED: buffer prepared in videobuf and by the driver - * @VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED: buffer queued in videobuf, but not in driver + * enum vb2_buffer_state - current video buffer state. + * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED: buffer under userspace control. + * @VB2_BUF_STATE_IN_REQUEST: buffer is queued in media request. + * @VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARING: buffer is being prepared in videobuf2. + * @VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED: buffer queued in videobuf2, but not in driver. * @VB2_BUF_STATE_ACTIVE: buffer queued in driver and possibly used - * in a hardware operation - * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE: buffer returned from driver to videobuf, but - * not yet dequeued to userspace + * in a hardware operation. + * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE: buffer returned from driver to videobuf2, but + * not yet dequeued to userspace. * @VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR: same as above, but the operation on the buffer * has ended with an error, which will be reported - * to the userspace when it is dequeued + * to the userspace when it is dequeued. */ enum vb2_buffer_state { VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED, - VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARED, + VB2_BUF_STATE_IN_REQUEST, + VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARING, VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED, VB2_BUF_STATE_ACTIVE, VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE, @@ -164,132 +236,291 @@ enum vb2_buffer_state { struct vb2_queue; /** - * struct vb2_buffer - represents a video buffer - * @v4l2_buf: struct v4l2_buffer associated with this buffer; can - * be read by the driver and relevant entries can be - * changed by the driver in case of CAPTURE types - * (such as timestamp) - * @v4l2_planes: struct v4l2_planes associated with this buffer; can - * be read by the driver and relevant entries can be - * changed by the driver in case of CAPTURE types - * (such as bytesused); NOTE that even for single-planar - * types, the v4l2_planes[0] struct should be used - * instead of v4l2_buf for filling bytesused - drivers - * should use the vb2_set_plane_payload() function for that - * @vb2_queue: the queue to which this driver belongs + * struct vb2_buffer - represents a video buffer. + * @vb2_queue: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with the queue to + * which this driver belongs. + * @index: id number of the buffer. + * @type: buffer type. + * @memory: the method, in which the actual data is passed. * @num_planes: number of planes in the buffer - * on an internal driver queue - * @state: current buffer state; do not change - * @queued_entry: entry on the queued buffers list, which holds all - * buffers queued from userspace - * @done_entry: entry on the list that stores all buffers ready to - * be dequeued to userspace - * @planes: private per-plane information; do not change + * on an internal driver queue. + * @timestamp: frame timestamp in ns. + * @request: the request this buffer is associated with. + * @req_obj: used to bind this buffer to a request. This + * request object has a refcount. */ struct vb2_buffer { - struct v4l2_buffer v4l2_buf; - struct v4l2_plane v4l2_planes[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]; - struct vb2_queue *vb2_queue; - + unsigned int index; + unsigned int type; + unsigned int memory; unsigned int num_planes; + u64 timestamp; + struct media_request *request; + struct media_request_object req_obj; -/* Private: internal use only */ + /* private: internal use only + * + * state: current buffer state; do not change + * synced: this buffer has been synced for DMA, i.e. the + * 'prepare' memop was called. It is cleared again + * after the 'finish' memop is called. + * prepared: this buffer has been prepared, i.e. the + * buf_prepare op was called. It is cleared again + * after the 'buf_finish' op is called. + * copied_timestamp: the timestamp of this capture buffer was copied + * from an output buffer. + * skip_cache_sync_on_prepare: when set buffer's ->prepare() function + * skips cache sync/invalidation. + * skip_cache_sync_on_finish: when set buffer's ->finish() function + * skips cache sync/invalidation. + * planes: per-plane information; do not change + * queued_entry: entry on the queued buffers list, which holds + * all buffers queued from userspace + * done_entry: entry on the list that stores all buffers ready + * to be dequeued to userspace + */ enum vb2_buffer_state state; + unsigned int synced:1; + unsigned int prepared:1; + unsigned int copied_timestamp:1; + unsigned int skip_cache_sync_on_prepare:1; + unsigned int skip_cache_sync_on_finish:1; + struct vb2_plane planes[VB2_MAX_PLANES]; struct list_head queued_entry; struct list_head done_entry; +#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG + /* + * Counters for how often these buffer-related ops are + * called. Used to check for unbalanced ops. + */ + u32 cnt_mem_alloc; + u32 cnt_mem_put; + u32 cnt_mem_get_dmabuf; + u32 cnt_mem_get_userptr; + u32 cnt_mem_put_userptr; + u32 cnt_mem_prepare; + u32 cnt_mem_finish; + u32 cnt_mem_attach_dmabuf; + u32 cnt_mem_detach_dmabuf; + u32 cnt_mem_map_dmabuf; + u32 cnt_mem_unmap_dmabuf; + u32 cnt_mem_vaddr; + u32 cnt_mem_cookie; + u32 cnt_mem_num_users; + u32 cnt_mem_mmap; + + u32 cnt_buf_out_validate; + u32 cnt_buf_init; + u32 cnt_buf_prepare; + u32 cnt_buf_finish; + u32 cnt_buf_cleanup; + u32 cnt_buf_queue; + u32 cnt_buf_request_complete; - struct vb2_plane planes[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]; + /* This counts the number of calls to vb2_buffer_done() */ + u32 cnt_buf_done; +#endif }; /** - * struct vb2_ops - driver-specific callbacks - * - * @queue_setup: called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS and VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS - * handlers before memory allocation, or, if - * *num_planes != 0, after the allocation to verify a - * smaller number of buffers. Driver should return - * the required number of buffers in *num_buffers, the - * required number of planes per buffer in *num_planes; the - * size of each plane should be set in the sizes[] array - * and optional per-plane allocator specific context in the - * alloc_ctxs[] array. When called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS, - * fmt == NULL, the driver has to use the currently - * configured format and *num_buffers is the total number - * of buffers, that are being allocated. When called from - * VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS, fmt != NULL and it describes the - * target frame format. In this case *num_buffers are being - * allocated additionally to q->num_buffers. + * struct vb2_ops - driver-specific callbacks. + * + * These operations are not called from interrupt context except where + * mentioned specifically. + * + * @queue_setup: called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS() and VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() + * handlers before memory allocation. It can be called + * twice: if the original number of requested buffers + * could not be allocated, then it will be called a + * second time with the actually allocated number of + * buffers to verify if that is OK. + * The driver should return the required number of buffers + * in \*num_buffers, the required number of planes per + * buffer in \*num_planes, the size of each plane should be + * set in the sizes\[\] array and optional per-plane + * allocator specific device in the alloc_devs\[\] array. + * When called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS(), \*num_planes == 0, + * the driver has to use the currently configured format to + * determine the plane sizes and \*num_buffers is the total + * number of buffers that are being allocated. When called + * from VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS(), \*num_planes != 0 and it + * describes the requested number of planes and sizes\[\] + * contains the requested plane sizes. In this case + * \*num_buffers are being allocated additionally to + * the buffers already allocated. If either \*num_planes + * or the requested sizes are invalid callback must return %-EINVAL. * @wait_prepare: release any locks taken while calling vb2 functions; * it is called before an ioctl needs to wait for a new * buffer to arrive; required to avoid a deadlock in - * blocking access type + * blocking access type. * @wait_finish: reacquire all locks released in the previous callback; * required to continue operation after sleeping while - * waiting for a new buffer to arrive + * waiting for a new buffer to arrive. + * @buf_out_validate: called when the output buffer is prepared or queued + * to a request; drivers can use this to validate + * userspace-provided information; this is required only + * for OUTPUT queues. * @buf_init: called once after allocating a buffer (in MMAP case) * or after acquiring a new USERPTR buffer; drivers may * perform additional buffer-related initialization; * initialization failure (return != 0) will prevent - * queue setup from completing successfully; optional + * queue setup from completing successfully; optional. * @buf_prepare: called every time the buffer is queued from userspace - * and from the VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF ioctl; drivers may - * perform any initialization required before each hardware - * operation in this callback; if an error is returned, the - * buffer will not be queued in driver; optional + * and from the VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF() ioctl; drivers may + * perform any initialization required before each + * hardware operation in this callback; drivers can + * access/modify the buffer here as it is still synced for + * the CPU; drivers that support VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() must + * also validate the buffer size; if an error is returned, + * the buffer will not be queued in driver; optional. * @buf_finish: called before every dequeue of the buffer back to - * userspace; drivers may perform any operations required - * before userspace accesses the buffer; optional + * userspace; the buffer is synced for the CPU, so drivers + * can access/modify the buffer contents; drivers may + * perform any operations required before userspace + * accesses the buffer; optional. The buffer state can be + * one of the following: %DONE and %ERROR occur while + * streaming is in progress, and the %PREPARED state occurs + * when the queue has been canceled and all pending + * buffers are being returned to their default %DEQUEUED + * state. Typically you only have to do something if the + * state is %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE, since in all other cases + * the buffer contents will be ignored anyway. * @buf_cleanup: called once before the buffer is freed; drivers may - * perform any additional cleanup; optional + * perform any additional cleanup; optional. + * @prepare_streaming: called once to prepare for 'streaming' state; this is + * where validation can be done to verify everything is + * okay and streaming resources can be claimed. It is + * called when the VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl is called. The + * actual streaming starts when @start_streaming is called. + * Optional. * @start_streaming: called once to enter 'streaming' state; the driver may - * receive buffers with @buf_queue callback before - * @start_streaming is called; the driver gets the number - * of already queued buffers in count parameter; driver - * can return an error if hardware fails or not enough - * buffers has been queued, in such case all buffers that - * have been already given by the @buf_queue callback are - * invalidated. + * receive buffers with @buf_queue callback + * before @start_streaming is called; the driver gets the + * number of already queued buffers in count parameter; + * driver can return an error if hardware fails, in that + * case all buffers that have been already given by + * the @buf_queue callback are to be returned by the driver + * by calling vb2_buffer_done() with %VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED. + * If you need a minimum number of buffers before you can + * start streaming, then set + * &vb2_queue->min_queued_buffers. If that is non-zero + * then @start_streaming won't be called until at least + * that many buffers have been queued up by userspace. * @stop_streaming: called when 'streaming' state must be disabled; driver * should stop any DMA transactions or wait until they - * finish and give back all buffers it got from buf_queue() - * callback; may use vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() function + * finish and give back all buffers it got from &buf_queue + * callback by calling vb2_buffer_done() with either + * %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE or %VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR; may use + * vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() function + * @unprepare_streaming:called as counterpart to @prepare_streaming; any claimed + * streaming resources can be released here. It is + * called when the VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctls is called or + * when the streaming filehandle is closed. Optional. * @buf_queue: passes buffer vb to the driver; driver may start * hardware operation on this buffer; driver should give * the buffer back by calling vb2_buffer_done() function; - * it is allways called after calling STREAMON ioctl; - * might be called before start_streaming callback if user - * pre-queued buffers before calling STREAMON + * it is always called after calling VIDIOC_STREAMON() + * ioctl; might be called before @start_streaming callback + * if user pre-queued buffers before calling + * VIDIOC_STREAMON(). + * @buf_request_complete: a buffer that was never queued to the driver but is + * associated with a queued request was canceled. + * The driver will have to mark associated objects in the + * request as completed; required if requests are + * supported. */ struct vb2_ops { - int (*queue_setup)(struct vb2_queue *q, const struct v4l2_format *fmt, + int (*queue_setup)(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int *num_buffers, unsigned int *num_planes, - unsigned int sizes[], void *alloc_ctxs[]); + unsigned int sizes[], struct device *alloc_devs[]); void (*wait_prepare)(struct vb2_queue *q); void (*wait_finish)(struct vb2_queue *q); + int (*buf_out_validate)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); int (*buf_init)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); int (*buf_prepare)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); - int (*buf_finish)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); + void (*buf_finish)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); void (*buf_cleanup)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); + int (*prepare_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q); int (*start_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int count); - int (*stop_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q); + void (*stop_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q); + void (*unprepare_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q); void (*buf_queue)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); + + void (*buf_request_complete)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); }; -struct v4l2_fh; +/** + * struct vb2_buf_ops - driver-specific callbacks. + * + * @verify_planes_array: Verify that a given user space structure contains + * enough planes for the buffer. This is called + * for each dequeued buffer. + * @init_buffer: given a &vb2_buffer initialize the extra data after + * struct vb2_buffer. + * For V4L2 this is a &struct vb2_v4l2_buffer. + * @fill_user_buffer: given a &vb2_buffer fill in the userspace structure. + * For V4L2 this is a &struct v4l2_buffer. + * @fill_vb2_buffer: given a userspace structure, fill in the &vb2_buffer. + * If the userspace structure is invalid, then this op + * will return an error. + * @copy_timestamp: copy the timestamp from a userspace structure to + * the &struct vb2_buffer. + */ +struct vb2_buf_ops { + int (*verify_planes_array)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, const void *pb); + void (*init_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb); + void (*fill_user_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb); + int (*fill_vb2_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, struct vb2_plane *planes); + void (*copy_timestamp)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, const void *pb); +}; /** - * struct vb2_queue - a videobuf queue + * struct vb2_queue - a videobuf2 queue. * - * @type: queue type (see V4L2_BUF_TYPE_* in linux/videodev2.h - * @io_modes: supported io methods (see vb2_io_modes enum) - * @io_flags: additional io flags (see vb2_fileio_flags enum) - * @lock: pointer to a mutex that protects the vb2_queue struct. The + * @type: private buffer type whose content is defined by the vb2-core + * caller. For example, for V4L2, it should match + * the types defined on &enum v4l2_buf_type. + * @io_modes: supported io methods (see &enum vb2_io_modes). + * @dev: device to use for the default allocation context if the driver + * doesn't fill in the @alloc_devs array. + * @dma_attrs: DMA attributes to use for the DMA. + * @bidirectional: when this flag is set the DMA direction for the buffers of + * this queue will be overridden with %DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction. + * This is useful in cases where the hardware (firmware) writes to + * a buffer which is mapped as read (%DMA_TO_DEVICE), or reads from + * buffer which is mapped for write (%DMA_FROM_DEVICE) in order + * to satisfy some internal hardware restrictions or adds a padding + * needed by the processing algorithm. In case the DMA mapping is + * not bidirectional but the hardware (firmware) trying to access + * the buffer (in the opposite direction) this could lead to an + * IOMMU protection faults. + * @fileio_read_once: report EOF after reading the first buffer + * @fileio_write_immediately: queue buffer after each write() call + * @allow_zero_bytesused: allow bytesused == 0 to be passed to the driver + * @quirk_poll_must_check_waiting_for_buffers: Return %EPOLLERR at poll when QBUF + * has not been called. This is a vb1 idiom that has been adopted + * also by vb2. + * @supports_requests: this queue supports the Request API. + * @requires_requests: this queue requires the Request API. If this is set to 1, + * then supports_requests must be set to 1 as well. + * @uses_qbuf: qbuf was used directly for this queue. Set to 1 the first + * time this is called. Set to 0 when the queue is canceled. + * If this is 1, then you cannot queue buffers from a request. + * @uses_requests: requests are used for this queue. Set to 1 the first time + * a request is queued. Set to 0 when the queue is canceled. + * If this is 1, then you cannot queue buffers directly. + * @allow_cache_hints: when set user-space can pass cache management hints in + * order to skip cache flush/invalidation on ->prepare() or/and + * ->finish(). + * @non_coherent_mem: when set queue will attempt to allocate buffers using + * non-coherent memory. + * @lock: pointer to a mutex that protects the &struct vb2_queue. The * driver can set this to a mutex to let the v4l2 core serialize * the queuing ioctls. If the driver wants to handle locking * itself, then this should be set to NULL. This lock is not used @@ -300,100 +531,632 @@ struct v4l2_fh; * drivers to easily associate an owner filehandle with the queue. * @ops: driver-specific callbacks * @mem_ops: memory allocator specific callbacks - * @drv_priv: driver private data + * @buf_ops: callbacks to deliver buffer information. + * between user-space and kernel-space. + * @drv_priv: driver private data. + * @subsystem_flags: Flags specific to the subsystem (V4L2/DVB/etc.). Not used + * by the vb2 core. * @buf_struct_size: size of the driver-specific buffer structure; * "0" indicates the driver doesn't want to use a custom buffer - * structure type, so sizeof(struct vb2_buffer) will is used + * structure type. In that case a subsystem-specific struct + * will be used (in the case of V4L2 that is + * ``sizeof(struct vb2_v4l2_buffer)``). The first field of the + * driver-specific buffer structure must be the subsystem-specific + * struct (vb2_v4l2_buffer in the case of V4L2). + * @timestamp_flags: Timestamp flags; ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_*`` and + * ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_*`` * @gfp_flags: additional gfp flags used when allocating the buffers. - * Typically this is 0, but it may be e.g. GFP_DMA or __GFP_DMA32 + * Typically this is 0, but it may be e.g. %GFP_DMA or %__GFP_DMA32 * to force the buffer allocation to a specific memory zone. - * + * @min_queued_buffers: the minimum number of queued buffers needed before + * @start_streaming can be called. Used when a DMA engine + * cannot be started unless at least this number of buffers + * have been queued into the driver. + * VIDIOC_REQBUFS will ensure at least @min_queued_buffers + 1 + * buffers will be allocated. Note that VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS will not + * modify the requested buffer count. + * @min_reqbufs_allocation: the minimum number of buffers to be allocated when + * calling VIDIOC_REQBUFS. Note that VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS will *not* + * modify the requested buffer count and does not use this field. + * Drivers can set this if there has to be a certain number of + * buffers available for the hardware to work effectively. + * This allows calling VIDIOC_REQBUFS with a buffer count of 1 and + * it will be automatically adjusted to a workable buffer count. + * If set, then @min_reqbufs_allocation must be larger than + * @min_queued_buffers + 1. + * If this field is > 3, then it is highly recommended that the + * driver implements the V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE/OUTPUT + * control. + * @alloc_devs: &struct device memory type/allocator-specific per-plane device + */ +/* + * Private elements (won't appear at the uAPI book): + * @mmap_lock: private mutex used when buffers are allocated/freed/mmapped * @memory: current memory type used - * @bufs: videobuf buffer structures - * @num_buffers: number of allocated/used buffers + * @dma_dir: DMA mapping direction. + * @bufs: videobuf2 buffer structures. If it is non-NULL then + * bufs_bitmap is also non-NULL. + * @bufs_bitmap: bitmap tracking whether each bufs[] entry is used + * @max_num_buffers: upper limit of number of allocated/used buffers. + * If set to 0 v4l2 core will change it VB2_MAX_FRAME + * for backward compatibility. * @queued_list: list of buffers currently queued from userspace - * @queued_count: number of buffers owned by the driver + * @queued_count: number of buffers queued and ready for streaming. + * @owned_by_drv_count: number of buffers owned by the driver * @done_list: list of buffers ready to be dequeued to userspace * @done_lock: lock to protect done_list list * @done_wq: waitqueue for processes waiting for buffers ready to be dequeued - * @alloc_ctx: memory type/allocator-specific contexts for each plane * @streaming: current streaming state + * @start_streaming_called: @start_streaming was called successfully and we + * started streaming. + * @error: a fatal error occurred on the queue + * @waiting_for_buffers: used in poll() to check if vb2 is still waiting for + * buffers. Only set for capture queues if qbuf has not yet been + * called since poll() needs to return %EPOLLERR in that situation. + * @waiting_in_dqbuf: set by the core for the duration of a blocking DQBUF, when + * it has to wait for a buffer to become available with vb2_queue->lock + * released. Used to prevent destroying the queue by other threads. + * @is_multiplanar: set if buffer type is multiplanar + * @is_output: set if buffer type is output + * @is_busy: set if at least one buffer has been allocated at some time. + * @copy_timestamp: set if vb2-core should set timestamps + * @last_buffer_dequeued: used in poll() and DQBUF to immediately return if the + * last decoded buffer was already dequeued. Set for capture queues + * when a buffer with the %V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST is dequeued. * @fileio: file io emulator internal data, used only if emulator is active + * @threadio: thread io internal data, used only if thread is active + * @name: queue name, used for logging purpose. Initialized automatically + * if left empty by drivers. */ struct vb2_queue { - enum v4l2_buf_type type; + unsigned int type; unsigned int io_modes; - unsigned int io_flags; + struct device *dev; + unsigned long dma_attrs; + unsigned int bidirectional:1; + unsigned int fileio_read_once:1; + unsigned int fileio_write_immediately:1; + unsigned int allow_zero_bytesused:1; + unsigned int quirk_poll_must_check_waiting_for_buffers:1; + unsigned int supports_requests:1; + unsigned int requires_requests:1; + unsigned int uses_qbuf:1; + unsigned int uses_requests:1; + unsigned int allow_cache_hints:1; + unsigned int non_coherent_mem:1; + struct mutex *lock; - struct v4l2_fh *owner; + void *owner; const struct vb2_ops *ops; const struct vb2_mem_ops *mem_ops; + const struct vb2_buf_ops *buf_ops; + void *drv_priv; + u32 subsystem_flags; unsigned int buf_struct_size; - u32 timestamp_type; + u32 timestamp_flags; gfp_t gfp_flags; + u32 min_queued_buffers; + u32 min_reqbufs_allocation; + + struct device *alloc_devs[VB2_MAX_PLANES]; -/* private: internal use only */ - enum v4l2_memory memory; - struct vb2_buffer *bufs[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; - unsigned int num_buffers; + /* private: internal use only */ + struct mutex mmap_lock; + unsigned int memory; + enum dma_data_direction dma_dir; + struct vb2_buffer **bufs; + unsigned long *bufs_bitmap; + unsigned int max_num_buffers; struct list_head queued_list; + unsigned int queued_count; - atomic_t queued_count; + atomic_t owned_by_drv_count; struct list_head done_list; spinlock_t done_lock; wait_queue_head_t done_wq; - void *alloc_ctx[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]; - unsigned int plane_sizes[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]; - unsigned int streaming:1; + unsigned int start_streaming_called:1; + unsigned int error:1; + unsigned int waiting_for_buffers:1; + unsigned int waiting_in_dqbuf:1; + unsigned int is_multiplanar:1; + unsigned int is_output:1; + unsigned int is_busy:1; + unsigned int copy_timestamp:1; + unsigned int last_buffer_dequeued:1; struct vb2_fileio_data *fileio; + struct vb2_threadio_data *threadio; + + char name[32]; + +#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG + /* + * Counters for how often these queue-related ops are + * called. Used to check for unbalanced ops. + */ + u32 cnt_queue_setup; + u32 cnt_wait_prepare; + u32 cnt_wait_finish; + u32 cnt_prepare_streaming; + u32 cnt_start_streaming; + u32 cnt_stop_streaming; + u32 cnt_unprepare_streaming; +#endif }; +/** + * vb2_queue_allows_cache_hints() - Return true if the queue allows cache + * and memory consistency hints. + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue + */ +static inline bool vb2_queue_allows_cache_hints(struct vb2_queue *q) +{ + return q->allow_cache_hints && q->memory == VB2_MEMORY_MMAP; +} + +/** + * vb2_plane_vaddr() - Return a kernel virtual address of a given plane. + * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in + * question belongs to. + * @plane_no: plane number for which the address is to be returned. + * + * This function returns a kernel virtual address of a given plane if + * such a mapping exist, NULL otherwise. + */ void *vb2_plane_vaddr(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no); + +/** + * vb2_plane_cookie() - Return allocator specific cookie for the given plane. + * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in + * question belongs to. + * @plane_no: plane number for which the cookie is to be returned. + * + * This function returns an allocator specific cookie for a given plane if + * available, NULL otherwise. The allocator should provide some simple static + * inline function, which would convert this cookie to the allocator specific + * type that can be used directly by the driver to access the buffer. This can + * be for example physical address, pointer to scatter list or IOMMU mapping. + */ void *vb2_plane_cookie(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no); +/** + * vb2_buffer_done() - inform videobuf2 that an operation on a buffer + * is finished. + * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to be used. + * @state: state of the buffer, as defined by &enum vb2_buffer_state. + * Either %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE if the operation finished + * successfully, %VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR if the operation finished + * with an error or %VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED. + * + * This function should be called by the driver after a hardware operation on + * a buffer is finished and the buffer may be returned to userspace. The driver + * cannot use this buffer anymore until it is queued back to it by videobuf + * by the means of &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback. Only buffers previously queued + * to the driver by &vb2_ops->buf_queue can be passed to this function. + * + * While streaming a buffer can only be returned in state DONE or ERROR. + * The &vb2_ops->start_streaming op can also return them in case the DMA engine + * cannot be started for some reason. In that case the buffers should be + * returned with state QUEUED to put them back into the queue. + */ void vb2_buffer_done(struct vb2_buffer *vb, enum vb2_buffer_state state); + +/** + * vb2_discard_done() - discard all buffers marked as DONE. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * This function is intended to be used with suspend/resume operations. It + * discards all 'done' buffers as they would be too old to be requested after + * resume. + * + * Drivers must stop the hardware and synchronize with interrupt handlers and/or + * delayed works before calling this function to make sure no buffer will be + * touched by the driver and/or hardware. + */ +void vb2_discard_done(struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() - wait until all buffers are given back to vb2. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * This function will wait until all buffers that have been given to the driver + * by &vb2_ops->buf_queue are given back to vb2 with vb2_buffer_done(). It + * doesn't call &vb2_ops->wait_prepare/&vb2_ops->wait_finish pair. + * It is intended to be called with all locks taken, for example from + * &vb2_ops->stop_streaming callback. + */ int vb2_wait_for_all_buffers(struct vb2_queue *q); -int vb2_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); -int vb2_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req); +/** + * vb2_core_querybuf() - query video buffer information. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer. + * @pb: buffer struct passed from userspace. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_QUERYBUF() operation. It is called + * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * The passed buffer should have been verified. + * + * This function fills the relevant information for the userspace. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +void vb2_core_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb); + +/** + * vb2_core_reqbufs() - Initiate streaming. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @memory: memory type, as defined by &enum vb2_memory. + * @flags: auxiliary queue/buffer management flags. Currently, the only + * used flag is %V4L2_MEMORY_FLAG_NON_COHERENT. + * @count: requested buffer count. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_REQBUF() operation. It is called + * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * This function: + * + * #) verifies streaming parameters passed from the userspace; + * #) sets up the queue; + * #) negotiates number of buffers and planes per buffer with the driver + * to be used during streaming; + * #) allocates internal buffer structures (&struct vb2_buffer), according to + * the agreed parameters; + * #) for MMAP memory type, allocates actual video memory, using the + * memory handling/allocation routines provided during queue initialization. + * + * If req->count is 0, all the memory will be freed instead. + * + * If the queue has been allocated previously by a previous vb2_core_reqbufs() + * call and the queue is not busy, memory will be reallocated. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, enum vb2_memory memory, + unsigned int flags, unsigned int *count); + +/** + * vb2_core_create_bufs() - Allocate buffers and any required auxiliary structs + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @memory: memory type, as defined by &enum vb2_memory. + * @flags: auxiliary queue/buffer management flags. + * @count: requested buffer count. + * @requested_planes: number of planes requested. + * @requested_sizes: array with the size of the planes. + * @first_index: index of the first created buffer, all allocated buffers have + * indices in the range [first_index..first_index+count-1] + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() operation. It is + * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like + * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * This function: + * + * #) verifies parameter sanity; + * #) calls the &vb2_ops->queue_setup queue operation; + * #) performs any necessary memory allocations. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, enum vb2_memory memory, + unsigned int flags, unsigned int *count, + unsigned int requested_planes, + const unsigned int requested_sizes[], + unsigned int *first_index); + +/** + * vb2_core_prepare_buf() - Pass ownership of a buffer from userspace + * to the kernel. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer. + * @pb: buffer structure passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF() operation. It is + * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like + * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * The passed buffer should have been verified. + * + * This function calls vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver + * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can + * be performed. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb); + +/** + * vb2_core_remove_bufs() - + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @start: first index of the range of buffers to remove. + * @count: number of buffers to remove. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_remove_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int start, unsigned int count); + +/** + * vb2_core_qbuf() - Queue a buffer from userspace + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer. + * @pb: buffer structure passed from userspace to + * v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver + * @req: pointer to &struct media_request, may be NULL. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_QBUF() operation. It is called + * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * This function: + * + * #) If @req is non-NULL, then the buffer will be bound to this + * media request and it returns. The buffer will be prepared and + * queued to the driver (i.e. the next two steps) when the request + * itself is queued. + * #) if necessary, calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver + * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can + * be performed; + * #) if streaming is on, queues the buffer in driver by the means of + * &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback for processing. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb, + struct media_request *req); + +/** + * vb2_core_dqbuf() - Dequeue a buffer to the userspace + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue + * @pindex: pointer to the buffer index. May be NULL + * @pb: buffer structure passed from userspace to + * v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver. + * @nonblocking: if true, this call will not sleep waiting for a buffer if no + * buffers ready for dequeuing are present. Normally the driver + * would be passing (file->f_flags & O_NONBLOCK) here. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_DQBUF() operation. It is called + * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * This function: + * + * #) calls buf_finish callback in the driver (if provided), in which + * driver can perform any additional operations that may be required before + * returning the buffer to userspace, such as cache sync, + * #) the buffer struct members are filled with relevant information for + * the userspace. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int *pindex, void *pb, + bool nonblocking); + +/** + * vb2_core_streamon() - Implements VB2 stream ON logic + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue + * @type: type of the queue to be started. + * For V4L2, this is defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type type. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_STREAMON() operation. It is called + * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type); -int vb2_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_create_buffers *create); -int vb2_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); +/** + * vb2_core_streamoff() - Implements VB2 stream OFF logic + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue + * @type: type of the queue to be started. + * For V4L2, this is defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type type. + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_STREAMOFF() operation. It is + * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like + * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type); -int __must_check vb2_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q); +/** + * vb2_core_expbuf() - Export a buffer as a file descriptor. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @fd: pointer to the file descriptor associated with DMABUF + * (set by driver). + * @type: buffer type. + * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer. + * @plane: index of the plane to be exported, 0 for single plane queues + * @flags: file flags for newly created file, as defined at + * include/uapi/asm-generic/fcntl.h. + * Currently, the only used flag is %O_CLOEXEC. + * is supported, refer to manual of open syscall for more details. + * + * + * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_EXPBUF() operation. It is called + * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``. + * + * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise. + */ +int vb2_core_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, int *fd, unsigned int type, + struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane, unsigned int flags); -void vb2_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q); +/** + * vb2_core_queue_init() - initialize a videobuf2 queue + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * This structure should be allocated in driver + * + * The &vb2_queue structure should be allocated by the driver. The driver is + * responsible of clearing it's content and setting initial values for some + * required entries before calling this function. + * + * .. note:: + * + * The following fields at @q should be set before calling this function: + * &vb2_queue->ops, &vb2_queue->mem_ops, &vb2_queue->type. + */ +int vb2_core_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q); -int vb2_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); -int vb2_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb); -int vb2_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b, bool nonblocking); +/** + * vb2_core_queue_release() - stop streaming, release the queue and free memory + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * This function stops streaming and performs necessary clean ups, including + * freeing video buffer memory. The driver is responsible for freeing + * the &struct vb2_queue itself. + */ +void vb2_core_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q); -int vb2_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type); -int vb2_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type); +/** + * vb2_queue_error() - signal a fatal error on the queue + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * Flag that a fatal unrecoverable error has occurred and wake up all processes + * waiting on the queue. Polling will now set %EPOLLERR and queuing and dequeuing + * buffers will return %-EIO. + * + * The error flag will be cleared when canceling the queue, either from + * vb2_streamoff() or vb2_queue_release(). Drivers should thus not call this + * function before starting the stream, otherwise the error flag will remain set + * until the queue is released when closing the device node. + */ +void vb2_queue_error(struct vb2_queue *q); +/** + * vb2_mmap() - map video buffers into application address space. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @vma: pointer to &struct vm_area_struct with the vma passed + * to the mmap file operation handler in the driver. + * + * Should be called from mmap file operation handler of a driver. + * This function maps one plane of one of the available video buffers to + * userspace. To map whole video memory allocated on reqbufs, this function + * has to be called once per each plane per each buffer previously allocated. + * + * When the userspace application calls mmap, it passes to it an offset returned + * to it earlier by the means of &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_querybuf handler. + * That offset acts as a "cookie", which is then used to identify the plane + * to be mapped. + * + * This function finds a plane with a matching offset and a mapping is performed + * by the means of a provided memory operation. + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from the mmap handler in driver. + */ int vb2_mmap(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vm_area_struct *vma); + #ifndef CONFIG_MMU +/** + * vb2_get_unmapped_area - map video buffers into application address space. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @addr: memory address. + * @len: buffer size. + * @pgoff: page offset. + * @flags: memory flags. + * + * This function is used in noMMU platforms to propose address mapping + * for a given buffer. It's intended to be used as a handler for the + * &file_operations->get_unmapped_area operation. + * + * This is called by the mmap() syscall routines will call this + * to get a proposed address for the mapping, when ``!CONFIG_MMU``. + */ unsigned long vb2_get_unmapped_area(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned long addr, unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff, unsigned long flags); #endif -unsigned int vb2_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file, poll_table *wait); + +/** + * vb2_core_poll() - implements poll syscall() logic. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @file: &struct file argument passed to the poll + * file operation handler. + * @wait: &poll_table wait argument passed to the poll + * file operation handler. + * + * This function implements poll file operation handler for a driver. + * For CAPTURE queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the userspace will + * be informed that the file descriptor of a video device is available for + * reading. + * For OUTPUT queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the file descriptor + * will be reported as available for writing. + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from poll handler in driver. + */ +__poll_t vb2_core_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file, + poll_table *wait); + +/** + * vb2_read() - implements read() syscall logic. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @data: pointed to target userspace buffer + * @count: number of bytes to read + * @ppos: file handle position tracking pointer + * @nonblock: mode selector (1 means blocking calls, 0 means nonblocking) + */ size_t vb2_read(struct vb2_queue *q, char __user *data, size_t count, loff_t *ppos, int nonblock); -size_t vb2_write(struct vb2_queue *q, char __user *data, size_t count, +/** + * vb2_write() - implements write() syscall logic. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @data: pointed to target userspace buffer + * @count: number of bytes to write + * @ppos: file handle position tracking pointer + * @nonblock: mode selector (1 means blocking calls, 0 means nonblocking) + */ +size_t vb2_write(struct vb2_queue *q, const char __user *data, size_t count, loff_t *ppos, int nonblock); /** - * vb2_is_streaming() - return streaming status of the queue - * @q: videobuf queue + * typedef vb2_thread_fnc - callback function for use with vb2_thread. + * + * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer. + * @priv: pointer to a private data. + * + * This is called whenever a buffer is dequeued in the thread. + */ +typedef int (*vb2_thread_fnc)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *priv); + +/** + * vb2_thread_start() - start a thread for the given queue. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @fnc: &vb2_thread_fnc callback function. + * @priv: priv pointer passed to the callback function. + * @thread_name:the name of the thread. This will be prefixed with "vb2-". + * + * This starts a thread that will queue and dequeue until an error occurs + * or vb2_thread_stop() is called. + * + * .. attention:: + * + * This function should not be used for anything else but the videobuf2-dvb + * support. If you think you have another good use-case for this, then please + * contact the linux-media mailing list first. + */ +int vb2_thread_start(struct vb2_queue *q, vb2_thread_fnc fnc, void *priv, + const char *thread_name); + +/** + * vb2_thread_stop() - stop the thread for the given queue. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + */ +int vb2_thread_stop(struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * vb2_is_streaming() - return streaming status of the queue. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. */ static inline bool vb2_is_streaming(struct vb2_queue *q) { @@ -401,19 +1164,49 @@ static inline bool vb2_is_streaming(struct vb2_queue *q) } /** - * vb2_is_busy() - return busy status of the queue - * @q: videobuf queue + * vb2_fileio_is_active() - return true if fileio is active. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * This returns true if read() or write() is used to stream the data + * as opposed to stream I/O. This is almost never an important distinction, + * except in rare cases. One such case is that using read() or write() to + * stream a format using %V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE is not allowed since there + * is no way you can pass the field information of each buffer to/from + * userspace. A driver that supports this field format should check for + * this in the &vb2_ops->queue_setup op and reject it if this function returns + * true. + */ +static inline bool vb2_fileio_is_active(struct vb2_queue *q) +{ + return q->fileio; +} + +/** + * vb2_get_num_buffers() - get the number of buffer in a queue + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + */ +static inline unsigned int vb2_get_num_buffers(struct vb2_queue *q) +{ + if (q->bufs_bitmap) + return bitmap_weight(q->bufs_bitmap, q->max_num_buffers); + + return 0; +} + +/** + * vb2_is_busy() - return busy status of the queue. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. * * This function checks if queue has any buffers allocated. */ static inline bool vb2_is_busy(struct vb2_queue *q) { - return (q->num_buffers > 0); + return !!q->is_busy; } /** - * vb2_get_drv_priv() - return driver private data associated with the queue - * @q: videobuf queue + * vb2_get_drv_priv() - return driver private data associated with the queue. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. */ static inline void *vb2_get_drv_priv(struct vb2_queue *q) { @@ -421,86 +1214,135 @@ static inline void *vb2_get_drv_priv(struct vb2_queue *q) } /** - * vb2_set_plane_payload() - set bytesused for the plane plane_no - * @vb: buffer for which plane payload should be set - * @plane_no: plane number for which payload should be set - * @size: payload in bytes + * vb2_set_plane_payload() - set bytesused for the plane @plane_no. + * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in + * question belongs to. + * @plane_no: plane number for which payload should be set. + * @size: payload in bytes. */ static inline void vb2_set_plane_payload(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no, unsigned long size) { - if (plane_no < vb->num_planes) - vb->v4l2_planes[plane_no].bytesused = size; + /* + * size must never be larger than the buffer length, so + * warn and clamp to the buffer length if that's the case. + */ + if (plane_no < vb->num_planes) { + if (WARN_ON_ONCE(size > vb->planes[plane_no].length)) + size = vb->planes[plane_no].length; + vb->planes[plane_no].bytesused = size; + } } /** * vb2_get_plane_payload() - get bytesused for the plane plane_no - * @vb: buffer for which plane payload should be set - * @plane_no: plane number for which payload should be set - * @size: payload in bytes + * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in + * question belongs to. + * @plane_no: plane number for which payload should be set. */ static inline unsigned long vb2_get_plane_payload(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no) { if (plane_no < vb->num_planes) - return vb->v4l2_planes[plane_no].bytesused; + return vb->planes[plane_no].bytesused; return 0; } /** - * vb2_plane_size() - return plane size in bytes - * @vb: buffer for which plane size should be returned - * @plane_no: plane number for which size should be returned + * vb2_plane_size() - return plane size in bytes. + * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in + * question belongs to. + * @plane_no: plane number for which size should be returned. */ static inline unsigned long vb2_plane_size(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no) { if (plane_no < vb->num_planes) - return vb->v4l2_planes[plane_no].length; + return vb->planes[plane_no].length; return 0; } +/** + * vb2_start_streaming_called() - return streaming status of driver. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + */ +static inline bool vb2_start_streaming_called(struct vb2_queue *q) +{ + return q->start_streaming_called; +} + +/** + * vb2_clear_last_buffer_dequeued() - clear last buffer dequeued flag of queue. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + */ +static inline void vb2_clear_last_buffer_dequeued(struct vb2_queue *q) +{ + q->last_buffer_dequeued = false; +} + +/** + * vb2_get_buffer() - get a buffer from a queue + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @index: buffer index + * + * This function obtains a buffer from a queue, by its index. + * Keep in mind that there is no refcounting involved in this + * operation, so the buffer lifetime should be taken into + * consideration. + */ +static inline struct vb2_buffer *vb2_get_buffer(struct vb2_queue *q, + unsigned int index) +{ + if (!q->bufs) + return NULL; + + if (index >= q->max_num_buffers) + return NULL; + + if (test_bit(index, q->bufs_bitmap)) + return q->bufs[index]; + return NULL; +} + /* - * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are simple - * helper functions that you can use in your struct v4l2_file_operations, - * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops and struct vb2_ops. They will serialize if vb2_queue->lock - * or video_device->lock is set, and they will set and test vb2_queue->owner - * to check if the calling filehandle is permitted to do the queuing operation. - */ - -/* struct v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers */ - -int vb2_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv, - struct v4l2_requestbuffers *p); -int vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv, - struct v4l2_create_buffers *p); -int vb2_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *priv, - struct v4l2_buffer *p); -int vb2_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p); -int vb2_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p); -int vb2_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p); -int vb2_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i); -int vb2_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i); -int vb2_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, - struct v4l2_exportbuffer *p); - -/* struct v4l2_file_operations helpers */ - -int vb2_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma); -int vb2_fop_release(struct file *file); -ssize_t vb2_fop_write(struct file *file, char __user *buf, - size_t count, loff_t *ppos); -ssize_t vb2_fop_read(struct file *file, char __user *buf, - size_t count, loff_t *ppos); -unsigned int vb2_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait); -#ifndef CONFIG_MMU -unsigned long vb2_fop_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr, - unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff, unsigned long flags); -#endif + * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are useful + * functions for videobuf2-*. + */ -/* struct vb2_ops helpers, only use if vq->lock is non-NULL. */ +/** + * vb2_buffer_in_use() - return true if the buffer is in use and + * the queue cannot be freed (by the means of VIDIOC_REQBUFS(0)) call. + * + * @vb: buffer for which plane size should be returned. + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + */ +bool vb2_buffer_in_use(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb); + +/** + * vb2_verify_memory_type() - Check whether the memory type and buffer type + * passed to a buffer operation are compatible with the queue. + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @memory: memory model, as defined by enum &vb2_memory. + * @type: private buffer type whose content is defined by the vb2-core + * caller. For example, for V4L2, it should match + * the types defined on enum &v4l2_buf_type. + */ +int vb2_verify_memory_type(struct vb2_queue *q, + enum vb2_memory memory, unsigned int type); -void vb2_ops_wait_prepare(struct vb2_queue *vq); -void vb2_ops_wait_finish(struct vb2_queue *vq); +/** + * vb2_request_object_is_buffer() - return true if the object is a buffer + * + * @obj: the request object. + */ +bool vb2_request_object_is_buffer(struct media_request_object *obj); + +/** + * vb2_request_buffer_cnt() - return the number of buffers in the request + * + * @req: the request. + */ +unsigned int vb2_request_buffer_cnt(struct media_request *req); #endif /* _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H */ diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h index 8197f87d6c61..5be313cbf7d7 100644 --- a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ #ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_CONTIG_H #define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_CONTIG_H -#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> #include <linux/dma-mapping.h> static inline dma_addr_t @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ vb2_dma_contig_plane_dma_addr(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no) return *addr; } -void *vb2_dma_contig_init_ctx(struct device *dev); -void vb2_dma_contig_cleanup_ctx(void *alloc_ctx); +int vb2_dma_contig_set_max_seg_size(struct device *dev, unsigned int size); +static inline void vb2_dma_contig_clear_max_seg_size(struct device *dev) { } extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_dma_contig_memops; diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h index 0038526b8ef7..f28fcb0cfac7 100644 --- a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ * * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics * - * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com> + * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzejtp2010@gmail.com> * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -13,18 +13,12 @@ #ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_SG_H #define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_SG_H -#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> -struct vb2_dma_sg_desc { - unsigned long size; - unsigned int num_pages; - struct scatterlist *sglist; -}; - -static inline struct vb2_dma_sg_desc *vb2_dma_sg_plane_desc( +static inline struct sg_table *vb2_dma_sg_plane_desc( struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no) { - return (struct vb2_dma_sg_desc *)vb2_plane_cookie(vb, plane_no); + return (struct sg_table *)vb2_plane_cookie(vb, plane_no); } extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_dma_sg_memops; diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2d577b945637 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */ +#ifndef _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_ +#define _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_ + +#include <media/dvbdev.h> +#include <media/dmxdev.h> +#include <media/dvb_demux.h> +#include <media/dvb_net.h> +#include <media/dvb_frontend.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> + +/* We don't actually need to include media-device.h here */ +struct media_device; + +/* + * TODO: This header file should be replaced with videobuf2-core.h + * Currently, vb2_thread is not a stuff of videobuf2-core, + * since vb2_thread has many dependencies on videobuf2-v4l2. + */ + +struct vb2_dvb { + /* filling that the job of the driver */ + char *name; + struct dvb_frontend *frontend; + struct vb2_queue dvbq; + + /* vb2-dvb state info */ + struct mutex lock; + int nfeeds; + + /* vb2_dvb_(un)register manages this */ + struct dvb_demux demux; + struct dmxdev dmxdev; + struct dmx_frontend fe_hw; + struct dmx_frontend fe_mem; + struct dvb_net net; +}; + +struct vb2_dvb_frontend { + struct list_head felist; + int id; + struct vb2_dvb dvb; +}; + +struct vb2_dvb_frontends { + struct list_head felist; + struct mutex lock; + struct dvb_adapter adapter; + int active_fe_id; /* Indicates which frontend in the felist is in use */ + int gate; /* Frontend with gate control 0=!MFE,1=fe0,2=fe1 etc */ +}; + +int vb2_dvb_register_bus(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, + struct module *module, + void *adapter_priv, + struct device *device, + struct media_device *mdev, + short *adapter_nr, + int mfe_shared); + +void vb2_dvb_unregister_bus(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f); + +struct vb2_dvb_frontend *vb2_dvb_alloc_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, int id); +void vb2_dvb_dealloc_frontends(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f); + +struct vb2_dvb_frontend *vb2_dvb_get_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, int id); +int vb2_dvb_find_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, struct dvb_frontend *p); + +#endif /* _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_ */ diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h b/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h index f05444ca8c0c..4b5b84f93538 100644 --- a/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h @@ -14,27 +14,28 @@ #ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_MEMOPS_H #define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_MEMOPS_H -#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> +#include <linux/mm.h> +#include <linux/refcount.h> /** - * vb2_vmarea_handler - common vma refcount tracking handler - * @refcount: pointer to refcount entry in the buffer - * @put: callback to function that decreases buffer refcount - * @arg: argument for @put callback + * struct vb2_vmarea_handler - common vma refcount tracking handler. + * + * @refcount: pointer to &refcount_t entry in the buffer. + * @put: callback to function that decreases buffer refcount. + * @arg: argument for @put callback. */ struct vb2_vmarea_handler { - atomic_t *refcount; + refcount_t *refcount; void (*put)(void *arg); void *arg; }; extern const struct vm_operations_struct vb2_common_vm_ops; -int vb2_get_contig_userptr(unsigned long vaddr, unsigned long size, - struct vm_area_struct **res_vma, dma_addr_t *res_pa); - -struct vm_area_struct *vb2_get_vma(struct vm_area_struct *vma); -void vb2_put_vma(struct vm_area_struct *vma); - +struct frame_vector *vb2_create_framevec(unsigned long start, + unsigned long length, + bool write); +void vb2_destroy_framevec(struct frame_vector *vec); #endif diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h b/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77ce8238ab30 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ +/* + * videobuf2-v4l2.h - V4L2 driver helper framework + * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics + * + * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com> + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation. + */ +#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H +#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H + +#include <linux/videodev2.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> + +#if VB2_MAX_FRAME != VIDEO_MAX_FRAME +#error VB2_MAX_FRAME != VIDEO_MAX_FRAME +#endif + +#if VB2_MAX_PLANES != VIDEO_MAX_PLANES +#error VB2_MAX_PLANES != VIDEO_MAX_PLANES +#endif + +struct video_device; + +/** + * struct vb2_v4l2_buffer - video buffer information for v4l2. + * + * @vb2_buf: embedded struct &vb2_buffer. + * @flags: buffer informational flags. + * @field: field order of the image in the buffer, as defined by + * &enum v4l2_field. + * @timecode: frame timecode. + * @sequence: sequence count of this frame. + * @request_fd: the request_fd associated with this buffer + * @is_held: if true, then this capture buffer was held + * @planes: plane information (userptr/fd, length, bytesused, data_offset). + * + * Should contain enough information to be able to cover all the fields + * of &struct v4l2_buffer at ``videodev2.h``. + */ +struct vb2_v4l2_buffer { + struct vb2_buffer vb2_buf; + + __u32 flags; + __u32 field; + struct v4l2_timecode timecode; + __u32 sequence; + __s32 request_fd; + bool is_held; + struct vb2_plane planes[VB2_MAX_PLANES]; +}; + +/* VB2 V4L2 flags as set in vb2_queue.subsystem_flags */ +#define VB2_V4L2_FL_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF (1 << 0) + +/* + * to_vb2_v4l2_buffer() - cast struct vb2_buffer * to struct vb2_v4l2_buffer * + */ +#define to_vb2_v4l2_buffer(vb) \ + container_of(vb, struct vb2_v4l2_buffer, vb2_buf) + +/** + * vb2_find_buffer() - Find a buffer with given timestamp + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @timestamp: the timestamp to find. + * + * Returns the buffer with the given @timestamp, or NULL if not found. + */ +struct vb2_buffer *vb2_find_buffer(struct vb2_queue *q, u64 timestamp); + +int vb2_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); + +/** + * vb2_reqbufs() - Wrapper for vb2_core_reqbufs() that also verifies + * the memory and type values. + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @req: &struct v4l2_requestbuffers passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_reqbufs handler in driver. + */ +int vb2_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req); + +/** + * vb2_create_bufs() - Wrapper for vb2_core_create_bufs() that also verifies + * the memory and type values. + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @create: creation parameters, passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_create_bufs handler in driver + */ +int vb2_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_create_buffers *create); + +/** + * vb2_prepare_buf() - Pass ownership of a buffer from userspace to the kernel + * + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device, may be NULL. + * @b: buffer structure passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver + * + * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf ioctl handler + * of a driver. + * + * This function: + * + * #) verifies the passed buffer, + * #) calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver (if provided), + * in which driver-specific buffer initialization can be performed. + * #) if @b->request_fd is non-zero and @mdev->ops->req_queue is set, + * then bind the prepared buffer to the request. + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver. + */ +int vb2_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct media_device *mdev, + struct v4l2_buffer *b); + +/** + * vb2_qbuf() - Queue a buffer from userspace + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device, may be NULL. + * @b: buffer structure passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver + * + * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler of a driver. + * + * This function: + * + * #) verifies the passed buffer; + * #) if @b->request_fd is non-zero and @mdev->ops->req_queue is set, + * then bind the buffer to the request. + * #) if necessary, calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver + * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can + * be performed; + * #) if streaming is on, queues the buffer in driver by the means of + * &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback for processing. + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver. + */ +int vb2_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct media_device *mdev, + struct v4l2_buffer *b); + +/** + * vb2_expbuf() - Export a buffer as a file descriptor + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @eb: export buffer structure passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_expbuf handler in driver + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_expbuf handler in driver. + */ +int vb2_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb); + +/** + * vb2_dqbuf() - Dequeue a buffer to the userspace + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @b: buffer structure passed from userspace to + * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver + * @nonblocking: if true, this call will not sleep waiting for a buffer if no + * buffers ready for dequeuing are present. Normally the driver + * would be passing (&file->f_flags & %O_NONBLOCK) here + * + * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf ioctl handler + * of a driver. + * + * This function: + * + * #) verifies the passed buffer; + * #) calls &vb2_ops->buf_finish callback in the driver (if provided), in which + * driver can perform any additional operations that may be required before + * returning the buffer to userspace, such as cache sync; + * #) the buffer struct members are filled with relevant information for + * the userspace. + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver. + */ +int vb2_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b, bool nonblocking); + +/** + * vb2_streamon - start streaming + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @type: type argument passed from userspace to vidioc_streamon handler, + * as defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type. + * + * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_streamon handler of a driver. + * + * This function: + * + * 1) verifies current state + * 2) passes any previously queued buffers to the driver and starts streaming + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_streamon handler in the driver. + */ +int vb2_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type); + +/** + * vb2_streamoff - stop streaming + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @type: type argument passed from userspace to vidioc_streamoff handler + * + * Should be called from vidioc_streamoff handler of a driver. + * + * This function: + * + * #) verifies current state, + * #) stop streaming and dequeues any queued buffers, including those previously + * passed to the driver (after waiting for the driver to finish). + * + * This call can be used for pausing playback. + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from vidioc_streamoff handler in the driver + */ +int vb2_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type); + +/** + * vb2_queue_init() - initialize a videobuf2 queue + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * The vb2_queue structure should be allocated by the driver. The driver is + * responsible of clearing it's content and setting initial values for some + * required entries before calling this function. + * q->ops, q->mem_ops, q->type and q->io_modes are mandatory. Please refer + * to the struct vb2_queue description in include/media/videobuf2-core.h + * for more information. + */ +int __must_check vb2_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * vb2_queue_init_name() - initialize a videobuf2 queue with a name + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @name: the queue name + * + * This function initializes the vb2_queue exactly like vb2_queue_init(), + * and additionally sets the queue name. The queue name is used for logging + * purpose, and should uniquely identify the queue within the context of the + * device it belongs to. This is useful to attribute kernel log messages to the + * right queue for m2m devices or other devices that handle multiple queues. + */ +int __must_check vb2_queue_init_name(struct vb2_queue *q, const char *name); + +/** + * vb2_queue_release() - stop streaming, release the queue and free memory + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * + * This function stops streaming and performs necessary clean ups, including + * freeing video buffer memory. The driver is responsible for freeing + * the vb2_queue structure itself. + */ +void vb2_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q); + +/** + * vb2_queue_change_type() - change the type of an inactive vb2_queue + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @type: the type to change to (V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_*) + * + * This function changes the type of the vb2_queue. This is only possible + * if the queue is not busy (i.e. no buffers have been allocated). + * + * vb2_queue_change_type() can be used to support multiple buffer types using + * the same queue. The driver can implement v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_reqbufs and + * v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_create_bufs functions and call vb2_queue_change_type() + * before calling vb2_ioctl_reqbufs() or vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(), and thus + * "lock" the buffer type until the buffers have been released. + */ +int vb2_queue_change_type(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type); + +/** + * vb2_poll() - implements poll userspace operation + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @file: file argument passed to the poll file operation handler + * @wait: wait argument passed to the poll file operation handler + * + * This function implements poll file operation handler for a driver. + * For CAPTURE queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the userspace will + * be informed that the file descriptor of a video device is available for + * reading. + * For OUTPUT queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the file descriptor + * will be reported as available for writing. + * + * If the driver uses struct v4l2_fh, then vb2_poll() will also check for any + * pending events. + * + * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned + * from poll handler in driver. + */ +__poll_t vb2_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file, poll_table *wait); + +/* + * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are simple + * helper functions that you can use in your struct v4l2_file_operations, + * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops and struct vb2_ops. They will serialize if vb2_queue->lock + * or video_device->lock is set, and they will set and test the queue owner + * (vb2_queue->owner) to check if the calling filehandle is permitted to do the + * queuing operation. + */ + +/** + * vb2_queue_is_busy() - check if the queue is busy + * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue. + * @file: file through which the vb2 queue access is performed + * + * The queue is considered busy if it has an owner and the owner is not the + * @file. + * + * Queue ownership is acquired and checked by some of the v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers + * below. Drivers can also use this function directly when they need to + * open-code ioctl handlers, for instance to add additional checks between the + * queue ownership test and the call to the corresponding vb2 operation. + */ +static inline bool vb2_queue_is_busy(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file) +{ + return q->owner && q->owner != file->private_data; +} + +/* struct v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers */ + +int vb2_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_requestbuffers *p); +int vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_create_buffers *p); +int vb2_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_buffer *p); +int vb2_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p); +int vb2_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p); +int vb2_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p); +int vb2_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i); +int vb2_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i); +int vb2_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_exportbuffer *p); +int vb2_ioctl_remove_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_remove_buffers *p); + +/* struct v4l2_file_operations helpers */ + +int vb2_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma); +int vb2_fop_release(struct file *file); +int _vb2_fop_release(struct file *file, struct mutex *lock); +ssize_t vb2_fop_write(struct file *file, const char __user *buf, + size_t count, loff_t *ppos); +ssize_t vb2_fop_read(struct file *file, char __user *buf, + size_t count, loff_t *ppos); +__poll_t vb2_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait); +#ifndef CONFIG_MMU +unsigned long vb2_fop_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr, + unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff, unsigned long flags); +#endif + +/** + * vb2_video_unregister_device - unregister the video device and release queue + * + * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device + * + * If the driver uses vb2_fop_release()/_vb2_fop_release(), then it should use + * vb2_video_unregister_device() instead of video_unregister_device(). + * + * This function will call video_unregister_device() and then release the + * vb2_queue if streaming is in progress. This will stop streaming and + * this will simplify the unbind sequence since after this call all subdevs + * will have stopped streaming as well. + */ +void vb2_video_unregister_device(struct video_device *vdev); + +/** + * vb2_ops_wait_prepare - helper function to lock a struct &vb2_queue + * + * @vq: pointer to &struct vb2_queue + * + * ..note:: only use if vq->lock is non-NULL. + */ +void vb2_ops_wait_prepare(struct vb2_queue *vq); + +/** + * vb2_ops_wait_finish - helper function to unlock a struct &vb2_queue + * + * @vq: pointer to &struct vb2_queue + * + * ..note:: only use if vq->lock is non-NULL. + */ +void vb2_ops_wait_finish(struct vb2_queue *vq); + +struct media_request; +int vb2_request_validate(struct media_request *req); +void vb2_request_queue(struct media_request *req); + +#endif /* _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H */ diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h b/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h index 93a76b43038d..a63fe662140a 100644 --- a/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h +++ b/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ #ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_VMALLOC_H #define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_VMALLOC_H -#include <media/videobuf2-core.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_vmalloc_memops; diff --git a/include/media/vsp1.h b/include/media/vsp1.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d9b91ff02761 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/vsp1.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */ +/* + * vsp1.h -- R-Car VSP1 API + * + * Copyright (C) 2015 Renesas Electronics Corporation + * + * Contact: Laurent Pinchart (laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com) + */ +#ifndef __MEDIA_VSP1_H__ +#define __MEDIA_VSP1_H__ + +#include <linux/scatterlist.h> +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/videodev2.h> + +struct device; +struct vsp1_dl_list; + +/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VSP1 DU interface + */ + +int vsp1_du_init(struct device *dev); + +#define VSP1_DU_STATUS_COMPLETE BIT(0) +#define VSP1_DU_STATUS_WRITEBACK BIT(1) + +/** + * struct vsp1_du_lif_config - VSP LIF configuration + * @width: output frame width + * @height: output frame height + * @interlaced: true for interlaced pipelines + * @callback: frame completion callback function (optional). When a callback + * is provided, the VSP driver guarantees that it will be called once + * and only once for each vsp1_du_atomic_flush() call. + * @callback_data: data to be passed to the frame completion callback + */ +struct vsp1_du_lif_config { + unsigned int width; + unsigned int height; + bool interlaced; + + void (*callback)(void *data, unsigned int status, u32 crc); + void *callback_data; +}; + +int vsp1_du_setup_lif(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index, + const struct vsp1_du_lif_config *cfg); + +/** + * struct vsp1_du_atomic_config - VSP atomic configuration parameters + * @pixelformat: plane pixel format (V4L2 4CC) + * @pitch: line pitch in bytes for the first plane + * @mem: DMA memory address for each plane of the frame buffer + * @src: source rectangle in the frame buffer (integer coordinates) + * @dst: destination rectangle on the display (integer coordinates) + * @alpha: alpha value (0: fully transparent, 255: fully opaque) + * @zpos: Z position of the plane (from 0 to number of planes minus 1) + * @premult: true for premultiplied alpha + * @color_encoding: color encoding (valid for YUV formats only) + * @color_range: color range (valid for YUV formats only) + */ +struct vsp1_du_atomic_config { + u32 pixelformat; + unsigned int pitch; + dma_addr_t mem[3]; + struct v4l2_rect src; + struct v4l2_rect dst; + unsigned int alpha; + unsigned int zpos; + bool premult; + enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding color_encoding; + enum v4l2_quantization color_range; +}; + +/** + * enum vsp1_du_crc_source - Source used for CRC calculation + * @VSP1_DU_CRC_NONE: CRC calculation disabled + * @VSP1_DU_CRC_PLANE: Perform CRC calculation on an input plane + * @VSP1_DU_CRC_OUTPUT: Perform CRC calculation on the composed output + */ +enum vsp1_du_crc_source { + VSP1_DU_CRC_NONE, + VSP1_DU_CRC_PLANE, + VSP1_DU_CRC_OUTPUT, +}; + +/** + * struct vsp1_du_crc_config - VSP CRC computation configuration parameters + * @source: source for CRC calculation + * @index: index of the CRC source plane (when source is set to plane) + */ +struct vsp1_du_crc_config { + enum vsp1_du_crc_source source; + unsigned int index; +}; + +/** + * struct vsp1_du_writeback_config - VSP writeback configuration parameters + * @pixelformat: plane pixel format (V4L2 4CC) + * @pitch: line pitch in bytes for the first plane + * @mem: DMA memory address for each plane of the frame buffer + */ +struct vsp1_du_writeback_config { + u32 pixelformat; + unsigned int pitch; + dma_addr_t mem[3]; +}; + +/** + * struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config - VSP atomic pipe configuration parameters + * @crc: CRC computation configuration + * @writeback: writeback configuration + */ +struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config { + struct vsp1_du_crc_config crc; + struct vsp1_du_writeback_config writeback; +}; + +void vsp1_du_atomic_begin(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index); +int vsp1_du_atomic_update(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index, + unsigned int rpf, + const struct vsp1_du_atomic_config *cfg); +void vsp1_du_atomic_flush(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index, + const struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config *cfg); +int vsp1_du_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt); +void vsp1_du_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt); + +/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VSP1 ISP interface + */ + +/** + * struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc - Describe a buffer allocated by VSPX + * @size: Byte size of the buffer allocated by VSPX + * @cpu_addr: CPU-mapped address of a buffer allocated by VSPX + * @dma_addr: bus address of a buffer allocated by VSPX + */ +struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc { + size_t size; + void *cpu_addr; + dma_addr_t dma_addr; +}; + +/** + * struct vsp1_isp_job_desc - Describe a VSPX buffer transfer request + * @config: ConfigDMA buffer descriptor + * @config.pairs: number of reg-value pairs in the ConfigDMA buffer + * @config.mem: bus address of the ConfigDMA buffer + * @img: RAW image buffer descriptor + * @img.fmt: RAW image format + * @img.mem: bus address of the RAW image buffer + * @dl: pointer to the display list populated by the VSPX driver in the + * vsp1_isp_job_prepare() function + * + * Describe a transfer request for the VSPX to perform on behalf of the ISP. + * The job descriptor contains an optional ConfigDMA buffer and one RAW image + * buffer. Set config.pairs to 0 if no ConfigDMA buffer should be transferred. + * The minimum number of config.pairs that can be written using ConfigDMA is 17. + * A number of pairs < 16 corrupts the output image. A number of pairs == 16 + * freezes the VSPX operation. If the ISP driver has to write less than 17 pairs + * it shall pad the buffer with writes directed to registers that have no effect + * or avoid using ConfigDMA at all for such small write sequences. + * + * The ISP driver shall pass an instance this type to the vsp1_isp_job_prepare() + * function that will populate the display list pointer @dl using the @config + * and @img descriptors. When the job has to be run on the VSPX, the descriptor + * shall be passed to vsp1_isp_job_run() which consumes the display list. + * + * Job descriptors not yet run shall be released with a call to + * vsp1_isp_job_release() when stopping the streaming in order to properly + * release the resources acquired by vsp1_isp_job_prepare(). + */ +struct vsp1_isp_job_desc { + struct { + unsigned int pairs; + dma_addr_t mem; + } config; + struct { + struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane fmt; + dma_addr_t mem; + } img; + struct vsp1_dl_list *dl; +}; + +/** + * struct vsp1_vspx_frame_end - VSPX frame end callback data + * @vspx_frame_end: Frame end callback. Called after a transfer job has been + * completed. If the job includes both a ConfigDMA and a + * RAW image, the callback is called after both have been + * transferred + * @frame_end_data: Frame end callback data, passed to vspx_frame_end + */ +struct vsp1_vspx_frame_end { + void (*vspx_frame_end)(void *data); + void *frame_end_data; +}; + +int vsp1_isp_init(struct device *dev); +struct device *vsp1_isp_get_bus_master(struct device *dev); +int vsp1_isp_alloc_buffer(struct device *dev, size_t size, + struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc *buffer_desc); +void vsp1_isp_free_buffer(struct device *dev, + struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc *buffer_desc); +int vsp1_isp_start_streaming(struct device *dev, + struct vsp1_vspx_frame_end *frame_end); +void vsp1_isp_stop_streaming(struct device *dev); +int vsp1_isp_job_prepare(struct device *dev, + struct vsp1_isp_job_desc *job); +int vsp1_isp_job_run(struct device *dev, struct vsp1_isp_job_desc *job); +void vsp1_isp_job_release(struct device *dev, struct vsp1_isp_job_desc *job); + +#endif /* __MEDIA_VSP1_H__ */ diff --git a/include/media/wm8775.h b/include/media/wm8775.h deleted file mode 100644 index d0e801a9935c..000000000000 --- a/include/media/wm8775.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* - wm8775.h - definition for wm8775 inputs and outputs - - Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _WM8775_H_ -#define _WM8775_H_ - -/* The WM8775 has 4 inputs and one output. Zero or more inputs - are multiplexed together to the output. Hence there are - 16 combinations. - If only one input is active (the normal case) then the - input values 1, 2, 4 or 8 should be used. */ - -#define WM8775_AIN1 1 -#define WM8775_AIN2 2 -#define WM8775_AIN3 4 -#define WM8775_AIN4 8 - - -struct wm8775_platform_data { - /* - * FIXME: Instead, we should parametrize the params - * that need different settings between ivtv, pvrusb2, and Nova-S - */ - bool is_nova_s; -}; - -#endif |